Computer Science Department Applied, Such As Engineering, Science Or Business

Graduate Education at RIT

The graduate learning experience at RIT is focused. RIT graduate programs focus on the conceptual structure and organization of knowledge in the chosen subject— an understanding that is essential to both accept and lead technological change in the professions. They also build an educational base for additional learning and offer access to, and mobility within, one or more professional areas. Katherine The programs themselves are centered Mayberry, in ﬁelds that combine both theoretical Associate Provost for knowledge and practical applications, Academic Programs especially those with a proven need in the marketplace. Thesis topics often relate directly to situational concerns, rather than theoretical discourse. Programs that do not require a thesis or project encourage other avenues for professional experience, such as optional or required cooperative education or an internship. Students often use employers as primary sources for research and special projects. This application approach attracts faculty who value problem-solving skills in students. Whether a thesis, project or professional portfolio is required, our students are encouraged to incorporate both independent study and experiential learning into their programs. Graduate students also may assist in undergraduate RIT, founded in 1829, is a privately endowed university education, such as in laboratories. in suburban Rochester, NY Its eight colleges include: A philosophy supported by campus resources APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY RIT’s international reputation as an applied technological university gives graduate students the advantage of working with BUSINESS the sophisticated technology and laboratories found both on and off campus. Students in microelectronic engineering have access B. THOMAS GOLISANO COLLEGE OF COMPUTING AND to clean-room facilities that meet industry standards. Computer INFORMATION SCIENCES graphics design students access digital media using a variety of systems and software, including Macintosh, IBM, Silicon Graphics KATE GLEASON COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING and Media 100 digital video editing. Our telecommunications technology workstations were donated by an industry eager to hire IMAGING ARTS AND SCIENCES students experienced with equipment used in their own laboratories. LIBERAL ARTS Students in the clinical chemistry MS program may take a research course at a laboratory outside of RIT. SCIENCE Technology also has brought together students in design, photography and printing. In RIT’s Electronic Still Photography NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR THE DEAF Laboratory, the three disciplines have merged through electronics. Regardless of the program, RIT encourages and promotes For additional information, write, phone or e-mail: technological innovation in all areas. Rochester Institute of Technology Specialized and diverse programs Ofﬁce of Graduate Enrollment Services 58 Lomb Memorial Drive While technology is integral to all graduate programs, the essence Rochester, NY 14623-5604 of RIT graduate education is found in the diversity of programs, 585-475-2229 course offerings and learning options. [email protected] www.rit.edu/grad 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 1

Our reputation as a technologically advanced university is The RIT philosophy and mission matched by our commitment to offer programs designed to meet RIT’s mission is the education of men and women for work specialized needs of employers. A dozen international corporations— and life in a democratic, technological and global society. It is including Eastman Kodak Company, Konica, Agfa Gevaert, Xerox, integral to the Institute’s mission to be a dynamic center of higher and Fuji—have sponsored the building of laboratories in the education—one in which technology, the arts and sciences, and Chester F. Carlson Center for Imaging Science, which houses the other dimensions of human knowledge and civilization are valued, nation’s most comprehensive imaging science programs. cultivated, and applied. Enriched by the perspective provided by the National Technical Throughout its history, the Institute has been at the fore- Institute for the Deaf, one of RIT’s colleges, we offer full access front of career education in preparing students for technological to deaf and hard-of-hearing students seeking graduate-level and professional careers. RIT structures itself as an educational academic programs. resource for all who seek to be competent and enthusiastic Across campus, graduate students mix exciting research and lifelong learners, whether they are young adults or professionals stimulating dialogues with faculty and such distinguished visitors seeking to upgrade their skills by studying for an advanced degree. as George Bush, Joe Torre, Jesse Jackson, John Hockenberry, Our goal is that all graduates will understand the ethical, techno- Maya Angelou, Annie Leibovitz, Jerry Uelsmann, and Greg logical, humanitarian, and aesthetic challenges of a diverse work Heisler. The College of Business draws prominent figures from place and an international community. the business world—including U.S. Steel CEO Thomas Usher The Institute’s educational philosophy emphasizes not only and Robert Bartley, editor and vice president of The Wall Street theory—the natural foundation of knowledge—but also the Journal—through the William D. Gasser Distinguished practical workplace applications of theories. This dual emphasis Lectureship in Business. is prized by employers and offers graduates upward career mobility The Institute continues to receive international recognition for and the flexibility for changes in career direction. the quality of its academic programs. In its most recent ranking Another asset of an RIT education is cooperative education, of national photography programs, U.S. News & World Report which offers undergraduate and graduate students in selected named RIT’s School of Photographic Arts and Sciences in the programs the opportunity for paid, professional work experience top five. This publication has also consistently ranked RIT in the while they are completing their degrees. top 20 in its master of fine arts category. History of graduate education Convenient and flexible programs Starting in 1955 with the master of fine arts degree, RIT has RIT’s diversity also extends to the manner in which courses and continually created new graduate programs to meet employers’ programs are scheduled. Many of our graduate programs are and students’ requests for education in particular functional areas. available on a part-time, online, or evening basis and are designed When surveys in the 1960s indicated the need for sophisticated for working professionals. Examples of programs offered through statistical knowledge, a master of science degree in applied and online learning include software development and management; mathematical statistics was created. More recently, RIT’s Center information technology; environmental, health and safety manage- for Microelectronic and Computer Engineering began a master’s ment; telecommunications engineering technology; imaging degree in microelectronic engineering. Other graduate programs science; print media; microelectronics manufacturing engineering; have taken similar routes, and all eight RIT colleges exhibit and health systems administration. These programs allow students continuous concern for the emerging needs of the business, access to an RIT education without attending classes on campus. industrial and scholarly communities. In addition, RIT’s executive MBA offers professionals an oppor- A recent example of RIT’s continuing endeavor to provide tunity to earn a master’s degree by studying on campus Friday education in emerging career fields is the Ph.D. in microsystems and Saturday, every other week. Professionals from California engineering, RIT’s second doctoral program. The Ph.D. is one to England visit RIT every summer for executive leader master’s of more than 70 graduate degrees now offered by the Institute. degree programs in service management, hospitality and tourism management, training and instructional design, and packaging science, which combine four-week on-campus residencies with classes using distance-learning technology.

2 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Sponsored research projects RIT Research Centers & Organizations Externally sponsored projects are a vital and integral component • Center for Biotechnology Education & Training of RIT's educational and research activity. Faculty and students • Center for Electronics Manufacturing & Assembly (CEMA) undertake sponsored projects for a variety of important reasons: • Center for Excellence in Lean Enterprise to add to the body of knowledge, for professional development, • Center for Imaging Science and to strengthen academic programs. Sponsored projects • Center for Integrated Manufacturing Studies enhance the Institute's academic programs, broaden its research • Center for International Business & Economic Growth resources, provide opportunities for student participation in • Center for Materials Science & Engineering research, strengthen university-industrial partnerships, and serve • Center for Quality & Applied Statistics the wider community. • Center for Remanufacturing & Resource Recovery Moreover, grants and contracts enhance existing resources and • First in Class Initiatives provide new opportunities for faculty, staff, and students. External • High Technology Incubator funding for research comes from federal and state agencies, private • Image Permanence Institute foundations, professional societies, and corporations. RIT’s major • IT Collaboratory sponsors include the National Science Foundation (NSF), the • Laboratory for Applied Computing National Institutes of Health (NIH), the Department of Education • National Technology Training Center (USDE), the Department of Defense (DoD), the National • Northeast Technical Assistance Center at NTID Aeronautics and Science Administration (NASA), and New York • Printing Applications Laboratory State. The office of Sponsored Research Services (SRS) projects • Sloan Printing Industry Center more than $35 million in awarded projects for the 2004–05 fiscal • Sponsored Research Services year. Contact SRS at 585-475-7985 or [email protected], or visit • Technology Licensing Office the Web site at www.research.rit.edu. Accreditation RIT is chartered by the legislature of the State of New York and accredited by: The Commission on Higher Education Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools 3624 Market Street Philadelphia, PA 19104-2680 215-662-5606 and New York State Education Department Office of College and University Evaluation 5 North Mezzanine Albany, NY 12234 518-474-2593 In addition to institutional accreditation, curricula in the colleges are accredited by appropriate professional accreditation bodies. Where applicable, specific mention of these is included in the college descriptions. Students wishing to review documents describing accreditation should contact the Office of the Associate Provost for Academic Programs.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 3

Graduate Programs of Study Degree and HEGIS Code Advanced Ph.D. MBA ME MFA MS MST Page College Certiﬁcate Business and Management Accounting Business 0502 33 Business Administration Business 0506† 31 Finance Business 0504 39 Health Information Resources Applied Science & Technology 1202* 18 Health Systems Administration Applied Science & Technology 1202* 16 Health Systems Finance Applied Science & Technology 1202* 17 Hospitality-Tourism Management Applied Science & Technology 0510.1† 11 Human Resource Development Applied Science & Technology 0515 0515.00† 14 Integrated Health Systems Applied Science & Technology 1202* 18 International Business Business 0513 39 Manufacturing Leadership Engineering 0599 79 Senior Living Management Applied Science & Technology 0599 18 Service Leadership & Innovation Applied Science & Technology 0510 14 Service Management Applied Science & Technology 0599† 12 Training and Instructional Design Applied Science & Technology 0699† 15 Computer and Information Sciences Computer Engineering Engineering 0999 65 Computer Science Computing & Information Sciences 0701 47 Information Technology Computing & Information Sciences 0699* 51 Interactive Multimedia Development Computing & Information Sciences 0699 54 Software Development and Management Computing & Information Sciences 0799* 50 Technical Information Design Applied Science & Technology 0605* 19 Cross-Disciplinary Studies (Individualized Program) Cross-Disciplinary Professional Studies Applied Science & Technology 4999* 18 Education and Liberal Arts Art Education Imaging Arts & Sciences 0831 102 Communication and Media Technologies Liberal Arts 0605.00 123 Human Resource Development Applied Science & Technology * 0515† 14 Public Policy Liberal Arts 2102.00 124 School Psychology Liberal Arts 0826.02 0826.02 125 School Psychology and Deafness Liberal Arts 0826.02# 129 Secondary Education of Students NTID 0803 159 Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing Training and Instructional Design Applied Science & Technology 0699† 15

4 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Graduate Programs of Study Degree and HEGIS Code Advanced Ph.D. MBA ME MFA MS MST Page College Certiﬁcate Engineering and Technology Applied Statistics Engineering 1702* 76 Computer Engineering Engineering 0999 65 Computer Integrated Manufacturing Applied Science & Technology 0913 8 Electrical Engineering Engineering 0909 65 Engineering Management Engineering 0913 68 Environmental, Health and Safety Management Applied Science & Technology 0420* 7 Industrial Engineering Engineering 0913 67 Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering Engineering 0913 69 Manufacturing Engineering Engineering 0913 71 Manufacturing Leadership Engineering 0599 79 Materials Science and Engineering Engineering/Science 0915 136 Mechanical EngineeringEngineering0910091069, 71 Microelectronic Engineering Engineering 0999* 73 Microelectronics Manufacturing Engineering Engineering 0999* 72 Microsystems Engineering 0999 80 Packaging Science Applied Science & Technology 4999 9 Product Development Engineering 0599 77 Statistical Quality Engineering 1702* 76 Systems Engineering Engineering 0913 68 Telecommunications Engineering Technology Applied Science & Technology 0925* 10 Vibrations Engineering 0910 Photography, Fine Art, and Graphic Communication Art Education Imaging Arts & Sciences 0831 102 Ceramics Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 104 Computer Graphics Design Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 102 Fine Arts Studio Imaging Arts & Sciences 1002 101 Glass Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 104 Graphic Design Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 103 Imaging Arts/Computer Animation Imaging Arts & Sciences 1011 107 Imaging Arts/Film Imaging Arts & Sciences 1011 106 Imaging Arts/Photography Imaging Arts & Sciences 1011 108 Industrial and Design Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 103 Medical Illustration Imaging Arts & Sciences 1299 101 Metals Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 104 Non-toxic Intaglio Printmaking Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 102 Print Media Imaging Arts & Sciences 0699* 105 Wood Imaging Arts & Sciences 1009 104 Science, Mathematics, and Imaging Science Applied Statistics Engineering 1702* 76 Bioinformatics Science 0499 133 Chemistry Science 1905 136 Clinical Chemistry Science 1223 137 Color Science Science 1099 140 Environmental Science Science 0420 134 Imaging Science Science 1999.20 1999.20* 142 Industrial and Applied Mathematics Science 1799 138 Materials Science and Engineering Engineering/Science 0915 139 Statistical Quality Engineering 1702* 76 Statistical Methods for Product Engineering 1702* 76 and Process Improvement

* These programs include opportunities for degree completion through online learning. † These programs include degree completion through Executive Education option. # This program has been approved for discontinuance. No new students will be admitted 2004-2005.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 5

Graduate education in any discipline Programs requires commitment of both the student and the institution involved. Master of Science Degrees in: The diverse, graduate-level academic areas within the College of Applied COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING p. 8 Science and Technology represent RIT’s commitment to curricular innovation, CROSS-DISCIPLINARY p. 18 program ﬂexibility and academic rigor. PROFESSIONAL STUDIES We are also committed to advancing the state of our education through the latest ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND p. 7 Wiley R. McKinzie, technology, management theories and SAFETY MANAGEMENT Dean educational philosophies.

HEALTH SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION (HSA) p. 16 Faculty All faculty are experienced at preparing individuals for current HOSPITALITY-TOURISM MANAGEMENT p. 11 career opportunities. They are accessible to students for individual guidance, and their ongoing participation as professional HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT p. 14 consultants and researchers allows them to integrate the latest technical innovations into their classes. PACKAGING SCIENCE p. 9 Resources SERVICE MANAGEMENT p. 12 In fall 1999, the college opened a new building containing state-of- the-art laboratories. The new facilities support courses that address TELECOMMUNICATIONS p. 10 current and future applications in the areas of electrical-computer- ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY telecommunications engineering technology, manufacturing and mechanical engineering technology, and packaging science. In TRAINING AND INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN p. 15 addition to laboratories in computer networking, telecommunications, a circuits “studio,” mechanics and materials, the new building Advanced Certiﬁcates in: includes student study space and departmental and faculty ofﬁces. HEALTH INFORMATION RESOURCES p. 18

HEALTH SYSTEMS FINANCE p. 17

HEALTH SYSTEMS LEADERSHIP p. 18

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT p. 15

SENIOR LIVING MANAGEMENT p. 14

SERVICE LEADERSHIP AND INNOVATION p. 14

TECHNICAL INFORMATION DESIGN p. 19

Executive Leader: A nontraditional delivery of graduate education encompassing two summers for degrees in hospitality- tourism management, service management, human resource development, training and instructional design, and packaging science

Online learning option available

6 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

RIT’s $22 million Center for Integrated Manufacturing Studies Distance learning option gives graduate students the opportunity to test new technologies The program is designed to be completed on campus or through for actual companies seeking solutions to real problems. Continual distance learning in 15 months by full-time students or in two computer laboratory upgrades mean that we have technology that years of part-time study while working full time. Students can tailor is considered the industry standard. an individual program of study by complementing core and foun- Most important, all the programs are recognized as being academic dation courses with professional electives that match their academic leaders in the state, national, and international education communi- and career interests. ties. In addition, our close ties to business and industry mean that our course content is relevant and practical for tomorrow’s managers, Admission requirements whether they oversee computer integrated manufacturing or a resort Unconditional admission to the MS degree program in hotel. Graduates are eagerly sought out by employers, with a high environmental, health, and safety management requires: placement rate that assures graduates can pick the best positions for their personal and professional development. • A bachelor’s degree from an accredited university or college • A minimum undergraduate grade-point average of 3.0 (B) over the junior and senior level years • At least 20 quarter credit hours (or 15 semester credit hours) Department of Civil Engineering of college-level science course work, with Technology, Environmental at least 4 credit hours (or 3 semester credit hours) in each of the following three categories: 1) general chemistry or organic Management and Safety chemistry; 2) biology, microbiology, ecology or biochemistry; and 3) physics, geology, hydrology or geochemistry • At least one college-level course in statistics Master of Science in Environmental, • At least one college-level course or equivalent experience in Health and Safety Management computer science Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores are not normally Maureen Valentine, Department Chair required. Applicants who do not meet the above requirements, Joseph Rosenbeck, Graduate Program Coordinator however, may be required to submit GRE scores to support The last decade has seen significant changes in how organizations their candidacy. view and manage environmental, health and safety (EHS) issues. International students are required to have achieved a score Increasingly, companies are capitalizing on the synergies among of 570 on the pen-and-paper-based version or 230 on the these three areas by managing them together—necessitating that computer-based version of the Test of English as a Second EHS professionals be cross trained in all three functions. The emer- Language (TOEFL). gence of voluntary standards and codes of conduct, including In addition to the RIT graduate application, applicants to this international standards, coupled with the need to manage costs has program must submit: resulted in a trend to go beyond regulatory compliance through the • Two writing samples to demonstrate written communication skills use of EHS management systems and integration of EHS into key • A current résumé or CV with sufficient detail to identify specific business processes. tasks and levels of responsibilities Established in 1997, RIT’s master of science degree program in environmental, health and safety management is offered by the Generally, applicants are expected to have formal academic department of civil engineering technology, environmental man- training or documented experience in the areas of environmental agement and safety. Developed by experienced EHS professionals management (air, water, solid and hazardous waste), occupational from the department’s Advisory Committee and faculty, the MS health, and occupational safety. Academic and experiential gaps program is designed to provide graduates with a solid grounding in these areas may be addressed through program foundation in both technical and managerial aspects of leading practices in courses and electives. EHS management. The program is designed for early- to mid- The program was designed for EHS professionals with some career professionals and other professionals planning a career work experience. Applicants with less than one year of relevant move into this field. work experience may be expected to complete one or more RIT’s program in environmental, health and safety management graduate co-op quarters during their program of study. utilizes an integrated systems focus to ensure that graduates can: Potential applicants are strongly encouraged to contact the graduate program coordinator (585-475-6469) for informal advising and • Identify and leverage the regulatory, voluntary and business additional information about the program. The program Web site drivers for EHS programs. address is www.rit.edu/ ~704www. • Design and implement effective EHS management systems and programs. Transfer credit • Design and implement performance measurement processes Up to 12 quarter credits of graduate course work may be accepted to verify EHS effectiveness. into the program if appropriate and approved by the student’s major • Demonstrate how an effective EHS program adds value to professor or the admissions committee. The maximum number of the organization. transfer credits may be reduced in order to ensure that transfer credits and foundation course work do not exceed 20 quarter credits.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 7

The curriculum basis. Calculus, computer programming, and probability and The master of science degree program in environmental, health and statistics are required backgrounds. safety management consists of 48 credit hours of graduate study. Applicants should submit two professional recommendations The program is available in both classroom and distance-learning and transcripts from previous college attendance, along with the formats. Some courses are taught only in distance-learning format. graduate application form. The curriculum consists of a sequence of core courses (24 credits), A minimum TOEFL score of 550 (for paper-based exam) or professional electives chosen from the program or other departments 213 (computer-based) and the GRE is required for international (18 credits), and a graduate thesis or project (6 credits). applicants seeking admission from non-English-speaking countries. Foundation courses are intensive survey courses that allow each Applicants with low GRE scores may be admitted conditionally and student to ﬁll gaps in academic preparation and/or work experience will take a prescribed English language tests program, along with a related to the environmental, health and safety ﬁelds. Necessary reduced MS-CIM program course load. foundation course work will be determined at the time of admission to the program. Up to 15 credits of foundation course Curriculum work may be counted toward the degree as elective course work. The graduate program of study consists of 52 credits composed Core courses include: of the core, concentration, elective, and a capstone project course or thesis. Students may be required to take additional prerequisite 0630-720 Environmental, Health & Safety Management courses, depending on their background and elected concentration. 0102-740 Organizational Behavior & Leadership Courses in the prerequisite group may be waived from graduation 0630-725 EHS Accounting & Finance requirements, depending on the students’ academic and 0630-740 EHS Management System Design employment background, after approval of the program chair. 0630-760 Integrating EHS into Business Management Full-time students are eligible for two co-op blocks (three months 0630-790 EHS Internal Auditing for each block), after completing three quarters (nine months) A 6-credit graduate thesis or graduate project is required for grad- of study at RIT. uation. Thesis and project topics should complement the student’s interests and program of study. A thesis will be most appropriate for Core courses (20 credits) students with interests in conducting original research or in topics 0617-850 Flexible Manufacturing & Assembly Systems requiring substantial theoretical analysis. A graduate project will be 0617-730 Data Management & Communication most appropriate for students interested in applied problem solving. 0304-618 Computer Aided Engineering 0101-794 Cost Accounting in the Manufacturing Environment 0106-744 Project Management Department of Manufacturing Concentration options (20 credits) & Mechanical Engineering Product Design Technology/Packaging Science 0610-630 Tolerance Design 0610-710 Product Development and Integration 0610-820 Concept Design & Critical Path Management Master of Science in Computer 0610-830 Inst. & Computer Aided Data Acquisition Integrated Manufacturing 0610-870 Robust Design S. Manian Ramkumar, Program Adviser Automated Manufacturing 0617-833 Robotics in CIM The master of science in computer integrated manufacturing 0617-870 Manufacturing Automation Controls (CIM) is a multidisciplinary degree offered by the department of 0610-830 Inst. & Computer Aided Data Acquisition manufacturing mechanical engineering technology and packaging 0303-710 Systems Simulation science in collaboration with the colleges of Business, Engineering, 0303-729 Computer Integrated Manufacturing and Computing and Information Sciences. The program is designed for individuals who wish to achieve competence in the Management of CIM effective integration of the computing, manufacturing, design, 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems quality, and management functions found in any manufacturing 0102-742 Intro. to Technology Management enterprise. Students take a set of common core courses and 0106-743 Operations Management & Process Improvement then elect a concentration in design, manufacturing, software, 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy and Tactics electronics packaging, management, or quality. 0307-781 Quality Management

Admission requirements Software Development Applicants should have completed a baccalaureate or equivalent 0610-830 Inst. & Computer Aided Data Acquisition degree from an accredited academic institution in the ﬁeld of engi- 4002-710 Object Technologies neering, engineering technology, computing, or business with a 4002-720 Data Object Development minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. Students with 4002-733 Fundamentals of Computer Communication degrees in other disciplines will be considered on an individual 4002-750 Distributed Systems 8 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Electronics Packaging of 0307-711 and having completed a course in computer applica- 0617-855 Electronics Packaging Fundamentals tions. Lacking this background, applicants will be required to take 0617-856 Advanced Concepts in Electronics Packaging 0307-711 and/or 0607-341, or equivalent course work to remedy 0307-721 Statistical Process Control a background deficiency. 0307-770 Design of Exp. for Engineers & Scientists Application for admission for graduate study in packaging will 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I be made through the Office of Graduate Enrollment Services. Final acceptance of the candidate for graduate study will be determined Quality Improvement by the department of packaging science. All applicants must have 0307-721 Statistical Process Control earned a B (3.0) average grade in their final two years of under- 0307-731 Statistical Acceptance Control graduate degree work, submit transcripts of undergraduate work to 0307-781 Quality Management the RIT Office of Graduate Enrollment Services and submit two 0307-801 Design of Experiments I letters of recommendation to the department of packaging science. 0307-802 Design of Experiments II Normally, completion of the last two years of the undergraduate degree program with a B average will serve to satisfy entrance Electives (8 credits) requirements. In those cases where there may be some question of Each student must take two graduate-level elective courses the capability of the applicant to complete this program of graduate according to his or her concentration as follows: study, he or she may be required to submit his or her scores on the Graduate Record Examination to support the candidacy. 1. Any course from another concentration 2. Any course from another graduate program, if approved by the Curriculum program adviser and faculty member teaching the course The curriculum is composed of three components: packaging 3. Any independent study course if approved by the student’s core courses, research, and elective credit. The MS degree program academic adviser requires completion of 48 credits of graduate-level course work, as follows: Capstone project/thesis (4 credits) Packaging core course work Completion of a minimum of 20 credits in graduate-level Master of Science in Packaging Science packaging courses, including 0607-701, Research Methods, and Deanna Jacobs, Program Coordinator any four of the following: 0607-72I Packaging Administration The master of science degree program in packaging science is 0607-731 Advanced Packaging Economics designed to accommodate a wide range of needs of people in 0607-742 Distribution Systems differing circumstances. It is flexible enough to meet the needs of 0607-750 Graduate Seminar professionals who have been working in the field for a number 0607-752 The Legal Environment of years, and it is suitable for those students who wish to pursue a 0607-763 Packaging for End-Use graduate program immediately upon receiving the BS degree. 0607-770 Advanced Computer Applications In addition, although an undergraduate curriculum in packaging 0607-783 Packaging Dynamics science is preferred as preparation for the MS program, graduates 0607-798 Advanced Food Packaging from certain other disciplines can successfully pursue this program 0607-799 Advanced Packaging Design if certain basic packaging science courses are coupled with appropriate work experience. Cores and electives must have advisory approval. Courses selected for elective credit can be combined to create specialties in packaging Admission requirements science, print media, or service management, for example. Students entering the program will have a graduate academic Research adviser appointed and will develop their programs of study in con- Students in the master’s program will be required to prepare and sultation with their adviser. They may utilize the model curriculum defend a 12-credit Graduate Thesis (0607-890) completed under to complete their degree requirements, or may propose alternative the supervision of their adviser. The type of research done and the course work. All programs must be consistent with the general area of study will be agreed upon by the student and the adviser outline of the model curriculum, and have advisory approval. In before the student enrolls for graduate thesis credits. instances where the student has insufficient academic or practical Students may also elect to take up to eight credits of Independent preparation to study packaging at the graduate level, he or she will Study (0607-798), but this may NOT be used as credit toward the work out an appropriate program to correct such deficiency, gener- 20 credits of packaging core course work. ally by completing the following undergraduate courses: Packaging Principles, Materials I, Materials II, Rigid Containers, Flexible Elective credit Containers, Production Systems, Packaging for Distribution, In addition to packaging core (20 credits, including Research Packaging for Marketing, and/or Shock and Vibration. These Methods) and thesis (12 credits), each student will complete a courses may not be used for credit toward the MS degree. minimum of 16 elective credits selected in consultation with the Further, a basic competence in statistics and basic computer adviser to complete the degree requirement. literacy will be assumed. Applicants for graduate study may satisfy these requirements by having completed the equivalent 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 9

In general, graduate-level course work will be selected to meet Admission requirements degree requirements, but, in limited circumstances, where individ- Applicants should have a baccalaureate degree in engineering ual need indicates that it would be appropriate, a limited number of technology or engineering, or a related degree from an accredited 500-level undergraduate courses (not to exceed 12 credits, in total) institution, and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 may be used to fulfill elective credit. (B). Applicants with a related degree must submit two professional recommendations. The professional recommendations for Executive leader option applicants without engineering technology or engineering degrees should address how the applicant has obtained the competencies This intensive program consists of two two-week summer sessions, required for the engineering technology or engineering baccalaure- online learning and a research project. It is conducted over two ate degrees. Bridge programs are available for applicants without consecutive summers. Candidates should be practicing packaging experience in the telecommunications industry or applicants professionals with a minimum of five years’ work experience beyond who do not have engineering technology or engineering degrees. the baccalaureate degree. Admission to the executive leader MS Applicants from universities outside the United States should sub- program also requires endorsements from senior management or mit Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores. The GRE score administrative personnel. is recommended for those whose undergraduate grade point The structure of the program provides individuals an opportu- average is less than 3.0. nity to obtain their advanced degree without disrupting their Applicants whose native language is other than English must take employment. Graduate credit granted for life and professional the TOEFL examination; a score of at least 570 (paper-based) or experiences is determined by an executive leader portfolio assessment. 230 (computer-based) is required. Applicants with a lower TOEFL The program concentrates on the application of packaging tech- score may be admitted conditionally and will take a prescribed nology to the integrated task of making and selling the company’s program in English and a reduced program course load. product. Candidates are encouraged to align research project goals with current job responsibilities. Transfer credit More information on courses and the thesis project can be found A maximum of 12 credit hours can be transferred from an in the executive leader brochure for packaging science. accredited institution to this program Curriculum Electrical, Computer and The MS in telecommunications engineering technology is a 48-quarter-credit-hour program. It includes six core courses Telecommunications Engineering (24 quarter credit hours) that introduce essential fundamental Technology Department concepts and skills. Four other courses (16 credit hours) must be chosen from the technical electives or the management courses. One of these four courses must be a technical elective. Each student Master of Science in Telecommunications is required to complete a capstone project (4 to 8 credit hours), which is either a graduate project or a graduate thesis. Students Engineering Technology who choose to complete a graduate project must complete an Carol Richardson, Department Chair additional technical elective or management course. The management courses are currently being offered by the College Warren Koontz, MSTET Program Chair of Business. Throughout the 20th century and continuing into the 21st, the Core courses telecommunications industry has driven technological innovation 0614-720 Telecommunications Concepts and provided outstanding career opportunities for people with the 0614-722 Principles of Telecommunications Networks right technical and leadership skills. New services offered through 0614-724 Telecommunications Network Protocols the internet, mobility offered by wireless technology, and extreme 0614-650 Telecommunications Policy and Regulation capacity offered by fiber optics, as well as the evolution of policy 0614-726 Telecommunications Project Management and regulation, are shaping the telecommunication network of the 0614-728 Operating Systems for Telecommunications future. Now RIT is offering a unique program that is focused on telecommunications and on developing the advanced level of skill Technical electives and knowledge for future leaders of the industry. Network Design The master of science degree in telecommunications engineering 0614-640 Telecommunications Network Engineering technology is offered by the Department of Electrical, Computer, 0614-642 WAN/LAN Planning and Design and Telecommunications Engineering Technology. The new program accommodates individuals with both technical and non- Fiber Optic Telecommunications technical baccalaureate degrees who are seeking graduate education 0614-630 Fiber Optic Telecommunications Technology to help them advance into managerial and leadership roles in the 0614-832 Fiber Optic Telecommunications Systems dynamic telecommunications environment. RIT's vision is to pro- Wireless Telecommunications vide this opportunity through traditional on-campus education 0614-660 Telecommunications Systems and distance learning using the Internet. 0614-662 Telecommunications Transmission Systems 0614-864 Wireless RF Telecommunications Systems

10 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Management courses They must have undergraduate GPAs of 3.0 or higher. The Management courses offered by the College of Business are complete admission requirements are: included in the MS in telecommunications engineering technology • graduate application course offerings. Students may take a maximum of three out of a • earned baccalaureate degree selection of COB graduate courses. Students who choose the gradu- • official undergraduate transcript(s) ate project instead of the graduate thesis may take an additional • two professional recommendations COB graduate course. • an on-campus interview (when possible) Master’s project/thesis • undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher (a GPA of 2.75 will be considered if applicant has superior recommendations; length of time Each student is required to take the thesis/project planning seminar since the candidate’s college graduation also will be considered) and either a graduate project or a graduate thesis as the capstone proj- • foundation course work that is 3.0 or higher (if required) ect. Students who elect the graduate project must take an additional • Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) of 550 course from the technical electives or the management courses. paper-based or 213 computer-based (international students) Additional information All international students will take English language exams upon arrival. Additional information may be found at Students who already are qualified for one or more required http://www.rit.edu/~706www/new/mstet.php3. courses may substitute other course work with the permission of the chair of the program. Students whose prior undergraduate work was in areas other than hospitality-tourism may be required to com- Hospitality and Service plete additional courses, after a review of their work by the chair of the program. The student may choose elective courses with the Management Department approval of the chair of the program. Curriculum Master of Science in The curriculum is a combination of a required core in service- Hospitality-Tourism Management quality management plus concentration courses. It also contains elective courses appropriate for the candidate’s background and Francis M. Domoy, Chair interests and either a research thesis or a graduate project. Course James Jacobs, Program Chair offerings are generally scheduled on evenings or weekends and are also offered during the summer and online to facilitate The MS in hospitality-tourism management graduates professionals part-time students. who can step into numerous mid-level service management and training director positions. The program is focused on service- Program requirements quality training and supervision functions within the corporate The MS in hospitality-tourism management program shares setting and at postsecondary academic institutions. several of the same core courses used in the MS in service manage- The hospitality-tourism management major may be taken as ment. These courses introduce the major concepts associated with a full- or part-time master’s degree program. The length of time all aspects of service management, whether they are applied specifi- required to earn a degree varies according to the student’s under- cally to the hospitality-tourism industries or to the wider service graduate preparation and the number of graduate courses taken amalgam. This commonality becomes even more evident when the per quarter. All students must earn a minimum of 48 quarter hours nature of the concepts is depicted. Among the general concepts of graduate credit (36 of which must be registered through RIT) investigated are service strategy formulation and delivery (building to earn the master of science degree. For full-time students, the customer loyalty, customer complaints and recovery, managing program will require a minimum of four quarters of study at the for productivity gains, managing variable supply and demand), graduate level. Part-time students generally will require seven or customer-focused research (determining customer requirements, eight quarters of study at the graduate level. developing reliable customer satisfaction instruments) and human Admission requirements resource issues (selection, training, recognition and rewards, teamwork and assessing corporate culture). Prior to admission to the master of science degree program, The core courses facilitate the paradigm shift from manufactur- applicants must illustrate to the chairman of the program that ing to service and move the focus from traditional organizational their previous training, ability, practical experience and education structures to an organization where employees must provide indicate a reasonable chance of success. Applicants may be admitted several functions, sometimes simultaneously. This multifunctional who hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. approach provides a new avenue by which to examine service organizations and to explore such issues as empowerment, teamwork, horizontal management and corporate cultures. 0625-750 Elements of Service Management: A Systems Approach 0624-770 Service Leadership: Examining & Implementing Change 0625-791 Foundations of Applied Social & Managerial Research 0624-825 Strategic Process of Service Firms 0626-780 Human Resource Management I 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 11

Each course not only introduces the service philosophy but also Master of Science in Service Management examines the real differences in hospitality-service management outcomes necessitated by the adoption of the new paradigm. In so This program fills an emerging need in the many service businesses doing, these courses set the stage for the professional “cluster” courses. and industries that focus on customer satisfaction. Such businesses The Foundations of Applied Social and Managerial Research core will find this program in tune with their educational and training course provides a logical path for the student who is developing a investments. Attention is focused on the management interface research proposal. Among the elements discussed are problem between the customer and the service provider. Problems in such statement, purpose and significance, hypothesis and assumptions, areas as measuring customer satisfaction, empowering front-line scope and limitations, methodology and the nature of research, employees, developing a teamwork environment, benchmarking, procedures (sampling, developing research instruments, analysis) etc., require the employee to be skilled in different analytical and literature review. These concepts are applicable to both techniques. This program gives individual students access to the hospitality-tourism and service management. interdisciplinary expertise of a technological university. Each of the 8 professional “cluster” courses focuses on specific The program is flexible: five core courses (20 credit hours) are industry issues and applications: required. The choice of professional electives from a wide array of disciplines (computer science-information technology, quality 0624-823 Strategic Environment of the Hospitality-Tourism Industry and applied statistics, business and others) responds to individual 0624-826 Tourism Policy Analysis student needs. 0624-827 Technology Transfer in the the Hospitality-Tourism Industry Both full- and part-time study are allowed. Courses are offered 0624-828 Meeting Planning Management in the evening and on weekends. Full-time students may complete 0624-835 Planning & Marketing of Health Care Related Services the MS program within one calendar year (four academic quarters). 0625-844 Breakthrough Thinking The program also is offered in the executive leader format (four 0624-846 Travel Marketing Systems two-week sessions delivered over two summers). 0624-867 Tourism Planning & Development This is a broad-based and cross-disciplinary program. Careful 0624-868 Legal Issues and Evaluation of Events selection of courses can provide unique educational preparation 0625-842 Customer Relationship Management for individuals in varying service industries. An individualized pro- 0625-846 Service Leadership Futures fessional concentration might include courses from instructional 0625-849 Service Performance Metrics technology, human resource development, computer science, 0626-780 Human Resource Management I information technology and the College of Business’s MBA program, or the student may choose to earn a graduate certificate Elective courses provide students with an opportunity to in statistical quality through the Center for Quality and Applied individualize their graduate programs in line with their career and Statistics in the College of Engineering. professional interests. Students are allowed a selection of courses The “research capstone” of the program may be guided under the from hospitality and service management; the College of Business; mentorship of faculty in the various disciplines represented in the human resource development; instructional technology; the College professional concentration. of Engineering; Health Systems Administration, and the College of Most individuals working in service-based industries will find Computing and Information Sciences. However, students are cau- no need to take “bridge” courses, regardless of their undergraduate tioned to observe course prerequisites in their selections. preparation. Of the eight to 12 hours of electives, students are relatively free to select courses that they feel best meet their needs. The only Admission requirements limitations are that: Prior to being admitted to the master of science degree program, • all courses must be graduate level applicants must illustrate to the program chairperson that their pre- • a maximum of 12 graduate quarter hours may be transferred vious training, ability, practical experience and education indicate a from another university reasonable chance of success. The complete list of admission • a maximum of eight graduate quarter hours may be taken in requirements includes: independent study or practicum courses • graduate application • baccalaureate degree or equivalent from an accredited institution Master’s thesis/project • official undergraduate transcript(s) A thesis or project is required of all candidates. Thesis topics • two professional recommendations should complement the candidate’s undergraduate training, • an on-campus interview (when possible) career experiences and graduate interests. The thesis is by nature • undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher (a GPA of 2.75 will be a formal research document that reflects the candidate’s considered, given superior recommendations, GRE or MAT scores professional preparation. and length of time since the candidate’s college graduation) Projects are, by nature of an applied research genre, a reflection • foundation course work with grades of 3.0 or higher (if required) of the student’s ability to utilize professional modeling and • Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of at forecasting techniques to explain decision making within the least 550 paper-based or 213 computer-based for international hospitality-tourism industry. students. All international students will take the Michigan Test The graduate faculty, in addition to the chair of the program, at entry unless approved otherwise. can aid the candidate in selecting a relevant thesis topic.

12 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Curriculum Human Resource Management Credits The service management program includes a minimum of 48 0626-710 Theories of Organizational Development 4 quarter credit hours of graduate credit (36 of which must be regis- 0626-720 Theories of Career Development 4 tered through RIT) and can be completed in four full-time quarters 0626-730 Theories of Human Resource Development 4 or in seven to eight part-time quarters. The basic curriculum is a combination of required core, professional concentration and elec- Information Technology Credits tive courses that will satisfy the student’s individual needs. Students 0602-718 Current Themes in Information Technology 4 who already are qualified for one or more required courses may 0602-733 Fundamentals of Telecommunications 4 substitute other course work with the permission of the program 0602-741 Fundamentals of Web-Based Multimedia 4 chair. Students whose prior undergraduate work was not in the 0602-745 Theories of Interactive Computing 4 service industries field may be required to complete additional courses and/or a cooperative educational experience. This will be College of Business Credits determined after a review of their work by the program chair. 0102-763 Behavioral Skills in Total Quality 4 A thesis or final project is also required for all students. 0106-745 Quality Control & Improvement 4 The student may choose elective courses with the approval of the (Prerequisites or approval of the associate dean of Graduate Studies, program chair. Electives may be selected from within hospitality College of Business, may be required.) and service management, from RIT’s College of Business, the department of instructional technology, human resource College of Engineering— development, and information technology. Of the possible six to 12 Center for Quality and Applied Statistics hours of electives, students are relatively free to select courses they Graduate Certificate in Statistical Quality Credits feel best meet their needs. The only limitations are: 0307-721 Statistical Quality Control I 3 • all courses must be graduate level 0307-731 Statistical Quality Control II 3 • all course prerequisites must be met 0307-781 Quality Management 3 • a maximum of 12 graduate quarter credit hours may be 0307-782 Quality Engineering 3 transferred from outside RIT 0307-801 Design of Experiments I 3 • a maximum of eight graduate quarter credit hours may be taken 0307-802 Design of Experiments II 3 in independent study or practicum courses Facilities and equipment Note: Students matriculated in RIT’s MBA program may use service management courses offered through hospitality/tourism • Computers: dedicated access to 17 advanced American Airlines management and service management programs as a concentration SABRE reservation terminals; 20 dedicated Dell computers within their degree program. tied to both LAN and RIT’s VAX system. • Applied software packages: business application software such Required core courses (20 credits) Credits as MS Office, WordPerfect; database programs such as MSAccess 0625-750 Elements of Service Management: A Systems Approach 4 and FoxPro, spreadsheet programs such as Lotus 1-2-3 and Excel; 0624-770 Service Leadership: Examining & Implementing Change 4 graphics programs, including Harvard Graphics, FreeLance, 0624-825 Strategic Process of Service Firms 4 WordPerfect Presentation, and PowerPoint; as well as service 0625-791 Foundations of Applied Social & Managerial Research 4 research application packages such as SurveyPro, Survey Tracker 0626-780 Human Resource Management I 4 (including the Customer Service, Strategic Planning, Market Strength, Malcolm Baldrige, Food Services, and Lodging Resort modules); and AllClear and ABC Flow-Chart programs. RIT Professional concentration (16-18 credits) also maintains X-SPSS, Minitab and SAS on its VAX cluster. Hospitality and Service Management Credits 0625-841 Benchmarking & the Process of Continuous Improvement 4 Executive Leader MS program 0625-842 Customer Relationship Management 4 This is an intensive program consisting of four two-week 0625-844 Breakthrough Thinking 4 summer sessions conducted over the span of two summers and 0625-845 Relationship Management in Service Firms 4 an independent research project conducted over the span of two 0625-846 Service Leadership Futures 4 summers. It emphasizes the strategic dimensions of service quality, 0625-847 Reengineering Service Environments 4 policy analysis and executive performance within the context of the 0625-849 Service Performance Metrics 4 service economy. It is designed to enhance the continued lifelong learning and career development of executives and mid-level hospi- Instructional Technology Credits tality professionals without disruption of employment. Graduate 0627-735 Theories of Adult Learning 4 credit is granted for life and management experiences. 0627-755 Criterion Reference Instruction I 4 0627-756 Criterion Reference Instruction II 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 13

The executive leader MS program is offered to service • Understanding service performance system design and management practitioners who have a minimum of five years’ implementation parameters experience beyond the baccalaureate. Certification through various • Understanding and using service value delivery system structures professional associations (such as CFE, CFP, CCM, CCTE, CHA, and processes CTC, CTP, CMP) is accepted as documentation of professional • Comprehending the evolving strategic environment of service commitment. Endorsements from senior management and sector businesses administrators are preferred. • Establishing and using service system elements • Building service metrics from feedback processes ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN SENIOR LIVING • Understanding and implementing customer relationship MANAGEMENT management • Constructing innovative approaches to service and managing RIT now offers an advanced certificate in senior living management those changes to help address the significant shortage of trained managers of sen- Program Content (20 credits) Credits ior living facilities. The four-course graduate certificate allows those 0625-750 Elements of Service Management 4 with diverse backgrounds in health care, hospitality, or other related 0625-825 Strategic Processes of Service Firms 4 or often unrelated areas to gain necessary skills to excel as managers 0625-842 Customer Relationship Management 4 in this new industry which is experiencing exponential growth. Few 0625-844 Breakthrough Thinking 4 U.S. universities offer a separate curriculum or even courses related 0625-849 Service Performance Metrics 4 to senior living management. Admission requirements Admission requirements The certificate is open to students qualified and meeting the The certificate is open to students qualified for and meeting the requirements for graduate study. Certificate courses are introductory requirements for graduate study. Certificate courses are introduc- to graduate courses in each area and thus require no prerequisite tory graduate courses in each area and thus require no prerequisite course work. The certificate may be completed as a stand-alone coursework. The certificate may be completed as a stand-alone credential, may serve as an entry point for the MS program, or may credential. It may also serve as an entry point for the MS be used to fulfill the requirements for a professional concentration programs housed in HSA including service management, health in the cross-disciplinary professional studies MS program. Qualified systems administration, human resources development, and students may use individual courses or the certificate in other RIT instructional technology or to fulfill the requirements for a profes- graduate programs with the appropriate approvals. sional concentration in the cross-disciplinary professional studies MS program. Qualified students may use individual courses or Master of Science in the certificate within other RIT graduate programs with the appropriate approvals. Human Resource Development Curriculum Dianne Mau, Program Chair The courses in this four-course certificate are drawn from three The mission of this program is to provide education, training, disciplines housed in HSA: service management, health systems research, and consultation for human resource development. administration, and human resources development. Primary activities center on the MS-HRD program, which 0625-810 Senior Living Management is characterized by a philosophy of pragmatism, theoretical 0625-750 Elements of Service Management foundations in the social sciences and mastery of relevant 0626-891 Human Resource Planning technologies and human productivity methodologies. 0625-842 Customer Relationship Management Human resource development is the integrated use of training and development, organization development, and career ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN SERVICE LEADERSHIP development to improve individual, group and organizational AND INNOVATION productivity and effectiveness. The human resource development program is a 48-quarter- credit-hour program with four major curriculum components: This certificate has been developed to offer service professionals career development, organization development, training and and organizations cutting edge skills, abilities, and applied service human resource development, and human resource management. knowledge. More specifically, the certificate is for those seeking to Students have the option of concentrating in a specific area or achieve service leadership and change, build service performance developing a broad program that best meets their needs. packages and delivery systems, use multiple service metrics from The HRD internship is designed to assist students in accomplish- feedback systems, employ creativity to achieve innovation, and ing three objectives: to gain on-the-job professional experience in the construct and implement strategic direction. In sum, the certificate HR field; to become acquainted with the daily HR work challenges will heighten these individuals’ capacity to function in today’s and strategies used to resolve these; and to develop professional con- highly competitive and quickly evolving service environment. tacts and build experience-based credentials, which will enable the The certificate in service leadership and innovation combines five student to find professional employment upon graduation. courses from the existing master’s degree program in service Classes are offered in the evenings and online. management. Concepts mastered during the program include:

14 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Admission requirements ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN HUMAN RESOURCE Admission requirements for the master of science degree include: DEVELOPMENT (NEW OFFERING 2004) • successful completion of the baccalaureate degree at an accredited college or university If you currently hold a bachelor’s or master’s degree, in another • a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or above or evidence discipline than human resource development, you may want to of relevant professional performance enhance your knowledge while gaining an HRD credential. This • two letters of reference advanced certificate can be completed through distance learning • a writing sample designated by the department† or in the classroom and courses can be transferred into the HRD • TOEFL 570 (paper); 230 (computer) master’s degree if you decide to continue your education. A total • an interview with faculty member of 16 quarter credits is required for certification. The courses are: All admissions information must be submitted and reviewed by the faculty prior to the completion of 12 quarter credit hours of graduate work in the program. 0626-710 Theories of Organizational Development 4 Application forms are available from the Office of 0626-720 Theories of Career Development 4 Graduate Enrollment Services, or call 585-475-5062 for 0626-780 Human Resource Management I 4 further information. xxxx-xxx Elective (choose one): 4 0626-891 Global Aspects of HR Curriculum 0626-733 Needs Assessment & Proposal Development The degree requires completion of a minimum of 48 quarter credit Course approved by advisor hours at the graduate level. The degree can usually be completed in Total 16 four consecutive quarters. However, the majority of students attend Admissions requirements are the same as the master’s degree. The part time and take from two to four years to complete the degree. certificate must be approved by an advisor before the student takes Students must maintain a B average and complete the degree any courses. Please contact us to schedule an advising meeting. within seven years of the first course counted toward the degree. Students choose the electives they feel best meet their needs. The only restrictions are that all courses must be graduate level Master of Science in or approved for graduate credit. A maximum of 12 quarter credit Training and Instructional Design hours (not counted toward another degree) may be transferred from another college or university or granted for extensive Human (formerly Instructional Technology) Resource experience. C. J. Wallington, Program Chair Upon matriculation each student is assigned an adviser, and the student and adviser develop a plan of study. For specific questions The RIT training and instructional design program focuses on about courses and a plan of study, the adviser or program chair creating courses that other people teach or that need no teacher. should be consulted. For three decades graduates have found employment in the design, development, and evaluation of training and instruction. The Required core courses majority of graduates hold jobs in medium or large organizations, Elements of Service Management usually in business and industry. There they work in teams on Applied Data Analysis in HRD ways to develop training and to improve employee performance. Foundations of Applied Social and Managerial Research Some examples of the linkage between the instructional technol- Human Resource Management I ogy program and business and industry are: Internship • ongoing feedback from training and performance Choose three of four: technology professionals Theories of Organizational Development • Mager Associates’ courses in Criterion Referenced Instruction, Theories of Career Development Instructional Module Development, Training the Training Theories of Human Resource Development Manager, Instructor-Led Training, and Building Better Job Aids Human Resource Management II • continuing communication with program graduates to keep abreast of best practices in training and performance technology Elective/technique courses Planning & Evaluation in Organizational Dev. Instructional design supports training and performance Practice of Consultation in Organizational Dev. improvement through highly structured, carefully designed and tested Career Counseling Techniques materials, and performance support tools. Instructional design differs Group Leadership Skills from information technology and computer tools by focusing on Design & Delivery of Training individual and group performance rather than on computers. Needs Assessment & Proposal Dev. The training and instructional design program does offer Assessment & Measurements courses in computer-assisted instruction, but the emphasis is on Human Resource Planning the learner rather than on media—an approach that contributes Global Aspects Human Resources to our graduates’ employability. To broaden their experience with Human Resource Information Systems delivery systems, instructional technology students experience a range of courses from completely modular and self paced to work- Note: 48 credit hours for MS degree; courses may be taken in other graduate- level programs at RIT and other institutions with permission of adviser. ing in interactive groups. 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 15

In short, the program prepares its graduates to develop ways for Of the 26 elective hours, students are relatively free to choose working adults to improve job performance—especially through those they feel best meet their needs. Restrictions are: training in technical, professional and managerial fields. • all courses must be graduate level Admission requirements • a maximum of nine quarter credit hours (not counted toward another degree) may be transferred from another college Admission decisions for the human performance development and or university training program are based on: • a maximum of 16 hours may be taken outside the instructional • a review of the baccalaureate degree and any other degrees or technology program course work • a maximum of 12 hours may be taken in special projects, • letters of reference from academic advisers or major professors independent study or internship courses and from supervisors or managers Each student has an adviser with whom a course plan should • a description of previous work experience (usually a résumé) be developed to best suit the student’s career and graduation • a personal statement of work or career goals and how the degree requirements. can contribute to those goals. While the student has some liberty to choose course sequence, careful attention should be given to course prerequisites. A good For advising purposes, a writing sample and the Miller Analogies rule-of-thumb is to take 0627-735, 755, and 756 within the first Test are also required. 20 hours of course work in order to prepare for 0627-771, 772, Nonmatriculated students who have a baccalaureate degree may, and 773 (the instructional development sequence). For answers to with prior permission, take two courses from a selected list. specific questions, the student should contact his or her adviser. Successful completion of any course work does not change the requirements for admission nor are those courses necessarily Required core courses (26 credits) Credits counted toward the degree. 0627-721 Evaluation of Training 4 If a prospective student has questions about the program, job 0627-735 Theories of Adult Learning 4 prospects or relation of the degree to any personal goals, he or she 0627-755 Criterion-Referenced Instruction 1 3 should contact the program chair for additional information and 0627-756 Criterion-Referenced Instruction 2 3 possibly an interview—either in person or by telephone (585- 0627-771 Instructional Development 1 4 475-2893). Graduate application forms are available from the 0627-772 Instructional Development 2 4 Office of Graduate Enrollment Services or Hospitality and Service 0627-773 Instructional Development 3 4 Management, College of Applied Science and Technology. Prerequisites Master of Science in Two sets of skills are required of every graduate—basic computer Health Systems Administration (HSA) skills and basic statistical skills. Basic computer skills include using basic software tools (word processors, spreadsheets, databases). The health systems administration program is designed to provide Students may show proof of these skills through previous courses strategic skills to today’s health care management. Now as never or through work experience. before we are realizing the rapid transformation of health care. The Skill requirements in basic (descriptive) statistics can be met pace of technology and innovation are changing how, when, where through previous courses or through experience. RIT offers several and who is providing health care. Concurrently, customers of health graduate courses that will meet the requirement and can be counted care have high expectations for quality and responsiveness to their toward the degree. needs delivered in a cost effective manner. To provide these strategic skills to health care management, the program builds on a founda- Degree requirements tion of courses in policy and law formation, health care economics, The degree requires a minimum of 48 quarter credit hours at the innovation and leadership. Additional options are provided in graduate level. Twenty-six of the 48 hours are seven core courses course selections to build an integrated program which meets the required for all students. In addition, every student must complete individual challenges of the participating students. To find out an instructional development project that can serve as part of a more about these options, please refer to the program Web site portfolio for prospective employers. The degree can be completed www.rit.edu/healthsytems. in three or four consecutive quarters if the student starts in the fall One of the advantages of this program is its online/distance quarter. The majority of students attend part time and take from format—students can pursue their degree while maintaining two to four years to complete the degree work. The degree must full-time employment in locations around the country and world. be completed within seven years of the first course counted toward Another distinct advantage of the program is the diversity of the degree. All courses are offered in the evening—and occasionally our student population; it allows for creative discussion and on Saturdays—so that students may work in the daytime as they comprehension of global health care issues and how these relate take courses. to the standards and practice of the American health care system. The ability to share information and ideas and contrast and compare strategies, allows our students a level of creativity and scope of practice not found in the traditional classroom.

16 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

RIT provides excellent online learning support for the adult Curriculum learner that leads the student through the registration and use of distance learning tools. In addition, for select subject areas, the Required courses HSA program plans and invites students to attend sessions that Foundations of Research blend presentation styles. This format provides a combination of Integrated Health Care Systems both distance learning and seminar attendance, and allows students Preventive Epidemiology to interact with presenters who provide state of the art experiences. Information Systems for Health Administrators For those learners who cannot physically attend these sessions, tech- Quality Management for Health Systems nology provides a summary in video format which is sent to the Health Systems Policy & Law students immediately following the presentations. Finance for Health Systems Operations Health Systems Economics & Finance Admission requirements Health Systems Planning Admission requirements for the master of science degree include: Health Systems Administration Health Systems Issues • Completion of a baccalaureate degree in a regionally accredited Human Resource Management I college or university. • A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or above on a 4.0 scale Electives or superior endorsement. Health Information Resources • Two letters of reference from individuals who have the opportu- Comparative Health nity to observe the applicant’s work output. • Ofﬁcial undergraduate and, if applicable, graduate transcripts. Additional elective credit can be obtained from courses offered • Three or more years of experience in a health care or health in the School of Hospitality and Service Management department related organization as either a practitioner or manager. For those with permission of advisor and other program chairs. applicants who do not meet this requirement they may be asked to complete certain undergraduate Health Systems Executive Leader MS Program Administration courses as a bridge for the content knowledge required for the graduate program and/or complete a graduate The health systems administration program provides an executive level internship in health care prior to graduation. leader program which utilizes a format of intensive sessions • Participation in a telephone interview with the health systems conducted over a limited time span in locations throughout the administration program chair. country. For more information on this highly focused strategic program visit the program Web site at www.rit.edu/healthsystems. International candidates • Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) minimum ADVANCED CERTIFICATES IN HEALTH score of 600 (paper), 250 (computer). ADMINISTRATION

All credentials must be submitted and reviewed by the faculty The health systems administration program offers several advanced prior to the completion of 12 credit hours of graduate work in certificates for students looking for focused study in a particular the program. area of health care, or for practitioners seeking continuing Degree requirements education credit for their professional development. The certificate programs are open to students qualified for and meeting require- The master of science degree in health systems administration ments of graduate study. However, prerequisite health care currently requires 57 quarter credit hours at the graduate level. experience is not required. The certificates can be completed as a The program can be completed in approximately two years by stand-alone credential and/or the courses within the certificate taking two courses per quarter or students may take longer to can be applied toward the MS degree at a later date. Qualified complete the course work and take one course per quarter. students may use individual courses, or the certificate, within other However students must complete their degree requirements within RIT graduate programs with the appropriate approvals. The certifi- seven years of the date of the oldest course identified on their RIT cate courses are provided in an online/distance format, and consist course records. Students must maintain a 3.0 (B) average through- of four courses for a total of 16 credits each. The certificates are out their academic career at RIT. Toward the end of their program as follows: of study, students must complete a research paper which applies the comprehensive academic information acquired during the Advanced Certificate in Health Systems Finance program to a topic of professional interest to them and approved Credits by their advisor. Health System Policy and Law 4 Upon matriculation, each student works with the program chair Health Systems Economics and Finance 4 for advice and direction to develop their plan of study. For specific Health Insurance and Reimbursement 4 questions about this, contact Linda Underhill at 585-475-7329 Finance for Operations 4 or at [email protected]. Advanced Certificate Total 16

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 17

Advanced Certificate in Health Information Resources • Applied Statistics Credits • Organizational Development Information for Health Administrators 4 • Environmental Management Clinical Information Resources 4 • Health Systems Administration E Health 4 • Information Technology Health Administration Application 4 • Product and Production Systems Design Advanced Certificate Total 16 • Technical Information Design • Other distance-delivered concentrations as they become available. Advanced Certificate in Senior Living Management Credits Besides course work in two or three concentrations, there are two Senior Living Management 4 required courses. Credit hours not required in a student’s concentra- Elements of Service 4 tions can be used for electives. All elective course, like all transferred Human Resource Planning 4 courses, need to be integrated into the proposed plan of study. Customer Relationship Management 4 For further information or advising, call Dr. Richard Morales at Advanced Certificate Total 16 585-475-2234. Advanced Certificate in Integrated Health Systems Admission requirements Credits The program is especially suitable for individuals with career Integrated Health Systems Planning 4 experience who can define the skills and knowledge they wish to Health Systems Administration 4 obtain through graduate study. Admission requirements include: Information Systems for Health Administrators 4 • successful completion of a baccalaureate degree at a regionally Elective 4 accredited college or university Advanced Certificate Total 16 • an undergraduate cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale or superior endorsements and three to five years full-time work experience Center for Multidisciplinary • letters of reference from two individuals who have served recently as either the applicant’s supervisor or instructor Studies Department • a statement of career objectives and description of the skills and knowledge sought through graduate study Master of Science in Cross-Disciplinary • a proposed plan of study to be developed with the program chair. International students must submit the results of the Test of Professional Studies English as a Foreign Language (minimum score of 550) as part James Myers, Ph.D., Director of the application process. The TOEFL requirement is waived Richard Morales, Ph.D., Program Chair for native speakers of English or those submitting educational transcripts and diplomas from American colleges and universities. The cross-disciplinary professional studies program is specifically All applicants are urged to discuss their plans with the designed to enable the mature learner to fashion a customized cross-disciplinary professional studies program adviser before plan of graduate study tailored to his or her personal and profes- submitting a formal application. sional goals. This degree offers an opportunity to draw on more than 50 RIT graduate programs—for example, interactive media Required courses design, human resource development, graphic design, information Context and Trends (4 credits) technology and health systems administration—in order to gain This course introduces students to interdisciplinary thinking, the advanced knowledge and skills necessary to respond success- personal self-assessment, problem solving, goal setting, and research fully to new and emerging career opportunities. The degree is techniques using electronic information resources. completed with a practical, hands-on project directly related to the student’s individualized plan of study. The cross-disciplinary The Capstone Project (4 credits) professional studies master’s degree with certain concentrations This course is a supervised, hands-on experience in which can also be pursued through distance learning. students apply the skills and knowledge developed through their The master of science in cross-disciplinary professional studies individualized plans of study and conclude with oral and written requires completion of 48 quarter credit hours as specified in an presentations. individualized plan of study consisting of two or three professional The following are examples only of the cross-disciplinary profes- concentrations. (Each concentration consists of three to four sional studies format. Many other combinations are possible. courses drawn from an existing RIT graduate program.) Graduate credits earned in other programs can be used in completing a concentration. Certain concentrations can be completed with distance delivered courses, including:

18 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Examples of Study Plans in the Cross-Disciplinary Professional ing media, and the ability to recognize excellence in the visual Studies Format aspects of communication design. This program focuses on the 1. Cross-Disciplinary Professional Studies information designer’s use of technology to create documentation with Two Professional Concentrations and to deliver information to the intended audience. Credits Admission requirements 0699 Context & Trends 4 Certificate applicants should have a baccalaureate or equivalent Concentration A: Marketing degree from an accredited institution and a minimum cumulative 0105-761 Marketing Concepts 4 grade point average of 3.0 (B). Students with lower grade point 0105-762 Advanced Marketing Management 4 averages may take courses on a non-matriculated basis and be 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet 4 admitted after successful completion of two or more courses and 0105-xxx Marketing Elective 4 permission of the program chairperson. Two professional recommendations also must be submitted. Concentration B: Communication and media Applicants whose native language is other than English must 0535-705 Electronic Communication 4 take the TOEFL examination. A score of at least 550 is required. 0535-710 Visual Communication 4 Students with a lower score may be admitted conditionally and will 0535-704 Communication Law & Ethics 4 take a prescribed program in English along with a reduced program 0535-709 Public Relations and Advertising 4 course load. Students entering this program are also expected to have basic skills Electives in technical writing and editing and technical document design. 0626-740 Group Leadership 4 0626-730 Theories in Human Resource Development 4 The curriculum 0699-775 Capstone Project 4 Required courses Credits Total 48 4004-741 Fundamentals of Web-Based Multimedia 4 2. Cross-Disciplinary Professional Studies 0688-711 Technical Information Design 4 with Three Professional Concentrations 0688-731 Technical Procedures 4 Credits 0688-741 Usability Design & Testing 4 0699 Context & Trends 4 These core courses are available through distance education. In Concentration A: Instructional technology addition, students are required to complete a minimum of seven 0627-706 Fundamentals of Interactive Multimedia Development 4 elective credits chosen with the approval of their program adviser. 0627-735 Interactive Multimedia Development 4 Elective courses 0627-755 Programming for Interactive Multimedia 4 4004-730 Interactive Media Implementation 4 0627-756 Interactive Multimedia Project 4 4004-745 Theories in Interactive Computing 4 0688-721 Creating Technical Proposals 4 Concentration B: Manufacturing and mechanical 0688-732 Managing Technical & Scientific Communication 4 engineering technology 2081-723 Contemporary Publishing 4 0304-618 Computer Aided Engineering 4 2081-742 Document Processing Languages 4 0304-801 Design for Manufacture 4 2081-743 Markets for Electronic Publishing 4 0304-964 Production Tool Design 4 2081-744 Introduction to Multimedia Publishing 4 0610-710 Product Development & Integration 4 Many of these electives are available through distance education. Concentration C: General management Other electives in instructional technology, human-computer 0102-740 Organizational Behavior & Leadership 4 interface, and other relevant fields may be used with an 0102-741 Managing Organizational Change 4 adviser’s approval. 0102-763 Behavioral Skills for Managers 4 0699 Capstone Project 4 Financial aid Total 52 Applicants seeking graduate scholarships or assistantships should identify this in the graduate application. A limited number of scholarships and assistantships are available on a competitive ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN TECHNICAL basis. Applicants seeking financial aid should apply by April 1. INFORMATION DESIGN Information about student loans may be obtained from the RIT Financial Aid Office (585-475-2186). Technical information design is a growing multidisciplinary Limited scholarships and graduate assistantships are available communication field that requires understanding and skills in the in the departments. Contact your department or program chair development and use of text, graphic design, multimedia, and other for information. techniques to enhance contemporary technical communication. Success in this field demands that the practitioner have superior writing skills, adeptness at selecting and using available and emerg-

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 19

Maureen S. Valentine, BSCE, Tufts Deanna M. Jacobs, BS, State GRADUATE FACULTY University; MCE, Virginia University of New York College at ADJUNCT FACULTY Polytechnic Institute; PE—Chair, Plattsburgh; MA, State University of Civil Engineering Technology, New York College at Geneseo; MS, College of Environmental Management and Rochester Institute of Technology— Packaging Science Safety; Associate Professor Associate Professor Applied Science Edward A. Colombo, BS, St. Peters Scott B. Wolcott, AAS, State Daniel Johnson, BS, MS, Rochester College; Ph.D., Brooklyn and Technology University of New York, Canton; BS, Institute of Technology—Assistant Polytechnic Institute MS, State University of New York at Professor Wiley R. McKinzie, MS, State Craig E. Densmore, BS, MS, Buffalo; PE—Associate Professor Guy Johnson, BS, Pennsylvania University of New York at Buffalo— Rochester Institute of Technology State; MS, Syracuse University— Dean; Professor Carl F. M. deWinter, BS, MS, Professor Linda A. Tolan, BS, State University ADJUNCT FACULTY Katholicke Universiteit Lennen Seung Kim, BS, Hanyang University; of New York College at Geneseo; MS, Robert Ferraro, BS, US Naval MS, Ph.D., University of Illinois— Rochester Institute of Technology— Academy; MS, George Washington Assistant Professor Associate Dean; Associate Professor Environmental University; MBA, Rochester Ti-Lin Liu, MS, Tsinghua Institute of Technology Management and University—Associate Professor Department of James W. Jacobs Jr., MS, Troy Technology Carl A. Lundgren, BS, Rensselaer State University; Ph.D., Civil Engineering Polytechnic Institute; MBA, University of Buffalo Joseph Deeb, BS, MS, Ph.D., University of Rochester—Professor Technology, State University of New York at Stephen R. Pierce, BS, MS, Buffalo Robert A. Merrill, BS, Clarkson Michigan State University Environmental College; MS, Northeastern Dennis Young, BS, Michigan State Wayne Loomis, MS, University; PE—Professor Management University of Rochester University—Dennis Young and Karen L. Proctor, BS, Michigan Associates, Inc. and Safety Edward Mullen, BS, State University; MBA, Rochester Clarkson University; MS, Johns Institute of Technology—Associate Abi Aghayere, BS, University of Hopkins University Professor Lagos; MS, Massachusetts Institute of FACULTY Ravi Nabar, BS, Birla Institute S. Manian Ramkumar, BE, PSG, Technology; Ph.D., University of of Technology; MS, University Alberta; PE—Associate Professor College of Technology–Bharathiar; of Michigan; MBA, University ME, Rochester Institute of Electrical G. Todd Dunn, BS, Dartmouth of Saskatchewan; Ph.D., University Technology—Associate Professor; College; MSCE, University of of Michigan Graduate Program Adviser Computer and California; PE—Associate Professor George Thomas, MS, Elizabeth A. Scholle, BSE, Telecommunications Robert H. Easton, BS, U.S. Military Johns Hopkins University University of Pittsburgh; MS, Ph.D., Academy; MSCE, Iowa State Tom Wickerham, BA, Theil College University of Illinois; EIT Professional Engineering University; PE—Professor Certiﬁcation—Assistant Professor Technology Joshua Goldowitz, BS, State James F. Scudder, BME, Cornell University of New York at FACULTY University; PE—Assistant Professor Ronald Fulle, BA, State University Binghamton; MS, University of of New York College at Oswego; MS, Arizona—Associate Professor John A. Stratton, MS, Rensselaer University of Colorado at Boulder— Polytechnic Institute—Professor William C. Larsen, BS, MSCE, Department of Associate Professor Dartmouth College; PE— George Sutherland, BSME, McMaster Chance M. Glenn, BS, University Associate Professor Manufacturing University; Ph.D., Stanford University— of Maryland at College Park; MSEE, Department Chair, Professor Robert E. McGrath Jr., BCE, and Mechanical Ph.D., EE, Johns Hopkins Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Fritz J. Yambrach, BS, Michigan University—Associate Professor MSCE, Syracuse University; PE— Engineering State University; BS, MBA, Utah Mark J. Indelicato, BEEE, Professor Emeritus Technology/ State University—Associate Professor Manhattan College; MS, Polytechnic John Morelli, BS, Syracuse University—Associate Professor University; MS, Ph.D., State Packaging Science William P. Johnson, BA, Kings University of New York College College; BSEE, MSEE, Syracuse Ronald F. Amberger, BME, of Environmental Science and University—Professor Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Forestry—Associate Professor ME, Pennsylvania State University; Warren L. G. Koontz, BSEE, Mark Piterman, MCE, Odessa PE—Professor University of Maryland; MSEE, Marine Engineers Institute— Massachusetts Institute of Louis B. Gennaro, BS, U.S. Military Professor Emeritus Technology; Ph.D., Purdue Academy; MS, Northeastern University—Associate Professor Joseph M. Rosenbeck, BS, MS, University—Professor Central Missouri State University; Anthony P. Trippe, PE, BS, Daniel L. Goodwin, BS, MS, Ph.D., CSP—Graduate Program Rochester Institute of Technology; Michigan State University— Coordinator; Associate Professor MS, Fairleigh Dickinson University Chairman; Professor Jennifer Schneider, BS, Roberts (DBA U.S. International University) Martin Gordon, BSME, MSME, Wesleyan College; MS, University —Assistant Professor MBA, State University of New York of Rochester; Ph.D., University at Buffalo—Assistant Professor of Massachusetts–Lowell—Associate Professor

20 2003–2004 Graduate Bulletin

Michael O’Connor, MS—Executive FACULTY ADJUNCT FACULTY Director, Rochester Community FACULTY Individual Practice Association A. Holly Olsen, BS, University of Hospitality Hospitality Montana; MS, Rochester Institute Center for and Service and Service of Technology Multidisciplinary Denise Pieratti, BA, Binghamton Management Management University; MS, University of Studies Department Department Department Vermont; MS, University of Janet Graham, BS, MS, Rochester Washington Institute of Technology—Assistant Francis M. Domoy, BS, MA, State Anita Beck, BA, State University Damon Revelas, BS, MS, Rochester Professor University of New York at Buffalo; of New York College at Geneseo; Institute of Technology; Ph.D., State James Myers, BS, MS, Rochester Ph.D., Michigan State University— MA, Nazareth College University of New York at Buffalo Chair; Professor Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Vincent Iglesias-Cardinale, BA, Annette Rummel, BBA, Northwood University of Michigan—Director, Stanley Bissell, BA, Ohio Wesleyan MA, Humbolt State University; MFA, University; MS, Rochester Institute Associate Professor University; MA, University of Vermont College of Technology Auckland, New Zealand; MLS, State Richard Morales, BA, Michigan Richard Cowen, MBA—Health Care Patricia Seischab, MS, Rochester State University; MA, State University University of New York College at Management Consultant, Rochester Geneseo—Associate Professor Institute of Technology of New York College at Brockport; Christopher Davis, M.D.— Christine Sevilla, BA, University of MSW, Ph.D., Syracuse University— David Crumb, BS, Florida State Physician, Rochester Associate Professor University; MBA, Michigan State Southern California at Santa Barbara; University—Assistant Professor Donna A. Dickson, BA, State MPA, State University of New York Thomas F. Moran, BSME, California University of New York College College at Brockport; MS, Rochester Polytechnic State College; MSME, Barbara Cerio Iocca, RD, BS, at Buffalo; MS, Rochester Institute Institute of Technology California State College at Long M.Ed., State University of New York of Technology Beach—Associate Professor at Buffalo—Associate Professor Dan L. Sirmans, BBA, Georgia State James Fatula, Ph.D.—Consultant, University; MS, Rochester Institute Linda A. Tolan, BS, State University Jon Horne, BA, Colorado State Health Care Management, Rochester, of Technology of New York College at Geneseo; MS, University; MA, University of New York J. Wixson Smith, BS, State Rochester Institute of Technology— Phoenix; MS, Rochester Institute Associate Dean, Associate Professor of Technology Rebecca Ferraro, BS, State University University of New York College at of New York College at Brockport; Geneseo; MS, Rochester Institute Henry Cooke, BEE, MS, Ohio State James Jacobs, MS, Troy State MS, Rochester Institute of of Technology University—Professor Emeritus University; Ph.D., State University Technology of New York at Buffalo—Graduate Michael Tarcinale, Ph.D., RN— Mary Boyd, BA, Earlham College; Chair; Associate Professor Arnold S. Gissin, MPH— Vice President, Randamax, Inc., MS, Computer Science, University Administrator, Jewish Home Rochester, New York of Iowa Elizabeth Kmiecinski, RD, BS, of Rochester Ohio State University; MS, University Arthur G. Tweet, Ph.D.— of Kentucky—Assistant Professor Katherine Hiltunen, MBA, BSN— Consultant, CQI Associates, Director, QM/UM Analysis, Blue Rochester, New York Dianne C. Mau, BS, Rochester Cross and Blue Shield of Rochester Institute of Technology; MS, State Beverly Voos, MS, President and University of New York College at Patricia Houghton, RN, MHA, Chief Executive Ofﬁcer, Rochester Brockport—Graduate Program Chair CPHQ Healthcare Information Group, Rochester, New York Warren Sackler, BA, Michigan State Joan Johnson, BS, MBA, Rochester University; MA, New York Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Albro C. Wilson, MS, Rochester University—Associate Professor Syracuse University Institute of Technology Edward Steffens, BS, MBA, Ed Keyes, BS, University of Carl Winkelbauer, Ed.D., Rochester Institute of Technology— Massachusetts; MS, Rochester University of Rochester Assistant Professor Institute of Technology Edward B. Stockham, AB, Ph.D., Joseph M. LaLopa, MS, Rochester University of Pennsylvania— Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Associate Professor Michigan State University C. J. Wallington, BS, University Marcia Marriott, BS, MA, State of Missouri at Kansas City; Ph.D., University of New York College University of Southern California— at Brockport; Ph.D., Southwest Graduate Program Chair; Professor University Carol Whitlock, RD, BS, MS, Todd Mittler, BA, Canisius College Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Richard Morano, BS, Rochester University of Massachusetts— Institute of Technology; MS, Professor University of Rochester; Ed.D., University of Rochester; James Myers, BS, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Michigan State University

2003–2004 Graduate Bulletin 21

Packaging Science 0607-899 Executive Leader Portfolio The portfolio credit option is for the Executive Leader students only and is designed to eval- 0607-701 Research Methods in Packaging uate extensive prior experience. Students must provide extensive documentation of at least Discussion of procedures, methods and requirements for carrying out the research project. 5 years of experience in the packaging industry after completion of the appropriate bac- Students pursue advanced study and research in the following areas: distribution packaging, calaureate degree. The content for the portfolio and the number of credits sought are package systems development, product and/or package damage in the physical distribution determined in conjunction with the graduate coordinator. Final review and award of credit environment, materials, quality preservation, production and mechanical properties of are then completed through the graduate coordinator and the Program Chair. Credit 1–10 packaging materials and systems. Credit 4 Manufacturing & Mechanical 0607-721 Packaging Administration Study of the role of packaging operations in the corporate enterprise. Positioning of the Engineering Technology packaging function in the corporation, managerial practice, interpersonal relationships and control techniques are considered. Individualized instruction, case analysis and/or research 0610-630 Tolerance Design papers supplement classroom instruction. Credit 4 This is a comprehensive course on the topics of analytical and experimental development of design and production tolerances. The course covers worst case and statistical tolerance analy- 0607-731 Advanced Packaging Economics sis, 6 Sigma methods for tolerancing, Monte Carlo Simulation Sensitivity Analysis of systems, An advanced study of the ﬁrm’s economic behavior in relationship to activities within the and Taguchi’s approach to tolerance design. Special emphasis will be given to developing tol- packaging function. Included are packaging costs, production theory and case studies erances for complex aggregations of technologies. System tolerance and cost balancing is Course Descriptions Course demonstrating general trends in the packaging industry. Individual instruction, case study covered in detail. The use of tolerance design in critical parameter management will be cov- and/or research paper required, as appropriate to the student’s level or interest. Credit 4 ered. Students will conduct a project in computer-aided tolerance analysis. Credit 4

0607-742 Distribution Systems 0610-710 Product Development & Integration Study of the shipping and handling environment encountered by goods in packages during This course covers a broad set of topics, processes and best practices related to the disciplined distribution to the product user. Materials handling, warehousing and the impact of the dis- development of products & production systems. The course takes two major views of prod- tribution environment on shipping container design and development are considered. Case uct development: first is total quality development and second is system engineering as study or individual research appropriate to student’s interest. Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 applied to the earliest phases of new product development. A thorough review of product & technology development processes & best practices will be covered in the context of reduc- 0607-750 Graduate Seminar ing time to market. Skills will be developed to enable the student to construct & actively Course concentrates on topic of current interest, depending on instructor, quarter offered participate in a modern, concurrent new product development process. The student will be and mix of students. Content to be announced prior to registration dates. Credit 4 introduced to critical parameter management to aid in fulfilling voice of the customer requirements. System integration for total product life cycle performance is a major focus. 0607-752 The Legal Environment Studies and reading in diverse product & system development topics are required. Credit 4. An intensive study of federal, state and local regulation that affects packaging. Individualized study and research on an interest basis. Credit 4 0610-820 Concept Design & Critical Parameter Management This course focuses on gathering the voice of the customer, translating it into technical 0607-763 Packaging for End-use requirements, defining functions to fulfill the requirements, generating concepts to physi- An intensive study of package design requirements specific to use of a product at specified cally fulfill the functions & the evaluation and selection of superior product and subsystem end points. Individual design and development of a package system and its specifications, concepts that are safe to take to commercialization. Team labs will be conducted in QFD, appropriate to the needs of the product and the consumer/user. Credit 4 functional analysis and decomposition, concept generation and PUGH’S concept selection process. Critical parameter management techniques will be covered in detail. Credit 4 0607-770 Advanced Computer Applications Study of the application of computer techniques and data processing for packaging applica- 0610-830 Instrumentation & Computer Aided Data Acquisition tions: specification development, test simulation, optimum sizing of package systems, This course integrates modern methods of acquiring, processing, and analyzing data. The process control and similar applications will be presented. Computer program development goal is to generate value added information to the critical parameter management process and individual research on an interest basis. Credit 4 during new product development. The course focus is on the measurement of product or process critical functional responses that are direct indicators of the true physical functions 0607-783 Advanced Packaging Dynamics that control product quality. Students will acquire a strong set of skills in hands-on devel- The study of instrumentation systems for analysis, evaluation and application of shock and opment, design, construction & operation of manual & computer-aided data acquisition vibration test methods and data to package system design and development for specific systems. Topics include applications for data base management & application for empirical products. A research paper is required. Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 model building, robust design, tolerance design & statistical process control. Students will be introduced into using Lab View for data acquisition and control. Credit 4 0607-798 Independent Study Student-initiated study in an area of specialized interest, not leading to a thesis. A compre- 0610-870 Robust Design & Production Systems hensive written report of the investigation is required. Cannot be used to fulfill core This is an advanced course in Taguchi’s dynamic methods of robust design. Students learn requirements. Credit variable (maximum of 8) to optimize design parameter nominal set points to promote insensitivity to sources of variation in the manufacturing & customer use environments. Development of robust & 0607-799 Advanced Packaging Design tunable systems and their manufacturing processes is a major focus. The role of engineering Advanced package design projects selected in consultation with the instructor. Individual methods for designing for additively is used to promote rapid system integration. The role study appropriate to area of interest and background of student. (Consent of department) of robust design in critical parameter management will be demonstrated. Team labs in ro- Credit variable 1–4 bust design projects will be required. Credit 4.

0607-890 Graduate Thesis An independent research project to be completed by the student in consultation with the major professor. A written thesis and an oral defense of the thesis are required. (Consent of department) Credit variable (maximum of 12)

22 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Telecommunications Engineering 0614-710 Cisco CCNA 3 Instructor CISCO Certified Network Academy course CCNA 3 provides coverage of switching config- Technology uration, network segmentation, and network management issues. This course is part 3 of the CCNA curriculum. (0614-709 or equivalent and eligibility to become a Cisco Networking 0614-630 Fiber Optic Telecommunications Technology Academy instructor or permission of instructor) Credit 2 This course will present the student with the basic components of fiber optic telecommunications systems including optical fiber, light sources and transmitters, photo detectors and 0614-711 Cisco CCNA 4 Instructor receivers, optical amplifiers and passive optical components. Fiber optic telecommunication This course provides advanced coverage of switching configuration, network segmentation, is one of the most dynamic and important technologies in the telecommunications field. and network management issues. This course is part 4 of the CCNA curriculum. (0614-710 The fundamental driving forces, notably including the growth of wideband access to the and eligibility to become a Cisco Networking Academy instructor or permission of instruc- Internet, are still in place and the demand for telecommunications capacity continues to tor) Credit 2 increase exponentially. (Physics or engineering course including basic optics and electromagnetic waves, calculus and differential equations) Lecture 4, Credit 4 0614-712 Cisco Case Study Project This course provides opportunity to design and document a network infrastructure that 0614-640 Telecommunications Network Engineering includes all the major technology studied in the previous CCNA curriculum course work. This course covers accepted network design principles and methodologies as they apply to cir- (0614-711 and eligibility to become a Cisco Networking Academy instructor or permission cuit, packet, frame, cell and synchronization networks. Course topics are transmission of instructor) Credit 4 engineering, traffic engineering models, timing and synchronization, design of voice and data networks, and electrical grounding concepts. (0614-720, 0614-722, 0614-724) Lecture 4, 0614-720 Telecommunications Concepts Descriptions Course Credit 4 Transmission, switching and signaling are each important elements of any communication network. Topics included are the architecture of the public switched telephone networks, 0614-642 WAN/LAN Planning & Design modulation, multiplexing, data communication protocols, various types of switching, intro- This course provides participants with an introduction to the art and science of wide area duction to optical fiber, emerging technologies, and an introduction to traffic engineering. network design. Various design approaches are introduced and several heuristic design algo- (BS in engineering technology, engineering, or a related degree) Lecture 4, Credit 4 rithms are utilized. Blocking networks (telephone voice circuit networks) & delay networks (packet) are studied; greater emphasis is placed on delay networks. The course instills in par- 0614-722 Principles Telecommunications Network ticipants the concept that most networks are holistic entities and therefore, piecemeal The course provides the student with a solid understanding of local access and backbone approaches to their design yield limited results. A PC design tool is utilized in the course. networks, topology, equipment and technology. Topics in the course are the public switched The course is taught in a collaborative participatory manner with considerable student inter- telephone network, local and wide area networks, carrier transport networks and emerging action and project work. While the more complicated WAN is stressed, LAN planning & technologies in each of these areas. (BS in engineering technology, engineering, or a related design is also addressed. Whenever possible, real-world examples are utilized to illustrate degree) Lecture 4, Credit 4 topics.(0614-720, 0614-722) Lecture 4, Credit 4 0614-726 Telecommunications Project Management 0614-650 Telecommunication Policy & Issues This course addresses the processes and skills needed for successful project management in This course provides an introductory overview of domestic and international telecommuni- the Telecommunications industry. Topics in the course are project life cycle, planning tem- cations policy and issues with special emphasis on domestic policy, regulation and law. plates, project deliverables, project work breakdown structure, estimating resources and task Current issues, trends and standards are also investigated. (Course work and or experience in costs, Gantt charts, PERT techniques, project team duties and responsibilities, project team telecommunications or policy) Note: This course is not appropriate if the student has com- management techniques and software tools for large projects. The course includes an applied pleted the undergraduate course, Introduction to Policy and Issues (0614-480), with an A or project planning assignment in which students define a project related to the telecommuni- B or an equivalent course at another university in the past five years. Lecture 4, Credit 4 cations industry and use Microsoft (MS) Project software and “best practices” to properly plan the project tasks, schedule and budget.(BS in engineering technology, engineering, or 0614-660 Telecommunication Systems a related degree) Lecture 4, Credit 4 The fundamental principles that govern the communication information are introduced. At the end of this course students will understand signal spectral analysis and the principles of 0614-728 Operating Systems for Telecommunications digital and analog modulation formats. Topics in the course are spectral analysis techniques, The course starts by examining the features and operation of a typical operating system. Basic modulation schemes, and noise and bit error rates. (Calculus(1016-232 or equivalent) and functions are to execute user commands, provide for system resource sharing, management of an undergraduate electronic communications systems course that teaches the concepts of memory, the creation and management of files, networking and communications of distrib- modulation and demodulation and the electronic components in transmitters and receivers uted computer systems, and to provide security and protection functions. Students will 0609-363 or equivalent). Lecture 4, Credit 4 examine typical methods and techniques which implement the key operating system functions. A sequence of commonly used operating systems will be studied to compare and contrast 0614-662 Telecommunications Transmission Systems how each provides its services and determines the benefits and short comings that exist The fundamental principles that govern wired and wireless transmission systems are intro- between them. The course includes real-time and embedded operating systems along with how duced. At the end of this course students will be able to apply transmission system theory to the operating system interfaces with telecommunications applications and hardware. (B.S. in the analysis and design of copper, fiber-optic, and wireless transmission systems. Topics in the engineering technology, engineering, or a closely related degree.) Lecture 4, Credit 4 course are transmission lines, link budgets, satellite communications, and an introduction to cellular engineering and mobile radio transmission. (Calculus(1016-232 or equivalent), dif- 0614-832 Fiber Optic Telecommunications Network ferential equations (1016-304) or equivalent), and an undergraduate course in advanced This course is focused on the operation of the elements of fiber optic telecommunications circuit theory and analysis techniques (0609-333 or equivalent)). Lecture 4, Credit 4 networks and the structure and operation of optical telecommunications networks. Students will be able to design optical networks to meet specified capacity, flexibility, and reliability 0614-708 Cisco CCNA 1 Instructor requirements at the end of the course. (0614-630) Lecture 4, Credit 4 This course provides coverage of layered network models, industry standards, network topologies, IP addressing, networking components, structured cabling, cable testing, and 0614-864 Wireless RF Telecommunications Systems basic network design. This course is the first of four instructor courses in CCNA curricu- The fundamental principles that govern the application of wireless mobile and fixed radio fre- lum series. (1016-204 or equivalent and eligibility to become a Cisco Networking Academy quency communication systems are studied in this course. At the end of this course students instructor or permission of instructor) Credit 2 will understand the radio frequency mobile wireless environment, the common wireless systems, and the zoning/public policy aspects related to deployment of the wireless 0614-709 Cisco CCNA 2 Instructor infrastructure. (Telecommunication Systems (0614-660) and Calculus and Differential This course provides coverage of beginning router configuration for and troubleshooting of Equations) Lecture 4, Credit 4 WANs and LANs using concepts in the layered network models. This course is part 2 of the CCNA curriculum. (0614-708 or equivalent and eligibility to become a Cisco Networking Academy instructor or permission of instructor) Credit 2

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 23

0614-890 Grad Thesis/Project Planning Seminar 0617-855 Electronics Packaging Fundamentals This is the first of a two-course sequence in which each TET graduate student will design This course will provide a thorough understanding of the technology, components, equip- and conduct research and prepare a proposal for either a graduate thesis or a graduate proj- ment, design and manufacturing process for surface mount electronics manufacturing. As a ect. Credit 2 introductory course, it will provide the students with a strong foundation needed for advanced work in the surface mount technology (SMT). The laboratory demonstrations will 0614-892 Graduate Thesis provide the students an orientation and familiarization of the manufacturing equipment and The graduate thesis is an independent research or development project that provides new process for printed circuit board assembly. Class 4, Credit 4 knowledge, data, processes, software or other assets that benefit the field of telecommunications. A formal written thesis and an oral defense are required. (0614-890, Thesis/ Project 0617-856 Advanced Concepts in Electronics Packaging Planning Seminar) Credit 6 This course provides an in-depth study of thermal, mechanical, material, manufacturing and reliability aspects of SMT and advanced packaging. The lecture topics will include design and 0614-893 Graduate Project manufacturing standards, thermal modeling and management, mechanical properties of mate- Graduate projects are an applied research project that reflects the student’s ability to utilize rials, failure mechanisms, materials processing, high-density interconnection, advanced professional skills to design and develop a project that demonstrates the use of telecommu- component packaging, technology trends, reliability testing, inspection. Class 3, Lab 2, nications technology, tools, or applications. A formal written document and demonstration Credit 4 are required. (0614-890, Thesis/Project Planning Seminar) Credit 2 0617-870 Manufacturing Automation Control This course deals with the principles and application of programmable logic controllers Course Descriptions Course Computer Integrated Manufacturing (PLC).Topics include PLC hardware, programming and application of PLC’s in a computer 0617-730 Data Management & Communication integrated manufacturing (CIM) environment. Students will also be exposed to man machine This is a course in communication and data management. The first part of this course will interface (MMI) and PLC networks. (Manufacturing Processes) Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 focus on data communication. Fundamental concepts of computer systems will be explored. This information will be a precursor to such topics as parallel and serial communication, 0617-896 Project Management in CIM synchronous and asynchronous communication, point-to-point, and broadcast networks. Interdisciplinary course covering project management in CIM. Students will study real-world Additional discussion will include application of network applications in CIM such as EDI. problems that are related to manufacturing hardware or manufacturing processes and propose The second part of this course will discuss elementary data management topics such as data solutions to problems requiring an integrated approach. Topics include the identification and storage and retrieval, the use of commercial DBMS’s and the relational model. It will also definition of the goal; strategy development; project planning; required resource estimation; discuss data representation in CIM; the melding of representation schemes used by CAD project organization; proposal development; project approval; project staffing; team building; systems and CNC/DNC machine tools. Class 4, Credit 4 implementation of the project managing scope, performance, schedule and resources; and project termination. (Completion of required courses in CIM curriculum) Credit 4 0617-811 Design Manufacturing & Assembly The basics of Manufacturing Processes(I and II) are expanded and applied to the design 0617-897 MS Thesis process. Design is taken from early courses that deal with function and theories of failure Interdisciplinary thesis on CIM or electronics packaging research area to be monitored and and now is considered from the viewpoint of manufacturability. Part concepts will be con- advised by committee of two faculty or one faculty with an industry representative. This the- sidered for various manufacturing processes to determine which process will yield the lowest sis work may serve as the capstone course of the CIM degree. (Defense of thesis requires cost part that meets all product functional requirements. Cost will consider the sum of both completion of all required courses.) Credit 0–4 piece part, associated tooling, and assembly costs. Students are encouraged to have: 0617- 436 Engineering Economy, and 0617-472 Tool Engineering, or equivalent courses, or 0617-898 Graduate Seminar experience. (0617-420 and 0610-220, or Instructor permission.) Class 4, Credit 4 Special offering of advanced graduate level topics. These topics are developed and taught on a special offering basis and will vary from year to year. Credit 1–4 0617-842 Data Management in CIM Introduction to data management for manufacturing applications. Topics include concep- 0617-899 Graduate Independent Study tual, implementation and physical design of data bases as well as data representation used in Faculty directed study of appropriate topics on a tutorial basis. This course is generally used manufacturing processes. Geometric modeling of 3D objects for analysis and display is to allow an individual to pursue topics in depth under faculty sponsorship. Credit 1–4 included. Laboratory work required. (0602-710, 730) Class 4 Credit 4 0617-999 Manufacturing Grad Co-op 0617-845 Distributed Systems Work experience in manufacturing position appropriate to selected major in graduate pro- This is a course in writing distributed applications, as distinguished from distributed oper- gram. Position to be obtained through interviewing process with the assistance of Cooperative ating systems. As such, it focuses on two principal issues: types of implementation platforms Education and Career Services Office. Credit 0 and interprocess communication mechanisms. The first issue involves a discussion of different types of environments in which the programmer may find himself or herself, including Hospitality—Tourism Management traditional timesharing systems, event-driven systems and uniprogramming systems. The pros and cons of each are discussed as a basis for implementing distributed systems. The sec- 0624-770 Service Leadership Examining & Implementing Change ond issue is concerned with how processes, or tasks, communicate with one another, This is a capstone course that examines various personal and personnel leadership functions whether this is different when the processes are on a single processor or different processors as applied to the delivery of service excellence. Current literature is used to explore the inter- and how they can synchronize their accesses to shared resources. (0602-710, 730) Credit 4 relationship of various conceptual paradigms. The goal is to enhance individual’s understanding and to augment his or her ability to interact in the service environment, and 0617-850 Flexible Manufacturing & Assembly Systems to critically understand strategies founded in continuous learning, change and learning The course provides an in-depth knowledge of automated manufacturing and assembly sys- organizations. Concepts discussed include: relationship management, empowerment, team tems, their design, operation and implementation. Topics include system hardware, building, corporate culture and opportunity management. Credit 4 software, controls, programming, and integration. Emphasis will be placed in providing a thorough understanding of computer controlled machines, tooling, tool management, part 0624-823 Strategic Environments of Food System feeding, part orientation, part holding, material handling systems, robots, AGVS, coordi- The strategic environments of the hospitality-tourism system are examined as a whole and nate measuring machines, sensors system controls, general purpose and special purpose from the perspectives of major segments: consumers, producers, regulatory agencies, dis- assembly systems and management issues. Concepts pertaining to design of products for tributors and retailers, including food service operators. Specific issues examined include the automated manufacturing, handling and assembly will also be discussed. Class 4, Credit 4 use distribution systems, international government policies, consumer expectations and the impact of these on the producer and end user. Credit 4

24 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0624-825 Strategic Processes of Service Firms 0625-791 Foundations of Applied Social & Managerial Research An analysis of the organizational structure, operational procedures, corporate policies, finan- This is an introductory applied research/project development course for the HSM graduate cial growth and related factors of service firms. The course traces the evolution of various program. The purpose of this course is to introduce learners to foundation concepts and meth- companies to reveal individual growth strategies. Service discovery, building service rela- ods in applied social and managerial problems. Emphasis is placed on developing an tionships, and understanding service as experiences are necessary skills that will be learned understanding of the scientific method with application to social and managerial problems. and used. Credit 4 Participants will cultivate this understanding by engaging in the development of a research/ project proposal. The proposal will serve as the foundation for subsequent research course- 0624-826 Tourism Policy Analysis work, thesis, projects, or capstone projects. Topics covered in the course include: 1) the An analysis of the goals and objectives for tourism development in geographic areas of dif- philosophy of research, 2) research ethics, 3) conceptualization of research, 4) evaluation ferent size. Topics include employment, income redistribution, cultural impact, and labor research, and 5) an introduction to basic quantitative, qualitative and systems research tech- supply and tourism resource base. Specific policies for touristic regions are compared for niques. Credit 4 effectiveness and overall cost benefits. Local, state, national and international examples are included. Credit 4 0625-810 Senior Living Management This course is designed to introduce students to the unique knowledge and skills required 0624-846 Travel Marketing Systems to understand and effectively manage in the senior living environment. The course will focus Includes the identification of markets, product pricing strategies and mixes of communica- on the demographic realities leading to career and business opportunities in various types of tion as they relate to the tourism distribution system. The efficiencies of various channel senior living facilities. Credit 4 configurations and their resultant organizational patterns are evaluated. Credit 4 0625-841 Benchmarking & Continuous Process Improvement Descriptions Course 0624-867 Tourism Planning & Development This course examines the benchmarking process as a means of achieving continuous service Tourism planning defines the frames of reference used in making choices concerning the improvement. Among the topics discussed are proactive management, measuring perform- development of tourism facilities and use of space. Topics include: tourism income and ance, out-of-the-box thinking, internal, competitive, industry, and best-in-class expenditure; pricing policy; taxing authorities; ownership patterns; financing and leakage benchmarking. The critical success factors at each stage of benchmarking in service industries potentials of the various tourism infrastructures. This course focuses on the planning and are investigated. Credit 4 development of tourism as it is “packaged” through its distribution channels. Credit 4 0625-842 Customer Relationship Management 0624-880 Seminar: Current Issues The Customer Relationship Management (CRM) course develops the learners ability to A small-group examination of contemporary issues and topics chosen by the students and help their organization manage its interactions with its customers across multiple channels, faculty member. Research, oral presentations and Class discussions of all issues selected. maximize revenue opportunities, build foundations to increase customer satisfaction and Credit 4 drive customer retention and loyalty. Credit 4

0624-890 Practicum in Hotel Training 0625-843 Empowered Teams An opportunity for the student to apply skills learned in previous courses in a work or lab- This course focuses on the service organization’s internal customers-the employee and mid- oratory setting. A proposal must be approved by the director of the program, prior to dle management. It examines the prerequisites, transformations, and assumptions needed to enrolling in the course. Credit variable 1–6 decentralize the service firm and implement self-directed, empowered teams. Among the issues examined are accepting more responsibility for the service performance, assuming 0624-896 Graduate Project accountability for customer satisfaction, and planning with the “customer-in” decision-mak- This course number is used to fulfill the graduate paper requirement under the non-thesis ing framework. Credit 4 option for the MS degree in hospitality/tourism management. The candidate must obtain the approval of the director of the program and, if necessary, an appropriate faculty mem- 0625-844 Breakthrough Thinking, Creativity & Innovation ber to supervise the paper before registering for this course. A formal written paper and an Learning to solve problems, create profound decisions, and continuously change our organi- oral presentation of the project results are required. Credit variable 1–3 zations has always been a function of leadership. Today’s fast-paced global business environment requires that we utilize equally insightful, aggressive, and distinctly new processes 0624-898 Thesis to change. This course examines the global phenomenon and builds in the learner new meth- Thesis based on experimental evidence obtained by the candidate in an appropriate topic ods to achieve leadership in an age of change -breakthrough thinking, creativity, and demonstrating the reduction of theory into practice. A formal written thesis and oral defense innovation. The learner will become adept at true value innovation in a knowledge/service are required. The candidate must obtain the approval of the director of the program and, if economy. Credit 4 necessary, an appropriate faculty member to guide the thesis before registering for the thesis. Credit variable 2–9 0625-845 Relationship Management in Service Firms This course examines the nature of managing the on-going relationships that characterize the 0624-899 Independent Study service process. Relationships both internal and external to the organization are considered. An opportunity for the advanced student to undertake independent investigation in a spe- Organizational implications of developing service recovery systems are also investigated. cial area under the guidance of a faculty member. A written proposal is to be forwarded to Credit 4 the sponsoring faculty member and approved by the director of the program prior to registering for this course. The independent study must seek to answer questions outside the 0625-846 Service Leadership Futures scope of regular course work. Credit variable 1–6 This course changes each year as it evolves from students’ interpretations of what it should entail. In general, students will gain the capacity to examine both current status and future route(s) of service industries. It is a first in a series of courses that will prepare career-minded Service Management individuals to function in our rapidly changing environment and, more important, in the 0625-750 Elements of Service Management: A Systems Approach future. The goal is to create leaders for tomorrow’s service organizations and society. Credit 4 A general systems framework is used to explore the major components of service management using a variety of service sectors - health care, banking, insurance, real estate and 0625-849 Service Performance Metrics hospitality-tourism. The course examines the interactions, interdependencies, and interac- This course examines the various self-assessment processes associated with improving service tivity of service systems—to learn about the synergistic effects of the current changeable quality. The seven Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award categories, the eight President’s markets. In addition to this organizational focus above, the course begins the process of Award for Quality and Productivity categories (Federal Quality Institute), and the ISO 9000 examining the learning organization form a professional and personal focus. Lastly, the categories are examined. These guidelines are oriented towards systems and are used to probe course provides insights and practical applications to the evolving e-commerce environment relationships that reach across departments and disciplines, with the goal of achieving and and to lean service principles. Credit 4 maintaining total quality service management. Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 25

0625-896 Graduate Project 0626-730 Theories of Human Resource Development The course number is used to fulﬁll the graduate paper requirement under the non-thesis Professionals in the HR ﬁelds of employee education, career development, organization devel- option for the MS degree in Service Management. The candidate must obtain the approval opment and training require both a conceptual understanding of human learning and of the Graduate Coordinator and if necessary, an appropriate faculty member to supervise performance and systematic procedures for inducing learning and performance. This course the paper before registering for this course. A formal written paper and an oral presentation presents recent investigations, both theoretical and empirical, into human learning, motivation of the project results are required. Credit variable 1–3 and performance. Through readings and group activities, students will increase their understanding of theories of human resource development as the basis for practical applications. 0625-898 Research Thesis Credit 4 Thesis based on experimental evidence obtained by the candidate in an appropriate topic demonstrating the reduction of theory into practice. The candidate must obtain the 0626-732 Design & Delivery of Training approval of the Graduate Coordinator and if necessary, an appropriate faculty member to Emphasizes the techniques used for design and development of instruction. During the supervise the paper before registering for this course. A formal written paper and an oral course, participants design a training module, deliver a portion of it, and evaluate its suc- presentation of the project results are required. Credit variable 1–6 cess. (0626-730) Credit 4

0625-899 Independent Study 0626-733 Needs Assessment & Proposal Development An opportunity for the advanced student to undertake independent investigation in a spe- Shows participants how to develop and conduct a needs assessment, design an evaluation cial area under the guidance of a faculty member. A written proposal is to be forwarded to and write a proposal to do a needs analysis or evaluation. (0626-707 or equivalent statistics the sponsoring faculty member and approved by the Graduate Coordinator prior to regis- course) Credit 4 Course Descriptions Course tering for this course. The independent study must seek to answer questions outside the scope of regular coursework. Credit variable 1–6 0626-740 Group Leadership Skills Combines theory and practice to give participants the skills needed to use interactive techniques for training, to facilitate meetings and to take leadership responsibility as a Human Resource Development participant. Credit 4 0626-707 Applied Data Analysis Explores statistical concepts and procedures as applied to typical human resource, training 0626-780 Human Resource Management I and career counseling situations. Participants apply a computer program to the analysis of Suitable for managers as well as Human Resource staff, this course examines the formal sys- data. Credit 4 tems in an organization which ensure the effective and efficient use of human talent to accomplish organizational goals. Major topics include job analysis, job descriptions, 0626-710 Theories of Organizational Development employee recruitment employee selection, and performance management. Credit 4 This course introduces the student to organization development theories and their application in an organizational setting. Consideration is given to the psychological, sociological, and his- 0626-781 Human Resource Management II torical constructs upon which the field is based. Students will become familiar with the The bottom-line business of human resources must be the delivery and or development of philosophical foundations for the key theories as well as the practical work of key theorists. human capital that enable the enterprise to become more competitive, to operate for maxi- This course will also examine how theories of organization development are being applied in mum effectiveness, and to execute its business strategies effectively. HR embodies organizations to foster change, innovation, and the revitalization of the organization. Credit 4 organizational programs and processes that can enhance individual competencies and organizational capabilities. This course will prepare individuals to evaluate HR 0626-712 Planning & Evaluation in Organizational Development programs/processes and redesign these to meet the changing needs of the organization. Introduces participants to a strategic planning model, which they then use to develop a Credit 4 strategic plan for an organization. (0626-710) Credit 4 0626-850 Special Projects 0626-713 Practices of Consulting in Organizational Development Provides for designing and carrying out a project for academic credit. Proposals approved by Explores the role and skills of the consultant. Participants engage in an assessment of an a supervising faculty member and the department director are required prior to registration. organization’s needs, write a proposal, and from the assessment data, make recommenda- This course may be taken more than once, but for no more than a total of 6 Credit hours. tions for interventions. They also explore their interests and aptitudes as consultants. Credit variable 1–3 (0626-710) Credit 4 0626-877 Internship 0626-720 Theories of Career Development The internship is required of all students. This course consists of four parts: at least 200 This course introduces students to traditional and emerging career development theory and hours of professional accomplishments in an appropriate setting, attendance at a seminar, an its application to workplace issues. Theories such as trait and factor, type, developmental, oral presentation and formal summary report. Students will work with their advisors to psychodynamic, work adjustment, life span, social learning, and career decision-making are complete all necessary arrangements. Students should plan to meet with their advisors at covered using a systems theory approach. Additional topics include organizational and least two months before planning to take the internship. Proposals for the internship must strategic career development, application of theory to modern problems and issues, and con- be approved and on file before registration. Credit 1–6 temporary issues in career development. The course is participative and draws heavily on case studies, role-playing, self assessment and group work to understand the theory and 0626-890 Independent Study workplace application issues. Credit 4 Provides for independent study or research activity in subject matter areas not included in any existing course in the degree program, but having specialized value to students. 0626-721 Career Counseling Techniques Proposals approved by a supervising faculty member and the program chairperson are Introduces participants to theories and techniques used in individual career counseling sit- required prior to registration. This course may be taken more than once, but for no more uations. Participants plan, practice, and analyze non-clinical techniques used in career than a total of 6 credit hours. Credit 1–6 counseling. (0626-720) Credit 4 0626-891 Selected Topics 0626-722 Career Counsel Techniques II Selected Topics are innovative courses not reflected in the curriculum. Titles will appear in Focuses on the application of counseling theories and techniques to non-clinical group the course listing each quarter. The course may be taken more than once as topics change. counseling situations. (0626-721) Credit 3 Credit 4

26 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Training and Instructional Design 0627-762 Instructional Module Development I (IMD1) This course is designed to follow 0627-755 and 756 to give the student practice in the devel- 0627-706 Instructor Led Training opment, evaluation and revision of self-instructional materials. The course, largely An overview of the process of designing and giving training presentations. Included are prin- self-instructional and project oriented, emphasizes structuring the module, actual module ciples of presentation design, selection and production of presentation media. Required for writing, and tryout and revisions procedures. Students must have already selected a content graduation. Credit 4 area and developed objectives, a course plan, and criterion tests. (0627-755, 756) Credit 3

0627-709 Training the Training Manager 0627-763 Instructional Module Development (IMD2) A service course explaining the management of the training process, instructional design and In this extension of Developing Instructional Modules I (0627-762), the student completes development, and performance technology. Includes principles of needs assessment and an additional course module and develops course control documents for both the course evaluating the worth of training as well as trends in instructional design and training deliv- manager and the student. (0627- 755, 756, 762) Credit 3 ery systems. Not for Training and Instructional Design majors. Credit 3 0627-765 Individual Learning Styles 0627-710 CRI Management The course examines the ways different individuals learn. It relates instructional strategies to A special version of Training the Training Manager (0627-709) only for those who have learning styles. Covers cognitive style mapping and various test and measures as each relates either the criterion-referenced instruction (Mager) certificate or have completed 0627-755, to individual learning style. (0627-735) Credit 4 756 (Criterion Referenced Instruction 1, 2)and have student developed course materials from one of these courses. (0627-755, 756, or CRI materials; permission of the department) 0627-771 Instructional Development I Credit 2 First of a required three-course sequence (0627-771, 772, 773). Covers the concepts and Descriptions Course principles underlying the developing of instructional programs and materials. Instructional 0627-712 Computer Assisted Instruction I (CAT I) development is the systematic solution of instruction and learning problems involving needs Students learn the use of the computer for instruction (computer-assisted instruction) and assessment, task analysis, specification of objectives, analysis and synthesis of instructional then produce their own computer-assisted instruction programs. Students review and strategies and methods of evaluation. An instructional development project is part of the research various hardware and software configurations, programming languages and sources sequence. Required for graduation and must be taken before 24 hours of program are com- of previously developed computer-assisted courses. Covers some methods of course and les- pleted. (0627-735, 755, 756) Credit 4 sons development. Project required. (0627-755 or permission of department) Credit 4 0627-772 Instructional Development 2 0627-713 Computer Assisted Instruction 2 (CAT 2) Second of a required three-course sequence (0627-771, 772, 773). The instructional devel- The student develops more complex and sophisticated instructional sequences that incor- opment principles are applied in an actual project selected by the student. Includes more porate advanced CAI programming techniques; enters the sequence on the computer, tests sophisticated means of development as well as module and test development. Required for and debugs the sequences; and using the computer, gathers the student response informa- graduation. (0627-735, 755, 756, 771) Credit 4 tion necessary to validate the sequences. The student also explains and demonstrates CAI and writes proposals for CAI courses and lessons. Two projects required. (0627-712) Credit 4 0627-773 Instructional Development 3 Last in a required three-course sequence (0627-771, 772, 773). Covers the differences in 0627-721 Evaluation of Training and Instruction human resource development, instructional program development, and performance tech- A course to train students in the development and application of testing methods and used nology as well as the instructional developer’s role in these processes. Covers development of to measure performance, principally cognitive and psychomotor skills, as well as methods to evaluation plans and the development and revision of course modules. Also covers trends in determine overall course effectiveness. Covers methods for both formative and summarative selected areas of instructional design and development. Required for graduation. (0627-735, evaluation and the means of validating instructional materials and instructional systems. 755, 756, 771, 772) Credit 4 (Basic descriptive statistics) Credit 4 0627-777 Internship 0627-735 Theories of Learning Special opportunities may occur for students to obtain work experience in a job or envi- Relates various theories of learning to actual teaching and training. Students review learning ronment similar or coincident with their career objectives. A proposal (guidelines available principles and apply them to practical instructional situations. Emphasis is on both behav- from the department) must be approved by the department prior to registering for this ioral and cognitive approaches to designing instruction and training. Required for course. (0627-755, 756, 771 plus 20 hours of course work) Credit variable 1–3 graduation. Credit 4 0627-797 Finding & Maintaining: Voice of the Customer 0627-755 CRI & Tech Training I (CRI 1) This course shows students how business and industry use the Quality Function A two course sequence (0627-755 and 756) that applies the principles of instructional devel- Deployment (QFD) process to identify the voice of the customer, to identify customer opment specifically to those areas of training in which performance criteria can be precisely requirements, and to follow those requirements through houses of quality. Includes cus- stated and accurately measured. Such training usually tends to be in technical skill areas tomer interviewing, Kano analysis, competitive assessment, affinity diagramming, where procedures or product are predetermined or can be clearly specified. Credit 3 preplanning matrix, substitute quality characteristics, houses of quality. Emphasizes QFD in the service sector. Project required. Some statistics required. Credit 4 0627-756 CRI & Tech Training II (CRI 2) A two course sequence (0627-755 and 756) that applies the principles of instructional devel- 0627-890 Independent Study opment specifically to those areas of training in which performance criteria can be precisely An opportunity for a student to explore, with a faculty advisor, an area of interest to the stu- stated and accurately measured. Such training usually tends to be in technical skill areas where dent. A proposal (guidelines available from the department) must be approved by the procedures or product are determined or can be clearly specified. (0627-755) Credit 3 department prior to registering for this course. (0627-755, 756, 771 plus 20 hours of course work) Credit variable 1–3 0627-757 Techniques of Work Analysis Students learn a variety of job analysis and task analysis techniques based on functional job Environmental Health & Safety analysis. Data gathered from analyses is cast into various formats for job restructuring, writing job descriptions, establishing task and job hierarchies, and developing training 0630-610 Survey of Occupational Health programs. Credit 3 An intensive foundation course for students who have completed the appropriate science and mathematics prerequisites, but lack academic preparation or practical experience in 0627-759 Technical Writing in Instructional Design environmental/industrial health. Provides students with an overview of the fundamentals of This course introduces instructional developers to the process of writing technical manuals Industrial Hygiene. Emphasis will be placed on the toxicological effects of various industrial and reports. Indicates an overview of the production process, content and audience analy- substances on the body; monitoring and personal sampling for these substances and per- sis, information layout. Two major writing projects and other exercises required. (Writing sonal protection against such substances. (Graduate students only or permission of skills and experience, 0627-755, 756, 758) Credit 3 department) Credit 3

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 27

0630-611 Survey of Occupational Safety 0630-750 EHS Project Management An intensive foundation course for students who have completed the appropriate science This course focuses on unique factors in environmental, health and safety project manage- and mathematics prerequisites, but lack academic preparation or practical experience in ment. It covers the nine major areas of project management: integration, scope, time, cost, safety management and engineering. Topics examined include recordability and safety quality, human resources, communication, risk and procurement. Discusses modern project indices; incident investigation; guarding, electrical, and material handling; welding, ﬁre pre- management techniques, including program evaluation and review techniques (PERT), crit- vention, excavation; medical surveillance and workers compensation; inspection techniques ical path method (CPM), and various budgeting and resource allocation techniques. and auditing; committees, incentives, and voluntary programs. (Graduate students or per- Includes an introduction to Microsoft Project for Windows software. Applies project man- mission of department) Credit 3 agement concepts and software to simulated EHS projects. Credit 4

0630-620 Survey of Solid & Hazard Waste Management 0630-760 Integrating Environmental Health & Safety An intensive foundation course for students who have completed the appropriate science into Business Management and mathematics prerequisites, but lack academic preparation or practical experience in This course examines strategies for integrating EHS systems and processes into business man- solid and hazardous waste management. Introduces principles, strategies, technologies and agement. Using case studies, the course explores the interrelationships between EHS and total regulations for reducing, recycling, handling, treating, storing and disposing of solid and quality management, reporting, financial value, and approaches for sustainable business hazardous waste. Credit 3 development. Students will be prepared to select appropriate quality tools to improve EHS processes; identify opportunities, strategies and tools for integrating EHS into business man- 0630-621 Survey of Industrial Wastewater Management agement; and identify best practices in EHS/business integration. (0630-720 or permission An intensive foundation course for students who have completed the appropriate science of the instructor) Credit 4 Course Descriptions Course and mathematics prerequisites, but lack academic preparation or practical experience in wastewater management. Identifies and characterizes the sources of industrial wastewater 0630-765 Product Stewardship and examines the related environmental impacts, regulatory implications, and technical and This course examines the principles of product stewardship. The ethical, legal, liability and cost considerations of treatment and disposal methodologies. Credit 3 economic issues which product manufacturers face will be covered. In addition, students will be exposed to the methods used to identify and manage product environmental, health 0630-622 Survey of Air Emission Management and safety (EHS) in today’s world. The concept of sustainability will be covered and students An intensive foundation course for students who have completed the appropriate science will learn the principles of product life cycle assessment. Students will also learn and use spe- and mathematics prerequisites, but lack academic preparation or practical experience in air cific EHS analysis techniques. Case studies will also be reviewed and students will complete emissions management. Identifies and categorizes industrial air pollutants and their sources. a group or individual capstone project. This course is open to all graduate engineering tech- Addresses applicable state and federal laws and regulations, reduction strategies. Control nology, packaging, and environmental, health and safety management students or with technologies, testing, monitoring and reporting requirements. Credit 3 permission of the instructor. Credit 4

0630-710 Special Topics 0630-770 Risk Assessment Management & Communications Permits students to pursue certain advanced undergraduate course work at a graduate level. This course presents an overview of risk assessment methodologies and history, along with Examples include contaminant hydrology, wetland delineation and remedial investigation/ current practices and developing trends. It takes a close look at strategies for reducing and corrective action. Credit 1–4 managing EHS risks, and provides an introduction to the elements of internal and external risk communication. Students will gain skills in evaluating risk assessment and identifying 0630-720 Environmental Health & Safety Management associated strengths and weaknesses with respect to the EHS management needs of their This course presents an overview of environmental, health and safety management, and pro- respective organizations. They will be prepared to design and implement risk reduction and vides students with an introduction to management systems for EHS operations. Explores management plans for EHS-related activities and be able to identify essential risk-related ele- the motivations and strategies for environmental, health and safety management, identifies ments that need to be communicated internally and externally.(0630-720 and course work EHS management components and presents the fundamentals of developing EHS visions in occupational health or permission of instructor) Credit 4 and policies. This course includes an on campus executive leader session. Credit 4 0630-780 Practical EHS Law 0630-725 EHS Accounting & Finance This course provides a detailed examination of the EHS legal and regulatory framework, Pollution and accidents impose costs-not just remedial costs, but also time, lost opportuni- with emphasis on developing compliance strategies. Addresses strategies for advocating and ties, long term liabilities and even company image. These costs are often overlooked by negotiating flexible permits, enforcement matters and other legal requirements. Students current accounting practices. This course will train students to make good business decisions will be prepared to discern the intent and applicability of EHS laws and regulations, prepare when all the EHS costs of economic decision, as well as the economic of EHS decisions, are summary documents incorporating legal concerns and concepts, understand different taken in consideration. The course will focus on decisions made at the company level. approaches to negotiations, and work effectively with attorneys to achieve desired objectives. Methods will be taught to identify and quantify the full-costs of projects and activities. A (0630-720 or permission of instructor) Credit 4 more accurate approach towards EHS accounting will result in a safer environment and increased competitiveness. Credit 4 0630-790 EHS Internal Auditing This course addresses establishing and maintaining EHS auditing systems to examine how 0630-735 Resource Reduction environmental, health and safety aspects are being managed relative to voluntary and regu- This course will focus on strategies for reducing the use of materials, energy and environ- latory standards. Students will be prepared to design, implement and evaluate auditing mental resources. It builds upon courses for controlling air emissions, wastewater and solid programs, and will practice auditing skills. This course includes an Executive Leader ses- and hazardous waste and moves upstream into the production process to reduce or elimi- sion.(0630-740 and all required foundation courses, or permission of instructor) Credit 4 nate waste by not producing it in the first place. Students learn how to conduct resource reduction assessments and identify opportunities to reduce or conserve resources. This 0630-799 Independent Study course will take you beyond end-of-pipe controls and look at life-cycle assessment as an envi- Students will have the opportunity to pursue relevant environmental, health and safety top- ronmental management tool. Credit 4 ics related to their work or professional interests at an advanced level. Students will gain added depth and/or specialized skill in a specific EHS area. Credit 1–4 0630-740 EHS Management System Design This course examines the design and development of environmental, health and safety man- 0630-810 Special Topics agement systems to implement an organization’s vision, mission and policies. Provides This course discusses new and developing EHS topics in selected areas, such as Workers strategies for determining what needs to be measured in order to assess performance and Compensation, environmental economics, incident management, design for the environ- ensure continual improvement. Discusses metrics and EHS management system interven- ment, life-cycle assessment, industrial hygiene monitoring and measurement, regulatory tion; significant team project work as well as individual work (0630-720 or permission of strategy and compliance alternatives. Credit 1–4 instructor) Credit 4

28 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0630-888 Graduate Co-op 0635-720 Preventive Epidemiology Students will have the opportunity to gain appropriate work experience and applied knowl- Examination and use of the statistical processes employed in the evaluation and assessment edge of the profession working in one or more EHS areas. The graduate committee of disease, morbidity and mortality of populations served by health systems in the United determines whether enrollment for one or more co-op quarters will be required. Credit 0 States. Compares and contrasts health systems status within the United States and with other industrialized countries. Appraisal of health systems research from a managerial per- 0630-890 Graduate Project/Thesis Planning spective with emphasis on prevention, access, distribution, cost, efficiency and effectiveness This is the first of a two-course sequence in which each EHS Management graduate student of health care. (Statistical Concepts or Introduction to Statistics) Credit 4 will design and conduct graduate thesis research or a graduate project. In this course graduate students will rigorously develop their research or graduate project ideas, conduct 0635-721 Senior Living Management literature reviews, prepare bibliographies, identify and plan methodologies, identify deliver- This course is designed to introduce students to the unique knowledge and skills required ables, prepare schedules, become familiar with report formats and the proper use of literary to understand and effectively manage in the senior living environment. The course will focus guides, and gain a clear understanding of the expectations of the faculty and the discipline. on the demographic realities leading to career and business opportunities in various types of Each student will be required to prepare a complete committee approved thesis research or senior living facilities. Credit 4 graduate project proposal as a final requirement of this course. Credit 2 0635-730 Quality Management for Health Systems 0630-891 Graduate Project Quality management and improvement in health systems. Course explores past and current Graduate projects are an applied research project, reflecting the student’s ability to utilize definitions of quality and competing concepts of quality; reviews total quality movement in professional skills to design, develop, and/or evaluate an environmental, health and safety health care environments, reviews existing quality requirements of accrediting organizations, project and/or management decision. A formal written paper and oral defense are required. federal and state agencies, and third party payers; describes and explains quality improve- Descriptions Course (0630-890) Credit 1–4 ment systems developed by health care accrediting agencies, health care regulators and researchers; application of quality tools. Credit 4 0630-899 Graduate Thesis The graduate thesis is a formal research document that empirically relates theory with prac- 0635-740 Health Systems Seminar tice. A formal written thesis and oral defense are required.(0630-890) Credit 1–4 Special interdisciplinary seminar course, team-taught by professionals and faculty from health care and business. Focuses on evolving trends in the areas of management decision- 0633-712 Fire Protection making tools, management science, human resource management, and technology Introduces fundamentals concepts in protection of industrial workers and property from fire assessment and acquisition. (Permission of program chair) Credit 4 and explosion. Fire chemistry, control of ignition sources in industry, and properties of com- bustible materials are discussed. A major facility review project is completed. Fire detection 0635-752 Clinical Information Systems and extinguishments are covered along with building construction for fire prevention, life This course will present an overview of several of the evolving clinical information systems safety, fire codes and related topics. (EHS graduate students or engineering technology, present in the healthcare marketplace. A sampling of computerized systems including those industrial engineering graduate students only) Credit 4 found in the hospital, payer ,nursing home, physician office, and other healthcare settings will be explored. Emphasis will be placed on the systems to computerized systems in each 0633-726 Occupational Health II of the above named areas. In particular, the student will be exposed to a variety of current This course focuses on industrial hygiene applications and hands on participation. Particular technologies, which are being deployed in these areas. The benefits of the use of such tech- attention will be given to sampling strategies from similar exposure grouping, actual sam- nology will be analyzed and the requirements for planning and deployment of such systems pling experiences with a wide range of industrial hygiene instruments, and sampling analysis will also be studied. prerequisite(s): health care information systems 0635-715.90, intro- using statistical protocols. Field experience with instrumentation, as well as professional ductory technology/systems course or relevant experience. Computer systems hardware and written and oral communication of results is emphasized. There are several out of classroom software in healthcare recommended Credit 4 learning experiences required (team based). This course also explores environmental health engineering applications including ventilation systems, process safety and inspection/audit 0635-753 Health Administration Application protocol skill building for many different types of processes, including: laboratories, This course presents an overview of the various types of application used in the health machining centers, painting and solvent usage. This course culminates in a one week block administration arena. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the terminology and func- of emerging issues in occupational health—the content of which is expected to change tionality of the basic software components that make collect and utilize health care data for accordingly. (0630-450 or 0630-610) Credit 4 administrative support and decision-making as well as insurance, billing and reimbursement. Students will examine the software infrastructure needed to support health care 0633-730 Mechanical & Electrical Controls & Standards enterprises such as hospitals and smaller health care entities. The goal of this course is to pro- Discussion of machinery safety with emphasis on hazard analysis, risk estimation, safe- vide students with a sufficient application familiarity so they can meaningful IT and IT guarding techniques and electrical considerations. Particular attention will be paid to decisions. Class 4, Credit 4 applicable OSHA regulations, ANSI, NFPA and EN standards as they relate to wood, metal, films and automation. A portion of the course will change regularly to reflect emerging 0635-754 E-Health issues in industry. (EHS graduate students or engineering technology, industrial engineering This course will give students a broad overview of essential concepts in, and applications of, graduate students only.) Credit 4 web based technologies in healthcare. EHealth topics covered will include review, discuss and analyze industry trends explore emerging ECare solutions and investigate EHealth ethical guidelines and governmental regulations established to ensure privacy, standardization Health Systems Administration and health content reputability. Credit 4 0635-710 Integrated Health Systems Examination of the history and evolution of the continuum of health care delivery in the 0635-777 Health Systems Administration Internship United States and trends toward integrated health care systems. Review of general systems This is a health systems administration internship. Consists of a professional placement in approach and the various elements of the health care continuum, including a study of alter- an appropriate health care organization of at least 240 hours. Required for students without nate delivery systems and managed care. Analysis of emerging and evolving health care health care work experience. Can be taken in place of electives. Students will arrange with systems, their management and social issues impacting integration of health care delivery. their program chair or assigned adviser, negotiate any arrangement necessary for on-site Includes research methodologies in health administration. Class 4, Credit 4 supervision and develop a written proposal. Students will present an oral evaluation of their experiences at the final course seminar. Variable Credit 2–8 0635-715 Information Systems in Health Administration Theory and use of computers and information systems in health care delivery and adminis- 0635-798 Special Topics tration is covered in depth. The information needs of clinical and administrative personnel Experimental courses are offered under this number; titles appear in each quarter’s course are examined with an emphasis on developing and evaluating comprehensive information listing. Credit 1–5 systems for health care organizations. Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 29

0635-810 Health Systems Administration 0635-896 Health Systems Administration Thesis The development, structure and current forces transforming the health care system will be An independent research project on a specific health system administration topic or prob- considered. Topics will include the status of the national and regional populations; man- lem, developed by the student with input from a faculty thesis adviser. The research must power issues; hospital services; ambulatory care and alternative delivery systems; and mental culminate in a formal written thesis and oral defense. Approval by the program chair and a health; long-term care. Administration in health care facilities including roles, functions, faculty thesis adviser is required for this course. Variable Credit 4–8 and responsibilities; organizational design and structures; problem solving; motivation; communication; leadership; change; human resources; and health care practices focusing on patient care and education.(0635-730) Credit 4 Technical Information Design 0688-711 Technical Information Design 0635-815 Finance for Operations Intensive practice in the creation of content for online and multimedia documents with This course is an introductory course that examines the responsibilities of the finance func- emphasis on the presentation of technical and scientific concepts, products, and processes. tion in health care entities and its relations to the operating responsible centers (or A survey of graphic methods for the display of complex technical relationships and ideas. departments). Subject matter is broad enough to include both not-for-profit and for-profit Students will also explore contemporary topics (international technical communications, organizations in the allied health field. While this is a distance learning course, students are the future of on-line documentation, ethical considerations in technical information design, invited to participate in the first two on-campus lectures (attendance is optional, and those etc.) and applications (legal, medical, electronics, environmental, etc.) in Technical not attending will receive a videotape of the campus sessions). Topics include terminology Information Design (0688-333 or equivalent or permission of instructor) Credit 4 and measurement, cost finding and allocation, budgeting and the budgeting process, report, reimbursement, interpretation of financial statements, and facilities and materials manage- 0688-721 Creating Technical Proposals Course Descriptions Course ment. Students must be matriculated in the health systems masters program or have The elements of proposal writing, including responsiveness, establishing credibility, and permission of the department chairperson. Credit 4 technical clarity. The proposal process as practiced in government and industry, including an understanding of RFPs, RFIs, and the decision process. Specialized proposals including 0635-820 Health Systems Economics & Finance NDAs, online and multimedia proposals and technical marketing presentations. (0688-333 Investigation of the efficiency, effectiveness and equity of the economics of health care and or equivalent or permission of instructor) Credit 4 a conceptual and practical knowledge of health care finance. Reviews sources of funding, the accounting and reporting process, and the influence of third-party payers on the provision 0688-731 Technical Procedures of health care through applied exercises. Provides an integrated overview of managerial eco- The development of task-oriented and process documentation. Procedures for complex nomics, financial management, and product management for distinct health care physical and mental tasks including time-constrained activities, emergencies, diagnostics organizations composing the overall health care system. (Accounting Concepts for and troubleshooting, and multiple-path processes. Formats for print, electronic, and multi- Managers) media instructions. An introduction to the creation of online help, including Web-delivered Credit 4 and HTML help. (0688-333 or equivalent or permission of instructor) Credit 4

0635-830 Health Systems Planning 0688-732 Managing Technical & Scientiﬁc Communications A review of the methodology of planning effectively for health care systems. The use of data The management of technical and scientiﬁc communication projects and organizations. systems, forecasting, and identifying and analyzing problems is explored, along with the Managerial roles, practices, and responsibilities. Technological factors in the production and process of strategic planning, setting priorities, developing projects, and allocating resources. distribution of technical documentation. Management strategies for content and audience Students will prepare actual business plans and applications for new health care programs to evolution. Management of parallel (print and online) projects, single-sourcing, and docu- regulatory agencies. (Permission of program chair) Credit 4 mentation localization. (0688-333 or equivalent or permission of instructor) Credit 4

0635-840 Health Systems Policy & Law 0688-741 Usability Design & Test An examination of the roles and responsibilities of policy makers on the health care system. The elements of successful electronic and print document design. The use of design con- Compares and contrasts the regulatory functions of varying levels of government and the cepts and tools to increase usability. Introduction information mapping. Design and political process as it relates to health care systems. Examination of control issues and regula- usability test considerations for multimedia and user-centered media. (0688-333 or equiva- tory dynamics, the legislative process, and regulatory trends in the United States. Assessment lent or permission of instructor) Credit 3 of health systems’ strategies and responses to regulatory oversight. An overview of legislation as it applies to health facilities and administrative law using case studies. Credit 5 Cross-Disciplinary Studies 0635-876 Health Systems Issues This is the health systems administration research project capstone course, required for all 0697-798 Special Topics graduate majors. Students will research and discuss contemporary issues of health care deliv- Special Topics are experimental graduate courses announced quarterly. Watch for titles in the ery and management. Course work from the program will be integrated by the instructor in course listing each quarter. Credit variable order to reinforce a systems approach to health care administration. An original research project, which utilizes a systems approach to health care delivery or administration and cul- 0699-705 Context & Trends minates in a written report, is required. (Permission of program chair) Credit 4 This course introduces students to interdisciplinary thinking, problem solving and research techniques and also print and electronic information resources appropriate to the student’s 0635-881 Health Insurance Reimbursement individualized plan-of-study. Credit 4 An in-depth look at characteristics of successful managed care plans. The course will familiarize the student with all essential elements of managed care, using the tools needed to 0699-775 Capstone Project model and compare various managed care structures. Credit 4 This course is a supervised, hands-on experience in which the students apply the skills and knowledge developed through their individualized plans-of-study and concludes with a spe- 0635-882 Bioethics ciﬁc product and with an oral and written presentation. Credit 4 An overview of what ethics means, the principal ethical theories, and their application to speciﬁc bioethical issues. The course will familiarize students with ethics and ethical princi- 0699-798 Independent Study ples, the role of ethics in professional life, what are bioethics and an appreciation of ethical This course number should be used by students who plan to study a topic on an independ- issues and arguments surrounding contemporary bioethical issues such as death, rationing ent study basis. The student must obtain the permission of the appropriate faculty member health care and managed care. Credit 4 before registering for the course. Credit 1–12

0635-890 Health Systems Administration Independent Study Provides for independent study or research activity in subject areas not included in any existing course in the degree program, but having special value to students. Proposals approved by a supervising faculty member and the program chair are required prior to registration. This course may be taken more than once. Variable Credit 4–8

30 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Success in the 21st century business environment will require leadership and management attuned to rapid changes in technology and increasingly vigorous and global competition. Astute problem preventers and solvers who have gained a systems perspective will be able to convert product development and management challenges into competitive advantages. The College of Business offers a bench- Thomas D. Hopkins, marked portfolio of comprehensive, Dean rigorous programs of study. Our innovative, multidisciplinary curriculum —embedding an international perspective and current technology throughout—produces graduates able to convert managerial learning into pragmatic business applications. Faculty Our faculty combine innovative research, teaching excellence, and personalized attention to student needs. Our setting in a technological university embarked on creative business partnering, and entailing joint programs across colleges and countries, opens unique opportunities for all partners—industry leaders, faculty, and students. Master of Business Administration Donald O. Wilson, Ph.D., Director The master of business administration (MBA) degree program provides students with the capabilities for strategic and critical thinking needed for effective leadership in a global economy where creative management of both people and technology is vital. The curriculum begins with a solid, mainstream grounding in the functional areas of business and combines that foundation with the flexibility that allows students to specialize in one or two areas of expertise. In the classroom, students learn the latest theories and concepts and how they can be immediately applied to solve problems in the workplace. Programs The MBA program requires 72 quarter credit hours and consists of 18 courses, nine of which are devoted to core functional areas Master of Business Administration and nine available for concentration areas and electives. All College of Business courses carry four credit hours. Students create a concen- MBA PROGRAM CONCENTRATIONS p. 33 tration field(s) of study by selecting a four-course sequence in a particular area of specialization. Concentrations include accounting, EXECUTIVE MASTER p. 38 finance, engineering management, entrepreneurship, health systems OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION administration, human resource management, information technology, international business, management and leadership, marketing Master of Science degrees in: and sales management, marketing research, e-commerce marketing, management information systems, manufacturing management, FINANCE p. 39 printing management, public policy, quality and applied statistics, quality and organizations improvement, technology management, INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS p. 39 and telecommunications.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 31

The College of Business also offers specialized MBA tracks in Program completion requirement management of technology and international business. The college Institute policy requires that graduate programs be completed offers an Executive MBA for professionals with substantial career within seven years of the student’s initial registration for courses experience. RIT also awards MBA degrees to students attending in the program. A grade point average of 3.0 must be maintained. the U.S. Business School in Prague. The College of Business is accredited by the prestigious Orientation Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB All new students are required to attend an orientation session prior International). to beginning their studies. Students must take the math waiver exam before enrolling in courses. This exam is administered during Admission requirements orientation. Course selection, career planning, program planning, Applications are accepted for all four academic quarters. However, and academic advising are also discussed during orientation. most full-time students begin their program of study in the fall. Prerequisites for admission include a baccalaureate degree from Waiver policy/transfer credit an accredited institution and a working knowledge of algebra and Students can waive up to six MBA foundation courses if prior statistics. All entering students are required to successfully complete academic preparation is equivalent to these graduate courses and math review courses in algebra and statistics during their first occurred within the last five years. Courses may be either waived quarter of study. This requirement is waived for students who pass outright or through an examination. a math diagnostic exam administered during orientation. A maximum of 12 credit hours may be awarded as transfer credit All full-time students are required to complete Professional Skills from other graduate programs. The courses must have been taken Seminars I and II. These non-credit courses give students the skills at an accredited institution and the student must have earned a to successfully complete their graduate program and prepare them grade of “B” or better. The courses must be relevant to the student’s to obtain a job or co-op position. MBA program of study. Completed applications for admission should be on file in Credits from waiver, transfer or undergraduate courses are not the Office of Admissions four weeks prior to registration for the counted in the GPA computation. Students must apply for transfer upcoming academic quarter for US students and up to 10 weeks and/or waiver credit. for students applying for student visas. Transcripts from all previous undergraduate and graduate work, a Graduate Management Placement Admission Test (GMAT) score, relevant professional experience Preparation for professional placement begins early in the graduate and a personal statement or résumé are evaluated by the Graduate student’s program with completion of Professional Skills Seminar II. Admissions Committee. International applicants must submit The Office of Cooperative Education and Career Services also the results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL, offers individualized career counseling, provides critical job leads, minimum paper-based score 580 or minimum computer-based and coordinates employers’ annual campus recruiting visits. score 237) as part of the application. The TOEFL requirement is waived for native speakers of English and for those submitting Cooperative education transcripts and diplomas from American undergraduate schools. Optional cooperative education affords graduate students the Accepted students can defer enrollment for up to one year. If opportunity to hold a paid position for three to six months. No beyond one year, a new application must be submitted and will academic credit is granted, but formal recording of the co-op expe- be evaluated on then current admission standards. rience is made on the student’s transcript. Graduate faculty evaluate the student’s written report analyzing the company and experience. Nonmatriculated status Students in good academic standing are eligible for co-op after Students with strong undergraduate records are permitted to take completing the foundation courses, Professional Skills Seminars I two graduate courses on a nonmatriculated basis. To become a and II, and a substantial portion of their concentration courses, matriculated student, and admitted formally to the MBA program, and attending a series of co-op and career services workshops. RIT the regular admissions process should be followed. Credits earned does not guarantee that all students will be placed. while a nonmatriculated student may be applied to the student’s degree program. Financial assistance Financial assistance is awarded for outstanding scholarship and Academic standards professional promise without consideration of financial need. Credit hour requirements for the MBA are normally 72 quarter Matriculated full- and part-time students are eligible for scholar- credit hours. In certain cases total credit hours may be reduced by ships. Matriculated full-time students are also eligible for graduate the use of waiver or transfer credit. Students have the responsibility assistantships. Students awarded assistantships are assigned to of applying for these credits. work for College of Business faculty or staff. All applicants are Students must maintain a grade of “B” or better for all courses automatically reviewed for these awards. taken at the College of Business. Grades of all repeated MBA Several alternative loan programs and federal and state programs courses will be counted in the GPA computation. The policy on are also available. Please contact the Office of Financial Aid probation and suspension is explained in the section “The Steps (585-475-2186) for further information. Toward Earning Your Degree” in this bulletin.

32 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Study abroad programs Concentrations Matriculated MBA students have the opportunity to study for two Corporate Accounting Credits weeks in Europe. They attend classes with their counterparts in the 0101-704 Corporate Financial Reporting I 4 schools and learn first hand the European business environment. 0101-705 Corporate Financial Reporting II 4 The program at the U.S. Business Schools in Prague, Czech 0101-706 Cost Management 4 Republic, offers a course in Business Ethics for a two-week period in the spring. Choose one from the following: 0101-707 Advanced Accounting & Theory 4 Course offerings 0101-708 Auditing 4 Since it is sometimes necessary to make changes in course schedules 0101-709 Basic Taxation 4 or instructors, up-to-date information about courses to be offered If students wish to take the Certified Management Accountant in a given quarter is available in the College of Business Student (CMA) examination offered by the Institute of Management Services Office. RIT makes no guarantee that every catalog course Accountants, the corporate accounting concentration qualifies will be offered in any given year or that courses will be offered in a them to do so. particular quarter or sequence. CPA Accounting All MBA students take the following nine core courses: Students wishing to take the CPA examination in New York State Credits upon graduation from the MBA program must take 23 graduate 0101-703* Financial Accounting Systems 4 courses rather than 18. (Note: Up to 11 courses may be waived.) 0103-705* Economics for Managers 4 The State of New York requires that a graduate degree for CPA 0112-710* Management Information Systems Concepts 4 candidates who do not have an undergraduate degree in account- 0104-721* Financial Analysis for Managers 4 ing must include at least 60 semester hours (i.e., 90 quarter 0102-740* Organizational Behavior & Leadership 4 hours) of course work. Furthermore, the curriculum must include 0106-743* Operations Management 4 a specified number of hours in accounting, economics, finance, 0102-759 Competitive Strategy 4 law and business electives. For the CPA option, students take the 0105-761* Marketing Concepts 4 following 14 courses in addition to the nine MBA core courses: 0106-782* Statistical Analysis for Decision Making 4 Credits * Up to six of these courses can be waived, thus reducing the number 0101-704 Corporate Financial Reporting I 4 of courses required to graduate. 0101 705 Corporate Financial Reporting II 4 0101-706 Cost Management 4 Students with one concentration area take: 0101-707 Advanced Accounting & Theory 4 • 9 core courses 0101-708 Auditing 4 • 4 courses in a concentration area 0101-709 Basic Taxation 4 • 5 electives, outside above concentration area. No more than 0101-710 Advanced Taxation 4 4 of these can be taken in any one discipline. 0101-730 Business Law I 4 0101-731 Business Law II 4 Students with two concentration areas take: Finance elective 4 • 9 core courses Economics elective 4 • 4 courses in a concentration area Business electives 12 • 4 courses in a second concentration area CPA candidates should meet with an adviser in the College of • 1 elective, outside above concentration areas Business no later than the start of their second quarter in the MBA Notes: program to carefully plan their remaining course work and to learn about New York CPA licensure requirements. Some courses in this • Students cannot complete more than two concentration areas. program are offered only once a year. • No course can be counted in more than one concentration. • No more than four electives can be completed in any one discipline. • Students taking two concentration areas need to meet with an adviser. • Finance is a five course concentration.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 33

Finance (five-course concentration) Marketing Research The finance concentration is designed to provide foundation How do you identify your customers’ needs and wants and respond knowledge in finance and allow students to choose courses appro- with the most profitable product or service? As a marketing research priate for a career in investments or corporate finance. Students analyst, a student will take a leading role in identifying and defining interested in the investments area have the opportunity to acquire marketing problems. Relying on communication, analytical and advanced skills in securities evaluation and portfolio management. conceptual skills, the market researcher can evaluate the market, Students interested in corporate finance have the opportunity to generate product ideas, refine the delivery process, monitor market- acquire advanced skills in budgeting, planning, global financing ing performance, and improve the company’s profitability. The and operations and corporate risk management. increasing number of specialized research firms is adding additional Credits opportunities to the traditional marketing profession. 0104-722 Financial Management II 4 Credits 0104-725 Securities & Investment Analysis 4 0105-771 Marketing Research Methods 4 One advanced economics course 4 0307-801 Design of Experiments I 4* Choose two courses from the following: Choose two from the following: 0104-724 Problems in Corporate Finance 4 0105-762 Advanced Marketing Management 4 0104-729 Seminar in Finance 4 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet 4 0104-730 Financial Institutions & Markets 4 0105-773 Database Marketing 4 0104-734 Working Capital Management 4 0307-802 Design of Experiments II 4* 0104-732 Portfolio Theory 4 0307-831 Multivariate Analysis Applications 4* 0104-731 Problems in Investments 4 0307-841 Regression Analysis 4* 0104-740 Futures & Options 4 * Student should register for the 4-credit-hour option of these courses. 0104-760 Finance for a Global Business 4 International Business Marketing and Sales Management Today's successful business executives think globally. Marketing, Marketing is the key to success in any business today. The overall manufacturing and finance managers must be well educated in process of entering markets, creating value for customers and devel- international business in order to compete in both domestic and oping profit for the firm are the fundamental challenges for today’s international environments. An MBA with a concentration in marketing manager. Marketing professionals need to understand International Business is an excellent choice for any student who the customer’s problems that lead to wants and needs. The organi- is seeking a career that involves global trade and assignments. At zation is then able to offer the desired products and services at RIT an International Business concentration can be paired with acceptable prices, using effective promotions, and delivering the a concentration in Marketing, Finance, Management or any other product to the customer in a timely fashion. Overall, effective concentration to create a distinct competitive advantage. marketing must consider the target audience, along with the changing business environment and competitive pressures. These Credits marketing basics apply to governmental agencies, not-for-profit 0102-780 Global Business Environment 4 organizations, as well as profit making firms. 0102-782 Global Issues & Strategies 4 Credits Choose two from the following: 0105-762 Advanced Marketing Management 4 0102-760 Managing in a Global Business 4 0105-764 Channel Management 4 0104-760 Finance for a Global Business 4 0105-766 Marketing in a Global Business 4 Choose two from the following: 0105-758 Seminar in Marketing: various topics 4 Management and Leadership 0105-765 Sales Management 4 The Management and Leadership concentration provides students 0105-766 Marketing in a Global Business 4 with the leadership skills needed to be successful managers in 0105-767 Marketing Communications 4 business, non-profit, and public organizations. By choosing this 0105-770 Professional Selling 4 concentration, students will develop the analytical and decision- 0105-771 Marketing Research Methods 4 making skills that are essential for leaders in today's rapidly 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet 4 changing world. They will learn why change is difficult, when to 0105-773 Database Marketing 4 initiate change, and how to introduce and manage change in the workplace. The courses will also prepare students for the demands of managing people and projects. Credits 0102-741 Managing Organizational Change 4 0102-745 Social and Political Environment of Business 4 Choose any two management electives 8

34 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Entrepreneurship Management Information Systems Bringing a new product or service to market in today's fast-paced The MIS concentration is designed to enhance MBA students environment requires a keen knowledge of marketing and financial understanding of modern information systems. Students may elect planning if one is to thrive in a new venture. In a world where courses dealing with: systems view of hardware and software, with an increasingly educated customer that has instant access systems analysis and design, data management, information systems to information, it is obvious the entrepreneur needs to be more management, and integrated business systems. Students in the con- innovative to reach his or her business goals. This MBA concentra- centration will gain an understanding of (i) the foundations of tion will arm you with the knowledge needed to build your management information systems, (ii) what is needed in the devel- entrepreneurial business. opment and implementation of information systems, (iii) the Credits elements for effective data management, and (iv) integrated large scale ERP systems such as SAP R/3." 0102-720 Entrepreneurship & New Venture Creation 4 0102-753 Field Experience in Business Consulting 4 Credits 0112-720 Analysis, Modeling & Design 4 Choose two from the following: 0112-725 Data Management 4 0101-709 Basic Taxation 4 0101-730 Business Law I 4 Choose two from the following: 0105-763 Buyer Behavior 4 0112-700 Information Technology Hardware & Software 4 0104-722 Financial Management II 4 0112-735 Network Technology 4 0102-742 Introduction to Technology Management 4 0106-744 Project Management 4 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet 4 0112-755 Information Systems Management 4 Other management courses (with approval of graduate adviser) 0112-760 Integrated Business Systems 4 0112-761 Business Process Design & Workflow 4 Note: This concentration has certain restrictions. Please see a 0112-745 Business Applications Programming* 4 graduate adviser for details. 0112-795 Seminar in MIS 4 Technology Management * This course is strongly recommended for students without extensive In a constantly changing environment, the ability to innovate and programming experience. renew itself is critical if an organization is to survive and prosper. Technology managers are typically responsible for innovation and E-Business Marketing application of new technology; their work is central to the long The Internet has become one of the most significant forces to affect term strategy and success of their companies. To manage these marketing since the emergence of mass media. A global electronic processes well, managers need to understand both business and marketplace enabled by the Internet has caused dramatic shifts in technological perspectives on how to innovate successfully. Co-op standard business practices. This has given rise to the enormous or internship experience in high-technology settings may be helpful need to understand the implications of these shifts for strategic to students pursuing a specialty in technology management. initiatives in marketing and advertising as well as supply chain Credits management. This E-Business Marketing path exposes students to 0102-742 Introduction to Technology Management 4 the uniqueness of marketing goods and services to other companies as well as individual consumers. Choose one or both from the following: 0102-762 Managing New Product & Process Development 4 Credits 0102-761 Managing Research & Innovation 4 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet 4 0105-773 Database Marketing 4 If both courses above are taken (0102-761 and 0102-762), choose one 0105-775 Business to Business E-Commerce 4 course, otherwise choose two courses from the following: One Marketing Elective 4 0106-744 Project Management 4 0102-741 Managing Organizational Change 4 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy & Tactics 4 0102-745 Social & Political Environment of Business 4 0102-785 Ethics in Technology Intensive Environments 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 35

Quality and Organizational Improvement Credits This concentration is designed for those students who would like Choose any four of the following: to learn more about the organizational and managerial (i.e. soft 0106-745 Quality Control & Improvement 4 sides) aspects of quality. The courses offered under this option will 0307-782 Quality Engineering 4* help them manage and lead organizational change and quality 0307-721 Statistical Process Control 4* improvement projects. 0307-731 Statistical Acceptance Control 4* Credits 0307-801 Design of Experiments I 4* 0307-802 Design of Experiments II 4* 0102-741 Managing Organizational Change 4 0106-745 Quality Control & Improvement 4 * Student should register for the 4-credit-hour option of these courses.

Choose two from the following: Engineering Management 0105-771 Marketing Research Methods 4 This concentration, although rooted in mechanical engineering, 0307-782 Quality Engineering 4* may be significantly interdisciplinary. By design, a student’s 0307-721 Statistical Process Control 4* program may range over several colleges of the Institute in 0307-731 Statistical Acceptance Control 4* assembling courses which will best help him or her meet 0625-841 Benchmarking & the Process of Continuous Improvement 4 professional objectives. 0106-744 Project Management 4 * Student should register for the 4-credit-hour option of these courses. Health Systems Administration This concentration is specifically designed for those students who Manufacturing Management want to pursue a career in the health care environment. Courses The manufacturing concentration is designed to enhance the with state-of-the-profession content are continually developed in student’s understanding of the manufacturing function as it exists response to the changing health care environment. All courses are in modern business, and skills related to this area. In addition to online. key courses covering project management, quality control and improvement and manufacturing strategy, an extensive set of Human Resource Management electives allow students the ability to broaden their knowledge base. The field of human resource development has grown in both Credits size and importance over the past decade leading to a high demand for educated and skilled HRD professionals. This concentration 0106-744 Project Management 4 provides education in training, human resource management, career 0106-745 Quality Control & Improvement 4 development, organizational development and consulting. 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy & Tactics 4 Choose one from the following: Information Technology 0102-742 Introduction to Technology Management 4 Corporations are aware of the cost savings and performance 0101-794 Cost Accounting in the Manufacturing Environment 4 improvement possible when information technology is applied in 0102-741 Managing Organizational Change 4 a systematic manner to improve organizational information flow, 0307-781 Quality Management 4* employee learning and business performance. The future will 0307-782 Quality Engineering 4* include a mixture of computers and other multi-purpose devices, 0307-721 Statistical Process Control 4* information media and communication technology all filtered 0307-731 Statistical Acceptance Control 4* through an understanding of how humans need to use these evolv- 0303-690 Seminar in Computer Integrated Manufacturing 4 ing systems. Four concentrations are available in this area including web programming/multimedia, software project management, * Student should register for the 4-credit-hour option of these courses. programming and telecommunications. Quality and Applied Statistics Printing Management This concentration is for those students who would like to study Leadership and management in the print media industry requires the technical aspect of managing quality, i.e. statistical quality understanding cutting-edge technology and emerging markets to control. Depending on the courses chosen, students may gain articulate a corporate vision that encompasses new opportunities understanding of the basics of statistical process control, quality and directions. This concentration is designed to provide a solid improvement, acceptance sampling, and off-line quality control technical background in cross-media digital workflow processes techniques, such as the design of experiments. and a keen understanding of the issues and trends in the print media industry.

Public Policy Careers are available in all levels of government, non-proﬁt organizations and the private sector where an understanding of the formulation and impacts of public policies are critical. This concentration will give students the skills to effectively formulate public policies and understand their impacts, particularly as related to science and technology issues. The courses focus on policy 36 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin formation, implementation and analysis.

International Business, MBA track EXAMPLES OF MBA TRACKS This track prepares students for the growing demand for global managers who understand the international business environment. Students are encouraged to meet with an adviser to carefully select The interdisciplinary curriculum combines international business their two concentrations so that these areas of study are congruent theory and practice in addition to stressing the interrelationships with their career goals. Two related concentrations may be joined among business functions such as marketing, management and to create a specialized MBA track. Examples of these tracks follow. finance in a worldwide economic environment. Management of Technology, MBA track In addition to the nine-course core, students in the international business MBA track complete a four-course international business This track provides students the analytical tools and skills needed to concentration that includes courses in international marketing, successfully manage technology intensive organizations. This is an international finance and international management. Students attractive option for students interested in careers with organizations then complete a four-course concentration in marketing and sales that either produce or utilize technology. management or a five-course concentration in finance. The free Students in the management of technology MBA track elective should be in an area outside these concentrations. To complete the nine-course core, the four-course technology provide students with an international experience, the free elective management concentration and either the four-course e-business can be taken at the U.S. Business School in Prague. Students marketing concentration or the management information systems wishing to pursue careers in international business should be concentration. One free elective is to be chosen from courses proficient in a foreign language. This requirement may be satisfied outside the above concentrations. by previous course work or by examination.

MBA MBA Core Core 9 courses 9 courses

Technology International Management Business Concentration Concentration 4 courses 4 courses

E-Business Management Marketing or Info. Systems Marketing & Finance Concentration Concentration Sales Mgmt. or Concentration 4 courses 4 courses Concentration 5 courses 4 courses

1 free elective

0 or 1 free elective

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 37

Executive MBA (EMBA) The EMBA program also includes practical experience obtained through capstone consulting projects; ongoing support for career- Donald O. Wilson, Director oriented skills such as career development planning, communications, and team building; the application of a cross-functional business The executive MBA is an integrated, two-year cohort-based simulation model; and an optional week-long business trip to Prague. program designed to develop future leaders and general managers in organizations serious about improving customer satisfaction, Curriculum product quality, and organizational success. A team of RIT faculty and executives from all sectors of First Year, Summer business and industry designed the executive MBA for profession- Five-Day Orientation als with substantial career experience. Using practical approaches Quarter One, Fall to improving business results and increasing personal productivity, Accounting & Organizational Goals participants in the program: Managerial Accounting • Strengthen their leadership and interactive skills by collaborating Microeconomics with teams of professional peers and faculty. Leadership • Develop strategic perspectives consistent with the needs of Quarter Two, Winter customers, stockholders, employees, the community, and other organizational stakeholders. Data Analysis • Apply cross-functional approaches to enhance their analytical Statistics for Decision Making and decision-making capabilities. Macroeconomics • Obtain a solid foundation in the functional areas of business. Human Resources Management Quarter Three, Spring Executive MBA and traditional MBA: the differences Valuation & Capital Budgeting Executive MBA students must have a minimum of eight years Financial Analysis & Planning of professional experience. Courses are conducted all day Friday Strategic Uses of Information Systems and Saturday on alternating weekends during the academic year. Business, Government & Society Participants work in teams, studying a curriculum that focuses on developing general management skills. Second Year, Summer The executive MBA program is structured in an interactive fash- Introduction to Strategic & Cross-Functional Thinking (ﬁve days) ion, and the emphasis is on cross-functional integration. The topics covered are those taught in the traditional MBA program. Quarter Four, Fall Strategic Thinking I Admission requirements Strategic Thinking II In order to be considered for admission to the executive MBA Marketing Strategy I program, a candidate must: Business Simulation 1. have a minimum of six years of professional work experience; Quarter Five, Winter 2. have earned a bachelor’s degree; Capstone Projects 3. be interviewed by a representative of the executive MBA team; and Marketing on the Internet 4. submit a completed admissions package. Technology Management Strategic Operations Sponsorship Quarter Six, Spring Employer sponsorship includes several dimensions: Capstone Projects • The sponsor must agree to permit the candidate to attend sched- International Business uled Friday/Saturday classes and the two required summer weeks. International Marketing • Business owners or individuals may sponsor themselves International Finance

Program structure and content Information and application The Executive MBA program consists of two summer weeks plus All correspondence for executive MBA admission information and six weekends per quarter, for a total of 36 weekends over the for the submission of required documents should be sent to: program’s 21 months. The ﬁrst-year curriculum focuses on core business concepts Executive MBA Program and provides fundamental skills, knowledge, and perspectives College of Business in accounting, statistics, leadership, ﬁnance, and economics. The Rochester Institute of Technology second year extends that foundation and develops cross-functional 107 Lomb Memorial Drive analysis skills with an emphasis on strategy, marketing, technology, Rochester, NY 14623-5608 and international business. Interdisciplinary examples, case analyses, 585-475-7435 and an applied orientation are key components of the program. 585-475-6441 (fax) [email protected]

38 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Master of Science in Finance Admission requirements Applicants must have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited The master of science in finance program is designed to prepare program. To be considered for admission, it is necessary to file an students for managerial careers in corporate finance, investment application, submit official transcripts of all previous undergraduate analysis and portfolio management, financial consulting and financial and graduate work, submit results of the Graduate Management institutions. Courses that clearly parallel the Chartered Financial Admissions Test and provide a résumé. International applicants Analyst Program will prepare students who plan to take this exam. must submit the results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language Full-time students must begin studies in the fall or winter quarter (TOEFL, minimum paper-based score 580, or minimum computer- to complete the program in one year. Part-time students can enter based score 237) as part of the application. The TOEFL requirement the program any quarter. is waived for native speakers of English and for those submitting Admission requirements transcripts and diplomas from American undergraduate schools. Students have the opportunity to take some of their course work Applicants should have baccalaureate degrees from accredited at the University of Stratchclyde in Glasgow, Scotland. programs. To be considered for admission it is necessary to file an application, submit official transcripts of all previous undergraduate and graduate work, results of the Graduate Management Curriculum Admissions Test and provide an up-to-date résumé. International The MS in international business requires 48-quarter credit hours applicants must submit the results of the Test of English as a and consists of 12 courses. Choose either the financial option or the Foreign Language (TOEFL, minimum paper-based score 580 or marketing and management option. minimum computer-based score 237) as part of the application. Required Courses: The TOEFL requirement is waived for native speakers of English 0102-780 Global Business Environment and for those submitting transcripts and diplomas from American 0102-782 Global Issues and Strategy undergraduate schools. 0105-761 Marketing Concepts Curriculum 0105-766 Marketing in a Global Business 0106-782 Statistical Analysis for Decision Making The graduate program of study consists of 12 courses and a comprehensive exam. The courses are: Choose one from the following: 0105-771 Marketing Research Methods 0104-721 Financial Analysis for Managers 0102-770 Business Research Methods 0104-722 Financial Management II 0104-725 Securities & Investment Analysis Choose either the Financial or the Marketing & Management option. 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems 0104-740 Futures and Options Financial Option 0104-760 Finance for Global Business 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems 0106-782 Statistical Analysis for Decision Making 0103-705 Economics for Managers 0103-711 Microeconomics 0104-721 Financial Analysis for Managers 0103-712 Macroeconomics 0104-760 Finance for Global Business One finance elective Marketing & Management Option Two breadth electives 0102-740 Organizational Behavior & Leadership Breadth elective courses may be chosen from the graduate business 0102-760 Managing in a Global Environment courses in accounting, management, marketing, management infor- Choose two from the following: mation systems, technology management or international business. 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet The candidate must successfully complete a comprehensive field 0105-764 Channel Management exam based on the finance courses completed by the student. 0105-763 Buyer Behavior Master of Science in Two courses in a thesis or practicum (8 quarter hours) International Business Thesis: A conceptual and theoretical research project designed by the candidate and his or her advisor to explore a salient The master of science degree in international business addresses international business-oriented issue. the growing demand for global managers who understand the Practicum: A practitioner or corporate-oriented research project international business environment. The program emphasizes designed by the candidate and his or her adviser to explore a salient both a global perspective and interrelationships among the international business-oriented issue. functional areas of business. It discusses cross-boundary business processes in a worldwide environment. Full-time students must begin studies in the fall quarter in order to complete the program in one year. Part time students can enter any quarter. Students must meet with an advisor prior to registering for courses.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 39

Finance and Sandra L. Rothenberg, BS, Syracuse Marketing GRADUATE FACULTY University; MS, Ph.D., Massachusetts Economics Institute of Technology— Deborah Colton, BA, State Assistant Professor University of New York at Buffalo; Accounting Steven C. Gold, BA, BS, Rutgers MBA, Rochester Institute of University; MA, Ph.D., State Donald O. Wilson, BS, Oklahoma State University; MS, MPA, Technology; Ph.D., University of Francis E. Kearns, AB, Cornell University of New York at University of Southern California; South Carolina—Assistant Professor University; BD, Harvard University; Binghamton—Professor Ph.D., University of California at MBA, Ph.D., State University of New Eugene H. Fram, BS, ML, University Chun-Keung (Stan) Hoi, BS, MS, Irvine—Assistant Professor York at Buffalo; CPA, New York— of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., State University University of North Texas; Ph.D., of New York at Buffalo—Professor Assistant Professor Arizona State University—Associate Khondkar E. Karim, B. Com., Professor Management Neil Hair, BS, University of Wales; MS, Sheffield Hallam University; M.Com., University of Dhaka; MSA, Jeffrey P. Lessard, BS, BA, University Information Systems Eastern Michigan State University; Ph.D., Cranfield University— of New Hampshire; MBA, Plymouth Assistant Professor DBA, Mississippi State University; State College; MA, Ph.D., University James Baroody, BS, University of CPA, Mississippi—Associate Professor of Arkansas—Professor Richmond; MS, College of William Patricia A. Sorce, BS, Kent State and Mary; Ph.D., University of Roberta L. Klein, BS, State University; MS, Ph.D., University of Melissa Palmer, BBA, St. Wisconsin–Madison—Distinguished University of New York College at Massachusetts—Associate Professor Bonaventure University; MBA, Lecturer Brockport; MBA, Rochester Institute University of Rochester— Philip R. Tyler, BS, Rochester of Technology; CPA, New York— Visiting Lecturer Jack S. Cook, BS, MA, MBA, Institute of Technology; MBA, DBA, Lecturer University of South Dakota; MS, Michigan State University— Ashok J. Robin, MBA, Ph.D., State Ph.D., Washington State Michael J. Lacina, BBA, Western Associate Professor University of New York at Buffalo— University—Associate Professor Michigan University; MBA, Michigan Associate Professor Stanley M Widrick, BS, Clarkson State University; Ph.D., Purdue Daniel A. Joseph, BS, Niagara College of Technology; MBA, State University; CPA, Michigan— Thomas D. Hopkins, BA, Oberlin University; MA, State University of University of New York at Buffalo; Assistant Professor College; MA, Ph.D., Yale New York at Albany; MBA, Ph.D., Ph.D., Syracuse University—Professor University—Professor; Dean State University of New York at Wayne J. Morse, BBA, Siena College; Buffalo—Associate Professor MBA, Cornell University; Ph.D., Patricia L. Wollan, BS, York Michigan State University; CPA, University; MBA, Old Dominion Koffi N’Da, BS, Inset, Abidjan, Cote SPECIAL APPOINTMENT Illinois—Associate Dean University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State d’Ivoire (Ivory Coast); MS, Ph.D., University—Assistant Professor Laval University, Quebec City, Bruce L Oliver, BBA, MBA, Albert J. Simone, Ph.D., Quebec—Assistant Professor University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of University of Washington—Professor Management David Miller, BA, MBA, University Technology—President, Rochester of Rochester—Visiting Lecturer Institute of Technology; Professor Daniel D. Tessoni, BSBA, St. John Robert J. Barbato, BA, LeMoyne Fisher College; MS, Clarkson College; Ph.D., Michigan State M. Pamela Neely, BS, State University; Ph.D., Syracuse University—Associate Professor University of New York at Buffalo; University—Assistant Professor Kristin Byron, BS, Emory MS, University of Colorado; Ph.D., State University of New York at Thomas Tribunella, BBA, Niagara University; MS, M. Phil., Ph.D., Albany—Assistant Professor University; MBA, Rochester Institute Georgia State University—Assistant of Technology; Ph.D., State Professor Victor J. Perotti, BS, MS, MA, University of New York at Albany— Richard DeMartino, BA, Roanoke Ph.D., Ohio State University— Assistant Professor College; MPA, Ph.D., University Associate Professor of Virginia—Assistant Professor Quiang (John) Tu, BS, MS, Xian Decision Science Andrew J. DuBrin, AB, Hunter Jiaotong University; Ph.D., University of Toledo—Associate Professor John E. Ettlie, BS, MS, Ph.D., College; MS, Purdue University; Northwestern University— Ph.D., Michigan State University— Professor; Director, Technology Professor Management Center A. Clyde Hull, BA, Yale University; A. Erhan Mergen, BS, Middle East MB, MBA, Ph.D., Indiana Technical University, Turkey; MS, University—Assistant Professor Ph.D., Union College—Professor Martin Lawlor, BS, State University Thomas F. Pray, BS, MS, Clarkson of New York at Buffalo; MBA, University; Ph.D., Rensselaer Rochester Institute of Technology— Polytechnic Institute—Professor Visiting Lecturer William J. Stevenson, BSIE, MBA, David McHardy Reid, BS, Ph.D., Syracuse University— University of Salford; MS, University Associate Professor of Manchester; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh—Professor; Director, Center for International Business and Economic Growth

40 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Accounting 0101-794 Cost Accounting for Manufacturing Environment A first course in accounting for students specializing in computer integrated manufacturing 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems systems (CIMS) or Manufacturing Management and Leadership (MM&L). The course will An introduction to accounting as an information system used by business entities to report introduce the routine internal accounting systems and accounting processes used by manu- their financial performance to interested outside parties. Demonstrates why accounting in- facturing firms, specialized techniques used to evaluate efficiency and effectiveness of formation is important, how accounting information is produced, and how it is used. The manufacturing operations, form and content of manufacturing financial statements and course will focus on financial statements that are generated under Generally Accepted additional topics relevant to manufacturing firms. The course should not be taken by those Accounting Principles. Issues will include income determination, valuation of assets and lia- with a program concentration in accounting. Credit 4 bilities, revenue and expense recognition, analysis of cash flows and the analysis and interpretation of financial statements. Credit 4 Management 0101-704 Corporate Financial Reporting I 0102-070 Professional Skills Seminar I A comprehensive exposure at an intermediate level to accounting theory and practice. This series of workshops and lectures provides students with the tools needed for successful Emphasis is placed on applying underlying accounting theory to complex accounting meas- completion of College of Business graduate programs. In Professional Skills Seminar I, stu- urement problems. The effects of alternative methods are considered throughout the entire dents will develop and practice essential skills, including critical thinking, how to analyze a course. (0101-703) Credit 4 case, oral and written communication, working in a team environment, and academic ethics. This five week course was designed to complement Professional Skills seminar II. Two 0101-705 Corporate Financial Reporting II hours per week. Credit 0 Continuation of Corporate Financial Reporting I with emphasis on equity and special meas- Descriptions Course urement and reporting problems. Topics include statement of cash flows, pensions, leases, 0102-071 Professional Skills Seminar II revenue recognition and investments. (0101-704) Credit 4 This series of workshops and lectures provides students with the tools needed to prepare them to successfully find a job or co-op. In Professional Skills Seminar II, students become 0101-706 Cost Management familiar with career management strategies, including resume writing, interviewing tech- A thorough study of the principles and techniques used to accumulate costs for inventory niques, career planning, and how to search for a job of co-op. This five week course is valuation and managerial decision making. Includes problems and procedures relating to job required for all full-time COB graduate students. This course was designed to complement order, process and standard costs systems, with particular attention to the problems of over- Professional Skills Seminar I. Two hours per week. Credit 0 head allocation, activity-based costing, measuring the costs of quality and control. (0101-703) Credit 4 0102-720 Entrepreneurship & New Venture Creation This course studies the process of creating new ventures with an emphasis on understand- 0101-707 Advanced Accounting and Theory ing the role of the entrepreneur in identifying opportunities, seeking capital and other Analysis and evaluation of current accounting thought relating to the nature, measurement resources, and managing the formation and growth of a new venture. Students will typically and reporting of business income and financial position; concepts of income in relation to the write a business plan in this course. Credit 4 reporting entity; attention to special areas relating to consolidated statements, foreign currency statement translation, governmental and not-for-profit accounting. (0101-705) Credit 4 0102-740 Organizational Behavior & Leadership This course examines why people behave as they do in organizations and what managers can 0101-708 Auditing do to improve organizational performance by influencing people’s behavior. Students will be The theory and practice of auditing examined; critical study of auditing procedures and exposed to the ways in which organizations and their members affect one another and to dif- standards in the light of current practice; measurement and reliance of internal control, cov- ferent frameworks for diagnosing and dealing with problems in organizational settings. Topics ered by case studies; modern auditing techniques by statistical sampling and electronic data include motivation, team building, conflict resolution, leadership, organizational change, and processing applications; audit reports and the legal liability exposure of auditors. (0101-705) managing organizational cultures. Credit 4 Credit 4 0102-741 Managing Organizational Change 0101-709 Basic Taxation This course examines the various theories and approaches currently used by behavioral sci- Study of federal income taxation, emphasizing tax planning for individuals and unincorpo- ence practitioners to assist organizations in implementing change. The features of successful rated businesses. Topics covered include income measurement and the deductibility of change in organizations will be discussed, with an emphasis on the structural, technological, personal and business expenses. (0101-703) Credit 4 motivational, interpersonal, and social aspect of organizational change. Other topics include methods of managing the change process in organizations, overcoming resistance to change, 0101-710 Advanced Taxation the role of the change agent, organizational restructuring and business process re-engineer- A continuation of Basic Taxation. Emphasis is on the tax treatment of property transactions ing. (0102-740) Credit 4 and the taxation of business entities. This course also covers the use of technology to prepare complex returns and to research tax issues. (0101-709) Credit 4 0102-745 Social & Political Environment of Business The course illuminates the role of ethics, social ideology and government policy and regula- 0101-712 Seminar in Accounting tion in guiding business decisions and in providing the conditions for successful competitive Special topics seminars offer an in-depth examination of current events, issues and problems activity. Special attention is given to the role of business in assessing technological opportu- unique to accounting. Specific topics will vary depending upon student and faculty interests nity and risk, managing product liability and victim compensation, directing the corporation and on recent events in the business world. Seminar topics for a specific quarter will be in a manner consistent with the public policy on the natural environment and developing announced prior to the course offering. These seminars may be repeated for credit since top- policies that assure fair treatment of the diverse individuals in the workplace. Credit 4 ics will normally vary from quarter to quarter. Credit 4 0102-746 Management & Career Development 0101-730 Business Law I Study and application of current methods of developing managers, with a primary empha- An introduction to law and ethical considerations in the areas of contracts, creditors’ rights, sis on career development of both managerial personnel in general and the person taking this agency, partnership, corporations, bailments, and international law in a global economy. course. Implications of current technological developments for training, replacement, and Credit 4 advancement of managerial personnel are discussed. Insight is also provided into the organizational function of management development. (0102-740) Credit 4 0101-731 Business Law II Topics of business law with ethical considerations intended to help prepare students for the CPA exam. Topics from the Uniform Commercial Code include: sales, commercial paper and secured transactions, and personal and real property. Regulation of the securities market, liability of accountants, and international law also are discussed. (0101-730) Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 41

0102-750 Human Resource Management 0102-775 Business Ethics This course focuses on the importance of managing human resources with an awareness of Ethical issues involved in individual and corporate conduct will be examined. Topics include the needs of the business and of the legal and regulatory environment. Attention is given to ethical hazards in modern organizations; creating an ethical climate in an organization; hon- the increasing organizational need to have greater cooperation among top management HR esty; whistle blowing; environmental ethics; ethics in advertising and sales, financial managers, line managers and employees. Students will become familiar with the functions management and personnel management; and the role of character and virtues in effective of staffing, appraising and compensating employee performance, training and organizational leadership. Special attention is also given to the ethical assumptions of major corporate development and establishing and maintaining effective work relationships. (0102-740) strategic decisions. Credit 4 Credit 4 0102-785 Ethics in Technology Intensive Environment 0102-753 Field Experience in Business Consulting The course confronts graduate student with a wide variety of ethical dilemmas in business Students nearing the completion of their program work in consulting teams to assist local and other professional career environments, including government and not-for-profits, small firms and entrepreneurs. Problems are isolated and solutions then developed. A team which are inherently technologically intensive; areas such as information technology and the consultant’s report is prepared for the firms/entrepreneurs. (0101-703, 0104-721, 0105- life sciences. This exposure is important, even vital, as individuals are likely to encounter 761) Credit 4 such difficult situations throughout their careers. More than their technical proficiency, their ability to effectively deal with ethical dilemmas will shape their professional successes and 0102-756 Power & Influence failures. Credit 4 Power and influence processes are pervasive and an important part of organizational life. This course has as its objectives enhancing the understanding of these processes and increasing the 0102-799 Independent Study Course Descriptions Course student’s skills in using them. Topics covered include the conditions under which power and A supervised investigation and report within a business area of professional interest. The exact politics are more likely to dominate decision processes, assessing the relative power of various content should be contained in a proposal for review, acceptance, and assignment to an actors, understanding the basis for their positions on issues, the sources of both individual appropriate faculty member, who will provide supervision and evaluation. Appropriateness to and departmental power, power and influence strategies and tactics, and some functional and written objectives and ability of faculty will be included in the review and consideration for dysfunctional aspects of organizational politics for both individuals and the organizations acceptance. (Permission of instructor and graduate department) involved. (0102-740) Credit 4

0102-757 Management & Leadership Technology Management Interpersonal aspects of managerial work, managing key individual work relationships 0102-742 Introduction to Technology Management (bosses, peers and subordinates), use of communication and leadership skills as a key aspect This course is an introduction to the technological process in organizations and the factors, of effective management. The course deals with individual, interpersonal, group and orga- both internal and external, that influence the rate, timing and success of industrial innova- nizational aspects of leadership. (0102-740) Credit 4 tions. The interrelationship between science and technology and the importance of these two disciplines on the process of technological innovation is examined. Also discussed is the 0102-758 Seminar in Management process of R&D management, the strategic management of technology, the dynamics of Special topics seminars offer an in-depth examination of current events, issues and problems technology life cycles and organizational influences on engineering and manufacturing unique to management. Specific topics will vary depending upon student and faculty inter- processes. (0102-740 for business majors; permission of instructor for students in other col- est and on recent events in the business world. Seminar topics for a specific quarter will be leges) Credit 4 announced prior to the course offering. These seminars may be repeated for credit since topics will normally vary from quarter to quarter. Credit 4 0102-761 Managing Research & Innovation This course deals with the responsibilities of, and operating problems faced by managers 0102-759 Competitive Strategy responsible for the research function within high- technology firms. Topics will include: Strategic management decisions involve cross-functional integration of different manage- internal technology assessments, the acquisition of technology, domestic and international ment disciplines. As a capstone course, this course integrates and encourages use of what was technology transfer, and the selection and management of R&D projects. Particular atten- learned in previous business courses. The objective is to gain insights into developing strate- tion will be given to motivating and managing creative individuals, organizational gies for sustained competitive advantage. Topics include analysis of mission and visioning, alternatives for R&D, and techniques for overcoming barriers to innovation. (0102-742 for general environmental trends, industry attractiveness, value-chain analysis, core competen- business majors, permission of instructor for students in other colleges.) Credit 4 cies, business and corporate-level strategies, etc. The case method will be used to identify effective business and corporate-level strategies for firms and industries under dynamic com- 0102-762 Managing New Process & Product Development petitive conditions. The workload in this capstone course tends to be considerably heavier The course deals with the internal organizational challenges faced by managers of technol- than average. (all other required core courses) Credit 4 ogy-intensive companies. Particular attention is given to management techniques for successfully developing and introducing into the marketplace new products and services. 0102-760 Managing in a Global Business Also discussed is the management of technical groups and project teams, cross-functional An analysis of business behavior and organization in the European Community, Eastern integration, organizational support of innovation and creativity and organizational alterna- bloc countries, the Pacific Basin, and the U.S. with particular emphasis on values, author- tives such as matrix management and skunk works. (0102-742 for business majors; ity, individual and group relations, labor-management ties, risk tolerance, and motivational permission of instructor for students in other colleges) Credit 4 techniques. The course will prepare students to recognize different values and cultural factors in the global business community and how these shape and determine appropriate management behavior. The problems and opportunities of transferring management prac- International Business tices from one culture to another will also be examined. (0102-740) Credit 4 0102-760 Managing in a Global Business 0102-763 Behavioral Skills for Managers & Professionals An analysis of business behavior and organization in the European Community, Eastern The course provides the opportunity to develop individual and interpersonal skills that bloc countries, the Pacific Basin, and the U.S. with particular emphasis on values, author- enhance managerial performance in today’s high-performance organization. Each partici- ity, individual and group relations, labor-management ties, risk tolerance, and motivational pant is given the opportunity to perform in each of the major skill dimensions, given techniques. The course will prepare students to recognize different values and cultural fac- evaluative feedback and given the opportunity to incorporate the implications of that feed- tors in the global business community and how these shape and determine appropriate back into additional performance opportunities. Course participants are also provided with management behavior. The problems and opportunities of transferring management prac- the opportunity to assess their career work preferences and to compare them with the per- tices from one culture to another will also be examined. (0102-740) Credit 4 formance expectations of managerial positions. The administrative styles of each participant are also assessed, and the impact of the behaviors that flow from each style on the percep- 0102-780 Global Business Environment tions and performance of others in the organization is clarified. Credit 4 The course focuses on issues related to business political economy and the complexity of international business. Topics include trade theory; evolving political, regulatory, and economic environments; the multinational corporation; host country relations; direct foreign investment; and managing across national boundaries. (0103-705) Credit 4

42 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0102-782 Global Issues & Strategy Finance This capstone course will focus on either contemporary issues and problems in international 0104-721 Financial Analysis for Manager business or regional studies analysis (e.g., Europe, Eastern Bloc, Pacific Basin). It will An examination of basic financial theories, techniques, and practices relating to the valua- emphasize faculty-directed student research projects. (0102-780) Credit 4 tion, pricing, and selection of capital/financial assets and the definition, evaluation, and management of corporate risk. Topics include: time value of money, valuation, capital asset 0102-891 Graduate Project pricing, risk and diversification, cost of capital, capital budgeting techniques. (0101-703 This course number is used to fulfill the graduate paper requirement under the non-thesis prerequisite, 0103-705 or 0103-711 and 0106-782 as pre or co-requisite) Credit 4 option for the MS degree in international business. The candidate must obtain approval from an appropriate faculty member to supervise the paper before registering for this course. 0104-722 Financial Management II A practitioner-corporate-oriented research project designed by the candidate and his/her This course emphasizes the theories, techniques, and practices associated with capital struc- adviser to explore a salient international business-related issue. Credit variable 4–8 ture decisions, equity and debt restructuring, dividend policy, financial forecasting, working capital management, financial analysis, financial control, and leasing. (0104-721) Credit 4 0102-892 Thesis The thesis is designed to expose the candidate to procedures of research methodology, data 0104-724 Problems in Corporate Finance gathering and data analysis. A conceptual and theoretical research project will be designed This course is designed to give the student greater in-depth understanding of contemporary by the candidate and his/her adviser to explore a salient international business-oriented problems in finance. The focus will be on state-of-the-art techniques of corporate financial issue. The candidate must obtain the approval of an appropriate faculty member to guide management from both a theoretical and practical perspective. Examples of specific topics the thesis before registering for the thesis. Credit variable (4–8 hours) include: working capital management, capital asset acquisition, capital structure, financial Course Descriptions Course analysis, dividend policy, financial strategy and special topics. The case approach will be the 0104-760 Finance for Global Business primary method of instruction. The emphasis will be on the analytical and decision making This course has a specific focus on international business problems that are financial in techniques used to develop acceptable solutions. (0104-721, 722) Credit 4 nature. Topics include an examination of the international environment the firm operates in, international investment, exchange rates and the management of risks arising from shift- 0104-725 Securities and Investments ing exchange rates, and the problems of short and long term asset and liability management. Study of securities and other investment media and their markets. Analysis of investment (0104-721) Credit 4 values based on fundamental analytic procedures, technical analytic procedures, and the impact that modern portfolio theory has on the value of financial assets. Topics include 0105-766 Marketing in Global Business return, growth, risk, accounting procedures, tax considerations and the impact of various This course has a specific focus on the international marketing challenges facing firms oper- institutional arrangements on value determination. (0104-721) Credit 4 ating in developing and developed country markets. Topics will include an examination of the international environment and its impact on marketing decisions, international pricing 0104-729 Seminar in Finance and promotion, product-market entry and penetration strategies, and how to organize inter- Special topics seminars offer an in-depth examination of current events, issues and problems national marketing operations for maximum effectiveness. (0105-761) Credit 4 unique to finance. Specific topics will vary depending upon student and faculty interests and on recent events in the business world. Seminar topics for a specific quarter will be Economics announced prior to the course offering. These seminars may be repeated for credit since topics will normally vary from quarter to quarter. Credit 4 0103-705 Economics for Managers This course focuses on the fundamental economic theories most useful for the management 0104-730 Financial Institutions & Markets of the firm. Applications drawn from current economic events are utilized to better under- An examination of the role of financial intermediation in the economy. The existence of reg- stand the internal and external environments of the firm and to help managers formulate ulations and the expanding level of competition among intermediaries are discussed. The effective business strategies and policies. Although no prior knowledge of economics is importance of interest rate risk and hedging such risk is extensively covered. Topics include required, this is more than just a survey or principles course. Some important intermediate regulatory laws, gap analysis, hedging duration gap exposure, bank performance, pension level economics tools of analysis (both microeconomic and macroeconomic) are introduced funds, insurance companies and mutual funds. (0104-721) Credit 4 to provide managers with the skills necessary to apply economics in a meaningful way to business decision making.(0106-066 algebra or equivalent) Credit 4 0104-732 Portfolio Theory This course extends the knowledge of risk and return in a portfolio context to active port- 0103-711 Microeconomics folio management. The measurement and evaluation of portfolio performance are analyzed. This is an intermediate microeconomic theory course with applications. The fundamentals The importance of asset allocations, international diversification and pension fund manage- of consumer behavior theory, market demand, and the theory of the firm are stressed with ment and the use of a wide range of derivative securities to manage risk are explored. applications. Also, resource allocation and product distribution as fundamentals to manage- (0104-721) Credit 4 ment and to understanding the role of a firm in an economy. Credit 4 0104-734 Working Capital Management 0103-712 Macroeconomics This course is an examination of the management of current assets and current liabilities. This is an intermediate macroeconomic theory course with applications. A basic framework Emphasis is placed upon cash and marketable securities management, cash budgeting, of product and money market equilibrium is explored with applications in fiscal and mon- inventory control, accounts receivable management, and short-term and intermediate-term etary policy. An understanding of major aggregate economic relationships is developed, as financing. (0104-721) Credit 4. well as economic policy. Credit 4 0104-740 Futures & Options 0103-716 Seminar in Economics This course focuses on financial derivative securities. Their role in financial management is Special topics seminars offer an in-depth examination of current events, issues and problems becoming increasingly important, especially in portfolio management. This course covers unique to economics. Specific topics will vary depending upon student and faculty interests valuation of various options and futures as well as their use in risk management. Specific and on recent events in the business world. Seminar topics for a specific quarter will be topics include option and futures pricing models, option strategies and contemporary top- announced prior to the course offering. These seminars may be repeated for credit since topics such as index arbitraging. (0104-721) Credit 4 ics will normally vary from quarter to quarter. Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 43

Marketing 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet This course is designed to expose students to the many ways in which marketing concepts 0105-758 Seminar in Marketing and strategic marketing issues can be enhanced through effective use of the internet and Special topics seminars offer an in-depth examination of current events, issues and problems related technologies. The course focuses on both business to consumer and business envi- unique to marketing. Specific topics will vary depending upon student and faculty interests ronments. Specific attention is given to the understanding and implementation of on-line and on recent events in the business world. Seminar topics for a specific quarter will be competitive advantage through successful brand management, effective competitive intelli- announced prior to the course offering. These seminars may be repeated for credit since top- gence and the pursuit of a customer focused digital marketing mix. The course emphasizes ics will normally vary from quarter to quarter. Prerequisites will vary according to topic. practical application in the form of research papers and real world domestic and interna- Credit 4 tional consultancy assignments. (0105-761) Credit 4

0105-761 Marketing Concepts 0105-773 Database Marketing This course examines the process involved in the creation, distribution and sale of products This course provides the student with the application of database management to the chal- and services. The objectives of the course are to introduce students to the tasks and decisions lenges of relationship marketing. The students will be taught Microsoft ACCESS software facing marketing managers and to the elements of marketing analysis including customer program, after which they will apply the information from an analysis of a database to design analysis, competitor analysis, and company analysis. The course is structured around the a relationship marketing plan. (0105-761, 0106-782) Credit 4 managerially controllable elements of product, price, promotion and distribution, plus the interrelationships of these elements, within the context of a changing business environment. 0105-775 Business to Business E-Commerce (0105-761) Credit 4 An overview of the business commerce transition from paper-based to electronic processes, Course Descriptions Course with particular emphasis on the reasons behind the transition, the strategies employed, and 0105-762 Advanced Marketing Management the resulting impact on the enterprise. (0105-761, student may not also take Channel A course designed to give the student an in-depth knowledge of middle- and upper-level Management-0105-764) Credit 4 marketing problems and processes. Topics include the tools used by marketing managers and the role of total quality management in the development, implementation, and control Production & Operations Management of marketing plans. (0105-761) Credit 4 0106-743 Operations Management 0105-763 Buyer Behavior Study of the management of production/operations and improvement of processes. The course reviews the major theories that frame the understanding of both consumer (end- Encompasses both manufacturing and services. Topics include operations strategy, quality user) and business buying behavior. Topics include the buying decision process, the impact planning, control and improvement, project management, planning for and control of job, of emotion, product knowledge and product involvement on purchasing decisions. In addi- batch and high volume operations (forecasting, capacity and materials planning, scheduling, tion, behavioral and social psychology perspectives will be discussed. All perspectives will be inventory management, JIT, supply chain management), international operations, and cur- applied to designing marketing strategy. (0105-761) Credit 4 rent issues. (0106-782 or equivalent, pre- or corequisite) Credit 4

0105-764 Channel Management 0106-744 Project Management This course involves a study of the elements and management of marketing channels. A A study in the principles of project management. This course focuses on the leadership role marketing channel is viewed as an inter-organizational system involved with the task of of the project manager, roles and responsibilities of the project management team members, making goods, services and concepts available for consumption by enhancing their time, and various tools and techniques for project planning and control. Considerable emphasis place and possession utilities. The course focuses on how institutions can effectively and efﬁ- is placed on statements of work and work breakdown structures. This material is presented ciently transmit things of value from points of conception, extraction and/or production to using a combination of lecture/discussion, group exercises, and case studies. Credit 4 points of value consumption. (0105-761, Student may not also take Business to Business E- Commerce-0105-775) Credit 4 0106-745 Quality Control & Improvement Study of total quality management (TQM), including Deming’s philosophy, quality plan- 0105-765 Sales Management ning, quality cost principles, problem-solving methods and tools, the use of statistical A course centered around the role, activities, and tools employed by sales force managers. methods for quality control and improvement, supplier relations, reliability concepts, and The importance of continuous improvement and of deﬁning and meeting the requirements recent developments in quality. The course focus is on the management and continuous of both internal and external customers is presented as the foundation of effective sales man- improvement of quality and productivity in manufacturing and service organizations. agement. (0105-761) Credit 4 (0106-782 or equivalent) Credit 4

0105-767 Marketing Communications 0106-747 Managing Manufacturing Resources This course presents an in-depth view of the promotional tools of advertising, sales promo- This course focuses on the effective management of resources in manufacturing companies. tion, and public relations. Students will develop a comprehensive promotion plan, Views are: (1) manufacturing strategy from a business prospective, (2) business process beginning with the marketing strategy and ending with implementation and evaluation. improvement, including change management, (3) human resource management-current rela- (0105-761) Credit 4 tionships between companies and employees, issue of compensation and diversity, and personal career management, (4) risk management—how to identify, access and control those 0105-770 Professional Selling risks which are key, and (5) value/supply chain management, including strategic make-buy A critical examination of the challenges and opportunities provided by professional selling. decisions, types of cooperative relationships with other firms, and related planning/control Selling concepts, tools, strategies and tactics will be discussed, observed and practiced. systems. (For MS in Manufacturing Management and Leadership) Credit 4 Students are exposed to and experience some of the problems faced and rewards earned by those in professional sales. Credit 4 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy & Tactics This course integrates the skills learned in operations management with the fundamental dis- 0105-771 Marketing Research Methods ciplines of accounting, financial, and marketing management. Key focuses in the course are This course provides an overview of marketing research and practice especially the methods manufacturing strategy, the creation and maintenance of a culture for continuous improve- of measuring, examining, and predicting factors that affect the marketing process. Students ment, and the management of change. Manufacturing is investigated in a global context, will learn about the process of conducting surveys and experiments that includes the fol- including the foreign and domestic firms and the strategies and tactics employed by them. lowing: determining customer requirements, questionnaire design, telephone, mail and The viability of an economy without a manufacturing base is questioned. Teams develop, exe- electronic surveys, sampling plan design and data analysis. (0105-761, 0106-782 or equiv- cute, and report on a manufacturing strategy audit. (0106-743 or equivalent) Credit 4 alent) Credit 4

44 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Decision Sciences 0112-745 Business Applications Programming Managing in today’s technological environment requires an understanding of and an ability 0106-066 Graduate Math Review to communicate with technical professionals. This course explores the fundamental con- Two part graduate math course for students requiring review of basic algebra and statistics. cepts and techniques of computer programming in a modern Object Oriented language. By Either or both parts may be required. Part I-Basic review of algebra. Part 2-Basic review of the end of the course, students will demonstrate core programming skills and will be able to statistics. Credit 0 write simple business applications. Most importantly, students will develop knowledge to communicate more effectively about programming issues. This course assumes no prior pro- 0106-782 Statistical Analysis in Decision Making gramming knowledge. Credit 4 A course in applied statistics emphasizing inference (estimation and testing). Topics to be covered include sampling distribution, estimation, test of hypothesis for single and two pop- 0112-755 Information Systems Management ulations, statistical quality control methods, linear, multiple regression and model-building This course involves the study of information systems (IS) management and focuses on methods. (0106-066, statistics or equivalent) Credit 4 issues and problems faced by managers of information technology. Topics include information systems, systems planning, computer-integrated manufacturing, systems development, 0106-795 Seminar in Decision Science establishment of IS standards, e-business, and other management principles relevant to IS. Special topics seminars offer an in-depth examination of current events, issues and problems The course utilizes Harvard cases and research papers to illustrate important concepts. 0112- unique to decision sciences. Specific topics will vary depending upon student and faculty 710) Credit 4 interests and on recent events in the business world. Seminar topics for a specific quarter will be announced prior to the course offering. These seminars may be repeated for credit since 0112-760 Integrated Business Systems topics will normally vary from quarter to quarter. Credit 4 This course provides hands-on experience with the navigation of the SAP R/3 systems and Descriptions Course the concepts and technologies associated with enterprise systems integration. Topics include an overview of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems, the concepts and technologies Management Information Systems required to integrate the systems of large business organizations, and hands-on experience using SAP software. (0112-710) Credit 4 0112-700 Information Technology Hardware & Software This course is designed to present the issues of rapid computer system changes, increased 0112-761 Business Process Design & Workflow Analysis computer power and speed, reduced computer size, new peripherals and changes in user This course focuses on the procedures, tools, and concepts necessary for evaluating, build- interaction. This course presents these issues of computing systems architectures and oper- ing, and revising business processes within an organization. It introduces the standard ating system software using a systems view. (0112-710) Credit 4 systems analysis and design life cycle for defining and refining processes. Tools used in the course include object-oriented workflow design tools selected from ARIS, Rational Rose, 0112-710 Management Information Systems Concepts Vision Professional and the workflow design tools that are part of SAP R/3. (0112-760 or This course is an introduction to the conceptual and theoretical foundations of management permission of instructor) Credit 4 information systems and their role in modern organizations. The course will provide students with the concepts, tools, and techniques needed to understand and interpret information man- 0112-795 Seminar in MIS agement issues, such as how to best incorporate information technology into an organization, Special topics seminars offer an in-depth examination of current events, issues and problems from a managerial perspective. Due to the importance of managing business processes, unique to MIS. Specific topics will vary depending upon student and faculty interests and enabling e-commerce and leveraging Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems in modern on recent events in the business world. Seminar topics for a specific quarter will be organizations, special emphasis will be given to them throughout the course. Credit 4 announced prior to the course offering. These seminars may be repeated for credit since topics will normally vary from quarter to quarter. Credit 4 0112-720 Analysis, Modeling & Design This course provides students with fundamental knowledge and skills required for successful analysis of problems and opportunities and the design and implementation of information systems. Provided students with knowledge and experience that will be useful in determining systems requirements and developing a logical design. (0112-710) Credit 4

0112-725 Data Management This course discusses issues associated with data capture, organization, storage, extraction, and modeling for planned and ad hoc reporting. Enables student to model data by developing conceptual and semantic data models. Techniques taught for managing the design and development of large database systems including logical data models, concurrent processing, data distributions, database administration, data warehousing, data cleansing and data mining. (0112-710) Credit 4

0112-735 Network Technology This course is designed to give students basic knowledge of the networking strategies that are utilized within the corporate IS environment. Emphasis is on the current trends in local area networking as they relate to business needs. Class sessions are composed of lectures and discussions. (0112-700, 0112-710) Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 45

The B. Thomas Golisano College of Computing and Information Sciences (GCCIS) offers master of science degrees in computer science, information technology, and software development and management and an advanced certificate in interactive multimedia development. The programs offer the most current computing technology and are supported by extensive laboratory facilities. Courses are offered during the day and evening, Jorge L. Díaz-Herrera, allowing full- or part-time study. Dean Information technology and software development and management are also offered online. GCCIS is the newest college at RIT, having been formed in the summer of 2001. It focuses on the computing disciplines in the broadest sense. Included in the college are the departments of computer science, information technology, and software engineering and the Lab for Applied Computing. Interdepartmental and intercollege cooperation are basic to its function. The college has more than 90 faculty, 3,000 students, more than 40 technical and support staff, and extensive facilities dedicated to teaching, research, and development. The computer science and information technology departments have degree programs at the associate, baccaluareate, and master’s levels. Both offer extensive evening courses that allow these degrees to be full- or part-time. Software engineering offers a bachelor of science degree. Faculty Programs Any academic department or program can be only as strong as its faculty. The GCCIS faculty is dedicated to teaching, applied Master of Science Degrees in: research, and professional development, with an emphasis on student involvement and career preparation. Most have significant COMPUTER SCIENCE p. 47 industrial experience in addition to outstanding academic credentials. Faculty members provide leadership in implementing INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY p. 51 innovative teaching techniques and in anticipating and meeting the needs of students and our industrial partners. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT p. 50 Resources The highly technical nature of the GCCIS programs demands excellent facilities and equipment. Each department has extensive Advanced Certificates available in: laboratories containing powerful PCs and workstations and appropriate, up-to-date software. Labs are available to students 16–18 INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT p. 54 hours a day except when being used for designated course sections. Internet, dial-up network, and Web access are also provided, insur- ing that our students have the tools necessary to complete their assignments and projects. Online learning option available To provide space for this equipment, a new 126-thousand- square-foot building was completed in 2003. This allows for both general-use and specialized labs, such as networking security and

46 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

computer vision. The close proximity of the academic departments Master of Science in in the college encourages joint projects as well as interaction among students in different programs. Computer Science The MS in computer science is designed for students who have an undergraduate major or minor in computer science as well as those who have a strong background in a field in which computers are Computer Science Department applied, such as engineering, science or business. Students can concentrate in intelligent systems, languages and tools, distributed Walter A. Wolf, Ph.D., Chair systems, security, theory, databases/data mining or graphics. Hans-Peter Bischof, Ph.D., Graduate Program Chair Computer science graduate courses are generally offered in the The computer science MS program at RIT has a core curriculum, afternoon and evening. Some of our graduate students are employed which is designed to give students a solid background in the and are pursuing the degree on a part-time basis. A full-time theoretical principles underlying the field, and a wide variety student, one who takes three courses per quarter, may be able to of electives, which provide the opportunity to become proficient complete the course work in one year; part-time students can finish in current software technology. The core ensures that graduates in two to four years. The time required to complete a master’s thesis take with them the intellectual tools necessary to keep up-to-date or project varies according to the student and the scope of the in this rapidly evolving discipline, while the electives prepare our project; two quarters is typical. graduates to engineer modern computing systems and contribute in all aspects of the systems’ life cycles. Students can also prepare Admission requirements for academic or research careers in computer science or a related Applicants should have a baccalaureate or an equivalent degree discipline as well as further academic study. from an accredited institution and a minimum grade point average Faculty members in the department are actively engaged in of 3.0 (B). RIT undergraduate students in computer science, com- consulting or research in the area of artificial intelligence, wireless putational math, biomedical computing, or computer engineering networks, computer vision, computational combinatorics and technology may study for both their BS and MS degrees through distributed computing systems. There are many opportunities accelerated programs. for graduate students to participate in these activities for thesis Applicants from foreign universities must submit TOEFL and or project work and independent study. Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores. (GRE scores also can be Related MS programs at RIT are computer engineering considered for applicants whose undergraduate grade point average (College of Engineering) and information technology and software is lower than 3.0.) development and management (both in the department of Applicants must satisfy prerequisite requirements in mathematics information technology). and computer science (listed below). If an applicant lacks any of these prerequisites, bridge program courses are available to allow Computer facilities students to achieve the required knowledge and skills. Generally, The computer science department provides extensive facilities for formal acceptance into the master’s program is deferred until the students and faculty. The hardware associated with these facilities applicant has made significant progress through these necessary represents current technology, including: courses. • a graduate lab with 17 Sun Blade 150 workstations and a Prerequisites graduate library • more than 100 Sun Ultra 10 and Sun Blade 150 workstations Mathematics • a networking/distributed systems lab with 10 dual processor Differential and Integral Calculus Pentiums and its own internal network Probability and Statistics • specialized labs in vision, security, wireless networks, Discrete Mathematics and artificial intelligence Computing These computers operate under the UNIX operating system. Experience with a modern high-level language (e.g., C++, Java) Computer science students also have access to the computers Data Structures in the information technology labs (PCs and Macs) and RIT’s main Assembly Language Programming Information and Technology Services facilities, as listed in the Software Design Methodology Student Services section of this catalog. Introductory Computer Architecture and Digital Logic Ethernet is used to integrate the above systems and to connect Operating Systems the Graduate Computer Science Laboratory with other RIT Programming Language Concepts (including Lisp) computing facilities. These graduate networks are also available to support departmental research, theses, projects and course work. All The bridge program students have full access to the Internet and the World Wide Web. Students whose undergraduate preparation or industrial experience Graduate students have Internet access and are encouraged to use does not satisfy the above content or grade point requirements may home computers. (The RIT bookstore carries computer equipment make up these deficiencies through up to a year of study, taking one and software and provides discounts for RIT students.) or more of the following RIT courses, as prescribed by the graduate coordinator.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 47

Mathematics The computer science core consists of six courses: 1016-251, Calculus 4005-700 Foundations of Computing Theory 252, 253 4005-710 Programming Language Theory 1016-351 Probability & Statistics (Calculus based) 4005-720 Computer Architecture 1016-265 Discrete Mathematics 4005-730 Distributed Operating Systems I 4005-800 Theory of Computer Algorithms Computing 4005-893 Graduate Seminar 4003-231 Computer Science I 4003-232 Computer Science II Students with a strong background in a core area may receive 4003-233 Computer Science III permission from the program coordinator to replace a core course 4003-334 Computer Science IV with some other course, generally in the same area. or A subset of electives and advanced electives is shown below; 4003-234 Accelerated advanced electives are indicated by “†.” Computer Science I 4005-704 Complexity & Computability 4003-235 Accelerated 4005-705 Cryptography Computer Science II 4005-709 Topics in Computer Science Theory † 4003-334 Computer Science IV 4005-711 Compiler Construction † or 4005-719 Topics in Programming Languages 4003-707 Advanced Programming 4005-729 Topics in Computer Architecture † 4003-334 Computer Science IV 4005-731 Distributed Operating Systems II † and 4005-735 Parallel Computing I 4003-710 Computer Organization 4005-736 Parallel Computing II † 4003-709 Programming Language 4005-739 Topics in Operating Systems † Concepts 4005-740 Data Communications & Networks I 4003-713 Operating Systems 4005-741 Data Communication & Networks II If any bridge courses are indicated in a student’s plan of study, 4005-749 Topics in Data Communications † the student has been admitted on the condition that he or she will 4005-750 Introduction to Artiﬁcial Intelligence successfully complete the bridge program courses with a B or better 4005-751 Knowledge-Based Systems † in order to be fully accepted into the program. All remaining bridge 4005-755 Neural Networks and Machine Learning † program courses must be completed with a grade of at least B; 4005-756 Genetic Algorithms † courses with lower grades must be repeated. Although bridge program 4005-757 Intro. to Computer Vision † courses are not part of the 45 credits required for the master’s 4005-759 Topics in Artiﬁcial Intelligence † degree, their grades are included in a student’s graduate grade-point 4005-761 Computer Graphics I average unless the courses were taken before matriculation. 4005-769 Computer Graphics II † A bridge program can be designed in ways different from that 4005-771 Database Systems described above. Often, other courses can be substituted, and 4005-772 Database System Implementation courses at other colleges can be applied. (See the Computer Science Students also may include elective courses from other RIT Graduate Studies Handbook for more details.) All programs must departments’ graduate offerings. See www.cs.rit.edu/~csdoc/graduate be approved in advance by the graduate coordinator. for a list of approved courses. Other departments’ courses are The curriculum primarily for their own majors and may have prerequisites that may not be approved for degree credit. The graduate program of study is composed of the computer Electives provide breadth of experience in computer science science graduate core, electives, advanced electives and a thesis and applications areas. Students who wish to include courses from paper or project for a total of 45 credits. departments outside of computer science need prior approval of the There are two tracks to the degree, the thesis track and the graduate coordinator. Refer to the course descriptions in the depart- project track. ments of computer science, engineering and business for possible The thesis track consists of: elective courses. • Six required (“core”) courses (22 credits), A program of study must be designed in cooperation with the • Electives (8 credits), graduate coordinator. • Advanced electives (8 credits), • Master’s thesis (7 credits). The project track consists of: • Six required (“core”) courses (22 credits), • Electives (12 credits), • Advanced electives (8 credits), • Master’s project (3 credits).

48 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

The master’s thesis or project “studio format,” in which the course meets in a specially designed A thesis paper or project forms the capstone of the MS program. classroom that supports integrated lecture and hands-on learning. In order to register for either, a student must complete the graduate Due to our cross-platform commitment, our labs contain seminar and submit an acceptable proposal to the computer Windows and Macintosh platforms; Unix is used in several special- science faculty. ized labs. Students use these labs to design and develop cross- Requirements for the degree must be completed within platform applications. From the capture of media (sound, video, seven years of the date of the oldest course counted toward and print materials) to the production of Web sites and computer the student’s program. Bridge courses are excluded. based training, IT has ample resources on both platforms for editing and creating content as well as authoring multimedia for stand-alone computers and delivery via the Internet. Open labs provide students with access to computing resources Information Technology Department outside of scheduled lab time along with technology similar to what they will use after graduation. Many of our students not only use Jim Leone, Chairperson the labs, but also work as lab assistants, adding a practical dimension to their experiences. The information technology (IT) department offers an MS degree In addition to general laboratory facilities for student support, in information technology, an MS degree in software development the IT department has developed specialized laboratories for its and management, and a program of study leading to an advanced concentrations in the areas of networking, system administration and certificate in interactive multimedia development. Graduate courses security, multimedia, human-computer interaction, programming are given at times of the day convenient to both part-time and full- and database implementation and administration. time graduate students—usually late afternoon and evening. Both The IT networking lab is designed to facilitate network MS degree programs will take at least five or six quarters to exploration. Each lab station consists of three PCs, a layer-3 switch, complete. The advanced certificate may be accomplished in one a router, and a hub. Each of the PCs runs “sniffer” software, mak- calendar year. ing each a network analyzer. Additional equipment can be brought The master of science in information technology enables gradu- to the station from the equipment cage as needed for labs, includ- ates to contribute to the emerging interdisciplinary field of ing cable testers, breakout boxes, additional hubs, crimping tools, information technology in a variety of capacities. Students will learn V.35 cables for serial routing, etc. In addition, each station is a systematic approach to the design of information technology solu- cabled to the lab infrastructure to allow each station to be its own tions to contemporary problems, including business and education. sub-network in the lab network, or to be directly connected to the All students develop a plan of study that focuses on specific areas of lab network, which provides many possible topologies. interest within the IT discipline. They could develop skills in needs The IT systems administration lab is designed to facilitate exper- analysis for information technology. They could design and develop imentation in network management and system administration. interactive, multimedia-based information applications. Students Each station contains four PC compatible computers. Normally, could develop a strategic and technical understanding of networks these are configured as a Windows Server, a Windows workstation, and communication systems. Alternately, students could apply and two Unix platforms. However, students can reconfigure these cognitive and organizational theories to the design of information machines as required and save their configurations using disk- technology applications and systems. imaging software on the lab image server. Images of the machines The master of science in software development and management can be quickly saved and restored to make this an extremely flexible provides students with state-of-the-art preparation for a broad spec- lab. There are lab-wide servers and a networking infrastructure to trum of software development-related IT careers. Graduates acquire enrich the computing environment. The main switch/router in this a solid base of technical and design skills along with insights into lab affords six sub-networks per station. Additional hardware and the importance of project management for software development. software is available from the equipment cage to allow students to This program is also offered in a distance delivery format. configure more complex topologies. The advanced certificate in interactive multimedia development The IT security lab is designed to facilitate student learning and provides an opportunity for students to gain firsthand knowledge experimentation in the expanding field of information security. and expertise in the art and science of interactive multimedia Each student station consists of four PCs capable of running any design. As interactive technologies advance, the content and form number of operating systems. This lab is totally isolated from the of projects change, but the theme of our work is the enhancement rest of the campus to allow for in-depth exploration of viruses, fire- of human communication in electronic environments. Students walls, and other security topics. Additional computer equipment explore related issues through a series of six core courses in interac- such as routers, switches, hubs, testers, etc., may be checked out tive multimedia development. of the networking equipment cage. Laboratory facilities The IT database labs are designed to facilitate experimentation with client/server database concepts. The lab consists of stations The computing facilities of the department of information with a Unix-based ORACLE server and Windows-based servers technology are driven solely by curricular needs. that can be configured to support a Web server or one of several Many of our courses are laboratory-based. In these courses, database packages or a client machine. Students begin by configur- students have scheduled laboratory time each week with an instruc- ing single-user one-tier environments and progress to multi-tier tor. The instructor provides a structured laboratory experience, networked configurations, where multiple clients interact with a reinforcing concepts covered in lecture. Some courses are taught in backed database through a Web server.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 49

Many IT programming and multimedia courses are taught in Master of Science in Software specially designed “studio labs” in which each student has a computer station. Lecture material and examples can be displayed on one or Development and Management more large screens at the front of the room. Courses are structured The software development and management degree program in alternating lecture and hands-on exercise sessions. In addition enables the matriculated student to study, develop, and become to the course instructor, a teaching assistant is available to answer proficient in the practices, methodologies and techniques at questions and provide help during class time. all levels in the software development process. The program is The IT Entertainment Technology Lab boasts a complement designed for students whose undergraduate majors were in a com- of high performance PC and Macintosh computers with an puting discipline. Students must have a background in software exceptional suite of software for 3D modeling, computer game and development before entering the program. virtual world development, and other interactive media projects. The underlying principle of this curriculum is that software Many workstations have dual monitors to provide developers with development is a manageable process—that the problems encoun- an unobstructed view of their content. Some computers are con- tered now and in the future will be amenable to solutions based figured to facilitate group work and team projects. The lab also on sound managerial methodology and reasoned application of has equipment for the acquisition of broadband digital media in technology. This program is designed for part-time study at a diverse formats. distance (on-line learning). The Streaming Media Lab houses the department’s video and audio studios. The digital video production studio has a “talk- Admission requirements show-style set” for streaming video productions and a blue screen Applicants should have a baccalaureate or equivalent degree from for Quicktime VR production. The lab’s audio studio is designed an accredited institution and a minimum cumulative grade point for both voiceover/narration work for groups of three or four average of 3.0 (B). Applicants must submit two professional performers to record music or do dialog work. The two studios are recommendations. linked by a digital control room that also houses the lab’s dedicated Applicants from foreign universities must submit Graduate media servers and video routing equipment. Record Examination (GRE) scores. The GRE score is also Each of the IT department’s two usability testing labs consists recommended from those whose undergraduate grade point average of two parts separated by a one-way mirror: a testing room and an is less than 3.0. Since this is a part-time program, visa forms can observation area. Each testing room has state-of-the-art networked not be issued by RIT. PC and Macintosh computers with a selection of input devices such Applicants whose native language is other than English must take as touch screens, joysticks, haptic mice, track balls, etc. The testing the TOEFL examination; a score of at least 570 (paper-based) or room also has two security-style video cameras that can send video 230 (computer-based) is required. Applicants with a lower TOEFL to VCRs on the observer side, a high-quality desk microphone to score may be admitted conditionally and will take a prescribed record the user’s comments (and to act as an intercom), a microphone/ program in English along with a reduced program course load. headset for speech input, and one scan converter for feeding video from an active subject computer to a VCR. The observation side Prerequisites has a monitor for display of the user’s screen, headsets for the Students wishing to enter the master’s program must have at least observers, a PC for note taking, a microphone to the testing room, two years of employment experience in the software development and VHS and audio recorders. process and a solid background in object-oriented programming The IT computing facilities are connected to the gigabit RIT (Java). campus backbone with an OC3 connection to the Internet. If a student does not have the necessary Java programming back- Students have access to our facilities via Ethernet in their dorm ground, bridge courses are provided to allow students to meet these rooms or vial dial-up PPP connections from off-campus locations. prerequisites. Formal acceptance into the master’s program may be DSL and high speed cable modem access is available in the possible even though the applicant must complete bridge program surrounding community. Institutional facilities provide a location courses. for students to develop their own presence on the Web. The overall campus facilities have consistently been rated in the top twenty The bridge program universities by national surveys. Students whose undergraduate preparation or industrial experience The general and specialized IT laboratory facilities makes our does not satisfy the Java prerequisite can make up this deficiency environment one of the most up-to-date for undergraduate and through study, taking one or more of the following RIT courses, graduate exploration of Web site design, networking and software as prescribed by the graduate program coordinator. development in any university in the United States. All requirements for the degree must be completed within Java programming language seven years of the date of the oldest course counted toward the 4002-217 Programming for Information Technology I* student’s program. Bridge courses are excluded. 4002-218 Programming for Information Technology II* or 4002-318 Java for Programmers*(requires prior programming experience) or 4002-714 Java Programming (requires prior programming experience) * This course is not available through online learning. Please contact the graduate program coordinator for an appropriate substitution.

50 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

The bridge program courses are not part of the 48 credits Master of Science in required for the master’s degree. Grades for bridge courses are not included in a student’s graduate grade point average if taken before Information Technology matriculation; they are included if taken after matriculation. A bridge program can be designed in ways different from that The MS in information technology is a unique and flexible program described above. Other courses can be substituted, or courses at that allows the student to craft his or her own program of study other colleges can be applied. Contact the graduate program within the broad range of computing disciplines. Students build coordinator for approval. upon a core requirement in current themes in information technology. The specialty areas include Web site design and multimedia The curriculum development, game programming, application development, The graduate program of study consists of 48 quarter credit hours software project management, electronic commerce, learning and comprising the project management cluster, the software develop- performance technology, human-computer interaction, and ment cluster, the application development cluster, two professional networking. In addition, students have the option of choosing electives and the software development project. An optional courses from among the wide variety of fields offered within RIT, cooperative work experience is possible. such as computer animation, computer graphics design, telcommu- nications technology, and business. The degree, with the core The project management cluster consists of three courses: course and selected concentrations, is also available in the distance 4002-830 Project Management delivery format. 4002-831 Process Management 4002-820 Economics of Software Development Admission requirements The software development cluster consists of three courses: Applicants should have a baccalaureate or equivalent degree from 4002-710 Object Technologies an accredited institution and a minimum cumulative grade point 4002-720 Data Object Development average of 3.0 (B). Applicants must submit two professional 4002-725 Component Development recommendations. Applicants from foreign universities must submit Graduate The integration technology cluster consists of three courses: Record Examination (GRE) scores. These scores may be required 4002-819 Integration Technologies from those whose undergraduate grade point average is less than 3.0. 4002-821 Data Architecture & Management Applicants whose native language is other than English must take 4002-825 Systems Architecture the TOEFL examination; a score of at least 570 (paper-based) or Two professional electives 230 (computer-based) is required. Applicants with a lower TOEFL 4002-895 Software Development and Management Capstone score may be admitted conditionally and will take a prescribed program in English along with a reduced program course load. Note: The SD&M program is currently under review by the IT faculty for possible revision during the upcoming academic year. Prerequisites The new design will not change the intent of the degree. Contact It is expected that students wishing to enter the master’s program the IT graduate coordinator for more information. will have a background in fundamental information technology concepts including object-oriented programming, computer hard- Electives (8 credits) ware and software architecture, networking, and Web site design The electives may be chosen from information technology, and multimedia concepts. computer science, computer engineering, electrical engineering Students without the necessary background should complete the or business. Graduate courses from other departments also may be prerequisites before applying to the program. Courses are available appropriate with the approval of the graduate program coordinator. to satisfy the prerequisites. Bridge program Students whose undergraduate preparation or industrial experience does not satisfy the prerequisite can make up these deficiencies through study, taking one or more of the following RIT courses, as prescribed by the graduate program coordinator.

Object-Oriented Programming 4002-217 Programming for Information Technology I*, and 4002-218 Programming for Information Technology II* or 4002-318 Java for Programmers*(requires prior programming experience) or 4002-714 Java Programming (requires prior programming experience)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 51

Hardware Prerequisites: This concentration has four prerequisite courses: 4002-340 Computer Concepts and Software Systems 4002-340, Computer Concepts and Software Systems, (prerequi- or site to MS program); 4002-733, Fundamentals of Computer 4002-709 Fundamentals of Computer Hardware Communication (a prerequisite to the MS program), and 4002- 342 Internetworking Lab (undergraduate course), or 4002-746 Networking Telecommunications Network Protocols (for individuals with 4002-341 Data Communication and Computer Networks hands-on networking experience.) These must be taken before or any of the courses and is another prerequisite to the MS program. 4002-733 Fundamentals of Computer Communication The course 4002-402, OS Scripting, will count as an elective for your MS program or can be part of another concentration. Multimedia and Web site Design System Survivability 4002-320 Intro. Multimedia: Internet and Web* 4002-421 System Administration I (4002-402) 4 or 0501-707 Computer Crime 4 4004-741 Fundamentals of Web-Based Multimedia* * This course is not available through online learning. Please contact And one of the following: the Graduate Program Coordinator for an appropriate substitution. 4002-780 Computer System Security (4002-421 and 0501-707) 4 4002-877 Secure E-Commerce (4002-875) 4 The bridge program courses, other than 4002-714, Java Programming, are not part of the 48-quarter credit hours required Prerequisites: This concentration requires the 4002-342, for the master’s degree. Grades for bridge courses are not included Internetworking Lab, and 4002-402, OS Scripting, as prerequisites. in a student’s graduate grade point average if taken before If the maximum allowable number of IT undergraduate courses matriculation; they are included if taken after matriculation. (three at the 4xx or 5xx-level) has not been exceeded, 4002-402 A bridge program can be designed in ways different from that can be counted towards the MS/IT degree. described above. Other courses can be substituted, or courses at E-commerce courses require completion of the MS/IT prerequi- other colleges can be applied. Contact the graduate program site bridge and core course, 4002-718, or equivalent pre-approved coordinator for approval. background experience. Curriculum Web Site and Multimedia Development The master of science in information technology consists of 48 Study in Web site and multimedia development can be focused credit hours of graduate study. The curriculum consists of a core in several areas as described below. course with a choice of concentrations and electives. Interactive Multimedia Development Core course (available in distance format) Credits 4004-745 Foundations of Human-Computer Interaction 4 4002-718 Current Themes in Information Technology 4 4004-737 Web Site Design and Technology (4004-741) 4 4004-730 Interactive Media Implementation Concentrations (36 credits) (4004-741 and a two-course programming sequence) 4 Course numbers in parenthesis indicate required prerequisite courses. Prerequisite: 4004-741, a prerequisite course. This is the introductory/foundation concentration for this curricular area. It is Application Development (available in distance format) intended for students who do not have prior background in Web 4002-714 Java Programming (a two-course programming sequence site design and interactive media development but would like to in a language other than Java) 4 either do a three-course overview concentration or prepare for more 4002-710 Object Technologies (4002-714 or knowledge of Java) 4 in-depth study in this area in one of the other concentrations below. 4002-725 Component Development (4002-710) 4 Multimedia Application Development Prerequisite: This concentration requires at a minimum a 4004-746 Programming for Interactive Multimedia (4004-730) 4 two-course object-oriented programming sequence or equivalent 4004-729 Introduction to VRML (4004-737 and 4004-746) 4 pre-approved background/experience. If the student has solid 4004-738 Multi-User Media Spaces (4004-746) 4 experience in Java programming (equivalent to 4002-714), the following may be substituted with prior approval as the third course: Prerequisites: 4004-730 and 4004-737 from the introductory concentration above. 4002-819 Integration Technologies 4 Multimedia Authoring Networking 4004-742 Interactive Multimedia Development 4002-815 Intro. to Routing & Switching (4002-342) 4 (4004-741 and 4004-745) 4 4002-816 Intro. to Network Administration (4002-342 and 4002-402) 4 4004-728 Writing for Interactive Media (4004-742) 4 4002-822 Intro. to Network Programming 4004-535 Network-based Multimedia (4004-737) 4 (knowledge of programming and 4002-815) 4 Prerequisites: 4004-741, which is a prerequisite course, and 4004-745 and 4004-737, which are part of the introductory concentration above.

52 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Web Application Development Electronic Commerce Management (available in distance format) 4004-739 Programming for the World Wide Web 4002-871 Information Technology and Organizational Process 4 (4004-737 and a two-course programming sequence) 4002-872 Inter-Enterprise Computing 4 4004-751 Web-Database Integration (4004-739 and a database course) 4002-873 IT and Strategic Opportunity 4 4004-xxx an advanced elective in Web development Technical E-Commerce (available in distance format) Prerequisite: Completion of a two-course programming 4002-872 Inter-Enterprise Computing 4 sequence (program prerequisite), 4004-737, from the introductory 4002-875 E-Commerce Implementation (4004-741, 4002-720) 4 concentration above, an introductory or higher database course 4002-877 Secure E-Commerce (4002-875) 4 and any other prerequisites as appropriate for the chosen elective. XML Data Management Prerequisites: These concentrations require completion of all prerequisite and core courses or equivalent pre-approved 4002-770 Introduction to XML (4004-737 and 4004-739) 4 background experience. Students need a solid background in 4002-771 XML Programming (4002-770 and 4002-714) 4 programming, Web technology, data communications, and experi- 4002-772 XML Transformation and Presentation (4002-770) 4 ence in the issues relevant to the ﬁeld of information technology. Prerequisites: Completion of a two-course programming Concentrations offered by other RIT departments sequence or 4002-714, 4004-737 from the introductory concentra- Students are permitted to complete one concentration (up to a tion, and 4004-739. maximum of 12 graduate credits) from another department at RIT Game Programming with the permission of the graduate program coordinator. 4004-729 Introduction to VRML (4004-737 & 4004-746) 4 Concentrations in the following areas are available: 4002-734 2D Graphics Programming (4002-714 or 4004-746) 4 • Technology management (College of Business) 4002-735 3D Graphics Programming (4002-734) 4 • Information systems (College of Business) Prerequisites: Completion of a two-course programming • Telecommunications technology sequence or equivalent background/experience plus 4004-741, (ECT Engineering Technology Department) 4004-730, and 4004-737 or equivalent. • Computer integrated manufacturing (department of Human-Computer Interaction ( = distance format) manufacturing and mechanical engineering technology) * • Health systems administration (department of hospitality and 4004-745 Foundations of Human-Computer Interaction* 4 service management) And two of the following courses: • Animation (School of Film and Animation) 4004-748 Usability Engineering (4004-745 and 4004-730) 4 Contact the IT graduate coordinator for more information. 4002-749 Usability Testing (4004-748 and a Statistics course) 4 Special Topics 4004-755 Advanced Topics in HCI (4002-745)* 4 Students can use the special topics option to design a concen- 4002-765 User-Centered Design Methods (4004-745)* 4 tration with approval from the graduate program coordinator. 4002-892 CSCW and GroupWare (4004-745)* 4 Undergraduate information technology courses in systems Prerequisites: This concentration requires completion of the administration or database may be used as a concentration core course or equivalent pre-approved background/experience. with prior approval. Students also need a solid background in Web technology, includ- Electives (0 or 4 credits) ing 4004-730 or equivalent pre-approved background/experience. The electives may be chosen from information technology, Learning and Performance Technology computer science, computer engineering, electrical engineering or 4002-722 Fundamentals of Instructional Technology 4 business. Graduate courses from other departments also may be 4002-723 Interactive Courseware (4002-722) 4 appropriate with the approval of the graduate program coordinator. 4002-724 Performance Support Systems Design 4 Capstone experience (4 or 8 credits) Project Management (available in distance format) A master’s project or thesis is required to meet graduation require- 4002-830 Project Management 4 ments. The capstone experience should build upon the student’s 4002-831 Process Management 4 concentrations and electives. It is important that students plan 4002-820 Economics of Software Development 4 their course work toward completing the project or thesis in their intended area of interest. Each student will assemble a capstone Prerequisites: This concentration requires employment experience committee consisting of two faculty members (project) or experience in the software development process plus intermediate- three faculty members (thesis) who will evaluate the project or thesis. level programming skill. The faculty recommend that 4002-820 Students will register for 4 or 8 credits for their capstone be taken after the other two courses. experience depending on the scope of the work. Students who choose the 8-credit capstone will not take the elective. All requirements for the degree must be completed within seven years of the date of the oldest course counted toward the student’s program. Bridge courses are excluded.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 53

ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN GENERAL INFORMATION INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT

As interactive technologies advance, the content and form of Financial aid projects change—the theme becomes one of enhancing human Scholarships and graduate assistantships are available in each communication within electronic environments. This certificate department. Details can be obtained from the departmental gradu- provides an opportunity for students to gain first-hand knowledge ate program coordinator. and expertise in the art and science of interactive multimedia design. In this program, students explore the theories of Cooperative education interactive computing, fundamentals of interactive multimedia, Optional cooperative educational experience (co-op) is available for programming in an authoring language, multimedia design, those students who wish to participate in order to gain industrial and the impact of networked technologies in such areas as experience. Students register for course 4002-999, Graduate the Internet. Cooperative Education, for 0 credits and at no cost. The Office of Cooperative Education and Career Services will help students find Admission requirements a co-op position, but students may find positions on their own. Undergraduate degree applicants should have a baccalaureate or Normally, students should have completed at least two-thirds of equivalent degree from an accredited institution and a minimum the course work before finding a co-op position. cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (B). Two professional recommendations must be submitted. Information Applicants whose native language is other than English must take Additional information may be obtained by contacting each the TOEFL examination; a score of at least 570 (paper-based) or department’s graduate program coordinator at: 230 (computer-based) is required. Applicants with a lower TOEFL B. Thomas Golisano College of Computing score may be admitted conditionally and will take a prescribed and Information Sciences program in English along with a reduced program course load. Rochester Institute of Technology Since this is a part-time program, visa forms cannot be issued 102 Lomb Memorial Drive by RIT. Rochester, NY 14623-5608 Prerequisites 585-475-6179 With the advance of the multimedia field, knowledge of program- [email protected] ming has become necessary to complete all of the courses. Students must have programming skills equivalent to one undergraduate course. Bridge courses are available to complete this requirement. The curriculum Projects include the development of Web sites and interactive multimedia applications. The curriculum consists of six courses: Credits 4004-741 Fundamentals of Web-Based Multimedia 4 4004-730 Interactive Media Implementation 4 4004-737 Web Site Design & Technology 4 4004-742 Interactive Multimedia Development 4 4004-745 Foundations of Human-Computer Interaction 4 4004-xxx Multimedia Elective The curriculum can be completed in as few as three quarters. Students have at their disposal a variety of computer, video and digitizing equipment. State-of-the-art laboratory facilities are provided.

54 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Fereydoun Kazemian, BS, Queen Daniel Garrison, BS, Liberty Sylvia Perez-Hardy, BS, MBA, GRADUATE FACULTY Mary College; MS, Pittsburgh State University; MFA, Rochester Institute Cornell University— University; Ph.D., Kansas State of Technology—Assistant Professor Associate Professor Jorge L. Díaz-Herrera, BS, University—Associate Professor Gordon Goodman, BS, State Ronald Perry, B. Tech, MS, Venezuela; MS, Ph.D., University Mineseok Kwon, BS, MS, Seoul University of New York at Rochester Institute of Technology— of Lancaster, England—Dean National University, Korea— Binghamton; MS, Rochester Institute Facilities Coordinator; Professor Edith Lawson, BS, University of Assistant Professor of Technology—Professor Andrew Phelps, BFA, Bowling Green Wisconsin at Stevens Point; MS, Sidney Marshall, Ph.D., Dartmouth Anne Haake, BS, University of South University; MS, Rochester Institute Rochester Institute of Technology— College—Associate Professor Carolina; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology—Assistant Professor Associate Dean Stanislaw Radziszowski, MS, Ph.D., of Technology; Ph.D., University of Evelyn P. Rozanski, BS, State University of Warsaw—Professor South Carolina—Assistant Professor University of New York College at Department of Leonid Reznik, Ph.D., St. Petersburg Bruce H. Hartpence, BS, MS, Brockport; MS, Syracuse University; Polytechnic Institute—Professor Rochester Institute of Technology— Ph.D., State University of New York Computer Science Associate Professor at Buffalo—Professor Nan Schaller, BS, University of Walter A. Wolf, BA, Wesleyan North Carolina; MS, Union Tona Henderson, BS, Southwest Nirmala Shenoy, BE, ME, University University; MS, Rochester Institute College—Professor Missouri State University; MS, of Madras; Ph.D., University of of Technology; MA, Ph.D., Brandeis University of Missouri—Assistant Bremen—Associate Professor University—Department Chair; Axel Schreiner, MS, Northern Illinois Professor Jeffrey Sonstein, BA, MA, New Professor University; Ph.D., University of Illinois—Professor Lawrence Hill, BS, MS, College of California, San Peter G. Anderson, BS, Ph.D., Rochester Institute of Technology— Francisco—Assistant Professor Massachusetts Institute of Sean Strout, MS, Rochester Institute Assistant Professor William Stackpole, BS, Roberts Technology—Professor of Technology—Lecturer Edward Holden, BA, State Weslyan College; MS, Rochester Jessica Bayliss, BS, California State Ankur Teredesai, BS, MS, University University of New York College at Institute of Technology—Assistant University; MS, Ph.D., University of Baroda; Ph.D., State University Oswego; MBA, Rochester Institute Professor of Rochester—Assistant Professor of New York at Buffalo— Assistant of Technology—Assistant Professor Professor Ronald Stappenbeck, BA, MS, Hans-Peter Bischof, BS, MS, Catherine I. Irving, BA, BE, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— University of Vim; Ph.D., University Paul Tymann, BS, MS, Syracuse Dalhousie University— Associate Professor of Osnabrück—Assistant Professor; University—Associate Professor Assistant Professor William Stratton, BA, Ohio State; Graduate Program Chair Michael Van Wie, Ph.D., University Stephen Jacobs, BA, MA, New MA, Hunter College; MS, Ph.D., Zach Butler, BS, Alfred University; of Rochester, Assistant Professor School for Social Research— State University of New York at Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University— Assistant Professor Buffalo—Associate Professor Assistant Professor Department of Daryl Johnson, BS, St. John Fisher Luther Troell, BS, MA, Texas A&M Roxanne Canosa, Ph.D., Rochester Information College; MS, Rochester Institute of University; Ph.D., University of Institute of Technology—Assistant Technology—Associate Professor Texas-Austin—Associate Professor Professor Technology Jai Kang, MA, Kent State University; Ronald P. Vullo, BS, LeMoyne Warren Carithers, BS, MS, James Leone, BS, University of MS, Georgia Institute of Technology; College; Ph.D., University of University of Kansas— Cincinnati; MA, Ph.D., Johns Ph.D., State University of New York Buffalo—Assistant Professor Associate Professor Hopkins University—Department at Buffalo—Assistant Professor Elissa M. Weeden, BS, MS, Henry Etlinger, BS, University of Chairperson; Professor Daniel R. Kennedy, BS, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— Rochester; MS, Syracuse University— Kevin Bierre, BA, State University Rochester Institute of Technology— Assistant Professor Undergraduate Program Coordinator; of New York College at Geneseo; MS, Assistant Professor Timothy Wells, BS, Eastern Associate Professor Cornell University and Rochester Stephen Kurtz, BA, University of Washington State University; MBA, Roger S. Gaborski, BS, MS, State Institute of Technology—Assistant Miami; MS, Rochester Institute of California State, Bakersﬁeld— University of New York at Buffalo; Professor Technology—Professor Associate Professor Ph.D., University of Maryland— John A. Biles, BA, MS, University Jeffrey Lasky, BBA, University of Keith Whittington, BS, Rensselaer Professor; Director LAC of Kansas—Undergraduate Program New York; MBS, City University Polytechnic Institute; MS, Nova Joe Geigel, Ph.D., George Coordinator; Professor of New York; MS, University of Southeastern University — Washington University— Dianne P. Bills, BA, University of Minnesota—Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Rochester; MS, Rochester Institute Elizabeth Lane Lawley, AB, MLS, Michael A. Yacci, BS, Ithaca College; James Heliotis, BS, Cornell of Technology—Associate University of Michigan; Ph.D., MS, Rochester Institute of University; Ph.D., University of Department Chair; Graduate University of Alabama— Technology; Ph.D., Syracuse Rochester—Professor Program Coordinator; Associate Associate Professor University—Professor Edith Hemaspaandra, BS, MS, Professor Peter Lutz, Ph.D., State University Bo Yuan, BS, Shanghai Teachers’ Ph.D., University of Amsterdam— Charles B. Border, BA, Plattsburgh of New York at Buffalo—Professor University; Ph.D., State University Associate Professor State University; MBA, Ph.D., State Sharon P. Mason, BS, Ithaca College; of New York at Binghamton— Chris Homan, Ph.D., University University of New York at Buffalo— MS, Rochester Institute of Assistant Professor of Rochester—Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Technology—Assistant Professor Stephen Zilora, BS, University of Trudy Howles, B.Tech., MS, Deborah Coleman, BA, Empire Rayno Niemi, BS, MS, Ph.D., Rochester; MS, New Jersey Institute Rochester Institute of Technology— State College; MS, Rochester Institute Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute— of Technology—Assistant Professor Assistant Professor of Technology—Assistant Professor Professor Alan Kaminsky, MS, University Nancy Doubleday, BS, MS, Elouise Oyzon, BFA, MFA, of Michigan—Associate Professor Rochester Institute of Technology— Rochester Institute of Technology— Assistant Professor Assistant Professor

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 55

Information Technology 4002-725 Component Development A programming course focused on the use, design and implementation of reusable software 4002-710 Object Technologies components. Students create and test components based on current technology. Issues of This is a course in the principles and techniques of designing and implementing software reusable design, quality, component libraries, and interoperability are included. Design and objects. Current software environments are used to explore effective design methods and programming project is required. (4002-710) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 concepts. Topics include basic object design, class definition and syntax, object-oriented design, software quality and object evaluation. Software design and programming projects 4002-727 Digital Audio & Computer Music are required. (Completion of SD&M bridge or permission) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 Technologies and techniques for producing and manipulating digital audio and computer music are explored. Topics include digital representation of sound, synthesis techniques, dig- 4002-714 Java Programming ital audio recording and processing, MIDI and real-time performance issues, algorithmic An introduction to the Java programming language for experienced programmers. Topics composition, and application of digital audio to multimedia and Web production. Students include: basic language concepts (declaring and evaluation of data, statements, expressions, also are required to pursue a related research topic that could lead to a Masters project or control flow, and input/output), the development environment, the essentials of applet pro- thesis. (4002-730) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 gramming (URL, audio, image, test, animation), classes and objects, error handling, debugging, threads, and the client/server environment. Programming projects will be 4002-733 Fundamental of Computer Communication required. (Two-course object-oriented programming sequence not in Java) Class 4, Lab 0, An introduction to data communications and network technology using the OSI model as Credit 4 a framework. The concepts and mechanisms underlying data communications and networking are explained. Fundamental issues related to data communications hardware and Course Descriptions Course 4002-716 C++ Programming software are also explored. (4002-340) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 A workshop in the C++ programming language intended for students to gain programming experience. This course will focus on modern programming concepts such as reusability, data 4002-734 2D Graphics Programming abstraction, information hiding, exception handling and object-oriented design. Programming Use of an advanced graphics API to access hardware accelerated graphics. Discussion of projects will be required. (4002-710 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 scene graphs, optimizations, and integration with the API object structure. Advanced use of the API calls in production code, to construct environments capable of real-time perform- 4002-718 Current Themes in Information Technology ance. (4002-714 and 4004-746) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 This course provides entering graduate students in Information Technology with an overview of current theory and issues in the field. Topics covered would include social and cultural 4002-735 3D Graphics Programming impacts of technology virtuality digital communication, and online communities. Using read- Use of a graphics API to access hardware accelerated graphics. Discussion of the API scene ing from a variety of books and periodicals, students will be presented with views on graph, 3D optimizations, and integration between the 2D graphics mode and a 3D imme- information technology in a socioeconomic context. (MS-IT Bridge) Class 4, Lab 0, diate mode implementation. This course builds upon students’ previous work and extends Credit 4 it in the construction of a fully functional 3D Engine, with library construction for game development. (4002-734) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4002-720 Data Object Development Introduction to analysis and design of data representations and data object implementation. 4002-746 Telecom Network Protocols Current software environments are used to explore effective database design and implementa- Network topologies are discussed, with coverage of layers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Access control, tion concepts. Topics include conceptual modeling, methodologies, logical/physical database framing, network protocols (IP), transport protocols (TCP and UDP), session initiation design, data query and manipulation, and transaction design. Database design and imple- protocols (SIP), subnetting, port numbers, hubs, switches, routers, and other topics are cov- mentation project is required. (Completion of SD&M bridge) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 ered. Distance Learning. Credit 4

4002-722 Fundamentals of Instructional Technology 4002-752 Themes Software Development & Management The world of information technology offers the possibility of transforming the way that This course will present prominent and emerging views of technologies, approaches, and instruction is designed and delivered. However, few information technology professionals issues in application development to entering graduate students in the software development understand the methods and materials of instructional design. As a professional in informa- and management program. The range of topics will encompass a broad spectrum of the soft- tion technology, a student may be responsible for designing instruction—either in a business ware development lifecycle using readings from a variety of books and periodicals, or an educational context. This course enables the student to be able to plan, organize, and sys- independent research, and presentations by leading experts on application development. tematically develop instructional materials. The course uses an Instructional Systems Design Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 (ISD) model to analyze, design, deliver, and evaluate instruction. Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4002-760 Computer Virus & Malicious Software 4002-723 Interactive Courseware This course involves the study of malicious software (malware) including computer viruses, Computer software that teaches is referred to as courseware. This course was designed to worms, and Trojan horses. Topics include the various mechanisms used in the construction of help you make the transition from “general” Instructional Design (4002-722/510) into the malicious software; existing commercial anti-virus software; preventative and reactive means for actual application of these principles in a computer-based environment. Although the basic dealing with malicious software on workstations, servers, and in networks; training and educa- principles of instructional design hold true in all media environment, using these teaching tion of users; and reliable sources to monitor for alerts as well as the prevention of hoaxes. and learning principles is somewhat different when developing instruction that will be deliv- (Completion of bridge of MS in information technology) Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 ered by computer. This course teaches procedures that have already been successful in the design and development of courseware. (4002-722) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4002-765 User-Centered Design Methods This course will focus on the major user-centered design methodologies used in the devel- 4002-724 Performance Support Systems Design opment of applications and environments. Topics include: evolution of software design An electronic performance support system (EPSS) is a software technology, designed to give methods, emergence of user-centered design, and key concepts and attributes of contextual, each user what he or she needs when he or she needs it. It is designed to enable skilled per- scenario-based, and performance-centered design. Case studies will be used to illustrate the formance without training. An EPSS can be deﬁned functionally, by what it does. The job different design methods. Software design projects will be required. (4004-745 or by of an EPSS is to help a worker perform his or her job better. Typical components of an EPSS instructor approval) Credit 4, Lab 0, Class 4 encompass tutorials, drills, simulations, and hypertexts, but often include expert systems, help systems, and intelligent job aids. This course examines some of the relevant literature 4002-770 Introduction to XML supporting EPSS and provides students with the opportunity to design and develop several This course will focus on the development and use of the extensible markup language different components of a performance support system. (4002-722 and a two-course pro- (XML) to create structured data. Emphasis will be placed on the conceptual framework of gramming sequence) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 XML, key components and practices of XML design, XML standards and methods of creating structured data and metadata, research issues in XML development and use. (4004-737 and 4004-739) Studio 4, Credit 4

56 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

4002-771 XML Programming 4002-821 Data Architecture & Management Exchange of information between disparate programs is a significant problem in industry. This course will focus on data architectures, issues, and strategies for managing enterprise Students will learn how to leverage XML to achieve interoperability between programs. data as an organizational information asset. The fundamental meaning and management of Topics covered in this hands-on course include parsing and generating XML, and web serv- data is emphasized as an enabler to enterprise data integrity, enterprise data architecture, and ices. (4002-770 and 4002-714) Studio 4, Credit 4 satisfaction of enterprise business requirements. Topics include metadata management, business process integration, data and process governance, repository management, data quality, 4002-772 XML Transform & Presentation data architectures, and current technologies in information exchange. Data integration and This course will explore techniques and technologies for transforming XML documents using programming projects are required. (4002-710, 4002-720) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 XSLT and XSL-FO. The emphasis will be on transformation of XML data into human-read- able documents, such as HTML pages and PDF files. Topics covered will include XSLT 4002-822 Introduction to Network Programming syntax and processing, XPath, and XPointer. Students will implement projects to present Network Programming is a course in the writing of simple client/server programs, using the XML data using a variety of transformation tools and technologies. (4002-770) Studio 4, TCP/IP network protocol stack. It works through the establishment of simple connectionless Credit 4 communications, through connection-oriented communications, to multi-client connection oriented communications. The objective is to expose the workings of TCP/IP at the trans- 4002-780 Computer System Security port layer, and provide the student with experience in writing simple network applications. This course proposes to increase the understanding of the student in the areas of liability, (4002-216 or 4002-218, and 4002-815; co-requisitie: 4002-816 lab) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit exposure, opportunity, ability and function of various weaknesses and forms of attack and the 4 detection of defense of the same. The issues and facilities available to both the intruder and administrator will be examined and evaluated with appropriate laboratory exercises to illus- 4002-825 Systems Architectures Descriptions Course trate their effect. (4002-421, 0501-507; corequisite: 4002-580) Class 4, Lab 2, Credit 4 A programming course focused on the application of interoperability technologies. Students develop integrated systems based on software components, applications, databases, web 4002-787 Database Performance and Tuning sites, heterogeneous operating systems and networks. (4002-819) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 Students will explore the theory and application of performance monitoring and tuning techniques as they relate to database systems. Standard topics in DBMS performance will be 4002-830 Project Management explored including: physical and logical design issues, the hardware and software environment, This is a course in the methods and techniques of managing a software development proj- SQL statement execution, and front-end application issues. Techniques in performance mon- ect. Topics include defining project goals, work breakdown structure, defining tasks, project itoring and tuning will be investigated. (4002-484 and 4002-485) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 plans, estimation and scheduling techniques, work monitoring and measurements. (Two+ years of software development experience & SD&M bridge) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4002-810 Simulations & Learning A learning environment is an electronic environment in which students are provided 4002-831 Process Management resources from which to learn. These resources may include tutorials, but are generally far This is a course in the methods and techniques of managing a software development envi- more experimental in nature. A valuable component within a learning environment is an ronment. Topics include development organization structure, team management, staff instructional simulation, which provides an opportunity for learners to interact with a safe, development, project selection and prioritization, cost/benefit analysis, role of standards, and virtual world. Kolb’s experiential learning theory is a theoretical framework that can be used organization communication. (Two+ years of software development experience & SD&M for designing learning environments. This course provides theoretical background along bridge) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 with hands-on development. (4002-722 and 4002-216 or equivalent programming experience) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4002-841 Advanced Computer Forensics This course is intended to provide students with knowledge and understanding of computer 4002-815 Introduction to Routing & Switching forensics. This course will provide students with the theoretical foundation on techniques and This course is a laboratory-based course on the establishment of a data stream across the methods needed for the extraction of information from digital devices. Students will exam- Internet. The focus is on providing a TCP/IP data stream for higher-level services to oper- ine methods used to hide and subvert information on digital devices. This course will discuss ate over. It is primarily concerned with the network layer and below. Protocol suites other the necessary procedures for admissibility of the evidence. (4002-581 and Programming than TCP/IP may be studied. Students will learn how to connect together computers in a Skills in C++) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 network, and then how to connect the separate networks together to form an internetwork. Bridging and switching concepts are investigated (such as the resolution of bridging loops 4002-850 Network Planning & Control through the appropriate algorithms). Routed and routing protocols and algorithms are stud- This course will examine the issues related to planning new enterprise wide networks as well ied and implemented. (4002-342, corequisite: 4002-815 lab) Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 as implementing changes to existing networks. Students will learn to design a network based on identified needs and constraints. WAN technologies such as ATM and Frame Relay will 4002-816 Introduction to Network Administration be combined with LAN technologies in the design of an enterprise internetwork. (4002-745 An investigation of key network services. Topics include DHCP, DNS, LDAP, NetBIOS and and 4002-733) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 SNMP. As time allows, other related topics such as finger, ph, and who is will be explored. This course involves significant laboratory work. (4002-342 and 4002-402, co-requisitie: 4002-871 IT & Organization Process 4002-816 lab) Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 The topic of process reengineering has become an intriguing issue as it places Information Technology as a key enabler within organizations Information Technology offers new oppor- 4002-819 Integration Technologies tunities to integrate and improve the effectiveness of an organization’s processes; both This course is an in-depth study of the major interoperability technologies. Exercises are internal and customer facing. It also places a new value on information. This course will used to illustrate how modern integration technologies address the economic and technical explore the importance of information, the importance of sound digital processes to the issues related to the development of integrated systems. Programming projects are required. organization, and the design of a digital business. (MS/IT core or equivalent (Completion of the SD&M software technology cluster) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 background/experience) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4

4002-820 Econ of Software Development 4002-872 Interenterprise Computing This course is an analysis of the factors that determine software cost, quality, and time to Managers and technologists both need to be aware of the variety of new means of doing delivery. Topics include fundamentals of software development, identiﬁcation of cost driv- business. Information Technology has made it possible for multiple businesses to work to- ers, and analysis of productivity and quality data. Students use models to estimate software gether as an extended enterprise, sharing full access to vital information that enables them cost, delivery time, and operational reliability. (2+ years of software development experience to do business more effectively. This course presents an in-depth study of alternative ways and SD&M bridge) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 for organizations to conduct business electronically. Additionally, business can take advantage of current means of sharing information, via Internet and functioning as extended enterprises, and ways in which they are using Internet for commercial advantage. (MS/IT core or equivalent background/experience) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 57

4002-873 IT & Strategic Opportunities 4002-897 MS Thesis Using a variety of futuring techniques and exercises, this course prepares students to iden- Capstone experience for the master of science in information technology program. Student tify new strategic opportunities created by advances in information technology. The course must submit an accepted thesis proposal in order to enroll. (Permission of Graduate Studies looks at service organizations, manufacturing organizations, and also information organiza- Committee) Credit 0–8 tions as described by Drucker. The course attempts to predict trends in technology within these types of environments, by looking for parallels in history, by mapping trends, and by 4002-898 MS Project examining the characteristics of new technologies according to their innovative characteris- Capstone experience for the master of science in information technology. Student must sub- tics. (MS/IT core or equivalent background/experience) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 mit an accepted proposal in order to enroll. (Permission of the Graduate Studies Committee) Credit 0–8 4002-875 eCommerce Implementation This course focus will be on building and integrating the back-end components required to 4002-899 Independent Study build a scalable e-commerce site. The course will address the concepts, issues, and programming The student will work independently under the supervision of a faculty advisor on a topic skills specific to building components for enterprise-level e-commerce systems. Topics include not covered in other courses. search engines and inventory, ordering, and profile management systems. Programming projects required. (4004-741, 4002-720, 4002-872) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4002-999 Graduate Co-op Education An optional cooperative educational experience is available for those students who wish to 4002-877 Secure eCommerce participate in order to gain industrial experience. (Completion of bridge program and 5 core This course covers the concepts required to implement a secure e-commerce site. Topics courses) Credit 0 Course Descriptions Course include the assessment of security in a proposed or an existing site, the implications of decisions impacting security and the implementation considerations needed to establish a secure 4004-728 Writing for Interactive Media site. (4002-875) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 As more of our communications are delivered on interactive, non-linear platforms, the information should be developed in ways that take advantage of these technologies. This 4002-882 Enterprise Security course will focus on the creation of a variety of different hypermedia/multimedia documents This course is designed to provide students with the advanced concepts needed to establish designed, drafted and delivered in hard copy and/or digital form. (4004-742) Class 4, Lab network security strategies to ensure adequate protection for the corporate environment and 0, Credit 4 yet provide accessibility for the corporate community. (4002-815, 4002-816) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4004-729 Introduction to VRML This course will focus on basic and advanced concepts of 3D environment creation and 4002-883 Enterprise Networking implementation within the Virtual Reality Markup Language (VRML) specification imple- This course will provide students with the knowledge and understanding to apply modeling and mented on the World Wide Web. Students will work individually in groups to create VRML simulation techniques to predict throughput in large-scale enterprise networks. Theoretical con- environments on their own home pages and in a larger scale group environment. (4004-737 cepts of large-scale networks will be discussed and students will create software models based on and 4004-742) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 this theory. This course will provide students with the knowledge needed to apply available tools for modeling network functionality to determine the impact of network infrastructure modifi- 4004-730 Interactive Media Implementation cation, device reconfiguration, and the impact of new application rollout. Modeling/simulation Students will build on their understanding of basic media types to develop interactive user projects required. (4002-850) Credit 4, Lab 0, Class 4 interfaces to rich-media content, such as video, audio, graphics, and text. They will learn to control and synchronize multiple media assets in a variety of environments utilizing authoring 4002-890 Graduate Seminar in IT tools such as Macromedia Director. Students will design and implement applications that sup- This is the IT seminar course to allow for special one-time offerings of graduate topics or to port a high level of interactivity and develop strategies for delivering these programs via allow faculty to pilot new graduate offerings. Specific course details (such as the course top- CD-ROM and the World Wide Web. Programming will be required. (4004-741 or equiva- ics, format, resource needs, and credit hours) will be determined by the faculty member(s) lent, and 4002-231or 4002-218, or a two-course programming sequence) Class 4, Lab 0, who propose a given special-topics offering. Prerequisites: as appropriate for topic proposed Credit 4 (Corequisite: As appropriate for topic proposed) Credit 2–8 4004-737 Web Site Design & Technology 4002-892 CSCW and Groupware—Exploring the Role of IT in Assuming a basic knowledge of HTML coding and web page design, this class moves into Collaborative Environments large-scale site development, and an introduction to advanced web technologies. Building on This course will examine the role of Information Technology in collaborative work settings. the web page design concepts introduced in 4004-741, this course focuses on site design issues, An overview of relevant theory, technologies, and standards will provide the context for including scalability, maintenance, and integration of web technologies into the business or examining the integration and strategic use of e-mail distributed networking, the WWW, organizational context. Technologies introduced include cascading style sheets, dynamic conferencing and enhanced messaging. (4004-745) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 HTML, basic JavaScript, and streaming media. (4004-741) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4

4002-893 Seminar Thesis and Project Preparation 4004-738 Multi-User Media Spaces (MUMS) This course provides a structure, methodology and forum for the capstone experience pro- The course will focus on the development of interactive applications that use network con- posal development and committee selection. (Two-thirds of graduate course work—not nectivity to allow multiple users to interact with each other in real time and in a persistent including prerequisite courses) Class 2, Lab 0, Credit 2 virtual community. The course will integrate multiple technologies dealing with connectivity, database access, server-side logic and object oriented programming environments. Important 4002-895 Software Development & Management Capstone human-computer interaction issues will be raised around the design and processing of mes- A presentation demonstrating current awareness and understanding of trends impacting the sages and the traffic patterns generated by multi-user messaging. (4004-746 ) Class 4, Lab 0, software development and management field. Students prepare a portfolio summarizing Credit 4 their course work in the SD&M program and discuss the relationship of their course work to advances in software development technology and practice. (Enrollment in last quarter of 4004-739 Programming for WWW study) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 The World Wide Web is no longer just linked, static HTML documents. Web pages can be generated dynamically and can interact with a user to modify pages on-the-fly, validate user inputs and entertain. This course is an overview of several forms of programming that are used in the creation of interactive and dynamic web content. This course provides a practical overview of programming in the context of the World Wide Web. It will enable students to develop web pages and web sites that incorporate both client-side and server-side programming by installing and modifying existing scripts as well as writing new scripts. (4004-737 and a two-course programming sequence) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4

58 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

4004-741 Fundamentals of Web-Based Multimedia 4004-749 Usability Testing This class provides an introduction to web-based multimedia development and implemen- This project-based course will focus on the formal evaluation of user interfaces. Topics tation. Topics covered include uses of web-based multimedia in business and historical include: usability test goal setting, recruitment of appropriate users, design of test tasks, contexts, differences between web-based and stand-alone multimedia, basic HTML and design of the test environment, test plan development and implementation, analysis and web page design, digital image creation and manipulation, and the incorporation of audio, interpretation of the results, and documentation and presentation of results and recom- video, and animated components in web-based multimedia. Students will learn to use com- mendations. (4004-748 and Statistics) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 puter-mediated communication and Internet utilities in support of multimedia development. (Computer literacy) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4004-751 Web-Database Integration An introduction to technologies, techniques, and contexts for developing dynamic web sites 4004-742 Interactive Multimedia Development that are driven by back-end databases. Builds on concepts of web programming and multi- The development of interactive multimedia requires principles garnered from a variety of dis- user relational databases introduced in prerequisite classes. (4004-737, 4004-739 and ciplines. Through readings, critiques, exercises and discussions, students will explore what 4002-360 or 4002-720) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 makes an interactive multimedia application (or component of an application) successful and what types of applications are best suited to interactive multimedia. This course provides an 4004-755 Advanced Topics in Human Computer Interaction (HCI) introduction to the design of interactive multimedia drawing upon user interface design, task Human-computer interface (HCI) is an evolving field. This course is designed to study the analysis, analysis of audience characteristics, and usability testing as well as design and edit- current themes and advanced issues of HCI. Topics will vary depending upon current ing principles from animation and video production. Using the hardware and software tools research and developments in the field. (4004-745) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit learned in the Fundamentals course, students will implement and test designs as individual components and as integrated elements of interactive multimedia for interactive and instruc- Descriptions Course tional applications. (4004-741 and 4004-745) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 Computer Science 4005-700 Foundations of Computer Theory 4004-743 Interactive Multimedia Project Introduction to the classical and contemporary theory of computation covering regular, The project course is a capstone experience. Having achieved some proficiency with the context-free, and computable (recursive) languages with finite state machines, pushdown tools and concepts of interactive multimedia, students are expected to produce a significant automata, and Turing machines. Basic concepts of computability theory. (Algorithms and work that can be used as a portfolio piece. Examples of interactive multimedia are examined Data Structures; 1016-265) Class 4, Credit 4 and discussed. As CD-ROM is increasingly the medium of choice for distribution of interactive multimedia, design constraints for using read-only media are discussed. Techniques 4005-704 Complexity & Computability and principles for managing larger and more complex projects involving teams are exam- This course provides an introduction to complexity theory and computability theory. It ined. (4004-746) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 starts with an overview of basic complexity classes, with special focus on NP-theory. This is followed by a study of problems complete for NP and PSPACE, the Church-Turing thesis, 4004-745 Foundations of Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) and undecidability of a selection of classical problems. Some advanced topics in com- Human-computer interaction (HCI) is a field of study concerned with the design, evalua- putability, like degrees of unsolvability, the recursion theorem, or Godel’s incompleteness tion and implementation of interactive computing systems for effective human use and with theorem will be discussed. (4005-700) Class 4, Credit 4 the study of major phenomena surrounding them. This course surveys the foundation concepts and major issues of the HCI field including: cognitive psychology, human factors, 4005-705 Cryptography interaction styles, user analysis, task analysis, interaction design methods and techniques, The course is devoted to the review of basic cryptographic algorithms, their implementation and evaluation. The primary focus of this course will be on the users and their tasks. Class and usage. Classical encryption techniques and those of Rivest-Shamir-Adleman and EL 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 Gamal will be seen in depth, and an overview of several others will be presented. The course also presents authentication schemes and interactive proof protocols. Students will write a 4004-746 Programming for Interactive Multimedia term paper, either theoretical based on literature or reporting a student’s own implementa- The goal of this course is to advance the student’s programming skills for implementing mul- tion or experiments with a chosen cryptographic scheme. Depending on the size of the timedia. This course will include programming the computer to control graphics, text, audio group, some or all students will give a presentation to the class. (4003-263 or 4003-334; and video images as well as implement navigational strategies, indexing of information, 1016-265; set by instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 import and export of data. The course will look at both event-driven and time-driven models of interaction. Upon completion of the course, students will achieve an understanding of 4005-709 Topics in Computer Science Theory basic programming concepts such as control structures, variables and procedures as well as Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. design strategies such as defining requirements, top-down and bottom-up design using appli- Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered in the past include: cable software engineering principles and iterative design involving users. Learning will be arithmetic algorithms, data encryption, the Fast Frontier Transform, combinatorial opti- project-based and, whenever possible, directly related to ongoing projects. (4004-730) Class mization, logic. Programming projects may be required. (Set by instructor) Class, Credit 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 variable, 1–4

4004-747 Topics: Interactive Multimedia 4005-710 Programming Language Theory Interactive multimedia is a rapidly evolving field that is significantly influenced by changes An introduction to the basic concepts of programming language design. It begins with a sur- in theory, storage media, computing hardware, authoring/presentation software and com- vey of the issues that are involved in the design and implementation of languages. Specific munication capabilities such as local and wide-area networks. In this course, students will tools for the description of syntactic and semantic structure are introduced. The balance of be exposed to recent trends by hands-on development of interactive media projects. These the course is an analysis of programming language structure, using these descriptive tools to will include development of interactive multimedia for use on multiple platforms, develop- give precise form to the discussion. Programming assignments will be required. (1016-265, ing multimedia that can be accessed via the Internet, real-time interaction between users 4003-709) Class 4, Credit 4 using networked multimedia and development of interactive CD-ROM-based multimedia. (4004-746) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 4005-711 Compiler Construction The structure of language translators, lexical and syntactic analysis, storage allocation and 4004-748 Usability Engineering management, code generation, optimization, error recovery. Programming projects will be This team project oriented course stresses the importance of good software interfaces and the required. (4005-700, 710) Class 4, Credit 4 relationship of user interface design to human computer interaction. Topics include: the usability engineering lifecycle, effective system design and development, usability heuristics, testing, 4005-719 Topics in Programming Languages assessment methods, and international user interfaces. This course focuses on the design, test- Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. ing, and development of effective user interfaces. (4004-745 and 4004-730) Class 4, Lab 0, Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered in the past include: Credit 4 logic programming, data flow, functional or applicative, and object-oriented languages, programming language semantics, formal verification. Programming projects will be required. (Permission of the instructor, completion of the Bridge program) Class 1–4, Credit 1–4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 59

4005-720 Computer Architecture 4005-742 Ad-Hoc Networks Review of commercially available computer systems, including classical CPU and control This course explores server-less ad-hoc networks. Topics include authentication, confiden- unit design, register organization, primary memory organization and access, internal and tiality, routing, service discovery, middleware and key generation and key distribution. external bus structures, and virtual memory schemes. Alternatives to classical machine archi- Programming objects are required. (Data Communications I) tecture such as the stack machine and the associative processor, are defined and compared. Parallel processors and distributed systems are also presented, along with an analysis of their 4005-749 Topics in Data Communications performance relative to nonparallel machines. Programming projects are required. (4003- Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. 708, 4003-710, 4003-707, 4003-717) Class 4, Credit 4 Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered in the past include: network reliability, special-purpose protocols, error-correcting codes. Programming projects 4005-729 Topics in Computer Architecture will be required. (Permission of the instructor, completion of the Bridge program) Class, Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. 1–4, Credit 1–4 Students may resister for this course more than once. Programming projects will be required. (Permission of the instructor, completion of the Bridge program) Class 1–4, Credit 1–4 4005-750 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence An introduction to the field of artificial intelligence, including both theory and applications. 4005-730 Distributed Operating Systems I A programming language that allows effective symbolic manipulation (PROLOG) is used to An introduction to the study of the hardware and software issues affecting the design of a demonstrate the capabilities and limitations of the material presented in class. Topics include distributed operating system. This course begins with an overview of processor networks and search strategies and their implementation, logic, networks, frames and scripts, production, network protocols. It continues with a discussion of the issues that must be addressed in the symbolic manipulation and list processing, problem-solving methods, expert systems, natu- Course Descriptions Course design of a distributed operating system. The remainder of the course focuses on protocols ral language understanding, and selections from vision, robotics, planning and learning. and algorithms for handling process communication, synchronization, and coordination. Programming assignments are an integral part of the course. (4003-709) Class 4, Credit 4 (4003-709 and 4003-713) Class 4, Credit 4 4005-751 Knowledge Based Systems 4005-731 Distributed Operating Systems II An introduction to the issues and techniques of building knowledge based systems. Topics This course addresses the practical issues involved in the design of a distributed operating sys- will include a survey of existing expert system architectures and implementations, knowl- tem. The following topics are discussed: implementations of the process environment, edge representation techniques, expert system building tools, and knowledge acquisition. In processor scheduling, file systems, and the management of distributed memory. Examples of addition to examining existing expert systems, students will implement expert systems. specific implementations will be discussed. Other topics (e.g., security) may be covered, at the Programming projects will be required. (4005-750) Class 4, Credit 4 discretion of the instructor. A group or individual project, involving the design and implementation of one or more components of a distributed operating system, will be a major 4005-755 Neural Networks and Machine Learning component of this course. (4005-730) Class 4, Credit 4 Neural networks, systems with massively connected parallel primitive computing elements, are, metaphorically, computers structured after natural brains. Such systems promise much 4005-735 Parallel Computing I better performance than classical computers at pattern recognition and related areas. In this A study of the hardware and software issues in parallel computing. Topics include an intro- seminar, we will present several neural network models, introduce the current research activ- duction to the basic concepts, parallel architectures and network topologies, parallel ity, and develop some underlying mathematics. Students will have the opportunity to algorithms, parallel metrics, parallel languages, network topology, granularity, applications, develop and present models, both paper and software simulated, and to utilize canned sim- parallel programming design and debugging. Programming projects will be required. (4003- ulators. Students will be exposed to the current research literature. Programming projects 713) Class 4, Credit 4 will be required. Completion of Bridge; 4005-700) Class 4, Credit 4

4005-736 Parallel Computing II 4005-756 Genetic Algorithms A study of selected topics in parallel algorithm design through the analysis of algorithms Generic algorithms provide a powerful approach for searching large, ill-behaved problem used in various areas of application. The course will investigate the interplay between archi- spaces. In this course, we will study the theoretical foundations of genetic algorithms as well tecture and algorithmic structure and will discuss the effect that these issues have on the as their application to a variety of search and optimization problems. The course will cover complexity and efficiency of parallel algorithms. Programming projects are required. (4005- topics from the current research literature, and students will be expected to do a library 735) Class 4, Credit 4 research review and perform an experimental project. Programming projects will be required. (4005-700, 710) Class 4, Credit 4 4005-739 Topics in Operating Systems Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. 4005-757 Introduction to Computer Vision Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered in the past include: An introduction to the underlying concepts of computer vision and image understanding. Unix internals, concurrency methods, Petri Nets, parallel programming and algorithms, The course will consider fundamental topics, including image formation, edge detection, security, operating systems performance, software environments, communicating sequential texture analysis, color, segmentation, shape analysis, detection of objects in images and high- processes (“CSP”). Programming projects will be required. (Permission of the instructor, level image representation. Depending on the interest of the class, more advanced topics will completion of the Bridge program) Class, Credit 1–4 be covered, such as image database retrieval or robotic vision. Programming assignments are an integral part of the course. (Completion of Bridge) Class 4, Credit 4 4005-740 Data Communications & Networks I This course is an introduction to the concepts and principles of computer networks. 4005-759 Topics in Artificial Intelligence Students will design and implement projects using application protocols, and will study Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. transport, network, and data link protocols and algorithms. The course also includes an Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered in the past include: introduction to local area networks, data transmission fundamentals, and network security. logic programming, natural language processing, pattern recognition, specialized AI lan- Programming projects will be required. (Probability, 4003-707) Class 4, Credit 4 guages and programming paradigms, robotics. Programming projects will be required. (Permission of the instructor, completion of the Bridge program) Class 1–4, Credit 1–4 4005-741 Data Communications & Networks II This course continues the study of computer networks begun in 4005-740 Data 4005-761 Computer Graphics I Communications and Networks I, emphasizing design principals and theoretical aspects of A study of the hardware and software principles of computer graphics. Topics include an networks. Topics include the nature of communications media and signaling methods, ana- introduction to the basic concepts: 2-D transformations, viewing transformations, display file log and digital transmission, data link protocols, protocol proof techniques, routing, structure, geometric models, picture structure, interactive and non-interactive techniques, broadcasting, and multicasting, connection, disconnection and crash recovery protocols, raster graphics fundamentals, 3-D fundamentals, graphics packages and graphics systems. internetworking and security, network analysis and design using graph theory and queueing Students use and develop a graphic software system based on an accepted graphics standard. theory. (4005-740, 740) Class 4, Credit 4 Programming projects are required. (4003-707 or 4003-233) Class 4, Credit 4

60 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

4005-762 Computer Graphics II This course will investigate the theory of computer image synthesis. Seminal computer graphics will be used to describe the various components of the image synthesis pipeline and explain, just as in photography, how the path of lights in a virtual scene can be simulated and used to create photorealistic imagery. The course will emphasize the theory behind various rendering tools and libraries available for image synthesis. The student will put theory into practice via programming assignments and a capstone project. Topics will include light and color, three- dimensional scene speciﬁcation, camera models, surface materials and textures, rendering (local, ray tracing, radiosity), procedural shading and modeling, tone reproduction, and advanced rendering techniques. (4005-761 or 4002-735) Credit 4

4005-769 Topics in Computer Graphics This project-oriented course builds on topics developed in 4005-761, Computer Graphics I. Expanded topics include standard graphics software, animation techniques, 3-D modeling methods, hidden surface and line algorithms, shading, antialiasing, color models and design of the user interface. Students will be required to design and implement an interactive system for an application that incorporates several of the above areas. Programming projects will be required. (4005-761 or permission of the instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 Course Descriptions Course 4005-771 Database Systems Broad introduction to database management systems (DBMS) and the design, implementation, and applications of databases. Topics include an overview of DBMS architectures, concepts and implementations of the relational model, SQL, database design and modeling techniques, and issues such as recovery, concurrency, physical implementation concerns and performance and management aspects. Optimal topics include: alternative approaches to designing database systems (for example, object-oriented or extended relational systems), distributed databases, database machines, and database interfaces and languages. A programming project is required. (4003-334 or 4003-707) Class 4, Credit 4

4005-772 Database Systems Implementation An examination of the technical issues related to the implementation of shared access databases. Topics include concurrency control, transaction processing, reliability and recovery. Extensions to the distributed processing environment also are covered. Programming projects will be required. (4005-771) Class 4, Credit 4

4005-800 Theory of Computer Algorithm A study of techniques to design and analyze the complexity of algorithms. The course will make students aware of a large number of classical algorithms and their complexity and will introduce the area of NP-completeness. Programming projects will be required. (Algorithms and Data Structures and 1016-265 or 1016-265) Class 4, Credit 4

4005-890 MS Thesis Capstone of the Master’s Degree Program. Students must submit an acceptable thesis proposal in order to enroll. (Permission of the graduate studies committee; 4005-893) Credit 0–9

4005-891 MS Project Alternative capstone of the Master’s Degree Program. Student must submit an acceptable project proposal in order to enroll. (Permission of the graduate studies committee; 4005- 893) Credit variable 2–5

4005-893 MS Project/Thesis Seminar In this course the student will develop a Master’s Project or Thesis topic. It will be necessary for the student to make presentations in the class, form a committee and write a master’s proposal. This course must be completed prior to registering for 4005-891. (Complete 16 graduate hours with a minimum 3.0) Credit 2

4005-898 Independent Study Credit 1–4

4005-899 Seminar Current advances in computer science (set by instructor) Credit 4

4005-999 Graduate Co-op Education Six months of full-time, paid employment in the computing ﬁeld. See the CS graduate program coordinator or RIT’s Ofﬁce of Cooperative Education for further details. (Good standing, completion of Bridge and 16 graduate credits) Credit 0

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 61

The Kate Gleason College of Engineering offers comprehensive, innovative graduate programs in a range Programs of engineering disciplines. Programs Master of Science degrees in: include traditional master of science Programs degrees, master of engineering degrees, APPLIED STATISTICS p. 76 and a broad-based, cross-disciplinary Master of Fine Arts in Imaging Arts: Ph.D. degree in microsystems engineering. COMPUTER ENGINEERING p. 65 The College of Engineering, in conjunc- PHOTOGRAPHY tion with the College of Science, also ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING p. 65 Harvey J. Palmer, offers an interdisciplinary MS degree COMPUTER ANIMATION Dean in materials science and engineering. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING p. 67 The master of science degree is research FILM/VIDEO PRODUCTION based and leads to either employment in an industrial environment MANUFACTURING LEADERSHIP (MML) p. 79 or to further graduate study at the doctoral level. The master of Master of Fine Arts: engineering degree is primarily a terminal master’s program leading MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING p. 136 to industrial employment. An industrial internship, engineering (offered jointly with the College of Science) CERAMICS case study, or opportunity for substantial cross-disciplinary studies replaces the traditional thesis requirement. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING p. 69 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DESIGN Classes are ﬂexible, with day, late afternoon, and evening classes MICROELECTRONIC ENGINEERING p. 73 designed to meet the needs of both working professionals and FINE ARTS STUDIO (Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture) full-time students. PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT p. 77 Details of speciﬁc programs, including courses, research activities, GLASS thesis requirements and assistantships, follow. For information about Master of Engineering degrees in: the interdisciplinary master of science degree in materials science and GRAPHIC DESIGN engineering, offered jointly with the College of Science, see page 139. ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT p. 68 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING p. 68 MEDICAL ILLUSTRATION MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING p. 71 METALS MECHANICAL ENGINEERING p. 71 WOOD MICROELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING p. 72 MasterENGINEERING of Science for Teachers:

ARTSYSTEMS EDUCATION ENGINEERING p. 69

MasterAdvanced of CertiﬁcatesScience: available in: GRAPHICSTATISTICAL ARTS METHODS SYSTEMS FOR p. 76 PRODUCT AND PROCESS IMPROVEMENT GRAPHIC ARTS PUBLISHING STATISTICAL QUALITY p. 76 PRINTING TECHNOLOGY Doctor of Philosophy available in:

MICROSYSTEMSOnline learning option ENGINEERING available p. 80

Online learning option available

62 2003–20042004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Study options Nonmatriculated status Full-time study An applicant is permitted to take graduate courses as a nonmatriculated student if he or she has a bachelor’s degree from an approved The large variety of graduate programs in engineering allows undergraduate school and the necessary background for the specific students to matriculate on either a full-time or part-time basis. courses in which he or she wishes to enroll. The courses taken for A full-time student will generally take between 12 and 18 credits credit can usually be applied toward the master’s degree when the per quarter, depending also on their research or graduate project student is formally admitted to the graduate program at a later activity. date. However, the number of credits that will be transferred to the A full-time student in a master of engineering degree program degree program from courses taken at RIT as a nonmatriculated may choose to alternate academic quarters with his or her intern- student is normally limited to a maximum of 12 credits. ship. A full-time student can normally complete the degree require- An applicant who wishes to enroll in a graduate course as a ments in one calendar year. nonmatriculated student must obtain permission from the person Part-time study in charge of the graduate program in each department and the The College of Engineering encourages practicing engineers in appropriate faculty member. the greater Rochester industrial community to pursue a program of study leading to the master of science or master of engineering Graduate Record Examination degree without interrupting their work at their place of employ- The College of Engineering does not require graduate applicants ment. Consequently, many of the courses in the graduate to take the Graduate Record Examination for master’s degree pro- programs in engineering are normally scheduled in the late grams. The exam is required for admission into the Ph.D. degree afternoons or early evenings. program in microsystems engineering. Students employed full time in industry are limited to a maximum of two courses or 8 credits each quarter. A student who Plan of study wishes to register for more than 8 credits while employed in full- The programs are flexible and afford students an opportunity to time industry must obtain the permission of his or her adviser and plan a course of study suited to their own interests and directed the approval of the department head. toward their own objectives. Each graduate student should submit It is possible for a student to obtain the MS or ME degree in two a plan of study to the department office within the first year after academic years (or six academic quarters) by taking courses in late admission as a graduate student. To assure a coherent program and afternoons or early evenings only. one which reflects the student’s maturing capacities and aims, the Off-site graduate courses plan may be revised on request. To enable the practicing engineer to take graduate courses with Transfer credits the minimum amount of inconvenience, a number of courses A maximum of nine quarter credits in a 45 credit hour program or for RIT credit are offered in selected industrial locations at the 12 quarter credits in a 48 credit hour program can be transferred request of industry. from graduate courses taken outside the Institute. To be considered Admission requirements for transfer credit, the course must have been taken within a five- year period prior to the date of the student’s initial entry into a Any student who wishes to become a candidate for the master’s graduate program in engineering at RIT as a nonmatriculated degree must first be formally admitted to the appropriate graduate or regular student. Courses taken at another institution after the program. Formal admission to a graduate program gives student’s initial entry into a graduate engineering program at RIT matriculated status to a student. are also eligible for transfer credit. However, to ensure transferabil- An applicant is admitted as a graduate student if he or she has ity, prior approval should be obtained. The student should contact received a bachelor’s degree in engineering or a closely related field the individual department office about the procedure for obtaining from an approved undergraduate school, and if an examination transfer credits. of the required documents indicates the qualifications to undertake a graduate program. Faculty adviser Graduate applicants who do not fully satisfy all admission criteria A member of the graduate faculty is appointed as a faculty adviser (such as appropriate baccalaureate degree, grades and other creden- for each graduate student. The faculty adviser supervises the tials) may be considered for admission with the condition that they progress of the student towards the master’s degree. For the master will be required to take the appropriate bridge courses to make up of engineering student, a second adviser (for the internship) will their deficiencies. Such courses will not normally count toward the be assigned at the time that an internship proposal is submitted. graduate credits required for the master’s degree. This adviser will monitor and evaluate the student’s internship All applicants who are admitted prior to the conclusion of their experience (in cooperation with the student’s industrial supervisor) baccalaureate program are required to submit their final transcript and recommend to the department head the number of academic by the end of the first quarter of graduate work. credits to be awarded for the experience. Nonmatriculated students To be considered for admission it is necessary to file an should direct their questions to either the department head or the Application for Admission to Graduate Study accompanied by the chairperson of the department’s Graduate Committee. appropriate transcripts of previous undergraduate and graduate study, and two letters of recommendation.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 63

Grade requirements FOR INFORMATION The average of the grades for all courses taken at the Institute and credited toward the master’s degree must be at least a “B” (3.0). For specific questions on the individual department Transfer credits from other institutions and internship credits are programs contact: not included in the computation of the cumulative grade point average. The policy on probation and suspension is explained in the Computer Engineering 475-2987 (Savakis) section “Steps Toward Degree” in this bulletin. The student must Electrical Engineering 475-2165 (Bowman) pay careful attention to that policy. If a student fails any required Industrial and Systems Engineering 475-2598 (Mozrall) examination, the student’s adviser may recommend to the dean that Mechanical Engineering 475-5788 (Hensel) the student’s performance be reviewed and appropriate action taken. Microelectronic Engineering 475-6065 (Kurinec) Microsystems 475-2295 (Abushagur) Thesis Applied Statistics 475-6990 (Voelkel) For the MS student the thesis requirements vary among the differ- Product Development 475-7971 (Smith) ent departments. The requirements of an individual department Questions on course schedules and registration: are stated in the sections describing each department’s programs. Computer Engineering 475-5873 The thesis must comply with the following regulation: Electrical Engineering 475-2164 Three copies of the thesis must be submitted to the departmental Industrial and Systems Engineering 475-2598 office before the certification date of the quarter in question. These Mechanical Engineering 475-5788 copies are for transmittal to the Institute library, the departmental Microelectronic Engineering 475-6065 office and the student’s thesis adviser. For detailed instructions Microsystems Engineering 475-2145 about the organization of the thesis, the student should consult the Applied Statistics 475-2033 brochure “Thesis Format,” available at the departmental office. Product Development 475-7102 Internship For the ME student, an industrial internship of duration equiva- Computer Engineering Department lent of up to two academic quarters in a full-time engineering position is an integral part of the program. A minimum of four Andreas Savakis, Department Head and a maximum of 16 credits may be earned through the student’s internship experience. The internship is selected to The College of Engineering offers a master of science degree in reflect each student’s primary professional interest and is computer engineering intended to build upon a bachelor of science integrated with his or her curriculum. degree in computer engineering. It is expected to accommodate In a limited number of cases, where a regular internship is not recipients of BS degrees in electrical engineering or computer practical due to extraordinary circumstances, case studies may be science after some additional course work. The degree requires substituted for internship. Such a substitution has to have the prior 45 quarter credits starting at the four-course core curriculum. approval of the department head. The requirements also include an area of concentration, graduate electives subject to faculty adviser’s approval and nine quarter Maximum limit on time credits of master’s thesis. Both the area of concentration and the The required credits for the master’s degree must be completed thesis project must be approved by a student’s graduate committee within seven years after the student’s initial registration in graduate consisting of at least three faculty members, the majority of whom courses at the Institute as a regular or nonmatriculated student. are computer engineering faculty. This allows a student to pursue an area of specialization in the field of computer engineering by Courses of instruction completing a cohesive set of two courses apart from the background Information about the courses that will be offered in a particular core requirements. The chairperson of the student’s graduate com- quarter will be available from the department office prior to regis- mittee will normally serve as the student’s faculty adviser. The tration. The Institute reserves the right to withdraw any course for intent is to allow students reasonable creativity in articulating an which enrollment is insufficient, or to make any changes in the area of concentration. schedule of courses if necessary. Financial aid A limited number of teaching assistantships, research assistantships and tuition scholarships are available for graduate students. Detailed information is available from the appropriate department head.

64 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Focus Area Fall 20041 Winter 20042 Spring 20043 Communications 702 Random Signals & Noise 702 Random Signals & Noise 710 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 703 Matrix Methods in EE 703 Matrix Methods in EE 796 Multiuser Detection 729 Antenna Theory & Design 717 Microwave Circuit Design 794 Information Theory 753 Optimization Technique 763 Stochastic Estimation & Control

Control Systems 702 Random Signals & Noise 703 Matrix Methods in EE 764 Digital Control Systems 703 Matrix Methods in EE 753 Optimization Techniques 768 Adaptive Signal Processing 769 Fuzzy Logic & Applications 761 Modern Control Theory

Signal and Image Processing 702 Random Signals & Noise 703 Matrix Methods in EE 768 Adaptive Signal Processing 703 Matrix Methods in EE 753 Optimization Techniques 803 Digital Image Processing II 823 Digital Video Processing II

Integrated Electronics 703 Matrix Methods in EE 703 Matrix Methods in EE 713 Solid State Physics 711 Advanced Carrier Injection 712 Advanced. CMOS Devices 730 RF IC Design Transistors & IC Fabrication Tech. 741 Design for Testability 821 High-Performance Semiconductor 726 Mixed Signal IC Design 820 Modeling & Simulation of Digital Systems Devices Semiconductor Process & Devices

703 Matrix Methods in EE 703 Matrix Methods in EE 741 Design for Testability 810 Advanced Computer Arch. 732 Advanced Topics in 812 Advanced Topics in IC Physical Digital Systems Design Implementation 742 Advanced. Topics in MEMS Embedded Systems SW Design

702 Random Signals & Noise 703 Matrix Methods in EE 710 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 703 Matrix Methods in EE 712 Advanced CMOS Devices & 768 Adaptive Signal Processing 729 Antenna Theory & Design IC Fabrication Tech. 798 Microﬂuidic MEMS 789 Fundamentals of MEMS 717 Microwave Circuit Design 799 Nano- & Microengineering 794 Information Theory 732 Advanced Topics in Digital Systems Design

Please note that these course offerings are subject to adequate enrollment.

Master’s of Science in Electrical Engineering Department Computer Engineering Robert Bowman, Department Head Master’s degree in computer engineering core courses: 0306-730 VLSI Design Focus areas 0306-740 Analytical Topics for Computer Engineers (W) Within electrical engineering, a student can specialize in one of 0306-759 Principles of Digital Interfacing (F) ﬁve separate areas for the MS degree: control systems, communications, 0306-756 Multiple Processor Systems (S) digital systems, integrated electronics, and signal and image processing. The graduate curriculum will require the following courses The boundaries between some of the areas are not as sharp as above a BS degree in computer engineering: they were in the past, and students are urged to discuss the signiﬁ- 4 courses in core (16 quarter credits) cance of their choices with graduate advisers in the department. 2 courses in graduate electives (8 quarter credits) 3 courses in concentration (12 quarter credits) Master’s of Science in 9 credits in master’s thesis project Electrical Engineering 45 quarter credits total The area of concentration builds some expertise in preparation Admission requirements for conducting a successful graduate thesis project in an area within Admission into graduate studies leading to the MS degree in the discipline of computer engineering. The student may choose electrical engineering requires a BSEE degree from an accredited graduate electives subject to the approval of his or her faculty program. adviser. The total of all graduate courses transferred from other An applicant with a strong undergraduate record and a bachelor appropriate institutions of higher learning may not exceed nine of science degree in another branch of engineering (mechanical, quarter credits and the total of 600-level courses applicable to the chemical, industrial, etc.) also will be considered for admission. program will not exceed eight quarter credits. No graduate credit In this case, the student must complete a certain number of will be considered for courses below the 600 level. The usual RIT undergraduate courses in order to bridge over to electrical engineer- graduate school requirements will apply, such as a grade of B or bet- ing. Additional information is available from the department. ter for all transfer courses as well as the maintenance of a grade point average of 3.0 or better.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 65

Plan of study Transfer credits At the beginning of the program, every matriculated student must A maximum of nine credit hours can be earned from courses avail- arrange to prepare a plan of study in consultation with his or her able from other departments within RIT with the prior approval adviser. of the faculty/department adviser. For students transferring credits from other universities (limited to a maximum of nine hours), Policies the total number of credits transferred from all sources outside the The following general rules apply to all students: electrical engineering department cannot exceed nine. • All students seeking the MSEE degree must satisfactorily Under some extraordinary circumstances, a resident full-time complete the core course 0301-703, Matrix Methods in student may appeal the EE department and the Graduate Council Electrical Engineering. Students are expected to take the course for additional transfer credits. immediately after entering the program, since it is prerequisite Those electrical engineering students who have an interest in for many of the other graduate courses. computer science as a minor area are encouraged to pay special • Those students who have selected focus areas in control systems, attention to certain specific policies. The bridge courses 0602-701, communications, or signal and image processing must also take 702, 703, 704 and 705 will be treated as advanced undergraduate 0301-702, Random Signals and Noise. Students who want to courses; therefore, the total number of credit hours generated from develop minors in the above areas are also encouraged to take these cannot exceed eight. Also, electrical engineers with interest in Random Signals and Noise. computer science are encouraged to complete certain sequences of • Each student must take at least four courses from the EE depart- appropriate courses (within the limits of allowable transfer credits) ment in the chosen focus area. rather than take one or two courses at random. Please consult the • All course selections must be approved by one of the graduate department for more details. advisers. All courses must be at 700-level or above with one exception: a student is allowed to take a maximum of two Graduate student advising 600-level courses for full credit in the graduate program. All new students will be assigned a graduate adviser. The student • All students must satisfy a research component through one generates a plan of study in consultation with his or her faculty of the following activities: adviser. That faculty member will continue to be the student’s 1. Graduate thesis (9 credit hours) adviser until a research topic has been chosen. From that time, the The inclusion of a thesis (0301-890) as a formal part of thesis/paper adviser assumes the role of academic adviser as well. the MS degree program in electrical engineering is optional but strongly encouraged. Graduation requirements Thesis work is done under the supervision of a faculty The master of science degree in electrical engineering is awarded adviser and presented and defended before a thesis committee upon the successful completion of an approved graduate program when complete. consisting of a minimum of 45 credit hours. Under certain circum- 2. Graduate research paper (5 credit hours) stances, a student chooses or is required to complete more than the A student may choose to write a “graduate paper” in lieu minimum number of credits. RIT graduate school requirements of a thesis. The graduate paper is an extensive term paper on will apply, such as grade of B or better for all transfer courses as a topic of professional interest. The objective of the graduate well as the maintenance of a grade point average of 3.0 or better. paper is to enable the student to undertake an independent Schedule of graduate courses, 700- and 800-level courses and in-depth literature search and write a report summarizing the findings. A faculty member interested in the paper’s topic Fall Quarter will serve as the student’s supervisor and direct the scope and 0301-702 Random Signals and Noise depth of the paper as well as the format of the final written 0301-703 Matrix Methods in EE version. The student must first consult a faculty member about 0301-711 Advanced Carrier Injector Transistors a suitable topic for the paper and obtain consent. The course 0301-729 Antenna Theory and Design 0301-800, Graduate Paper, is used to register for the paper. 0301-769 Fuzzy Logic & Applications The student should plan to take at least five credit hours in 0301-789 Fundamentals of MEMS 0301-800. The student choosing this option also is required to 0301-794 Information Theory take a minimum of 10 courses for 40 credits. 0301-803 Digital Video Processing I • All graduate work must be completed within a seven-year period 0301-810 Advanced Computer Architecture starting from the first course applied toward the MSEE degree. 0301-821 High-Performance Semiconductor Devices Also, a student who is pursuing thesis/project options may be required to register for continuation of thesis/project credits if he or she is not enrolled for any credits in a given quarter. For complete details, please consult the continuation of thesis/project/dissertation policies.

66 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Winter Quarter Courses other than those listed in this bulletin are developed and 0301-702 Random Signal and Noise offered periodically by the department of electrical engineering. 0301-712 Advanced CMOS Devices and I.C. Fabrication Technology Information will be available from the department ofﬁce about a 0301-717 Microwave Circuit Design month before the beginning of each academic quarter. Course 0301-726 Mixed Signal I.C. Design offerings are subject to minimum enrollment requirements. 0301-732 Advanced Topics in Digital Systems Design 0301-742 Advanced Topics in Embedded Systems SW Design 0301-753 Optimization Techniques Industrial and Systems Engineering 0301-761 Modern Control Theory 0301-823 Digital Video Processing II Department

Spring Quarter Jacqueline Reynolds Mozrall, Department Head 0301-710 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory The ISE Department offers several different degree options to meet 0301-713 Solid State Physics the diverse interests of students seeking to continue their engineer- 0301-730 Advanced Analog IC Design ing education: 0301-741 Design for Testability • Master of Science in Industrial Engineering 0301-764 Digital Control System • Master of Engineering in Industrial Engineering 0301-768 Adaptive Signal Processing • Master of Engineering in Systems Engineering 0301-796 Multiuser Detection • Master of Engineering in Engineering Management 0301-798 Microﬂuidic MEMS 0301-799 Nano- and Microengineering There are also accelerated dual degree programs, which combine 0301-820 Modeling & Simulation of Semiconductor Devices the undergraduate degree (BSIE) with each masters degree program listed above (e.g., BS/MS, BS/MEIE, BS/MESE, BS/MEEM). Summer Quarter There is also an accelerated dual degree offered jointly with business A selected number of 700-level courses and 600-level courses (BS/MBA). These programs have different credit hour/degree will be available during the summer quarter. Consult the requirements that are described in detail in the department web department for details. page (www.rit.edu/ise). The student, in conjunction with his or her advisor, formulates a program of study based on the individual’s 600-level courses academic background, professional goals, and degree requirements. Senior-level undergraduate professional electives. A maximum of two courses from the following list may be taken by a graduate Master of Science in student and counted toward the MS degree. Industrial Engineering 0301-605 Robotic Vision 0301-610 Analog Electronic Design The MS in Industrial Engineering allows graduate students to 0301-611 Semiconductor Devices II customize their graduate coursework while working closely with 0301-612 Semiconductor Devices III IE faculty in a contemporary, applied research area. Current IE 0301-615 State Space Control faculty research interests include, contemporary manufacturing 0301-621 Microwave Engineering processes/systems, ergonomic/biomechanical analysis, optimization, 0301-622 Antenna Design sustainable design/remanufacturing, systems engineering/product 0301-625 Modern Photonic Devices & Systems development, systems integration/information systems, and systems 0301-630 Biomedical Instrumentation simulation modeling. The MS degree will be awarded upon success- 0301-632 Fundamentals of Electrophysiology ful completion of a minimum of 45 credit hours that is equivalent 0301-633 Biomedical Signal Processing to 9 courses and a 9-credit hour thesis. 0301-646 Power Electronics 0301-647 Artiﬁcial Intelligence Systems Master of Engineering Degrees 0301-650 Design of Digital Systems The Master of Engineering (ME) degrees in Industrial 0301-651 Physical Implementation Engineering, Systems Engineering, and Engineering Management 0301-655 Microcomputer Software I allow graduate students to align their graduate coursework with 0301-656 Microcomputer Software II their professional goals. These programs provide applied, practical 0301-662 Neural Networks degrees that allow students to gain breadth across several different 0301-664 Embedded Microcontroller Systems areas or focus in one area. Close cooperation with other engineer- 0301-666 DSP Architecture ing departments and the College of Business assures the student 0301-674 Fiber Optics: Theory and Applications of a wide selection of courses and a unique opportunity to 0301-677 Digital Filters and Signal Processing build a program that supports their professional interests. The 0301-679 Analog Filter Design ME degrees will be awarded upon successful completion of a 0301-685 Principle of Robotics minimum of 48 quarter credit hours that is equivalent to 12 0301-686 Microelectromechanical Devices courses and an engineering capstone experience. 0301-692 Communication Networks 0301-693 Digital Data Communications 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 67

SCHEDULED COURSE OFFERINGS/ODD YEARS (e.g., 05/06, etc.)

Fall 20051 Winter 20052 Spring 20053 0303-625 Concepts in 0303-702 Integer & Nonlinear 0303-720 Production Control Manufacturing Eng. Programming 0303-750 Management of 0303-701 Linear Programming 0303-710 Systems Simulation Quality Systems 0303-727 Advanced Manufacturing 0303-726 Contemporary 0303-766 Manufacturing Systems Engineering Production Systems 0303-801 Design for Manufacture 0303-729 Advanced Systems 0303-731 Advanced Topics in Integration Ergonomics & Human 0303-760 Product/Process Factors Development & Design 0301-758 Design of Experiments 0303-790 Fundamentals of 0303-765 Databases for IS Sustainable Design 0303-784 Project Management

Master of Engineering in Master of Engineering in Industrial Engineering Engineering Management Master of Engineering in Industrial Engineering focuses on the This program uses a blend of ISE courses and courses from the design, improvement, and installation of integrated systems of College of Business to focus on the management of the engineering people, material, information, equipment and energy using special- and technological enterprise. It combines technological expertise ized knowledge and skills in the mathematical, physical, computer with managerial skills. Engineering Management is concerned with and social sciences together with the principles and methods of understanding the technology involved in an engineering project engineering analysis and design. The overarching goal of IE is the and the management process through which the technology is optimization of the system, regardless of whether the activity applied. The object is to provide a background in areas commonly engaged in is a manufacturing or a service-related industry, and needed in this role, such as organizational behavior, finance, and requires a variety of skills in the academic study areas of applied accounting, in addition to industrial engineering expertise. statistics/quality, ergonomics/human factors, operations research/simulation, manufacturing, and systems engineering. Facilities The ISE department is located in the James E. Gleason building, Master of Engineering in within the Kate Gleason College of Engineering. The department houses several state-of-the-art laboratories in support of research Systems Engineering programs, including the Brinkman Machine Tools and This program concentrates on the IE courses that cover the science Manufacturing Lab, the Human Performance Lab, the Advanced and technologies of decision making in a complex world in order to Systems Integration Lab, the Product and Process Development optimize the overall system rather than any one subsystem. Systems Lab, and a general Computer Lab. These labs are fully accessible Engineering is concerned with improving the decision making to all ISE students. process by utilizing statistics, simulation, optimization and There are ample computing facilities within these specialized computer science skills to enhance the design, control, operation labs as well as a dedicated computer PC lab. These labs offer and understanding of systems. This is a discipline that has shown an extensive library of software to support industrial engineering rapid growth in both its development and recognition as a distinct research and project work; including, conventional word processing, field of engineering. spreadsheet, and presentation applications (e.g., Office), database management (e.g., ACCESS, FoxPro), data acquisition (e.g., Lab View) statistical analysis (e.g., Minitab, SAS), facilities layout (e.g., AutoCAD, Factory Flow, Factory Plan), systems simulation applications (e.g., ProModel, Arena), and manufacturing software (e.g., MasterCam, material selection software). 68 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Fall 20051 Winter 20052 Spring 20053 0304-730 Design Project 0304-710 Fuel Cell Technology 0304-701 Research Methods Management 0304-871 Mathematics for 0304-865 Computer 0304-870 Mathematics for Engineers II Implementation FEM Engineers I 0304-885 Advanced 0304-816 Finite Elements 0304-758 Engineering Vibrations Mechanics of Solids 0304-743 Control Systems 0304-840 Signal Processing 0304-823 Systems Modeling 0304-830 Introduction to 0304-838 Ideal Flows 0304-851 Convective Phenomena CFD Analysis 0304-810 Introduction to 0304-834 Boiling & Condensation 0304-875 Advanced Aerodynamics Continuum Mechanics

Admission requirements Extensive computing facilities Admission into the graduate programs within industrial engineer- Facilities include a large network of workstations, personal comp- ing requires a BS degree in an engineering discipline and a 3.0/4.0 uters and laboratories equipped with Windows-based personal grade point average. Exceptions are made for the related fields of computers. Students have access to a vast array of software math and physics. Students with other backgrounds are packages, which include most programming languages and utilities, considered for admission only after completing significant under- various word processing software, analytical and statistical data graduate course work in the engineering sciences. All applicants analysis, graph generation and spreadsheet packages. Software should have a fundamental knowledge of computers and probabil- specifically used for mechanical engineering applications includes ity/statistics. ALGOR, ANSYS, and Mechanica (finite element analysis); Working Model (mechanical modeling and analysis); FLUENT, FLOW3D, PMARC and TODOR (fluid/ thermal analysis); MATLAB/ Simulink and LabVIEW (data acquisition and control Mechanical Engineering Department system analysis); OptdesX (optimization); DFMA by Boothroyd/ Dewhurst (designing for manufacturing assembly); ProEngineer Edward Hensel, Department Head and IDEAS (CAD/CAE software). The graduate faculty of the mechanical engineering department is dynamic and committed to professional growth. Some of the Master of Science in current research activities include finite elements, vibrations, Mechanical Engineering robotics, signal processing and system modeling, turbomachinery flows, laser-based flow measurement, applications of computational The master of science degree in mechanical engineering is awarded fluid dynamics, heat transfer, and computer-aided design and upon successful completion of an approved graduate program con- manufacturing. Research also is conducted in areas such as sisting of a minimum of 45 quarter credit hours. A minimum of vibration damping, micro-channel heat transfer and thermal 36 credits are to be earned in course work, while MS thesis work simulation of heat exchangers and electronic devices, non-linear carries a minimum of five credits and a maximum of nine credits. dynamics, and fracture mechanisms in materials. Also, there A maximum of nine quarter credits may be transferred from is interest in software design and development for engineering graduate courses taken outside the Institute provided such courses applications, experimental heat transfer, developing techniques will complement a student’s proposed graduate program in the for airfoil optimization, flow in time-varying boundaries, two- mechanical engineering department. phase heat transfer, heat and moisture transport in porous media, Upon matriculation into the MS program, the student should characterization of intermetallic materials, flow boiling and fluid formulate a plan of study in consultation with his or her adviser. mixing. The department houses several laboratories, which support vibration and modal analysis, robotics, industrial fluids applications, thermal analysis, biomedical systems analysis and materials science.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 69

Admission requirements 0304-834 Boiling & Condensation 1. A bachelor of science degree in engineering or science is required. 0304-835 Grid Generation 2. If an applicant has a BS degree, but not in mechanical engineering, 0304-838 Ideal Flows the graduate admissions adviser will recommend which under- 0304-840 Signal Processing graduate courses must be taken in order to acquire an acceptable 0304-842 System Identification background. At least a 3.0 grade point average in the recom- 0304-843 Advanced Control Systems mended undergraduate courses is required before admission is 0304-844 Nonlinear Dynamical Systems granted to the mechanical engineering graduate program. 0304-846 Modal Testing & Signal Processing 0304-847 Microscale Transport Phenomena Program requirements 0304-848 Special Topics in Thermo Fluid Systems The four elements of study within the program include core 0304-851 Convective Phenomena courses, courses required within an elected focus area, selected 0304-852 Advanced Turbomachinery elective courses and a Masters thesis. 0304-864 Production Tool Design 0304-865 Computer Implementation of Finite Elements Core courses 0304-872 Analytical Mechanics All graduate students in the MS program are required to complete: 0304-874 Numerical Analysis 0304-870 Mathematics for Engineers I 0304-875 Advanced Aerodynamics 0304-871 Mathematics for Engineers II 0304-885 Advanced Mechanics of Solids Focus area courses 1028-701 Introduction to Materials Science All graduate students in the MS program are required to select one 1028-705 Experimental Techniques of the following focus areas and complete the following specific 1028-710 Materials Properties & Selection courses within that area: 0307-712 Fundamentals of Statistics II 0307-770 Design of Experiments for Engineers Group A—Mechanics/Design Students deficient in computational techniques are strongly 0304-758 Engineering Vibrations advised to take 0304-874, Numerical Analysis, as an elective. 0304-816 Finite Elements Based on the student’s particular program needs, he or she may, 0304-885 Advanced Mechanics of Solids with department approval, elect to take up to 12 credits from other departments in the Institute. Graduate students are allowed to take Group B—Systems/Controls a maximum of two upper-level undergraduate (0304-6XX) electives 0304-743 Control Systems in mechanical engineering specified in the course description 0304-823 Systems Modeling section of the Undergraduate Bulletin. Some examples are: 0304-840 Signal Processing 0304-604 Design for Manufacture Group C—Thermo/Fluids 0304-610 Topics in Mechanical Engineering Design 0304-830 Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamic Analysis 0304-615 Robotics 0304-838 Ideal Flows 0304-618 Computer-Aided Design 0304-851 Convective Phenomena 0304-620 Introduction to Optimal Design 0304-624 Vehicle Dynamics Students may select courses outside their focus area for electives. 0304-626 Automotive Control Applications Elective courses 0304-635 Heat Transfer II 0304-701 Research Methods 0304-638 Design of Machine Systems 0304-710 Fuel Cell Technology 0304-640 Internal Combustion Engines 0304-730 Design Project Management 0304-642 Air Pollution Dispersion Modeling 0304-743 Control Systems 0304-644 Introduction to Composite Materials 0304-752 Fundamentals of Tribology 0304-652 Fluid Mechanics of Turbomachinery 0304-754 Fundamentals of Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics 0304-660 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 0304-756 Fundamentals of Aerosol Mechanics in Biological Syst. 0304-671 Aerostructures 0304-758 Engineering Vibrations 0304-672 Dynamics of Machinery 0304-801 Design for Manufacture 0304-675 Aerodynamics 0304-810 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics 0304-678 Propulsion 0304-811 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity 0304-682 Flight Dynamics 0304-816 Finite Elements 0304-694 Stress Analysis 0304-820 Advanced Optimal Design A student also may earn a limited number of credits by doing an 0304-821 Advanced Vibrations independent study with guidance from a member of the graduate 0304-823 Systems Modeling faculty. Some of the areas for independent study are selected topics 0304-828 Special Topics in Applied Mechanics in applied mathematics, energy methods in mechanics, analytical 0304-830 Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamic Analysis mechanics, nonlinear mechanics, fracture mechanics, heat transfer, 0304-831 Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) Applications fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, control systems, optimal control, 0304-833 Heat Exchanger Design thermal stresses, composite materials, biomechanics and viscoelasticity.

70 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Course calendar Master of Engineering in The core and focus area courses are offered every year, which Manufacturing Engineering enables a student to fulfill the core requirements in one academic year. The elective courses are generally given at least every other This program is offered jointly by the departments of mechanical year. For further information on current course offerings, the engineering and industrial and systems engineering. In this student should contact the office of the mechanical engineering program, the student is required to take one course each from four department, 475-5788 or 475-2163. different groups: computer-aided design, manufacturing systems, computer-aided manufacturing, and probability and statistics. In Thesis addition, the student is required to take a core course: 0304-801 Prior to completing 20 quarter credit hours of graduate work, the Design for Manufacture. The balance of the course work can be student should prepare a formal thesis proposal, and discuss it with completed by selecting appropriate courses from the course the faculty advisor. An acceptable proposal, signed by the student offerings in industrial and mechanical engineering. and approved by faculty advisor and department head, is required A student seeking admission to the master of engineering degree prior to registering for thesis credits. Requirements for the degree in manufacturing engineering is expected to have undergraduate must be complete within seven years of the date of the oldest course background in C++ programming, engineering materials, counted towards the MS program. A student is required to deliver manufacturing processes, and probability and statistics. a successful written and oral presentation of their thesis. Admission requirements Master of Engineering in The admission requirements, general standards and selection proce- Mechanical Engineering dures for admission to the engineering program are similar to those for the MS degree program. This is a post-baccalaureate internship program leading to the professional degree of master of engineering. The objective of the Assistantships and scholarships program is to provide the engineering BS graduate the means for Some assistantships and scholarships may be available for full-time earning a terminal master’s degree. The capstone experience for students. Appointment as a teaching assistant carries a 20-hour per the Master of Engineering degree may be a course design project, week commitment to a teaching function and usually permits a a well-organized and carefully chosen industrial internship, or an student to take graduate work for eight credits per quarter. independent study project, in place of the conventional thesis Appointment as a research assistant usually permits taking eight requirement of an MS degree. The Master of Engineering degree credits per quarter while the remaining time is devoted to the is particularly well-suited to part-time study, students interested research effort, which often serves as a thesis subject. Information in updating their technical skills, and those who are not focused on tuition scholarships may be obtained from the Office of on a research-oriented Master of Science Thesis. Part-time and Graduate Admissions, 475-2229. Core courses (12 credits) All graduate students in the M.Eng. program are required Microelectronic Engineering to complete: 0304-870 Mathematics for Engineers I Department 0304-823 Systems Modeling 0304-865 Computer Implementation of FEM Santosh Kurinec, Department Head The program, although rooted in engineering, will be The worldwide semiconductor industry is expected to double, significantly interdisciplinary. By design, a student’s program may growing from $150 billion to $300 billion over the next five range over several colleges of the Institute in assembling courses that years. The technology is advancing at an astounding pace that will best help him or her meet his or her professional objectives. requires a specially educated workforce. The Kate Gleason The credits for this program are distributed as follows: College of Engineering is proud to offer two master’s programs Core Courses 12 credits in microelectronic engineering. The master of engineering in Concentration Courses 16 credits microelectronics manufacturing engineering is a full-time Elective Courses 20 credits intensive classroom- and laboratory-oriented program culminating with an internship. The master of science in microelectronic At least 32 credit hours of graduate-level course work, including engineering is a research-oriented program that includes the the core (0304-870, 0304-823, and 0304-865), must be taken in master’s thesis. Both programs are intended to prepare students the mechanical engineering department. Some possible concentra- for careers in the semiconductor industry. tion areas are in business, controls, manufacturing, materials The integrated circuit technology makes use of many diverse science, thermo/fluids, and design engineering. A minimum of fields of science and engineering. The optical lithography tools, 48 credits are required for the master of engineering degree. which print microscopic patterns on wafers, represent one of the Students may complete the Master of Engineering degree as a most advanced applications of the principles of Fourier optics. course-only program of study, with a capstone design project in Plasma etching involves some of the most complex chemistries a graduate elective course. Students may choose to complete a 3 used in manufacturing today. Ion implantation draws upon month industrial internship worth 4 elective credits, or a project understanding from research in high-energy physics and ion solid with paper worth 4 elective credits as one of their elective courses. 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 71

interactions. Thin films on semiconductor surface exhibit complex Microelectronics mechanical and electrical behavior that stretches our understand- The Microelectronics I, II, III sequence covers major aspects of ing of basic materials properties. Computing skills are necessary to integrated circuit manufacturing technology such as oxidation, design, model, simulate and predict processes and device behavior, diffusion, ion implantation, chemical vapor deposition, metalization, extremely vital to manufacturing. Statistics is required to manipu- plasma etching, etc. These courses emphasize modeling and simula- late data and process control. Manufacturing concepts are tion techniques as well as hands-on laboratory verification of these extremely important in maintaining high yields and cost effective- processes. Students use special software tools for these processes. ness. One of the great challenges in integrated circuit manufactur- In the laboratory students design and fabricate silicon MOS and ing is the need to draw on scientific principles and engineering Bipolar integrated circuits. They learn how to utilize most of the developments from such an extraordinary wide range of semiconductor processing equipment and how to develop and disciplines not adequately provided by traditional engineering or create a process, manufacture and test their own integrated circuits. science programs. Scientists and engineers, who work in this field need broad understanding and the ability to seek out, integrate Microlithography and use ideas from many fields. These programs are tailored to The microlithography courses are advanced courses in the meet the demands of the semiconductor industry for a suitably chemistry, physics and processing involved in microlithography. educated workforce. Students in these programs have hands-on Optical lithography will be studied through diffraction, Fourier experience in the design and processing of integrated circuits— and image assessment techniques. Scalar diffraction models will the vital component in almost every advanced electronic product be utilized to simulate aerial image formation and influences of manufactured today. The undergraduate and graduate laboratories imaging parameters. Positive and negative resist systems, as well at RIT, designed for the microelectronic engineering programs, as processes for IC application, will be studied. Advanced topics are among the best in the nation. The microelectronics engineer- will include chemically amplified resists; multiple layer resist ing programs at RIT offer an unparalleled opportunity for systems; phase shift masks, and electron beam, x-ray and deep students to prepare for professional challenge and success in one UV lithography. of the leading areas of engineering of our time. Laboratory exercises include projection system design, resist materials characterization, process optimization, electron beam Master of Engineering in Microelectronics lithography and excimer laser lithography. Manufacturing Engineering Manufacturing The master of engineering in microelectronics manufacturing The manufacturing courses include topics such as scheduling, work- engineering program offered by the department of microelectronic in-progress tracking, costing, inventory control, capital budgeting, engineering at Rochester Institute of Technology provides a broad productivity measures and personnel management. Concepts of based education to students with a bachelor’s degree in traditional quality and statistical process control are introduced to the students. engineering or science disciplines interested in a career in the semi- The laboratory for this course is the student-run factory functioning conductor industry. in the department. Important issues that include measurement of The master of engineering degree is awarded upon successful yield, defect density, wafer mapping, control charts and other manu- completion of an approved graduate program consisting of a mini- facturing measurement tools are introduced to the students in the mum of 45 credit hours. The program consists of one transition lecture and laboratory. Computer integrated manufacturing is also course, seven core courses, two elective courses and a minimum studied in detail. Process modeling, simulation, direct control, com- of 5 credits of internship. Under certain circumstances, a student puter networking, database systems, linking application programs, may be required to complete more than the minimum number of facility monitoring, expert systems applications for diagnosis and credits. The transition course is in an area other than that in which training and robotics are all introduced and supported by laboratory the BS degree was earned. For example, a chemistry major may be experiences in the integrated circuit factory at RIT. An online required to take a two-course sequence in circuits and electronics. (distance delivery) version of this program exists for engineers The core courses are microelectronics (processing) I, II, and III; employed in the semiconductor industry. Please refer to the RIT microelectronics (manufacturing) I, II, and microlithography mate- Online Guide for details. rials and processes and microlithography systems. The two elective Master of Engineering schedule Credits courses are graduate-level courses in microelectronic related field. Elective courses may be selected from a list that includes courses Fall such as defect reduction and yield enhancement, semiconductor 0305-701, Microelectronics I, Lab 4 process and device modeling, and nanoscale CMOS. The program 0305-721, Microlithography Materials and Processes, Lab 4 requires an internship, which is at least three months of full time Transition 4 successful employment in the semiconductor industry. The internship can be completed in industry or at RIT. It will involve an Winter investigation or a study of a problem or process directly related 0305-702, Microelectronics II, Lab 4 to microelectronics manufacturing engineering. This is not a thesis 0305-731, Microelectronics but usually requires a report and an oral presentation at the end Manufacturing I, Lab 4 of the project. Transition 4 0305-xxx Elective 1 4

72 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Spring Fall 0305-703 Microelectronics III, Lab 4 0301-711 Physics of Bipolar Devices 4 0305-722, Microlithography Systems, Lab 4 0305-xxx Elective 2 4 0305-732, Microelectronics Manufacturing II, Lab 4 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 0305-xxx Elective 2 4 0305-889 Thesis 3

Summer Winter Internship 5 0301-704 Semiconductor Process and Device Modeling 4 0301-712 Physics & Scaling of CMOS 4 Master of Science in 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 Microelectronic Engineering 0305-899 Thesis 3 The objective of the master of science program is to provide an Spring opportunity for students to perform a master’s level research as 0301-713 Solid State Physics 4 they prepare for entry into the semiconductor industry or a Ph.D. 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 program. The program requires strong preparation in the area of 0305-899 Thesis 3 microelectronics, takes two years to complete and requires a thesis. 0305-xxx Elective 3 4 The prerequisites include a BS in engineering (such as electrical or microelectronic engineering), including one year of study of Sample MS schedule device physics and fabrication technology. Students from RIT’s (For RIT microelectronics engineering graduates) BS in microelectronic engineering will meet these prerequisites. Students who do not have all of the prerequisites can take these Fall Credits courses at RIT and still complete the master of science program 0301-711 Physics of Bipolar Devices 4 in two years. The prerequisite courses completed during the ﬁrst 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 few quarters at RIT will not count toward the 36 credits worth 0305-xxx Elective I 4 of graduate courses required for the MS degree. Full-Equivalency 3 The program consists of eight master’s level (700 level or higher) courses, including ﬁve core courses and three elective courses. In Winter addition, all graduate students in this program are required to take 0301-712 Physics & Scaling of CMOS 4 a variable-credit (1 or 0 credits) seminar/research course each quar- 0305-704 Semiconductor Process and Device Modeling 4 ter that they are at RIT. Up to 4 credits will be allowed to count 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 toward the required 36 hours. A nine-credit thesis will be required Full-time Equivalency 3 of all students in this program that includes dissertation submission and oral defense. The total number of credits needed for the master Spring of science in microelectronics manufacturing engineering is 45. 0301-713 Solid State Physics 4 0305-732 Microelectronics Manufacturing, Lab 4 Sample MS schedule 0305-xxx Elective 4 (For those who are not graduates of RIT's microelectronics 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 engineering program) Summer Credits Fall Research 0305-701 Transition Microelectronics I, Lab 4 0305-721 Transition Microlithography Materials and Processes, Lab 4 Fall 0305-560 Transition Device Physics 4 0305-xxx Elective 3 4 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 Full-time Equivalency 4 Winter 0305-889 Thesis 3 0305-702 Transition Microelectronics II, Lab 4 0305-731 Microelectronics Manufacturing, Lab 4 Winter 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 Full time Equivalency 3 0305-899 Thesis 3 Full-time Equivalency 8 Spring 0305-703 Transition Microelectronics III, Lab 4 Spring 0305-xxx Elective I 4 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 0305-732 Microelectronics Manufacturing, Lab 4 0305-899 Thesis 3 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 Full-time Equivalency 8 Summer Research 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 73

Core courses 0305-704 Semiconductor Process and Device Modeling The John D. Hromi Center for 0301-711 Physics of Bipolar Devices Quality and Applied Statistics 0301-712 Physics & Scaling of CMOS 0301-713 Solid State Physics Donald D. Baker, Director 0305-732 Microelectronics Manufacturing II, Lab Joseph G. Voelkel, Chair Elective courses Statistics is the science of making decisions in the face of uncertainty. 0305-707 Nanoscale CMOS Statistical thinking and methods are used over a broad spectrum of 0305-708 Non Classical Nanoelectronic Devices industrial, research, educational, business and government activities. 0305-722 Microlithography systems, Lab The Kate Gleason College of Engineering at RIT, through the John 0305-830 Defect Reduction and Yield Enhancement D. Hromi Center for Quality and Applied Statistics, offers a master 0305-870 Microelectromechanical Systems of science degree in applied statistics that provides state-of-the-art 0305-890 Special Topics statistical thinking and methods. The college also offers an advanced certificate in statistical quality for students whose primary interest Examples of recent graduate theses topics is in the field of quality. The Integration of Si-Based Resonant Interband Tunnel Diodes with CMOS The distinguished faculty members of the center include winners Process Development of a Novel Pseudo Two-Phase CCD Pixel of the American Society for Quality’s Shewhart Medal, Grant Concept, Design, Simulation, and Fabrication of an Ultra-Scalable Vertical Award, Brumbaugh Award and Shewell Award, and fellows of ASQ MOSFET and the American Statistical Association. Modeling and Fabrication of Optically Resonant Periodic Structures Electrical Characterization and Pulsed DC Sputtered Zirconium Oxide Masters of Science in Applied Statistics Admission requirements The MS degree program, which requires 45 credits (equivalent to Applicants must hold a baccalaureate degree in electrical, chemical 15 courses), is available to both part-time and full-time students. engineering, materials science and engineering, physics or the Those working toward their baccalaureate degree in certain RIT equivalent, from an accredited college or university in good departments are eligible to apply for a joint BS/MS program. academic standing. An undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 Cooperative education options are also available. The MS degree or better on a 4.0 scale or strong academic/supervisor endorsements is also available in a distance-learning format, which is especially are required. Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores are not manda- appealing to students who are unable to attend classes on campus. tory but may support the candidacy. Many of our students are full-time professionals who want to learn state-of-the-art statistical techniques to enhance their careers Plan of study and their value to their companies. Others want to change careers The student, in consultation with his or her advisor, formulates a and become statistical consultants for their companies. Those plan of study based on the student’s academic background, program who do not fit the full-time professional category typically use objectives, degree requirements and course offerings and submits the degree to gain employment either as statistical consultants or to the department office within the first year. If necessary, the plan quality engineers. of study may be requested for revision with the recommendation The MS program is primarily intended for those students who of the advisor. do not wish to pursue a degree beyond the MS. However, a number of our former students are either working on, or have attained, Assistantships and fellowships a Ph.D. at other universities. A limited number of assistantships and fellowships may be available for full-time students. Appointment as a teaching assistant carries a ADVANCE CERTIFICATES IN APPLIED STATISTICS 12-hour-per-week commitment to a teaching function and permits a student to take graduate work at the rate of 12 credits per quarter. Appointment as a research assistant also permits taking up to 12 Two advanced certificate programs, in statistical quality and in credits per quarter while the remaining time is devoted to the statistical methods for product and process improvement, are also research effort, which often serves as a thesis subject. Students in available. Each requires 18 credits (equivalent to six courses) and the MS program are eligible for research fellowships. Appointments is available to part-time students. In both programs, the courses provide full or partial tuition and stipend. Applicants for financial are a subset of the MS program courses and are offered both on aid should write directly to the department head for details. The campus and in the distance-learning format. The advanced certifi- John D. Hromi Center for cate in statistical quality is aimed primarily at quality managers and quality engineers, or those who aspire to such positions. The advanced certificate in statistical methods for product and process improve-ment is especially designed for engineers who want a good education in those statistical methods that are most closely related to their work, but who wish to finish a program in a shorter time period than the MS program.

74 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Full time or part time Admission requirements Full-time students (four courses per quarter) complete the MS Admission to the MS degree program will be granted to qualified degree in one year if they make normal progress. Students pursuing holders of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or the MS on a part-time basis (one or two courses per quarter) university who have an acceptable GPA and mathematics credits, typically complete the degree in two to four years. Part-time including acceptable grades in university-level calculus through students pursuing an advanced certificate typically complete the multiple integration, and acceptable probability and statistics requirements in four to six quarters of study. college credits, equivalent to 0307-711 and 712. Admission to the certificate program in statistical quality requires a baccalaureate BS/MS programs degree with the probability and statistics requirement but not calcu- The center has agreements with RIT’s departments of Mathematics lus; admission to the certificate program in statistical methods for and of Industrial and Systems Engineering that allow students to product and process improvement also requires a course in calculus. earn both BS and MS degrees in less time and with fewer courses Entrance exams are not required. However, international students than would be needed if both programs were pursued separately. whose native language is not English must have a TOEFL score of The undergraduate departments handle entry into these programs. at least 550 (or a computer-based TOEFL of at least 213). Courses are offered on an open-enrollment basis, which supports RIT’s Cooperative education commitment to recurrent education. Cooperative education allows qualified graduate students to attend school on a full-time basis during certain quarters and to earn a Transfer and interdisciplinary credits substantial salary during other quarters, typically as employees in Credit for courses of graduate stature from other universities in a corporation. To qualify for cooperative education, students must statistics, mathematics, computer programming, operations research complete at least one quarter of appropriate course work and and other quantitative fields related to statistics may be accepted receive department approval. Reverse cooperative education is also toward fulfillment of degree requirements at the discretion of the available, in which full-time employees get approval to study on a department with due regard to the candidate’s objectives. A full-time basis, typically by alternating quarters of work and study. maximum of nine graduate credits can be accepted toward the MS degree, while three credits may be accepted toward the certificate. Distance learning A course used toward fulfillment of another degree can be credited Since 1979, when the university offered its first distance-learning only if it corresponds to one of the core courses described below. course, RIT has been a leader in the use of electronic forms of Transfer credits for the certificate must be from a course covering communication for course interaction. Our distance-learning the same subject matter as the course being waived. courses have the same objectives, rigorous workload, tuition, and To ensure credit toward the degree, the candidate should write academic credit as our on-campus courses. Both the MS degree the department indicating courses for which he or she would like and the advanced certificate are available through distance learning. transfer credit. Prior approval of such courses is required. No distinction is made between taking courses on campus or through distance learning. In particular, programs earned partly Nonmatriculated students or entirely through distance learning are registered by the New It is not necessary to be formally admitted or matriculated into York State Education Department and are accredited by the Middle the MS program in order to register for course offerings. However, States Association of the Council for Higher Education. Every students who desire to enter the MS program will be allowed distance-learning course offered by the center meets RIT’s rigorous to apply only four courses taken prior to matriculation into the standards. Each course features either videotapes or CDs, program. This is done to encourage proper selection of courses professionally prepared for distance learners, not simply videos of and to allow for adequate administrative time for transcript review. recent lectures captured on tape. Courses also include weekly live Students who desire to enter an advanced certificate program will chat sessions or asynchronous discussion groups, using an electronic be allowed to apply only two courses taken prior to matriculation medium that allows students and instructor to interact. into the program. Because distance-learning courses are designed for the motivated professional who is not able to attend on-campus classes, we recom- Financial assistance mend enrollment to those over 25 years of age with at least three The department awards financial assistance on a competitive basis years of professional employment. to qualified applicants. Assistance in the MS program is offered in several forms, including scholarships and graduate assistantships. Awards are generally given to full-time students, with some exceptions for qualified part-time students. For information on other sources of financial assistance, applicants should review the appropriate section of this bulletin.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 75

ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN STATISTICAL QUALITY Master of Science in Applied Statistics Requirements Requirements 1. Seven core courses 1. Basic familiarity with statistical software 0307-742 Statistical Computing Students should have basic familiarity with MINITAB, or 0307-801 Design of Experiments I equivalent, statistical software. This may be obtained by self- 0307-802 Design of Experiments II study; by completion of Data Analysis Using MINITAB, 0307-821 Theory of Statistics I a three-day, non-credit course in data analysis and statistical 0307-822 Theory of Statistics II computing; through similar MINITAB short courses; or through 0307-841 Regression Analysis I 0307-742 Statistical Computing, which covers both SAS and 0307-842 Regression Analysis II MINITAB software. Students, in conjunction with their advisers’ recommendations, 2. Six courses should take the core courses early in the program. In any event, 0307-721 Statistical Process Control they must be taken within the ﬁrst 30 credit hours of the degree. 0307-731 Statistical Acceptance Control 0307-781 Quality Management 2. Each of the following four career options allow students 0307-782 Quality Engineering to specialize: 0307-801 Design of Experiments I Quality Engineering 0307-802 Design of Experiments II 0307-721 Statistical Process Control 3. Other requirements 0307-731 Statistical Acceptance Control The candidate must attain an overall average program grade of 3.0 0307-781 Quality Management (B) for graduation; see the department secretary for more details. 0307-782 Quality Engineering Industrial Statistics ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN STATISTICAL METHODS 0307-856 Interpretation of Data FOR PRODUCT AND PROCESS IMPROVEMENT 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I 0307-875 Empirical Modeling Requirements 0307-883 Quality Engineering by Design 1. Basic familiarity with statistical software Statistical Theory and Methods Students should have basic familiarity with MINITAB, or equiv- 0307-824 Probability Models alent, statistical software. This may be obtained by self-study; by 0307-830 Multivariate-Analysis Theory completion of Data Analysis Using MINITAB, a three-day, non- 0307-831 Multivariate-Analysis Applications credit course in data analysis and statistical computing; through 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I similar MINITAB short courses; or through 0307-742 Statistical Reliability Computing, which covers both SAS and MINITAB software. 2. Six courses 0307-762 Reliability Management 0307-824 Probability Models Three core courses: 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I 0307-801 Design of Experiments I 0307-863 Reliability Statistics II 0307-802 Design of Experiments II 0307-841 Regression Analysis I Advisers will help to identify the appropriate career option and to develop a total program structured to meet individual Three elective courses, selected from this list with the professional objectives. Alternatively, students may, with the help of an adviser: consent of their advisers, choose a set of specialized career-option 0307-803 Design of Experiments III courses other than those listed above. 0307-842 Regression Analysis II 3. Four electives, thesis option, or project option 0307-883 Quality Engineering by Design Four additional courses are chosen by students with the help of 0307-873 Time Series Analysis their advisor. These courses are usually department courses but 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I may include (along with the transfer credits explained previously) 0307-831 Multivariate Analysis Applications up to nine credits from other courses related to the program and 0307-782 Quality Engineering that are consistent with students’ professional objectives. The reliability course also requires calculus with integration Students, with the advisor’s approval, may choose to write a as a prerequisite. research thesis or research project instead of taking the full four electives. Most theses are for six credits, reducing the number of 3. Other requirements electives to two; projects are usually for three credits. The candidate must attain an overall average program grade of 3.0 (B) for graduation—see the department secretary for more details.

76 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

4. Other requirements The MS candidate must attain an overall average program grade Design Development of 3.0 (B), with no more than two grades of C, for graduation. and Manufacturing Department A minimum of 24 credits in 800-level courses is required in the degree program. An oral examination is required for students halfway through the program, to assess whether students have Master of Science in the proper depth of knowledge to process further in the program. The exam tests subject matter and verbal proficiency as well as Product Development the ability to perform as a statistician in a working environment. Mark W. Smith, Director Course work must be completed within seven years. Contact the department secretary for more details on these requirements. Christine Fisher, Coordinator 585-475-7971, [email protected], www.mpd.rit.edu Students are strongly encouraged to develop writing, speaking, presentation and computer skills as they progress through the program. Product innovation is essential to business survival and growth. The creation and introduction of new products and services has reached Procedure an unprecedented level of complexity, requiring the coordination To be considered for admission, prospective students must file an of diverse teams of professionals from R&D, marketing, finance, application, submit transcripts of all previous undergraduate and manufacturing, procurement, sales, and service. Companies, graduate work, obtain two letters of recommendation and pay an especially technology-based organizations, need leaders with an application fee. (RIT graduates do not have to pay this fee.) Forms enterprise-wide perspective and knowledge base in both engineering and instructions, including quarterly offerings and registration and management—individuals who possess a broad blend of tech- forms, may be obtained by writing to: nical and business skills, who understand markets and the value- chain, and who have the integrated systems perspective needed Director of Graduate Enrollment Services to commercialize increasingly complex products and systems. Rochester Institute of Technology Companies need innovative leaders who have the systems perspec- Bausch & Lomb Center tive necessary to commercialize products and services. The master 58 Lomb Memorial Drive of science in product development (MPD) program at RIT Rochester, NY 14623-5604 provides the educational foundation that technical professionals need for high-impact roles in product and technology innovation. Advising The master of science in product development program is for In consultation with a departmental adviser, each student engineers, scientists, and technical professionals who aspire to works out a total program structured to achieve individual product development leadership positions throughout their organi- professional objectives. Matriculated students will be assigned zations. Emphasis is placed on cross-functional, end-to-end product an adviser, with whom they are required to meet on a regular development and the integrated systems perspective needed to basis to review their progress toward meeting program conceive, create, launch, and support complex products. The two- requirements. Nonmatriculated students seeking advisement year program, beginning each December, has been designed in should contact the department secretary. an executive format where students continue to work at their companies while taking classes on Friday each week. Faculty Designed by academic and industry leaders at MIT and its Both full-time and adjunct faculty teach in the program. All Center for Innovation in Product Development, the MPD curricu- instructors have real-world experience in the subjects they teach, lum integrates business and technical elements to develop leaders evident in their approach to the subject matter. As part of their with the knowledge, skills, behaviors, and perspective to effectively contracts with RIT, many of the full-time faculty work outside deploy best-in-class product development methods, tools, and the MS program, through consulting and both public and contract- practices. The program integrates formal education, ongoing basis seminars. Many are also engaged in professional activities, research, and industrial practice, and continuously refreshes the present talks at professional society meetings, and publish research curriculum through active partnerships with other world-class or application papers. universities, research centers, and companies. (See Web site for more information.) More information Students acquire the foundation skills and strategic perspective More information, including course schedules and interim updates necessary to become future leaders and senior managers responsible to this information, is available from the center’s Web site, for driving business growth through product innovation. They www.rit.edu/eng/cqas. develop receptiveness to change and continuous improvement, an understanding of the enablers to business success, and an enhanced ability to recognize barriers to success early in the commercialization cycle when corrective actions are least costly.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 77

Format Capstone Project The two-year MPD program begins each December and continues Students complete a project (eight credits) during the final two for eight consecutive instructional quarters, including summers, quarters of the MPD program based on a real-world problem, until graduation. Students take two courses per quarter on Fridays. often identified in the companies where they work. The corporate- oriented capstone project encompasses the broad integrative aspects Business trips of new product development—it synthesizes, increases, and demon- Two business trips (including one international trip) are taken to strates the student’s understanding and knowledge of previous augment course work and broaden exposure to product development program material and underscores the behaviors essential to product around the world. The focus of these trips will vary, and students development leadership. The capstone project provides immediate may participate in selecting the venues consistent with program benefits to sponsoring organizations and is an excellent opportunity objectives. When feasible, trips will be scheduled in conjunction for students to gain visibility and recognition. See the MPD Web with partner universities who offer the product development site for descriptions of previous projects. program. See the MPD Web site for descriptions of prior trips. Sponsorship Curriculum Most students are sponsored by an employer who is committed The MPD program is a 60-credit program of 13 business and to improving leadership capabilities in product development. engineering courses (10 required courses and three electives) Sponsorship includes permitting students to attend classes and par- plus a capstone project. Students complete required courses in ticipate in business trips, and also involves a commitment to work a defined sequence with the other members of their graduating with their students to provide clear expectations and well articulated class (“cohort” model). career development plans that build upon the MPD program. Core Courses Candidates are welcome to sponsor themselves. Contact the MPD program office for information on financial aid. 0303-780 Foundations in Product Development 0303-786 Engineering of Systems I Admission requirements 0303-788 Engineering of Systems II Candidates should have the following credentials: an undergraduate 0303-784 Systems and Project Management degree in engineering or a related scientific or technical field with Foundation courses a minimum GPA of 3.0 and at least five years experience directly 0102-740 Organizational Behavior and Leadership related to product development. This experience must reflect 0105-761 Marketing Concepts continued growth and professional development. Exceptions may 0303-785 Engineering Risk-Benefit Analysis be considered on a case-by-case basis. (No graduate entrance exam 0303-764 Operations and Manufacturing Systems is required although candidates are welcome to support their appli- 0303-787 Systems Optimization cation with results from the GMAT or GRE). 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems All applicants must provide the following: • a completed application form; Elective courses • an official transcript for all undergraduate and Electives afford the opportunity for students to tailor the MPD graduate work completed; program to better meet personal and organizational needs. Three • at least one letter of recommendation from a current or elective courses (12 credits) are required. The program will offer recent supervisor; each cohort of students a series of graduate level electives from • a current résumé; and Engineering and Business during the normally scheduled class times • a personal interview with the MPD admissions team on Fridays. Students may select from a list of other courses (after other completed application materials are submitted). approved by the program, but at least one elective must be from All application materials are available from the MPD program business and another from engineering. Recommended electives office or from the MPD Web site. may include such offerings as Management of Technology, For further information about the MPD program: Managing Research and Innovation, New Venture Creation, Integrated Product and Process Design, Systems Dynamics, Rochester Institute of Technology Sustainable Design, advanced Topics in Product Development, Product Development Program and others. 111 Lomb Memorial Drive Rochester, NY 14623-5608 585-475-7971 585-475-7955 (fax) [email protected] www.mpd.rit.edu

78 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Master of Science in Manufacturing Format Leadership (MML) The MML program was designed to be completed in two academic years (excluding summers), where each new class is admitted in Mark W. Smith, Director the fall quarter and continues throughout the program as a cohort Christine Fisher, Coordinator group. Classes are held in the late afternoon and evening on two 585-475-7971, [email protected], www.mml.rit.edu days each week, to accommodate students’ work schedules. Prospective students also have the option to enroll at other times The master of science in manufacturing leadership was developed during the academic year or take a reduced course load, consistent jointly by the College of Business and the Kate Gleason College with time or financial restrictions. Candidates should follow the of Engineering to educate graduates to lead manufacturing teams normal admission process. Contact the program office for more and organizations for successful competition in a global economy. information. It is targeted at experienced professionals moving to mid- and Students may also take a reduced number of courses on a senior-level positions in manufacturing, operations, supply chain non-matriculated basis. Credits earned while enrolled as a non- management, and process improvement. The program is especially matriculated student may be applied to the MML degree program valuable for those who have responsibility for the development and following formal admission. leadership of business or technical processes. Many tools and techniques involved in “black belt” improvement training are integral Admission requirements to the program. The curriculum includes business and engineering Applicants should have the following credentials: a baccalaureate courses with a strong emphasis on integration. Unifying themes or equivalent degree from an accredited institution and a minimum include leadership and teaming, total quality, manufacturing engi- cumulative grade point average of 2.8 (B); at least two years experi- neering, process engineering, total cost, and operations strategy. ence in a manufacturing-related organization or related business The MML program is designed to accommodate part-time environment. students and is usually completed in two academic years, but Exceptions may be considered on a case-by-case basis. (No gradu- students may register during any quarter and take more time to ate entrance exam is required although candidates are welcome to complete the program if necessary. A capstone project, oriented to support their application with results from the GMAT or GRE). the solution of a manufacturing management problem or to a tech- Applicants must provide the following: nically related business process, enables students to apply new skills • A completed RIT graduate application and two and capabilities to the solution of a pressing real-world problem. professional recommendations; • A current résumé; and Curriculum • An interview with the MML admissions team The graduate program of study consists of 48 credits of engineering (after other application materials are received). and business courses and an integrative capstone project. The courses are: All application materials are available from the MML program office or Web site. 0102-740 Organizational Behavior and Leadership 0303-625 Concepts in Manufacturing Engineering Prerequisite knowledge 0303-784 Systems and Project Management Admitted students must possess knowledge and skills at the 0303-766 Manufacturing Systems introductory course level in: 0102-747 Managing Manufacturing Resources • Probability and statistics 0303-750 Management of Quality Systems • Engineering economy or basic finance 0101-794 Cost Accounting in the Manufacturing Environment • Basic properties of materials 0303-760 Product/Process Development Design • Manufacturing processes 0303-720 Production Control Areas that need strengthening can be addressed by guided 0303-762 Manufacturing Systems Modeling & Performance Analysis reading, formal course work, independent study, seminars, or other 0303-723 Facilities Planning suitable means. 0303-891 Capstone Integrative Project For further information about the MML program: Rochester Institute of Technology MML Program 111 Lomb Memorial Drive Rochester, NY 14623-5608 585-475-2287 or 585-475-7971 585-475-7955 (fax) [email protected]

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 79

Microsystems Engineering Program highlights • A program designed for students with excellent preparation Department in the physical sciences and engineering. • Multidisciplinary faculty sharing resources and expertise • Program administered by the Ph.D. Program in Microsystems Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering Committee, which includes Core Faculty members from Colleges of Engineering and Science Microsystems Engineering • A unique clean-room and research laboratories designed Dr. Mustafa A. G. Abushagur, Director for and dedicated to providing a world-class focus for microsystems engineering research across traditional disciplinary The integration of entire systems into micron scale devices boundaries. and the sensing technology to interface these devices to the real • Collaboration with industry and government laboratories. world is and will be core disciplines required for next generation • The Ph.D. in Microsystems Engineering is first of its kind technology. Within the past decade, microsystems (micro-optical, in the nation. micro-electrical, and micro-mechanical systems) have emerged as a critical technology worldwide. Simply stated, a microsystem is Curriculum an ensemble of integrated components, the functionality of which A total of 92 quarter credit hours of graduate course work are derives from micron-size (or smaller) elements that collectively required of which 36-quarter credit hours are in designated perform mechanical, electrical, optical, logical, and even biological microsystems core courses. An additional 24-quarter credit hours functions. Microsystems technology will integrate small computer (minimum) are expected in dissertation research. Students are chips with tiny sensors, probes, lasers, and actuators to allow the also required to complete three quarters of Seminar (1 credit per chip to sense, analyze, and communicate. This enabling technology semester) in their home departments. An overall B average must will add functionality and reduce cost in many product be maintained to stay in the Microsystem Engineering program. applications, particularly in the areas of telecommunications, In addition, all other requirements of graduate enrollment must imaging, electronics and biomedical diagnostics and treatment. be met to remain in good standing. In short, micro-scale devices and systems will be smaller, faster, cheaper, and more reliable than their macroscopic counterparts. Phase I Rochester Institute of Technology offers a unique educational This phase of the program prepares students with a solid founda- and research program that leads to a Ph.D. in Microsystems tion in science and engineering and prepares the student for Engineering. This multi-disciplinary program builds on the independent research. This phase includes course work and sitting strengths in microelectronic fabrications, photonic, imaging and for the Preliminary Examination. micro-power research programs at the institute. The program Course requirement is designed to be application oriented without sacrificing the scientific and engineering fundamentals. Students will be involved The student is expected to fulfill the course requirements by in cutting edge research and have access to a modern facility, taking courses in the following categories: the largest of its kind in any academic institution. 1. Four foundation courses 2. Five courses in major specialization areas Mission 3. Two courses in each minor concentration area (total 4 courses) The need within the international scientific and engineering Foundation courses communities for students trained in microsystems has prompted 1. Mathematical Methods Rochester Institute of Technology to combine resources and 2. Nano-Scale Physics & Chemistry create the Doctoral Program in Microsystems Engineering. This 3. Processing and Fabrication multidisciplinary degree provides the student with a fundamental 4. Systems Engineering background in sciences and engineering which should prepare Major specialization area the student for a successful career. The mission of the Ph.D. program in Microsystems Engineering • Covers courses in the area in which student the will specialize is to meet the critical need for expanded knowledge and expertise in his/her research in the design, fabrication, and real-life application of micron-, sub- • It should include micron-, and nanometer-scale devices, components and systems. – A sequence of three courses in the area of research The curriculum is structured to provide each student with a – A sequence of two courses in a support area sound background and a thorough foundation in engineering Minor concentration areas and science for the analysis, design, fabrication and testing of • Covers courses outside of the area in which the student will microsystems. The curriculum provides world-class education specialize in his/her research through the innovative application of educational technologies and • It should include partnerships. RIT seeks to become nationally and internationally – Two sequences of two courses each recognized as a leader in education, research and economic develop- – At least one of the sequences is chosen outside of the student’s ment in the field of microsystems engineering. department

80 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Preliminary Examination In order to complete this phase of the program and continue to specialize in a focus area, the student must pass the Preliminary Examination (only two attempts will be allowed). Goal of the Preliminary Examination • To determine the student’s ability to conduct independent research • To determine that the student has the proper background to pursue his/her research An Examination Committee presents three papers in different areas of concentration. The student chooses one paper and prepares a 30-minute oral presentation and written review for the committee. During the Preliminary Examination, students are expected to identify the author’s hypotheses and methodology, and the key areas of investigation and why they are important to the field. The student should also state the status of the field prior to the author’s work and present a critical appraisal of the work—its value and significance in advancing knowledge of the field. Finally, the student should propose valid research that would improve upon or extend the work described in the article. Papers are given to students the first week in June. Examinations are scheduled the third week of June and results are posted by the first of July. Ph.D. Advisory committee The student, along with his/her major advisor, should form an advisory committee with the following guidelines: • Four or more members • Members represent at least two concentration areas • Members should include faculty from two departments • A fifth external member from industry or a government research lab is highly encouraged Phase II This phase consists of course work in the Program of Study (which includes a Focus Area). Much of this course work will support the dissertation research conducted in Phase III. This phase will be completed when the student has finished most of the formal course work as prescribed in the Program of Study and by passing the Qualifying Examination. Phase III Phase III consists of all experimental and/or theoretical work needed to complete the student's dissertation. The student’s advisor will supervise these activities. The Final Examination will consist of a public, oral presentation and defense of the dissertation.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 81

Electrical Dorin Patru, BS, MS, Technical Matthew M. Marshall, BS, GRADUATE FACULTY University of Cluj-Napoca, Romania; Rochester Institute of Technology; Engineering Ph.D., Washington State University— Ph.D., University of Michigan— Harvey J. Palmer, BS, University of Mixed-Signal and Digital Integrated Assistant Professor, Biomechanics, Rochester; Ph.D., University of Department Circuits & Systems Ergonomics Washington—Dean; Professor Robert J. Bowman, BSEE, Daniel B. Phillips, BS, State Nabil Z. Nasr, BS, Helwan Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of New York College University, Egypt; MS, Rutgers Computer University of Utah—Department at Buffalo; MS, Ph.D., University University; M.Eng., Pennsylvania Engineering Head; Professor of Rochester—Assistant Professor State University; Ph.D., Rutgers Vincent J. Amuso Sr., BS, Sannasi Ramanan, BS, BE, University—Associate Professor, Department Western New England College; M.Tech., Ph.D., Indian Institute Brinkman Professor of Screw MS, Syracuse University; Ph.D., of Technology—Associate Professor, Machine Technology, Robotics, NC Andreas Savakis, BS, MS, Old Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute— Semiconductor Devices Programming, Manufacturing, Dominion University; Ph.D., North Remanufacturing Assistant Professor, Raghuveer Rao, BS, Mysore Carolina State University—Professor Communications/ University, India; ME, Indian Sudhakar R. Paidy, BS, Osmania and Department Head Signal Processing Institute of Science, Bangalore, India; University, India; MS, Ph.D., Kansas Juan C. Cockburn, BSME, David Borkholder, BS, Rochester Ph.D., University of Connecticut— State University—Professor, Statistics, Universidad Nacional de Ingernieria, Institute of Technology; MS, Ph.D. Image and Signal Processing CIM, Reliability, and Operations Peru; MSEE, Ph.D., University of Research, Information Systems Stanford University Ferat E. Sahin, BS, Istanbul Minnesota—Associate Professor Edward Brown, BS, University of Technical University, Turkey; MS, N. Richard Reeve, BS, MS, Ph.D., Roy Czernikowski, BEE, ME, Pennsylvania; MS, Ph.D., Vanderbilt Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic State University of New York at Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic University Institute—Assistant Professor Buffalo—Professor, Applied Institute—Professor Operations Research Sohail A. Dianat, BS, Aria-Mehr George Slack BS, Rochester Institute Kenneth Hsu, BS, National Taiwan University, Iran; MS, Ph.D., George of Technology; MS University of Paul H. Stiebitz, BS, ME, Rochester Normal University; MS, Ph.D., Washington University—Professor, Rochester—Adjunct Professor- Institute of Technology—Associate Marquette University; P.E.— Control Systems, Communications, Coordinator of Senior Projects; Professor, Simulation and Operations Professor Signal/Image Processing Color Digital Imaging; Controls, Research, Systems Engineering Fei Hu, BS, Shanghai Institute Christopher R. Hoople, BS, Union Diagnostics at Xerox Corporation Brian K. Thorn, BS, Rochester of Railway Technology, China; MS, College; Ph.D., Cornell University— Fung-I Tseng, BS, Taiwan Institute of Technology; MS, Ph.D., Shanghai Tiedao University, China; Visiting Assistant Professor University; MS, Chiao-Tung Georgia Institute of Technology— Ph.D., Clarkson University— University; Ph.D., Syracuse Associate Professor, Applied Statistics, Assistant Professor Mark Hopkins, BS, Southern Sustainable Design Illinois University; MS, Ph.D., University—Professor, Marcin Lukowiak, MSc, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute— Electromagnetics, Optics James B. Taylor, BS, MS, Ph.D., Poznan University, Poland— Associate Professor, Control Systems Jayanti Venkataraman, BS, MS, Purdue University – Associate Visiting Assistant Professor Professor, Manufacturing Syed Islam, BSEE, Bangladesh Bangalore University; Ph.D., Indian V. C. V. Pratapa Reddy, BE, University of Engineering & Institute of Science, Bangalore, Moises Sudit, BS, Georgia Institute M.Tech., Osmania University, India; Technology; MS, University of India—Professor, Electromagnetics of Technology; MS, Sanford Ph.D., Indian Institute of Saskatchewan; Ph.D., University University, Ph.D., Purdue Technology, Madras—Professor of Connecticut—Semiconductor Industrial University—Visiting Associate Professor, Operations Research Greg Semeraro, BS, Boston Device Modeling & Characterization and Systems University; MS, Rochester Institute Sergey Lyshevski, MSEE, Ph.D., of Technology; Ph.D., University Kiev Polytechnic Institute— Engineering Mechanical of Rochester—Assistant Professor Gleason Professor, Microsystems Department Engineering Muhammed E. Shaaban, BS, MS, Swaminathan Madhu, MA, University of Petroleum and University of Madras; MS, University Jacqueline Reynolds Mozrall, BS, Department Minerals, Saudi Arabia; Ph.D., of Tennessee; Ph.D., University Rochester Institute of Technology; Edward C. Hensel, BS, Clarkson University of Southern California— of Washington—Professor, MS, North Carolina State University; University; Ph.D., P.E., New Mexico Assistant Professor Signal Processing Ph.D., State University of New York State University—Department Head; Shanchieh Jay Yang, BS, National Athimoottil V. Mathew, BEE, at Buffalo—Department Head; Professor, Numerical Simulation Chio-Tung University, Taiwan, MS, Jadavpur University, India; M.Tech., Associate Professor, Industrial of Diffusion-based Systems, Ph.D., University of Texas at Indian Institute of Technology; Engineering, Human Factors, Multidisciplinary Design Austin—Assistant Professor Ergonomics Ph.D., Queen’s University Margaret Bailey, BS, Pennsylvania (Ontario)—Professor, Control Andres L. Carrano, BS, Universidad State University; Ph.D., University Systems, Robotic Vision Catolica Andres Bello, Venezuela; of Colorado at Boulder—Associate James Moon, BS ChemE, Carnegie MS, Ph.D., North Carolina State Professor Mellon University; MBA, University University—Assistant Professor, Manufacturing Stephen Boedo, BA, State University of Rochester; MS, Ph.D., University of New York at Buffalo; MS, Ph.D., of California at Berkeley—Associate Michael E. Kuhl, BS, Bradley Cornell University—Associate Professor University; MS, Ph.D., North Professor, Tribology and Lubrication P. R. Mukund, BS, MS, Ph.D., Carolina State University—Assistant Professor, Systems Simulation Richard G. Budynas, BME, Union University of Tennessee—Professor, College; MS, University of VLSI Design, Electronic Devices and Rochester; Ph.D., P.E., University Circuit Design of Massachusetts—Professor, Applied Mechanics, Vibrations

82 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Agamemnon L. Crassidis, BS, MS, Risa J. Robinson, BS, MS, Rochester Michael A. Jackson, BS, MS, Ph.D., Joseph G. Voelkel, BS, Rensselaer Ph.D., State University of New York Institute of Technology; Ph.D., State State University of New York at Polytechnic Institute; MS, at Buffalo—Assistant Professor, University of New York at Buffalo— Buffalo—Associate Professor, Surface Northwestern University; Ph.D., Nonlinear Dynamics and Controls Associate Professor, Aerosol Transport Analysis, IC Metrology, Materials, University of Wisconsin-Madison— Elizabeth A. DeBartolo, BS, Duke in Biological Systems CMP Associate Professor, Chair, University; MS, Ph.D., Purdue Frank Sciremammano Jr., BS, MS, Robert E. Pearson, BS, MS, Experimental Design, Process University—Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University of Rochester— Rochester Institute of Technology; Modeling and Improvement, Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics, Professor, Geophysical Fluid Ph.D., State University of New York Multivariate Analysis, Reliability, Materials Performance Dynamics and Environmental at Buffalo—Associate Professor, Nonparametrics Hany A. Ghoneim, BS, MS, Cairo Engineering Advanced Device and Process University, Egypt; Ph.D., Rutgers Josef S. Torok, BS, University Modeling, VLSI Design and Microsystems University—Professor, Finite of Akron; MS, Ph.D., Ohio State Parameter Extraction Engineering Elements, Vibrations University—Professor, Theoretical Sean L. Rommel, BS, Ph.D., Amitabha Ghosh, B.Tech., M.Tech., and Applied Mechanics, Applied University of Delaware—Assistant Department Mathematics, Dynamic Systems Professor,; Emerging Semiconductor Indian Institute of Technology, India; Mustafa A. G. Abushagur, BS, Ph.D., Mississippi State University— P. Venkataraman, B.Tech., Indian Devices, Photonic Devices, Integration Tripoli University; MS, Ph.D., Professor, Computational Fluid Institute of Technology; MS, Ph.D., California Institute of Technology— Dynamics, Aerodynamics Rice University—Associate Professor, Bruce W. Smith, BS, MS, Ph.D., Director, Microsystems Engineering Surendra K. Gupta, B.Tech., Indian Optimal Control, Fluid Mechanics, Rochester Institute of Technology— Ph.D. Program, Professor Institute of Technology, India; MS, Optimal Design Professor, Advanced Microlithography University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Benjamin Varela, BS, Institute of University of Rochester—Professor, Technology of Juarez, Mexico; MS, The John D. Hromi Materials Science, Computer Ph.D., New Mexico State University- Software, Image Processing Assistant Professor, Innovative Center for Quality Charles W. Haines, AB, Earlham Materials, Automation and Fluid and Applied College; MS, Ph.D., Rensselaer Power, Dynamics Polytechnic Institute—Professor, Wayne W. Walter, BE, State Statistics Applied Mathematics University of New York Maritime Donald D. Baker, BA, Trinity Satish G. Kandlikar, BE, College; MS, Clarkson College; College; M.Ed., MBA, Ph.D., Marathwada University, India; Ph.D., P.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic University of Rochester—Professor, M.Tech., Ph.D., Indian Institute Institute—James E. Gleason Director; Quality Standards, Quality of Technology—Professor, Thermal Professor, Applied Mechanics, Management and Problem Solving Robotics, Vibrations Systems and Energy Peter Bajorski, MS, University of Mark Kempski, BS, Purdue Wroclaw; Ph.D., Technical University University; MS, Ph.D., State Microelectronic of Wroclaw—Associate Professor, University of New York at Buffalo— Engineering Statistical Consulting, Nonparametric Professor, Biomechanics Methods, Categorical Data Analysis, Kevin Kochersberger, BS, MS, Department Visualization Methods, Exploratory Data Analysis Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute Santosh Kurinec, BS, MS, Ph.D., and State University—Associate University of Delhi, India— Anne M. Barker, BA, Nazareth Professor, Signal Processing, Structural Department Head; Professor, College; MS, Rochester Institute Dynamics, Design Electronic Materials and Devices, IC of Technology; Ph.D., University Jeffrey D. Kozak, BS, Gannon Processing, Quantum and Nanoscale of Rochester—Assistant Professor, University; MS, Ph.D., Virginia Devices Taguchi Methods, Design of Polytechnic and State University Experiments, Statistical Process Dale E. Ewbank, BS, MS, Rochester Control, Regression Analysis of Virginia—Assistant Professor, Institute of Technology—Visiting Aerodynamics and Turbomachinery Assistant Professor, Microlithography, Thomas B. Barker, BS, MS, Alan H. Nye, BS, MS, Design of Experiments, Materials, Rochester Institute of Technology— Clarkson College; Ph.D., University Scanning Probe Microscopy Associate Professor, Statistical Experimental Design, Taguchi of Rochester—Associate Department Lynn F. Fuller, BS, MS, Rochester Head; Professor, Solar Physics, Lasers Methods, Psychometric Scaling, Institute of Technology; Ph.D., State Regression Analysis Ali Ogut, B.Ch.E., Hacettepe University of New York at Buffalo— University, Turkey; MS, Ph.D., Professor, IC Design, Semiconductor Stephen M. LaLonde, BS, State University of Maryland—Professor, Manufacturing, MEMs and University of New York College Fluid Mixing, Thermal Fluid Sciences Microsystems at Potsdam; MS, Ph.D., Syracuse University—Assistant Professor Brett J. Pokines, BS, MS, State Karl D. Hirschman, BS, MS, University of New York at Buffalo; Rochester Institute of Technology; Daniel R. Lawrence, BA, BS, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute Ph.D., University of Rochester— University of Akron; MA, Ball State and State University—Assistant Director, Semiconductor and University; MS, Rochester Institute Professor, Microelectromechanical Microsystems Fabrication Laboratory; of Technology; Ph.D., University Systems Associate Professor, Semiconductor of Toronto—Associate Professor, Process Integration, Photonic Devices Multivariate Analysis (especially of categorical data), Qualitative Measurement, Psychometrics, Survey Design and Analysis

2004–20052003–2004 Graduate Bulletin 83

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of 0301-727 VLSI Design the course description. A course in the design of very large scale integrated circuits at the level of Mead and Conway’s VLSI Design. Topics include MOS devices and circuits, n-channel MOS process, data and control flow in systematic structures, implementing integrated system design, sys- Electrical Engineering tem timing and examples of LSI computer systems. (0301-724, 670 and a course in computer architecture) Credit 4 0301-702 Random Signals & Noise In this course the student is introduced to random variables and stochastic processes. Topics cov- 0301-729 Antenna Theory & Design ered are probability theory, conditional probability and Bayes theorem, discrete and continuous The primary objective is to study the fundamental principles of antenna theory applied to random variables, distribution and density functions, moments and characteristic functions, the analysis and design of antenna elements and arrays including synthesis techniques and functions of one and several random variables, Gaussian random variables and the central limit matching techniques. Topics include antenna parameters, linear antennas, array theory, wire theorem, estimation of a random variable, random processes, stationarity and ergodicity, auto antennas, microstrip antennas, self and mutual impedances, equivalence principle, Huygen’s correlation, cross-correlation and power spectrum density, response of linear prediction, Wiener principle, aperture antennas, traveling wave antennas, reflector antennas. (0301-703) Class filtering, elements of detection, matched filters. (Graduate standing) Credit 4 4, Credit 4

0301-703 Matrix Methods in Electrical Engineering 0301-730 Advanced Analog IC Design This course deals with the elements of discrete transforms and linear algebra. Topics include: An advanced course in analog integrated circuit design. Students will study bipolar and discrete-time signals and systems, the Z-transform and its application, solution of difference MOS realization of operational amplifiers, analog multipliers, A to D and D to A convert- Course Descriptions Course equations, concepts of stability, discrete Fourier analysis, DFT, FFT algorithms, topics in ers, switched capacitor filters and more. The students will participate in design projects linear algebra and matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, functions of matrices, matrix including circuit design, layout and SPICE simulation. (0301-726) Credit 4 transformations and operations, matrix poly-nominals and the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, state variables, relation between transfer functions and state variable representation of LTI 0301-732 Advanced Topics in Digital System Design systems, state transition matrix, and solution of state equations. Class 4, Credit 4 The purpose of this course is to introduce students to advanced topics in digital systems design not covered in depth in undergraduate classes or topics that are new to the design com- 0301-710 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory munity. Topics include: design of digital systems using Hardware Description Languages The primary objective is to provide the mathematical and physical fundamentals necessary (VHDL/Verilog), design of digital systems using asynchronous circuits, design of digital sys- for a systematic analysis of electromagnetic field problems. Topics include potential repre- tems using wave-pipelined circuits, clock distribution in large digital systems, design of digi- sentations, scalar and vector Green’s functions, Green’s theorem, reciprocity, duality, equiv- tal systems with threshold gates, multi-valued logic and design of DSP specific blocks. For alence principle, image theorem, and radiation from apertures, scattering, integral equation specific evaluation and grading policy, contact assigned instructor before registration. (0301- solutions, perturbation and numerical methods. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 240, 345, 347, 365, 545) Class 4, Credit 4

0301-711 Advanced Carrier Injector Transistors 0301-733 Robust Control An advanced level course in electronic transport in semiconductors and the operation of One of the most useful qualities of a properly designed feedback control system is robust- bipolar devices (pn junction diodes, bipolar junction transistors and semiconductor- ness, i.e., the ability of the closed-loop system to continue performing satisfactorily despite controlled rectifiers). Topics include electron drift, diffusion and carrier lattice interactions, large variations in the (open-loop plant dynamics. This course will provide an introduction energy band diagrams in non-uniformly doped semiconductors, continuity equations, to the analysis and design of robust feedback systems. Topics include overview of linear alge- impact ionization, tunneling, advanced static and dynamic analysis of diodes and bipolar ∞ bra and linear systems, H2 and h control, spaces, modeling and paradigms for robust con- transistors, design of bipolar devices. Topics also include Heterojunction physics and trol; internal stability; nominal performance (asymptotic tracking); balanced model reduc- Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors (HBT), including SiGe HBT. Class 4, Credit 4 ∞ ∞ tion; uncertainty and robustness; H2 optimal control; H control; H loop shaping; controller reduction; and design for robust stability and performance. Software: MATLAB: 0301-712 Advanced Field Effect Devices Robust Control Toolbox, and mu-Toolbox. (0301-703) Class 4, Credit 4 An advanced level course on MOSFETs and submicron MOS devices. Topics include MOS capacitors, gated diodes, long channel MOSFET, subthreshold conduction and offstate 0301-741 Design for Testability leakage, short channel effects, hot-carrier effects, ion-implanted channels, MOS scaling and This course deals with the design systems for testability and for maintainability. A survey of advanced MOS technologies. Class 4, Credit 4 criteria for testability is given. A discussion of fault simulation and test pattern generation is included. Random test pattern generators and associated data compression schemes such as 0301-713 Solid State Physics signature analysis are also described. Scanning techniques (both scan path and boundary An advanced level course on solid-state physics, with particular emphasis on semiconductor scan) are discussed. The tradeoffs between built-in testing capacity and additional silicon materials. Topics include: basic semi-conductor properties, elements of quantum mechan- structures are weighed. A small project, usually involving simulation, will be required. ics, general and time-independent formulation of wave mechanics, outcomes and predic- (0301-650) Credit 4 tions, energy band theory, statistical mechanics and equilibrium carrier statistics, excess car- riers in semiconductors, carrier transport. Class 4, Credit 4 0301-742 Advanced Topics in Embedded Systems SW Design An introduction to the theory and application of top-down design, structure, abstraction, 0301-717 Microwave Circuit Design segmentation, high-level languages, and operating systems to real-time programs for micro- The primary objective is to study the fundamentals of microwave engineering with empha- processors. Students will become proficient in a structured high-level language. Topics sis on microwave network analysis and circuit design. Topics include microwave transmis- include structure diagrams, separate module compilation, data types, data structures, self- sion lines such as waveguides, coax, microstrip and stripline, microwave circuit theory such documenting code, procedures, meaningful variable names, linkage with other languages, as S- matrix, ABCD matrices, and even odd mode analysis, analysis and design of passive object code libraries, operating system calls, multi-tasking concurrent and re-entrant pro- circuits and components, matching networks, microwave resonators and filters. (0301-703) grams, and symbolic debugging. (0301-655) Credit 4 Class 4, Credit 4 0301-749 Speech & Image Compression 0301-726 Mixed Signal IC Design Modern compression techniques used in efficient digital transmission and storage of speech This course covers basic analog functional blocks and mixed signal blocks, in CMOS tech- and image waveforms are dealt with. Topics include digital communication channels, sam- nology. Topics include: device models, current sources and active loads, precision reference, pling and reconstruction of one-dimensional and two-dimensional signals, coding concepts, operational amplifiers, comparators, sample and hold circuits and data converters design. bit rate, coder complexity, rate distortion and information-theoretic bounds, characteristics Course involves circuit design and layout projects. (Graduate standing). Class 4, Credit 4 of speech and image waveforms, quantization techniques, uniform non-uniform, logarith- mic, optimum (Max), entropy coding, adaptive, pulse code modulation (PCM) of audio and video waveforms, DPCM, ADPCM, and delta modulation, linear prediction, transform coding, optimum (Karhunen-Loeve) transform and its gain, sub-optimum transforms, DFT, DCT, DST, DHT, and DWHT, special coding schemes, run-length coding, block truncation coding, sub-band coding, vector quantization, comparative performance of various schemes. Computer assignments and demonstrations are involved. Credit 4

84 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0301-753 Optimization Techniques 0301-779 Digital Image Processing This course provides a rigorous introduction to the principles and applications of optimization This is an introductory course in digital image processing that begins with a study of two- techniques. Optimization has applications in almost every branch of science and engineering. dimensional signal processing and transform methods with applications to images. Image sam- The course aims to present those aspects of optimization methods that are currently of fore- pling is discussed followed by gray level description of images and methods of contrast manip- most importance in solving real world engineering problems. The topics covered include lin- ulation including linear/nonlinear transformation and histogram equalization and specification. ear optimization, Quadratic models, Descent methods and stability, Newton’s technique, Image smoothing methods are considered including spatial and frequency domain low pass fil- Conjugate direction methods, constrained optimization, Lagrange multipliers, Convexity, and tering, AD-HOC methods of noise removal and median filtering. Following this, methods of Duality. Nonlinear programming and integer programming as well as principles of non- image sharpening are studied including derivative methods and high pass filtering. Edge and smooth optimization are included. (0301-703) Class 4, Credit 4 line detection methods are discussed using masks and hough transforms, methods of image segmentation and degradation and image restoration, including deblurring. Several extensive com- 0301-761 Modern Control Theory puter and DSP lab assignments are required. (0301-702, 703 or permission of instructor) An advanced course in control theory, topics covered include review of state-space formula- Credit 4 tion of SISO systems, solution of state equations, STM and its properties, application of state-space concepts, state variable design, multivariate systems, preliminaries, systems of 0301-780 Independent Study lease order, stability and control. (0301-700, 701, 513) Credit 4 This course number should be used by students who plan to study a topic on an independent study basis. The student must obtain the permission of the appropriate faculty member 0301-763 Stochastic Estimation & Control before registering for the course. Credit 4 This course is concerned with the control of systems in the presence of uncertainties. Topics to be discussed: modeling of stochastic processes, estimation theory, least squares estimation, 0301-786 MEMS Devices Descriptions Course maximum-likelihood estimation, MAP estimation, optimum filtering and prediction, opti- Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) are widely used in aerospace, automotive, mum smoothing and interpolation, the Wiener-Hopf equation, solution to casual and non- biotechnology, instrumentation, robotics, manufacturing, and other applications. There is a casual cases, state estimation, Kalman filtering, discrete and continuous time filters, Riccati critical need to synthesize and design high performance MEMS that satisfy the requirements equation, optimum feedback control in presence of noise, LQC problem and applications. and specifications imposed. Integrated approaches must be applied to design and optimized (0301-702, 761) Credit 4 MEMS, which integrate microelectromechanical motion devices, ICs, and microsensors. This course covers synthesis, design, modeling, simulation, analysis, control and fabrication 0301-764 Digital Control Systems Design of MEMS. Synthesis, design and analysis of MEMS will be covered including CAD. (Fourth An introduction to the analysis and design of control systems in which the microcontroller or fifth year standing for undergraduates, or graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 plays a principal role. Topics include sampled data systems, Z and W-place analysis and design, algorithm generation and the effect of computer word length on noise and stability. 0301-789 Fundamentals of MEMS The student will be expected to make use of the digital computer in the implementation of This course introduces the student to microelectromechanical systems (microscale transduc- design procedures. (0301-703) Credit 4 ers, actuators and sensors with ICs). Synthesis, design, modeling, simulation, analysis, control and fabrication of MEMS will be covered. The primary emphasis of the course will be 0301-768 Adaptive Signal Process concentrated on development of basic theory to attain fundamental understanding of An introduction to the fundamental concepts of adaptive systems, open and closed loop MEMS, the design, analysis, control, fabrication and application of MEMS in robotics, elec- adaptive systems, adaptive linear combiner, performance function and minimization, decor- tronics, biotechnology, medicine, avionics, transportation, security, defense, etc. (Graduate relation of error and input signal. Adaptation algorithms such as steepest descent, LMS and standing—for graduate students, 0301-531—for undergraduate students) Class 4, Credit 4 LMS/Newton algorithm. Noise and misadjustments. Applications will include system identification, deconvolution and equalization, adaptive arrays and multipath communication 0301-794 Information Theory channels. (0301-702 or permission of instructor) Credit 4 This course introduces the student to the fundamental concepts and results of information theory. This is a very important course for students who want to specialize in signal pro- 0301-769 Fuzzy Logic & Applications. cessing, image processing, or digital communication. Topics include definition of informa- This course introduces fuzzy logic and its applications in areas like control systems, image tion, mutual information, average information or entropy, entropy as a measure of average processing, decision making, etc. Major topics: fuzzy sets, rule base, generation and combi- uncertainty, information sources and source coding, Huffman codes, run-length constraints, nations of rules, defuzzification. Fuzzy systems, choice of fuzzy variables, their division into discrete memoryless channels, channel coding theorem, channel capacity and Shannon’s the- fuzzy sets, choice of membership functions, the effect of these on system performance. orem, noisy channels, continuous sources and channels, coding in the presence of noise, per- Applications: discussion of published works and student projects using fuzzy logic. Students formance bounds for data transmission, rate distortion theory. (0301-702) Credit 4 are required to research the published literature and/or do projects and take an active part in these discussions. Credit 4 0301-796 Multiuser Detection An introduction to the fundamental concepts of multiuser digital communications. 0301-770 Pattern Recognition Multiuser Detection deals with demodulation of interfering digital streams of information This course provides a rigorous introduction to the principles and applications of statistical that appears in areas such as wireless communications, high-speed data transmission, satellite pattern recognition. The topics covered include Bayesian decision theory, nearest-neighbor communications, and magnetic recording. The course begins with a review of multi-access techniques, linear discriminant functions, and clustering. Parameter estimation and, the communication channels, in particular Code-Division Multiple-Access (CDMA) channels. supervised learning as well as principles of feature selection are included. (0301-702) Class This is followed by the design and performance analysis of optimum linear multiuser detec- 4, Credit 4 tors. Topics such as decision-driven multiuser detection and noncoherent multiuser detection are covered. (0301-702 & 703 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 0301-772 Special Topics Topics and subject areas that are not among the courses listed are frequently offered under 0301-798 Microfluidic MEMS the title of Special Topics. Such courses are offered in a normal format; that is, regularly The course begins with an overview of microfluidic technology to provide a framework and scheduled class sessions with an instructor. (No regular course schedule) Credit 4 to clarify the relationship of microfluidics to microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and microsystems in general. Three major topics comprise the course: 1) selected elements of flu- idic dynamics theory, and the scaling and application of that theory to microscale dimensions; 2) design, fabrication, and characterization of microfluidic devices and microsystems including exploration of major alternative fabrication technologies, process integration and materials issues, and device- and system-level packaging/encapsulation challenges; 3) applications, including microvalves, micropumps, microflow control sensor, and devices for chemical and biochemical analysis. Class 4, Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 85

0301-799 Nano & Microengineering 0301-821 High-Performance Semiconductor Devices This course focuses on analysis and synthesis of nano- and microelectromechanical systems Semiconductor devices based on III–V materials are introduced. Basic properties and physics and devices. Synthesis, design, optimization, analysis, control and fabrication of nano and of III–V materials and metal-semiconductor contacts and two-terminal Heterojunction microsystems will be covered. Utilizing basic physical laws of nano and microengineering, devices are covered. Physical operation, non-idealities, modeling DC and microwave charac- distinct systems and devices will be examined. The application of nano and microengineer- teristics of Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors (HBT), Metal-Semiconductor Field-Effect ing in nanocomputers avionics, security and transportation will be emphasized. Specific Transistors (MESFET) and High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMT) are analyzed. (grad- applications included are: super-fast data processing and computing, data storage, imaging, uate standing, 0301-713, 820) Class 4, Credit 4 molecular intelligent automata, etc. (Graduate standing for graduate students; permission of instructor for undergraduate students) Class 4, Credit 4 0301-823 Digital Video Process II In this graduate level course the following topics will be covered: Still image compression 0301-800 Graduate Paper including lossless compression, DPCM and transform coding. JPEG and JPEG 2000, Vector This course number is used to fulfill the graduate paper requirement under the non-thesis Quantization, and subbanding coding. Video compression including inter-frame compres- option for the MS degree in electrical engineering. The student must obtain the approval of sion methods (3-d waveform and motion compensated waveform coding), video compres- an appropriate faculty member to supervise the paper before registering for this course. sion standards (H261, H263, MPEG 1, MPEG 4), and model-based coding. Video filtering Credit variable 0–5 including motion compensated filtering, noise filtering (Intra-frame filtering, motion adaptive, and motion compensated filtering). Video restoration and enhancement including 0301-803 Digital Video Processing I restoration techniques, standards conversion techniques, and super resolution. (0301-803 or In this graduate level course, the following topics will be covered: Representation of digital permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 Course Descriptions Course video - introduction and fundamentals. Time varying image formation models including motion models and geometric image formation. Spatio-temporal sampling including sam- 0301-831 Biomedical Sensors & Transducers II pling of analog and digital video, two-dimensional rectangular and periodic sampling, sam- This course will discuss the fabrication and design of sensors and transducers for biomedical pling of 3-D structures, and reconstruction from samples. Sampling structure conversion applications. It will include discussion of applicable fabrication processes and techniques including sampling rate change and sampling lattice conversion. Two-dimensional motion including consideration associated with the utilization of microelectromechanical and nano- estimation including optical flow based methods, block-based methods, Pel-recursive meth- electromechanical structures to allow the integration of sensor and transduction mechanisms ods, Bayesian methods based on Gibbs Random Fields. Three-dimensional motion estima- with signal simulation and fabrication design tools will be covered. The course will involve tion and segmentation including methods using point correspondences, optical flow and the design and simulation of an actual transducer suitable to be considered for actual fabri- direct methods, motion segmentation, and stereo and motion tracking. (0301-779 or per- cation. (0301-460, 544, 610, 631 and permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 mission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 0301-890 Thesis 0301-810 Advanced Computer Architecture An independent engineering project or research problem to demonstrate professional matu- This course covers advanced topics in computer and processor architecture. Topics include: rity. A formal written thesis and an oral defense are required. The student must obtain the pipeline and parallel processor design, branch tables and prediction algorithms, single issue approval of an appropriate faculty member to guide the thesis before registering for the the- versus multiple issue processor architectures (VLIW, SIMD, superscalar), cache architec- sis. A thesis may be used to earn a minimum of 6 credits and a maximum of 12 credits. The tures, quantitative and qualitative evaluation of instruction set architectures. For specific usual is 9 credits. Credit variable evaluation and grading contact the assigned instructor before registration. (0301-240, 345, 347, 365, 545) Class 4, Credit 4 Industrial & Systems Engineering 0301-814 RF Integrated Circuit. Design 0303-701 Linear Programming An advanced course in analog RF integrated circuit design. Topics include: accurate model- Applied linear programming. Computational techniques for solving constrained optimiza- ing of passive elements, modeling of devices, low noise amplifiers, voltage controlled oscil- tion problems. Linear programming, the Simplex method and variations, duality and sensi- lators, and mixer circuits. Circuits will be designed using CMOS technology for frequencies tivity testing. Credit 4 (F) up to 5 GHz. (0301-726) Class 4, Credit 4 0303-702 Integer & Nonlinear Programming 0301-815 Multivariable Modeling & Control An introduction to the mathematical foundations of integer programming and nonlinear This course introduces students to the major topics, methods, and issues in modeling and optimization techniques. Study of algorithms and computer-aided solutions for applied controlling multiple-input, multiple-output MIMO) linear systems. In the first part of the optimization problems. (0303-701) Credit 4 (W) course, students study methods of creating models and tuning them. Modeling topics include model-order determination, canonical forms, numerical issues in high-order mod- 0303-703 Logistics Management els, numerical issues in broadband models, model transformations and information loss, and This course is designed to give students the knowledge and experience of logistics problem estimating model accuracy of MIMO models. In the second part of the course, students solving. Attention is given to such problems as transportation and network planning, inven- study approaches to observer and controller design for large-scale systems. Control topics tory decision-making, facility location planning, vehicle routing, and logistics forecasting. include controller design goals, methods of model-order reduction, observer/controller co- Students will learn to use several quantitative tools commonly used in the field of logistics, design, model uncertainty, sensitivity and robustness issues, and disturbance rejection. which include algebra, geometry, differential calculus, and mathematical programming. (0301703 and 615 or 761) Class 4, Credit 4 (0303-701 and 702 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (S)

0301-820 Modeling & Simulation of Semiconductor Process & Devices 0303-710 Systems Simulation Semiconductor process and device simulation techniques are introduced. Standard process Methods of modeling and computer simulation of stochastic and dynamic manufacturing simulators—ATHENA is used for modeling and simulation of process technologies—crystal systems are discussed. A high-level simulation language such as ProModel, ARENA, etc., growth, 0301821eposition, oxidation, diffusion, ion implantation, dry etching, metalliza- will be used to model the system and examine system performance. Model validation, design tion, oxygen implantation, annealing, etc. Physics-based modeling topics carrier transport, of simulation experiments, variance reduction techniques and random number generation Poisson’s equation, current continuity equation, breakdown phenomena, device scaling, etc. will be discussed as time permits. (1016-352 or equivalent) Credit 4 (W) are covered. Standard multi-dimensional device simulator - ATLAS is used to simulate different semiconductor devices. In conjunction with ATHENA and ATLAS, UTMOST is 0303-711 Advanced Simulation Techniques used to extract BSIM model parameters for circuit simulation using SPECTRE. (Graduate An advanced course in developing simulation models using good model building, veriﬁca- standing) Class 4, Credit 4 tion and validation procedures. Emphasis will be on review and use of probability distributions, simulation output data analysis for making good decisions, comparison of alternative system conﬁgurations, use of designed experiments and the use of advanced simulation techniques. Real world case studies will be examined to convey understanding and teaching of the material. Students will be asked to build models, so simulation experience and working knowledge of a simulation language will be required. (0303-710) (S)

86 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0303-716 Applied Linear Regression Analysis 0303-733 Cognitive Engineering A first course in least squares linear regression. Topics covered include estimation of model Measurements of human performance. Fundamentals of human information processing and parameters, significance testing of model parameters, detection and treatment of influential how they relate to the design of human-machine systems. (0303-730 or equivalent) Credit observations, model adequacy checking and variable selection techniques. May not be used 4 (on demand) as a professional elective. (1016-352 or equivalent) Credit 4 (S) 0303-734 Systems Safety Engineering 0303-720 Production Control Acquaints students with practical aspects of safety engineering. Students acquire a working This course will cover the role, the steps and the analysis methods to produce goods and knowledge of legal and technical aspects of safety. Focuses on a systems approach to safety services in support of the production and operations management functions. Topics include: engineering. Topics include Workers Compensation, OSHA, Consumer Product Safety forecasting, inventory policies and models, production systems and philosophies (e.g. Commission and NIOSH Guidelines and various hazard analysis and utilization techniques. JOT/Lean, agile manufacturing), job shop scheduling, aggregate production planning, and Students also are exposed to various theories of accident causation, research methodology and Material Requirement Planning (MRS II). Students will understand the importance of pro- ways of evaluating safety programs and related research. Professional elective. Class 4, Credit duction control and its relationship to other functions within the organization. Case stud- 4 (S) (W-odd years) ies and the design of actual production systems will be emphasized. (Requires acceptance into the MML program or permission of instructor; 060106-747, 0303-701, 1016-352) 0303-735 Design Project Management Credit 4 (W-MML only) Training for multidisciplinary studies in project management for leadership of product/ process development and design projects. (e.g., senior design) (Permission of instructor 0303-723 Facilities Planning required) Class 4. Credit 4. (F) This course addresses the planning, design, and utilization of fixed assets such as buildings, Descriptions Course capital equipment, tooling, offices, storage space, and other support equipment. Activities 0303-742 Artificial Intelligence Applications involved in facilities planning include manufacturing, storage and warehousing, and support An introductory course in the development and application of “intelligent” (knowledge- functions such as design, engineering, and maintenance. Topics include: strategic considera- based) systems. An introduction to Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a tool to deal with prob- tions in facilities planning; product, process, and schedule design; determining flow, resource, lems that require “intelligence.” Computational complexity will be used to address “hard” and space requirements; layout at the plant, department and workplace level; design of stor- problems. Generic and problem-specific procedures will be used and analyzed. (0303-701 age and retrieval policies; incorporating lean principles; quantitative design and analysis tools; or equivalent) Credit 4 (on demand) and implementation. Students will understand facilities planning from a strategic and tacti- cal perspective as well as the link between business goals and design and engineering activi- 0303-750 Management Quality Control Systems ties. Visits to local companies included. (Requires acceptance into MML program or permis- This is a survey course designed to expose upper-level students to managerial aspects of qual- sion of instructor) Credit 4 (S) ity control systems. Ideas from a number of quality consultants (Juran, Gryna, Crosby, Taguchi, Deming, etc.) will be covered to give students an overview of topics such as fitness 0303 726 Contemporary Production Systems for use, quality costs, quality planning, statistical quality control and experimental design for This course will survey models of contemporary production systems and their operation and quality improvement. Frameworks such as “lean six sigma” will be utilized. (Requires accept- control strategies in both manufacturing and service systems. Topics will include lean man- ance into MML program or permission of instructor; 1016-352 or equivalent) Credit 4 (S) ufacturing principles, total quality management, six sigma quality, kaizen, and agile manufacturing. Principles of manufacturing resource planning and enterprise resource planning 0303-756 Decision Analysis will be included as well as state-of-the-art layout and factory flow techniques. (Fifth-year This course presents the primary concepts of decision analysis. Topics important to the prac- standing or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 tical assessment of probability and preference information needed to implement decision analysis are considered. Decision models represented by a sequence of interrelated decisions, 0303-727 Advanced Manufacturing Engineering stochastic processes and multiple criteria are also considered. (1016-352 or equivalent) This course will provide an advanced treatment of manufacturing engineering in the con- Credit 4 (on demand) text of industrial and systems engineering. Emphasis will be placed in process design, development, and engineering, using state-of-the-art solid modeling tools and materials selection 0303-757 Reliability software. Process tooling, gauging, and automation will be cornerstones of the course and This course deals with mathematical concepts and techniques for modeling and analyzing will provide material for a variety of term projects. Advanced processing, such as electronics the reliability of systems. (1016-352 or equivalent) Credit 4 (on demand) and microsystems, will be explored and developed in depth. Quality systems and process documentation will also be covered. (0303-343, 525, graduate standing or permission of 0303-758 Design of Experiments instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) This course presents the primary concepts of experimental design. Its applied approach uses theoretical tools acquired in other mathematics and statistics courses. Emphasis is placed on 0303-729 Advanced Systems Integration the role of replication and randomization in experimentation. Numerous designs and design Basic concepts and techniques need to specify, design and implement systems that are com- strategies are reviewed and implications on data analysis are discussed. (1016-352 or equiv- puter controlled. Real-time data acquisition, process control as related to computer-inte- alent) Credit 4 (W) grated manufacturing, and information systems topics will be introduced within the context of systems integration. Cannot be used as a professional elective for ISE majors. (0303-302 0303-760 Product/Process Design & Development or permission of instructor) Class 3, Lab 1, Credit 4 (F) This course covers the principles of product, manufacturing process and supply chain development in an integrated fashion. It will draw on Fine’s FAT 3DCE and double helix mod- 0303-730 Ergonomics & Human Factors els as frameworks within which to examine the linkages between design specifications and A survey course of human factors and ergonomics emphasizing a systems approach in look- manufacturability, between product architecture and manufacturing system, between the ing at human capacity for physical and mental work versus the demands placed upon the manufacturing system and supply chain and between in-house and outsourced manufactur- human by the task, machine and environment. Various models of human performance are ing. Major topics include: product strategies, product architectures and manufacturing covered. Credit 4 (on demand) strategies; product development processes and organizations; product requirements and benchmarking; concept generation and evaluation; the application of systems engineering 0303-731 Advanced Topics Ergonomics/Human Factors tools to product design, design for “X” (manufacturing/assembly/service/environment, etc.) Advanced topics are selected based on current ergonomic and human factors issues and and life cycle costing. Requires acceptance into the MML program or permission of instruc- interests of students. Course is taught using a seminar format. (0303-730 or equivalent) tor; 0303-625, 0303-766 or 0303-764) Credit 4 (F) Credit 4 (W-even years)

0303-732 Biomechanics Theoretical fundamentals of human physiology and mechanics applied to work. Biomechanical models are developed to evaluate the effects of physical loading on the human body. Topics include modeling, biomaterials, and bioinstrumentation. (0304-331, 332, 0303- 730 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (S)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 87

0303-762 Manufacturing Systems Modeling & Performance Analysis 0303-780 Foundations in Product Development This course comprises a study of two interrelated subjects to manufacturing and service de- A modular course designed to lay the groundwork for the rest of the program and its over- livery systems: mathematical modeling (queuing at the awareness level), and manufacturing arching goal to prepare engineers and technical professionals to lead end-to-end product simulation modeling and analysis at the application level. A high-level manufacturing sys- development initiatives. The course focuses on how all aspects of product development, with tem modeling language will be utilized to model systems and examine performance. The systems engineering at the cores, must be integrated and accounted for in end-to-end prod- course also introduces the methods used to establish and analyze manufacturing perform- uct development. Students will gain a perspective and appreciation for the critical factors ance measures, including methods engineering; manufacturing performance measurement and inhibitors to the commercialization of complex products and systems. Emphasis will be systems and value-added performance measures. (Requires acceptance into the MML pro- on the role of the product development manager in leading product strategy and develop- gram or permission of instructor; 0106-747) Credit 4 (W) ment activities, and on the experiences of engineering managers who have successfully led technical, task-oriented, multi-disciplinary teams and organizations. (Requires acceptance 0303-764 Operations Management & Manufacturing Systems into the MPD program or permission of instructor) Credit 4 This course introduces students to problems and analysis related to the design, planning, control, and improvement of manufacturing and service operations. Emphasis is placed on 0303-781 Advanced Topics in Product Development the principles of planning and designing modern manufacturing systems, consistent with This modular course is designed to complement previous coursework in the MS in Product corporate objectives and new product development strategies. The course will extensively Development program, with an emphasis on engineering concepts and tools needed by utilize case studies and analytical problem sets. Topics include: enterprise and manufactur- technical leaders of product development projects. Topics may include: impact of the ing strategies, operations strategy, architecting manufacturing systems, systems thinking, Internet on product realization, the product development process within the extended enter- process and project analysis, materials management, production planning and scheduling, prise, intellectual property management and implications for product and platform archi- Course Descriptions Course quality management computer-aided manufacturing, and process management options. tecture, and information technology and supply chain management. (Requires completion The course will equip students with the basic tools and techniques used in analyzing oper- of all coursework in the MPD program) Credit 4 ations and manufacturing systems, as well as the strategic context for making decisions. (Requires acceptance into MPD program or instructor permission) Credit 4 0303-784 Systems & Project Management Systems and Project Management ensures progress toward objectives, proper deployment 0303-765 Data Bases-Information Systems and conservation of human and financial resources, and achievement of cost and schedule The course focuses on implementation of information systems applications using SQL and targets. The focus of the course is on the utilization of a diverse set of project management object oriented software for user interface design (e.g. Visual FoxPro). Students will design, methods and tools. Topics include strategic project management, project and organization develop and implement multiple database projects and also be expected to conduct litera- learning, lean thinking, cost, schedule planning and control, structuring of performance ture searches on contemporary issues in information systems architectures. Class 4, measures and metrics, technical teams and project management, information technology Credit 4 (W) support of teams, risk management, and process control. Course delivery consists of lectures, speakers, case studies, and experience sharing, and reinforces collaborative project-based 0303-766 Manufacturing Systems learning and continuous improvement. (Requires acceptance into the MML or MPD pro- The course introduces the principles of planning and designing modern manufacturing sys- gram or permission of instructor, 0101-740) Credit 4 (W, S-MPD only) tems that are consistent with corporate objectives. This course will provide an introduction to concepts and techniques in the design and analysis of manufacturing systems. A blend of tra- 0303-785 Engineering Risk Benefit Analysis ditional and modern approaches is used to assess and analyze the performance of a given man- The ERBA course addresses decision making in the face of risk and uncertainty. Various ufacturing system as well as to provide a framework for system redesign and improvement. methodologies will be introduced that are useful in describing and making decisions about Topics include factory physics and lean manufacturing. (Requires acceptance into the MML risks, with particular emphasis on those associated with the design of products. Students will program or permission of instructor) Credit 4 (W-MML only, S) be exposed to issues related balancing risks and benefits in situations involving human safety, product liability, environmental impact, and financial uncertainty. Presentations will be made 0303-771 Special Topics in Industrial Engineering of risk assessment studies, public decision processes, and methods for describing and making This is a variable topics course that can be in the form of a regular course or independent decisions about the societal risks associated with engineering projects. Topics include proba- study under faculty supervision. Credit 4 bilistic risk assessment, cost-benefit analysis, reliability and hazard analysis, decision analysis, portfolio analysis, and project risk management. (Requires acceptance into MPD program or 0303-775 Data Structures Using C permission of instructor; 0101-703) Credit 4 An introductory course in data structures and algorithms using the (visual) C++ programming language. Topics include sorting, searching and lists. This course can be used as a foun- 0303-786 Engineering of Systems I dation for many computer-based courses in engineering. Class 4, Credit 4 (F-odd years) The engineering of a system is an essential aspect of its development that focuses on the overall concept, performance requirements and behavioral aspects of the system. This course treats 0303-777 Engineering Internship the creation of products, product platforms and product families as systems that create value This course number is used by students in the master of engineering degree program to reg- for both the customer and the enterprise. Topics include value creation and strategy, product ister for an internship experience. The number of credits is to be determined by the student’s development processes, translating market requirements to system requirements, functional faculty adviser and is subject to the approval of the Graduate Committee of the College of analysis, development of the system’s architecture, development of platforms and modules, Engineering. Credit variable and concept selection. Students will learn several systems analysis techniques and apply them in a team-based project. (Requires acceptance into the MPD program or permission of 0303-779 Engineering Capstone instructor) Credit 4 (F) For the Master of Engineering programs in Industrial Engineering, Engineering Management, and Systems Engineering. Students in these programs must demonstrate lead- 0303-787 Systems Optimization ership in a field related to industrial engineering, engineering management, or systems engi- This course is an application-oriented introduction to optimization, focused on the under- neering through the investigation of a discipline-related topic (i.e., requires a presentation/ standing of system tradeoffs. It introduces modeling methodology (linear, integer and non- seminar and paper on discipline-related topic). The general intent of the engineering capstone linear programming, genetic algorithms), modeling tools (sensitivity and post-optimality is to demonstrate the students’ knowledge of the integrative aspects of a particular topic area. analysis), optimization software, applications in production planning and scheduling, inven- The capstone should draw upon skills and knowledge acquired in the program. (restricted to tory planning, personnel scheduling, project scheduling, distribution systems planning, MEIE, MEEM, MESE) Credit 0 (F, W, S, SU) facility sizing and capacity expansion, communication systems design, and product development. (Requires acceptance into the MPD program or permission of instructor) Credit 4

88 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0303-788 Engineering of Systems II 0303-891 Capstone Integrative Project The engineering of a system is an essential aspect of its development that focuses on the For the MS program in manufacturing management and leadership (MML). The purpose of overall concept, performance, requirements and behavioral aspects of the system. This the capstone Capstone project Project is for students to demonstrate integrative applications course builds on the concepts discussed in Engineering of Systems I. Topics include an intro- of knowledge and skills that they have acquired through the program. A capstone project will duction to computer and software architecture, defining the structure and work content of be oriented to the solution of manufacturing management problems or to technically related the product development organization, refinement and flowdown of requirements to sub- processes. Each project will define an actual problem and solve it, or select and develop a systems, performance and life cycle trade studies, interface management, robust design, and needed process in a manufacturing firm. Each project must be approved by the capstone certification planning. Students will learn several systems analysis techniques and apply coordinator. A suitable project will be multidisciplinary or multifunctional in nature and will them in a team based project. (requires acceptance into the MPD program or permission of have significant impact on one or more competitive capabilities of the organization. A suit- instructor, 0303-786) Credit 4 (F, W) able project will constitute the equivalent of one quarter course workload per student, but could be larger. Individual effort and team performance will be assessed. (Requires acceptance 0303-789 Systems Dynamics into the MPD MML program) Credit 4 (W) Systems dynamics deals with the time-based behavior and control of nonlinear systems. This course will introduce the concepts of systemic thinking, nonlinear dynamics, and control prin- 0303-892, 893 Capstone Research Project ciples as they apply to enterprise issues such as the product development process, innovation For the MS program in product development (MPD). Students in the MPD program must diffusion, product differentiation, supply chain dynamics, and organizational learning. Topics demonstrate intellectual leadership in the field of new product development. The general include causal models, system archetypes, feedback and feed forward loops, exponential intent of the capstone project is to demonstrate the students’ knowledge of the integrative growth, goal seeking behavior, instability and sensitivity analysis. A continuous time simula- aspects of new product development in the context of a corporate-oriented problem solving tion tool, such as I Think, Stella or Vensim, will be utilized to model and analyze the behav- research project. The project should address issues of significance to multiple functions or dis- Descriptions Course ior of a variety of enterprise systems. (Requires acceptance into the MPD program or permis- ciplines and should draw upon skills and knowledge acquired from various courses and expe- sion of instructor) Credit 4 rience in the program. Students are encouraged to start work on the project in advance of receiving formal credit during the final two quarters of the program. Team-based projects are 0303 790 Fundamentals of Sustainable Design strongly recommended (Requires acceptance into the MPD program) Credit 4 (each course) The product life cycle is reviewed from various perspectives and highlights the leverage over material, process, and environmental costs available at the design phase. Class 4, Credit 4 (F) Mechanical Engineering 0303-791 Lifecycle Assessment/Costing 0304-701 Research Methods This course will introduce students to the challenges posed when trying to determine the This course introduces students to research methods in mechanical engineering. A primary total costs and environmental impacts associated with a product/process design across its focus of the course is on conducting critical reviews of research literature, preparing a for- entire lifecycle. Various assessment and costing models and their inherent assumptions will mal thesis proposal, and initiating background research on a thesis topic. At the conclusion be reviewed and critiqued. A Life Cycle Engineering and Economic Decision System will be of the course, the students are expected to submit a formal thesis proposal, literature review, introduced. Class 4, Credit 4 (S) and plan of study for the completion of their Master of Science degree. This course is specifically designed for students enrolled in the dual degree BS/MS program offered through the 0303-800 Graduate Seminar department (Consent of instructor. Restricted to dual degree students.) Class 4, Credit 4 Seminar series intended to present the state of the art in industrial engineering. Other research- related topics may be presented such as library search techniques, thesis writing, etc. All MS 0304-710 Fuel Cell Technology industrial engineering students are required to register for at least 3 quarters. (Graduate stand- Fuel cell technology is an emerging technology for electric power on demand, and can be used ing in MS in industrial engineering) Credit 0 (F, W, S) for stationary power generation or for driving vehicles. Fuel cell, the heart of this technology, is an electrochemical devise that produces electricity via cell reactions from useful chemical 0303-801 Design for Manufacture energy stored in fuel. After learning fuel cell basics and operating principles, fuel cell perform- This course presents an overview of the factors influencing product design and the manu- ance will be considered from energy and thermodynamic viewpoints. Types discussed are poly- facturing cycle. Topics include component design and analysis, design for manufacturabil- mer electrolyte membrane fuel cell (PEMFC), phosphoric acid fuel cell (PAFC), molten car- ity as well as function and design for manual and automated assembly. Students will gain bonate fuel cell (MCFC), and solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC). Modeling of one fuel cell type will hands-on experience with the Boothroyd-Dewhurst system to quantify design efficiency. demonstrate design and analysis of systems and the information and components needed to The various manufacturing processes as they relate to modern trends in DFM are covered. make the system successful. Also discussed: thermal system design and analysis, issues, limita- Class 4, Credit 4 (S) tions, cost effectiveness and efficiency. (permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4

0303-886 Systems Engineering 0304-730 Design Project Management An introduction to systemic thinking, systems architecture, and systems analysis with a focus Training for multidisciplinary studies in project management for leadership of product on devices that are integrated into the larger systems. Systems engineering, systems architec- development and design. Topics include product and systems development processes, organ- ture and product development processes are introduced and applied in a term-long project ization and teams, intellectual property, the business case for product development, defin- centered on a device of the student’s choosing. Students identify customer requirements, trans- ing customer needs, defining systems and module requirements and functions, reverse engi- late them to critical design parameters, define a system architecture, then analyze the behavior, neering, benchmarking, concept generation and selection, product portfolios, project and design windows, reliability and life-cycle cost trade-offs. (Enrollment in microsystems engi- system architectures, and performance modeling. Students use the concepts and tools dis- neering degree program or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) cussed throughout the course in a team-based environment with the goal to guide and lead a senior project. Class 4, Credit 4 0303-890 Research & Thesis In conference with a faculty adviser, an independent engineering project or research prob- 0304-743 Control Systems lem is selected. The work may be of a theoretical and/or computational nature. A state-of- Introduces the student to the study of linear control systems, their behavior and their design the-art literature search in the area is normally expected. A formal written thesis and an oral and use in augmenting engineering system performance. Topics include control system defense with a faculty thesis committee are required. Submission of bound copies of the the- behavior characterization in time and frequency domains, stability, error and design. This is sis to the library and to the department and preparation of a written paper in a short format accomplished through classical feedback control methods that employ the use of Laplace suitable for submission for publication in a refereed journal are also required. Approval of transforms, block diagrams, root locus, and Bode diagrams. A companion laboratory will department head and faculty adviser needed to enroll. Credit variable (0–9) (F, W, S, Su) provide students with significant hands-on analysis and design experience. (0304-543) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 89

0304-752 Tribology Fundamentals 0304-820 Advanced Optimal Design This course provides an overview of the role of fluid-film lubrication in mechanical design, Topics from nonlinear programming as applied to automated optimal design. Use of penalty with strong emphasis on applications. Various forms of the Reynolds equation governing the functions for the transformation of constrained nonlinear optimization problems. Multivariate behavior of lubricant films for planar, cylindrical, and spherical geometry are derived. pattern and gradient based algorithms. Linear programming, Quasi-Newton’s method, Mobility and impedance concepts as solution methods of the Reynolds equation are intro- Newton’s method and direct methods for constrained problems. Applications to the solution duced for the performance assessment of lubricated journal bearings under static and dy- of practical nonlinear optimization problems will be required through available software on the namic loading. Short, long, and finite bearing assumptions are discussed. Finite element mainframe computer. (0304-871, 874) Class 4, Credit 4 methods for the analysis of fluid-film bearings of arbitrary geometry will be introduced. (0304-415, 437 or equivalent, finite element background desirable but not required) 0304-821 Advanced Vibrations Class 4, Credit 4 Vibration of discrete multi-mass systems using matrix methods. Normal mode theory and matrix eigenvalue extraction procedures. Matrix forced response. Practical examples using 0304-754 Fundamentals of Fatigue & Fracture Mechanics two-and-three degrees of freedom. Vibration of continuous systems. Computer simulations. This course is an introduction to the fatigue life prediction methodologies and basic frac- (0304-758) Class 4, Credit 4 ture mechanics. Students will be introduced to linear elastic fracture mechanics, including stress intensity factor and crack tip plastic zone models. The fatigue methodologies to be 0304-823 Systems Modeling covered include the Stress-Life Theory (used for machine elements), Strain-Life Theory This course is designed to introduce the student to state-space modeling techniques and (used for large-displacement samples and low cycle fatigue problems), and a fracture response characterization. Both lumped and distributed parameter systems will be consid- mechanics approach to fatigue analysis (used in the aircraft and space industries). (0304- ered. Bond-graph theory will be used extensively. System performance will be assessed Course Descriptions Course 437, 440) Class 4, Credit 4 through numerical solution using MATLAB/Simulink. Traditional closed-form solution methods utilizing Laplace and Fourier transforms and transfer functions are also discussed. 0304-756 Fundamentals of Aerosol Mechanics in Biologic Systems (0304-543 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of modeling and particulate flow in biological systems. Examples are drawn from a variety of fields, including deposition of par- 0304-828 Special Topics ticulates in the human lung, medicine delivery, and numerical modeling and simulation In response to student and/or faculty interest, special courses which are of current interest and/ techniques. Students will be introduced to the morphology of the lung, diseases, and par- or logical continuations of regular courses will be presented. These courses will be structured ticulate characterization. (0304-415) Class 4, Credit 4 as ordinary courses with specified prerequisites, contact hours and examination. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 0304-758 Engineering Vibrations This is a course on the theory of mechanical vibrations with an emphasis on design appli- 0304-830 Introduction to CFD Analysis cations and instrumentation. Fourier analysis techniques, numerical and experimental This graduate core course covers basic numerical techniques applicable to equations in fluid analysis and design methods are presented in addition to theoretical concepts. Vibrations of mechanics and heat transfer. Numerical methods required for programming partial differ- single-degree of freedom systems are covered including free damped and undamped motion; ential equations are introduced. Course work involves analytical programming and design harmonic and transient forced motion including support motion, machinery unbalance, examples. Commercial software is also explored. (0304-838, 851) Class 4, Credit 4 and isolation. Modal analysis of multi-degree of freedom systems is introduced. In addition to laboratory exercises on vibration instrumentation, an independent design project is 0304-831 CFD Applications assigned. (0304-543) Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 This course introduces the students to some of the commercial CFD codes being used for solving thermal-fluid problems. After an introduction to in-house CFD codes, students are 0304-801 Design for Manufacture expected to complete an individual CFD study project including a written report and a pres- This is a required course in the manufacturing option of the master of engineering degree pro- entation of the results as part of the course requirements. (0304-830, 851) Class 4, Credit 4 gram. The course is offered jointly by the departments of Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering and Mechanical Engineering and presents an overview of the factors influencing 0304-833 Heat Exchanger Design product design and the manufacturing cycle. Topics include component design and analysis, This course presents an overview of the different heat exchangers used in industry including design for manufacturability as well as function and design for manual and automated assem- shell-and-tube, plate, tube-fin, and plate-fin heat exchangers. Analytical modeling of recu- bly. Students will gain hands-on experience with the Boothroyd/Dewhurst system to quantify perators, regenerators, and transient performance is also covered. Thermal design methods design efficiency through a term project. The various manufacturing processes as they relate to for designing shell-and-tube and compact heat exchangers are presented. Students are modern trends in DFM are covered in detail. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 required to carry out a major design project in the course. (0304-514; 0304-550 or 851) Class 4, Credit 4 0304-810 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics A rigorous basis for the study of advanced fluid mechanics and theory of elasticity is pre- 0304-834 Boiling & Condensation sented. Cartesian tensors. Analysis of stress and deformation. Motion of continuous This course provides a basic understanding of the phase change phenomena associated with medium. Applications to theory of elasticity, thermoelasticity, viscoelasticity and fluid boiling and condensation heat transfer. This knowledge is applied in the design of industrial mechanics. (0304-871) Class 4, Credit 4 systems such as evaporators, condensers and distillation columns. Students are required to undertake a major design project in the course. (0304-514, 550) Class 4, Credit 4 0304-811 Theory of Elasticity/Plasticity Stress-strain relations and formulation of boundary value problems. State of plane strain, 0304-835 Grid Generation state of plane stress. Solutions by potentials, Airy stress function. Torsion of bars with cir- This graduate elective course introduces modern topics in the theory of grid generation tech- cular, elliptic, rectangular cross-sections. Stresses and displacements in thick cylinders, disks niques. Although the primary focus will be on the topics of thermal/fluid sciences, the appli- and spheres. Contact stress problems. Energy principles. (0304-810) Class 4, Credit 4 cability of the theory holds in other fields of interest as well. Topics include algebraic and elliptic grid generation, structured and unstructured grids, and boundary element methods. 0304-816 Finite Elements Some commercially available software will be introduced. (0304-830) Class 4, Credit 4 This is an introductory course on the modern theory of finite element analysis. Although the necessary mathematics will be kept to a minimum, the course content has been designed 0304-838 Ideal Flows to provide the skills necessary to write an F. E. program and to understand the structure and This graduate core course covers the fundamental topics in the theory of aerodynamics and capabilities of commercially available codes. Applications to problems in structural mechan- high speed flows. The course discusses modern aerodynamic applications in the areas of ics, heat transfer and fluid mechanics. (0304-870, 885) Class 4, Credit 4 wing and airfoil design, wind tunnel testing and compressible flows. (0304-415) Class 4, Credit 4

90 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0304-840 Signal Processing 0304-852 Advanced Turbomachinery This course introduces the student to discrete-time signal processing fundamentals, analog- This course introduces the student to some of the advanced topics in turbomachinery. to-digital conversion, and computer-based data analysis. Analytical mathematical develop- Topics include airfoil theory, two-and three-dimensional flow analysis in radial and axial tur- ments are supplemented with hands-on computer-based laboratory and homework assign- bomachines, and turbomachinery flow stability characteristics. Students are expected to do ments that promote practical understanding. Topics covered include continuous-time and a design project using FLUENT Computational Fluid Dynamics code. (0304-550, 652) discrete time convolution, correlation, Fourier transformation, and power spectral estima- Class 4, Credit 4 tion. Coverage includes the DFT, FFT, z-transform, autocorrelation and cross correlation functions, and an introduction to statistical data processing via ARMA models for spectral 0304-864 Production Tool Design estimation. (0304-870) Class 4, Credit 4 This is a course in the core group, CAD, of the manufacturing engineering option in the master of engineering degree program. Design of production tooling, jigs and fixtures for 0304-842 System Identification the economical manufacture of modern parts is covered in detail. The student must do This course introduces the student to continuous-time and discrete-time identification from research in current publications, and complete and present a project. Project selection can input-output data series. Practical aspects of the “synthesis” of system character will involve usually be arranged to incorporate an assembly of parts from the student’s normal work. data conditioning, analog-to-digital conversion, and computer-based system analysis using There will be field trips to local specialty firms. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 MATLAB. Analytical mathematical developments are supplemented with hands-on computer-based laboratory and homework assignments that promote practical understanding. 0304-865 Computer Implementation Topics covered include system response functions, non-parametric and parametric model This course emphasizes the application of the finite element method to problems in the area estimation, model definition and validation, and system response prediction; builds on top- of static and dynamic structural analysis, heat transfer, and analogous solution. A standard ics covered in 0304-840, Signal Processing, and supplements this material as appropriate. commercial software package is used for these applications where the general structure, oper- Descriptions Course (0304-823, 840) Class 4, Credit 4 ating characteristics and use of a complex program are presented. Topics include the finite element method; shape factors, element formulation, and the element library; program 0304-843 Advanced Control Systems sequencing; general modeling methods (loads, constraints, material factors, mesh genera- Introduction to advanced control systems, including elements of continuous, digital, and tion, interactive graphics, model conditioning); convergence, error analysis and the “patch” nonlinear control systems theory. Topics include continuous to digital control conversion test, vibration and heat transfer analysis, and analogous analysis such as acoustics, illumina- using finite difference solutions; continuous to digital control conversions using state equation, etc. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 tion approach; stability of discrete systems; PID control design for digital systems; frequency domain control system design methods (PID, lead, lag, lead-lag compensation design) for 0304-870 Mathematics for Engineers I continuous systems, and for digital systems using phase loss methods and bilinear transfor- A concise introduction to the concepts of matrix and linear algebra, including determinants, mations; z-transforms for discrete systems; digital control system design using root locus; eigenvalues, systems of linear equations, vector spaces, linear transformations, diagonaliza- deadbeat control design; nonlinear control design using feedback linearization; sliding con- tion, orthogonal subspaces and the Gram-Schmidt orthonormalizing procedures. The use of trol method; eigen-structure assignment methods; fuzzy-logic; neural-net; and introduction complex exponentials in differential equations is introduced. Fourier series, Laplace and to H-infinity control. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 Fourier Transforms are also presented. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4

0304-844 Nonlinear Dynamical Systems 0304-871 Mathematics for Engineers II This course is an introduction to nonlinear systems theory and is intended for students in Topics covered are orthogonal functions including Fourier Series, Fourier Integrals, Bessel engineering and the physical sciences. Non-linear systems are classiﬁed and analyzed using functions, Legendre Polynomials, Sturm-Liouville problems and eigenfunction expansions; both analytical and computational methods. The emphasis is on the stability and bifurca- an introduction to calculus of variation including problems with constraints; vector analysis tion theory of discrete and continuous nonlinear systems. Speciﬁc examples from mechan- including the directional derivative, the gradient, Green’s Theorem, the Divergence Theorem ics and other areas are discussed in detail. (0304-870) Class 4, Credit 4 and Stokes’ Theorem; Laplace transform methods. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4

0304-846 Modal Testing & Signal Processing 0304-872 Analytical Mechanics This course covers the important aspects of obtaining good modal data so that the natural This is a course on advanced dynamics and variational methods. Newtonian vector mechan- frequencies, damping ratios, and mode shapes of a structure can be determined. Signal pro- ics and energy formulations are applied to two- and three-dimensional problems involving cessing as applied to modal analysis will be covered including the auto- and cross-correlation discrete and continuous dynamical systems. The concepts of Virtual Work, Hamilton’s functions, Fourier series and transforms, sampling and filtering and DFT/FFT theory. Principle, and LaGrange’s equations are thoroughly covered. Vibrations and multi-body sys- Transducers, excitation methods and commonly used practices in setting up a modal test will tems are emphasized. The course also includes and introduction to the calculus of variations. be discussed. Curve fitting techniques to extract modal parameters such as SDOF, MDOF, (0304-543, 871) Class 4, Credit 4 orthogonal polynomial and time domain will be covered. (0304-758) Class 4, Credit 4 0304-874 Numerical Analysis 0304-847 Microscale Heat/Mass Transfer This course emphasizes the development and implementation of methods available to solve Deals with the effects of microscale dimensions on fluid flow, and heat transfer phenomena. engineering problems numerically. Specific topics include root finding for algebraic and tran- The basic difference associated with these phenomena at microscale levels are presented scendental equations, systems of linear and non-linear equations, interpolation of numerical through analytical equations, presenting theoretical aspects followed by practical examples. data and curve fitting, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary and partial differ- Topics covered include microscale heat conduction, heat transfer in thin film, transport ential equations, including initial and boundary value problems. (0304-870) Class 4, equations for single-phase flow for high Knudsen number flows, gas compressibility, effects, Credit 4 single phase pressure drop equations for gases and liquids, heat transfer equations, laminar to turbulent transition, slip flow, transition flow, free molecular flow, two-phase flow con- 0304-875 Advanced Aerodynamics siderations, and practical applications in microscale thermal and fluid flow devices. Each stu- This course covers the fundamental topics of aerodynamics and high speed flows. It dis- dent will also work on an independent analytical or experimental project. (0304-413, 415, cusses modern aerodynamic applications in the areas of wing and airfoil design, wind tun- 416, 514. Consent of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 nel testing, and compressible flows. (0304-550, 675) Class 4, Credit 4

0304-848 Special Topics Thermo Fluids 0304-877 Internship In response to student and/or faculty interest, special courses that are of current interest This course number is used by students in the master of engineering degree program for and/or logical continuation of regular courses will be presented. (Graduate standing) See earning internship credits. Students must submit a proposal for the internship, to be instructor for more details. Class 4, Credit 4 approved by an employing supervisor and the department prior to enrolling. Students are required to submit an evaluation report at the conclusion of the internship. Credit variable. 0304-851 Convective Phenomena This course introduces the student to the flow of real incompressible fluids. The differential 0304-880 Independent Study approach is used to develop and solve the equations governing the phenomena of mass, An opportunity for the advanced student to undertake an independent investigation in a spe- momentum, and heat transfer. The material in the course provides the necessary background cial area under the guidance of a faculty member. A written proposal is to be forwarded to the for a study of computational fluid dynamics. (0304-415, 514) Class 4, Credit 4 sponsoring faculty member and approved by the department head prior to the commencement of work. (Graduate standing) Credit variable (maximum of 4 credits per quarter)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 91

0305-704 Semiconductor Process & Device Modeling 0304-885 Advanced Mechanics of Solids A senior graduate level course on the application of simulation tools for design and verifi- This course extends the student’s knowledge of stressed mechanical components covered in cation of microelectronic processes and operation of semiconductor devices. Technology Mechanics of Materials and lays the foundation for a follow-on course in finite elements. CAD tools include MicroTec and Silvaco (Athena/Atlas) process/device simulators, as well The basic relationships between stress, strain, and displacements are covered in more depth. as other simulation tools for specific processes, and math programs that can be used for cus- Stress and strain transformations, plane elastic problems, and energy techniques are covered. tom simulation. Various models that describe front-end silicon processes are explored Topics from Advanced Strength of Materials include beam bending and torsion problems emphasizing the importance of complex interactions and 2D effects, as devices are scaled not covered in Mechanics of Materials. (0304-347) Class 4, Credit 4 deep submicron. Includes laboratory exercises on simulation and modeling. (0305-560, 701, 702) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) 0304-888 Project With Paper This course is used by students in the master of engineering degree program for conducting 0305-707 Nanoscale CMOS an independent project. The student must demonstrate an acquired competence in an appro- An in-depth study of principles and practice of scaling-driven CMOS front and back end pro- priate topic within mechanical engineering. The topic is chosen in conference with a faculty cessing. Front end processing involves steps up to the fabrication of active devices that include advisor. The work may involve an independent research and/or a design project and/or liter- wells, isolation, gate insulator, gate electrode, and source/drain formation. Many device effects ature search with a demonstration of acquired skill. A written paper, approved by the advisor observed in submicron MOSFETs are impacted by the process technology used to fabricate and the department, and an oral presentation of the work are required. Credit 4 them. Back end topics include interconnect modeling and delay, Low-k dielectric and copper damanscene processes. The use of novel substrates such as strained silicon, SiGe and Ge will 0304-889 Graduate Seminar be described. Introduces students to the Semiconductor Industry Association (SIA) Course Descriptions Course This seminar course presents topics of contemporary interest to graduate students enrolled International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors (ITRDDS). Exposes students to in the program. Presentations include off-campus speakers, and assistance with progressing research in the next-generation of nanometer-scale CMOS with device concepts that take on your research. Selected students and faculty may make presentations on current research advantage of quantum mechanical phenomena The course discusses the Semiconductor under way in the department. All graduate students enrolled full time (whether dual degree Industry Association (SIA) International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors (ITRS) or single degree) are expected to attend each quarter they are on campus. Credit 0 (F, W, S) and exposes students to the next-generation of nanometer-scale CMOS with device concepts that include quantum mechanical phenomena such as channel confinement and dopant fluc- 0304-890 Research & Thesis tuations. Front end processing includes super steep retrograde wells, high-k gate insulators, In conference with an advisor, a topic is chosen. Periodic progress reports and a final written metal gates, and ultra shallow source/drains. Back end topics include interconnect modeling document with an oral examination are required. (Approval of a thesis proposal approved by and delay, Low-k dielectric and copper damanscene processes. The use of novel substrates such a thesis advisor and the department) Credit variable (5–9 Credits total) as strained silicon, SiGe and Ge will be described. (0305-560, 701, 702, 703) Class 4, Lab 0 Credit 4 (W)

Microelectronic Engineering 0305-708 Non-classical Nanoelectronic Devices 0305-701 Microelectronics I This course will introduce students to the material contained in the Emerging Research This course introduces the beginning graduate student to the fabrication of solid-state Devices section of the ITRS roadmap. The ERD section of the roadmap is divided into two devices and integrated circuits. The course presents an introduction to basic electronic com- general areas: near-term structures (FinFETs, dual-gate planar FETs, etc.) and CMOS ponents and devices, layouts, unit processes common to all IC technologies such as substrate replacement ideas (resonant tunneling devices, single electron transistors, carbon nanotube preparation, oxidation, diffusion and ion implantation. The course will focus on basic sili- field effect transistors). For each technology entry, students will be exposed to the physical con processing. The students will be introduced to process modeling using a simulation toll principles underlying the operation of the devices, as well as the pros and cons of the struc- such as SUPREM. Associated are a lab for on campus section (01), and discussion of labo- tures from the industry standpoint. The course will culminate in a final project paper/pres- ratory results and a graduate paper for distance learning-section (90). The lab consists of entation where students will debate the merits of the various technologies, and make their conducting a basic metal gate PMOS process in the RIT clean room facility to fabricate and own predictions as to how the roadmap will shape together in 15 years. (0305-560, 701, test a PMOS integrated circuit test ship. Laboratory work also provides an introduction to 702, 703) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 (S) basic IC fabrication processes and safety. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (F) 0305-721 Microlithography Materials & Processes 0305-702 Microelectronics II Covers the chemical aspects of microlithography and resist processes. The chemistry of pos- The fundamental silicon based processing that includes state-of-the-art issues such as thin itive (novolac-based) and chemically amplified resist systems will be studied. Topics include oxide growth, atomistic diffusion mechanisms, advanced ion implantation and rapid thermal the principles of photo polymerization, including synthesis, photo absorption and emission, processing (RTP). Physical vapor deposition (PVD) to form conductive and insulating films processing technologies and methods of process optimization. Also advanced lithographic is introduced. Computer simulation tools (i.e. SUPREM) are used to model processes, build techniques and materials, including multi-layer techniques for BARC, TARC, and silylation device structures, and predict electrical characteristics, which are compared to actual device are applied to optical lithography. Associated lab for on campus section (01) and discussion structures that are fabricated in the associated laboratory for on campus (01) and discussion of lab results and a graduate paper for distance learning section (90). In the lab, materials of laboratory results and a graduate paper for distance learning section (90). A bipolar IC characterizations and process optimization are carried out using experimental design tech- process is conducted to build and test a variety of bipolar devices employing ion implanta- niques. Processes to be studied include development rate monitoring, DUV resists, BARC, tion. Extensive use of CAE and SUPREM. (0305-701) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) resist silylation and SEM evaluation of imaged resists and etched structures. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (F) 0305-703 Microelectronics III This course focuses on the deposition and etching of thin films of conductive and insulating 0305-722 Microlithography Systems materials for IC fabrication. A thorough overview of vacuum technology is presented to A course covering the physical aspects of lithography. Image formation in optical projection, familiarize the student with the challenges of creating and operating in a controlled environ- optical proximity, and high-energy systems (DUV/VUV, e-beam/SCALPE, X-ray, and ment. Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) and electroplating technologies are discussed as EUV) are studied. Fresnel diffraction, Fraunhofer diffraction, and Fourier optics are utilized methods of film disposition. Plasma etching and Chemical Mechanical Planarization (CMP) to understand diffraction-limited imaging processes. Topics include illumination, lens are studied as methods for selective removal of materials. Applications of these fundamental parameters, image assessment (resolution, alignment and overlay), phase-shift masking, and thin film processes to IC manufacturing are presented. Associated is a laboratory for on cam- resist interactions. Lithographic systems are designed and optimized through use of model- pus (01) and a graduate paper for distance learning (90). Labs include: vacuum pump-down ing and simulation packages. Current status of the practical implementation of advanced and evaporation, dc sputtering, reactive magnetron sputtering, chemical mechanical pla- technologies in industry as well as future requirements will be presented. Lab for on cam- narization, atmospheric and low pressure chemical vapor disposition and plasma and reactive pus section (01) and a graduate paper for distance learning section (90). Lab topics empha- ion etching. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S, SU) size optical microlith modeling, illumination sys., reticle enhancement techniques, alignment and others. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S)

92 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0305-731 Microelectronics Manufacturing I 0305-870 Microelectromechanical Systems A course in CMOS manufacturing. Topics include CMOS process technology, work in This course will provide an opportunity for students to become familiar with the technol- progress tracking, CMOS calculations, process technology, long channel and short channel ogy and applications of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS)—one of the fastest grow- MOSFET, isolation technologies, back-end processing and packaging. Associated is a lab for ing areas in the semiconductor business. MEMS represents the integration of microelec- on-campus section (01) and a graduate paper/case study for distance learning section (90). tronic chips with micro-sensors, probes, lasers, and actuators. Topics include basic principles The laboratory for this course is the student-run factory. Lot tracking, data collection, lot of MEMS and fabrication methodologies. The accompanying laboratory will carry out history, cycle time, turns, CPK and statistical process control are introduced to the students. design and fabrication of MEMS structures/devices using microfabrication techniques. Silicon wafers are processed through an entire CMOS process and tested. Students design Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W, S) unit processes and integrate them into a complete process. Students evaluate the process steps with calculations, simulations and lot history, and test completed devices. Class 3, 0305-890 Special Topics Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) This is a variable credit, variable special topics course that can be in the form of a regular course or independent study under faculty supervision. Some of the topics are SOI device 0305-732 Microelectronics Manufacturing II technology, compound semiconductors and devices, quantum devices, and Nanotechnology. A course in CMOS manufacturing. Topics include query processing, measuring factory per- Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 formance, factory modeling and scheduling, cycle time management, cost of ownership, defect reduction and yield enhancement, reliability, 6 sigma manufacturing, process model- 0305-899 Thesis ing and RIT’s advanced CMOS process. Associated is a lab for on campus section (01) and The master’s thesis in microelectronic engineering requires the student to prepare a written the- a graduate paper for distance learning section (90). Laboratory experiences are related to the sis proposal for approval by the faculty; select a thesis topic, adviser and committee; present operation of the student-run integrated circuit factory. Silicon wafers are processed through and defend thesis before a thesis committee; submit a bound copy of the thesis to the library Descriptions Course a complete CMOS process. (0305-731) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) and to the department; prepare a written paper in a short format suitable for submission for publication in a journal; complete course work and thesis within a seven-year period; register 0305-760 Principles of Semiconductor Devices for one credit of Continuation of Thesis each school term (except summer quarter) after the This course will discuss the fundamentals underlying the operations of basic semiconductor 45 credits required for the master’s degree until the thesis is completed. (Graduate standing in devices employed in modern integrated circuits. The course includes modules on MS in microelectronic engineering) Class 0, Lab 0, Credit variable 0–9 (F, W, S, SU) Semiconductor Fundamentals, P-N junction Diodes, Metal-Semiconductor Junctions, Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Capacitors, Field Effect Transistors, and Bipolar Junction Transistors presented through a series of lectures that qualitatively and quantitatively explain Computer Engineering the operation of semiconductor devices. Each module features a segment on “deviations 0306-710 Network Modeling, Design & Simulation from ideality” that are observed in practical semiconductor devices and will provide insight The course comprises theories for network design and modeling and case studies to apply into the constraints imposed by VLSI design rules and processing. This course is an online the theories. Mathematical models, such as queuing theory, graph theory, and optimizing course intended only for professionals employed in various aspects of the semiconductor techniques for analyzing network topology, traffic, and algorithms will be introduced. State- industry. Class 4, Credit 4 (F, S) of-the-art network problems and solutions will be discussed and analyzed using the various network theories as well as network simulation tools (e.g., OPNET). Students are expected 0305-770 Independent Study to actively research for technical papers and participate in in-class discussions. Assignments This course number should be used by students who plan to study a topic on an independ- may include homework, exams, paper readings, projects, and individual presentations. ent basis under the guidance of a faculty member. A written proposal with an independent (0306-381, 694. Graduate standing or undergraduate with permission of instructor) Class study form is to be submitted to the sponsoring faculty member and approved by the 4, Credit 4 department head prior to the commencement of work. Credit variable. (maximum of 4 credits per quarter) 0306-720 Electronic Design Automation The creation of large, complex electronic systems has grown beyond the capabilities of any 0305-777 Internship number of people without computer support. Successful completion of large design projects This course number is used to fulfill the internship requirement for the master of engineer- requires that computers be used in virtually all aspects of design. This course will investigate ing degree program. The student must obtain the approval of the department head before some of the basic design automation tools and algorithms in order to understand their capa- registering for this course. Credit variable. bilities, limitations and internal operations. Topics covered will be the VHDL hardware description language, simulation techniques, design synthesis, placement and routing, and 0305-801 Seminar/research design verification methods. Laboratory projects in the use and creation of design automa- Weekly seminar series intended to present the state of the art in microelectronics research. tion tools will be required. (0306-561 or equivalent; 0306-630/730 also suggested) Class 4, Other research-related topics will be presented such as library search techniques, contem- Credit 4 (F, W) porary issues, ethics, patent considerations, small business opportunities, technical writing, technical reviews, effective presentations, etc. Required of all MS microelectronic engineer- 0306-722 Advanced Computer Architect ing students for one credit up to total 4 credits total. After 4 credits, graduate students are This course will emphasize the impact of VLSI and communication issues on computer required to register each quarter for zero credits. (Graduate standing in MS in microelec- architecture. Topics covered will include highly concurrent, multiprocessor and fault-toler- tronic engineering) Credit 0–1 (F, W, S) ant computer systems as well as data flow architectures. Modeling techniques for system verification will also be included. (0306-551 or 0605-720) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) 0305-830 Defect Reduction/Yield Enhancement Successful IC manufacturing must detect defects (the non-idealities that occur in a process), 0306-730 VLSI Design eliminate those defects that preclude functional devices (yield enhancement), and function- An introduction to the design and implementation of Very Large Scale Integration (or ality for up to ten years of use in the field (reliability). Course surveys current CMOS man- VLSI) including NMOS and PMOS devices, CMOS circuits and digital subsystems. The ufacturing to compile a list of critical parameters and steps to monitor during manufactur- procedures for designing and implementing digital integrated systems will be covered ing. This survey is followed with an in depth look at the theory and instrumentation of the including the Mead and Conway structured design approach consisting of the use of stick tools utilized to monitor these parameters. Tool set includes optical instrumentation, elec- diagramming, scaling of CMOS design rules and techniques for estimating time delays. tron microscopy, surface analysis techniques, and electrical measurements. Case studies from Emphasis will be placed on the use of static CMOS circuits and regular structures such as industry and prior students are reviewed. Students are required to perform a project either programmed logic arrays in custom and standard cell-based designs. The use of workstations exploring a technique not covered in class, or to apply their course knowledge to a practical with Mentor Graphics design tools for circuit simulation and physical layouts will be problem. (0305-560, 701) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 (F) stressed. Graduate level laboratory design projects will be required. Class 4, Lab 2, Credit 4 (F, S, SU)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 93

0306-731 VLSI Design Projects A second course in the design and implementation of Very Large Scale integration (VLSI) cir- 0306-763 Embedded & Real-time Systems cuits and systems. Emphasis will be placed on the design and use of dynamic precharge and First course in an elective sequence begins by presenting a general road map of real-time and precharge-evaluate CMOS circuitry including Domino, NORA and Zipper CMOS logic, embedded systems. Conducted in a studio class/lab format with lecture material interspersed and subsystems. Basic requirements of a clocking system and a general clocking strategy for with lab work, this course introduces a representative family of microcontrollers exemplify- timing design in both static and dynamic CMOS circuits will be investigated. Topics on the ing unique positive features as well as limitations of microcontrollers in embedded and real- design and use of a standard cell library in the implementation of large system designs will be time systems. Microcontrollers will be used as external, independent performance monitors covered. The use of workstations with Mentor Graphics design tools and Synopsys synthesis of more complex real-time systems. Much of the material focuses on a commercial real-time tool suite will be required in laboratory projects leading to the design, VHDL synthesis and operating system, using it for programming projects on development systems and embed- testing of an integrated circuit device. Class 4, Lab 2, Credit 4 (W, S) ded target systems. Fundamental material on real-time operating systems will be presented, including scheduling algorithms, priority inversion, and hardware-software co-design. 0306-740 Analytical Topics for Computer Engineers. (4010-361 and 0306-250 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 This course begins by reviewing signal and system analysis techniques for analyzing linear systems. It includes Fourier techniques and moves on to present fundamental computational 0306-772 Special Topics in Computer Engineering techniques appropriate for a number of applications areas of computer engineering. A section Topics and subject areas that are not among the courses listed here are frequently offered under on numerical linear algebra will include techniques for analyzing discrete time signals and sys- the title of Special Topics. Such courses are offered in a normal format; that is, regularly sched- tems. Other major course areas are symbolic logic and discrete optimization techniques, uled class sessions with an instructor. Credit variable (no regular course schedule) including computer representations of networks, shortest-path problems and minimum span- Course Descriptions Course ning tree problems. (1016-265 or 0602-705 and preferably 0605-700) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) 0306-775 Robotics This course is a hands on seminar style survey of mobile robotics. The development of the 0306-741 Design for Testability field and an overview of the different approaches to mobile robot guidance (knowing where This course will introduce the concepts of failure mechanisms and fault modeling in digital we are and where we want to go)m navigation (formulating a plan to get where we want to circuits. It describes various test strategies for the digital systems. Techniques to integrate go) and control (following a desired path) will be given. The emphasis will be on algorithms design and test for VLSI circuits will be included. Design for autonomous test, SCAN-PATH and techniques. (0306-452) Class 4. Credit 4 concepts and testability analysis will be discussed. Built-in self-test (BIST) techniques will be detailed. Concepts of easily testable logic will be introduced. In addition, testability bus and 0306-784 Digital Image Processing Algorithms the boundary-scan techniques will be included for system-level testability. Class 4, Credit 4 Emphasizes both theory and implementation of image processing algorithms. Two-dimensional sampling, transforms, and filtering are introduced and used for image enhancement, 0306-756 Multiple Processor Systems compression, restoration, segmentation, and applications in color and video processing. Introduces basic concepts of parallel and high-performance computing and current method- Project assignments involve Matlab implementation of algorithms and paper reviews. (0306- ologies and trends in the design and programming of multiprocessor systems. Theoretical 553, 1016-331, fifth-year standing in computer engineering or permission of instructor) models of parallel computing and performance metrics are studied and contrasted with prac- Class 4, Credit 4 tical parallel system architectures, programming environments, and benchmarking techniques. Parallel architectures are classified according to mode and degree of parallelism, mem- 0306-785 Computer Vision ory organization, and type and typology of interconnection networks used in the design. The This course covers both fundamental concepts and the more advanced topics in Computer suitability of various architectures in meeting demands is studied in depth including the study Vision. Topics include image formation, color, texture and shape analysis, linear filtering, of representative examples of current commercial machines. Students will complete pro- edge detection and segmentation. In addition, students are introduced to more advanced top- gramming assignments on a parallel computer illustrating practical issues. A review and ics, such as model based vision, object recognition, digital image libraries and applications. analysis of a commercial parallel processor system or an active research area is required; writ- Homework, literature reviews and programming projects are integrated with lectures to pro- ten review presented in class. (0306-722) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) vide a comprehensive learning experience. (0306-553 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 0306-758 Fault Tolerant Digital Systems Formal models and concepts in fault diagnosis. Test generation. Design for testability tech- 0306-790 Graduate Seminar in Computer Engineering niques. Design techniques to achieve fault tolerance. System evaluation techniques. The design The purpose of the Graduate Seminar in Computer Engineering is to prepare graduate stu- of practical fault-tolerant systems. Fault-tolerant design of VLSI circuits and systems. (0603- dents to effectively conduct their Master’s thesis research. Current literature topics in the 400 or 0301-650 or 0301-750 or 0306-561, 0306-550 or 0603-720) Class 4, Credit 4 computer engineering discipline are reviewed through interactive presentations and discussions. Professional communications are stressed for the purpose of giving presentations and 0306-759 Principles of Digital Interfacing writing thesis documents and technical papers. Student assignments include literature sur- The objective of this course is to give students basic concepts of interfacing to microcom- veys, in-class presentations, and critical analysis reports. (Graduate standing or permission puter bus systems, including familiarity with various peripheral components currently avail- of instructor) Class 1, Credit variable 0–4 able. Students will gain experience in the actual implementation of microcomputer systems. The course is hardware oriented, but some high-level software will be required to make the 0306-795 Advanced Networking experimental systems operational. (0306-561 or equivalent) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (F) This course covers a set of advanced topics in the network area. The topics include advanced scheduling algorithms (e.g., WFQ), queue management schemes (e.g., RED), and network 0306-761 Engineering Design of Software security (e.g., cryptography, DOS, key management, firewalls, etc.) In addition, network An advanced course moving the student beyond computer programming to the engineering programming based on Java (RMI,UDP/TCP socket, etc.) and network simulation using of complex software systems. At the end of this class, students will be able to make the right C++ and OPNET will be introduced and carried as course projects. (0306-694 or equiva- selection of design methodologies or architectures, produce executable structure models that lent, 0306-740, 4003-318 or equivalent) Class 4. Credit 4 can be verified by computer, formulate a design that meets all functional and performance requirements, and perform trade-off analyses that enhance decision making. Students will 0306-800 Graduate Project work in teams on large-scaled software projects. (Knowledge of software engineering process This course will fulfill the graduate project requirement under the non-thesis option of the models and related activities, basic familiarity with a high-level programming language) MS degree in computer engineering. The student must obtain departmental approval as well Class 4, Credit 4 (W) as approval from the appropriate faculty members who supervise the project before registering for this course. Credit 0–5 0306-762 Concurrent & Embedded Software Design This course introduces methods for developing and designing concurrent software, which 0306-890 Thesis consists of many cooperating processes. Formal logical formulas are used to characterize sets An independent engineering project or research problem to demonstrate professional matu- of states and sets of program behaviors. The software is then analyzed by manipulating these rity. A formal written thesis and an oral defense are required. The student must obtain the logical formulas. Several classical concurrent programming problems such as critical sec- approval of an appropriate faculty member to guide the thesis before registering. The thesis tions, producers and consumers, and resource allocation are examined. Practical examples may be used to earn a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 9 credits. Credit variable and exercises are used to illustrate key points and evaluate design tradeoffs. (Permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (S)

94 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Quality & Applied Statistics 0307-770 Design of Experiments for Engineering & Science This course covers the fundamentals of the logical and economical approach to the design 0307-701 Statistical Concepts and analysis of engineering, scientific and industrial experiments. It integrates the essential A service course, designed for those not majoring in statistics, that emphasizes statistical organizational aspects of experimentation with proven statistical approaches. Designs cov- thinking instead of mathematical manipulations. This is a concept-based introduction to the ered include the two-level factorial and fractional factorial, response surface designs (CCD), subject. Topics include sampling and experimentation, methods of displaying and summa- blocking designs when randomization is restricted, nested designs to uncover sources of vari- rizing data, probability, correlation, and formal statistical reasoning. This course is given as ation. The appropriate analysis methods complement the designs. Simulation modeling and an online learning course only. It does not count as credit for, and is not a prerequisite for, robust design show the power and applicability of the information derived from the either the advanced certificate or the MS degree. (None) Credit 4 designed experiments. This course is intended for non-CQAS students. It does not count as credit for either CQAS advanced certificates or the CQAS MS degree. (1016-314 or 1016- 0307-711 Fundamentals of Statistics I 351 or 1016-391 or 0307-712 or equivalent) Credit 4 For those taking statistics for the first time. Topics: organizing observed data for analysis, insight, and understanding of variability; learning to understand probability as the science of 0307-772 Applied Survey Design & Analysis uncertain events; concepts of random variables and their associated probability models; This course is an introduction to sample survey design with emphasis on practical aspects of meaning and practical use of the central limit theorem. This course does not count as credit survey methodology. Topics include: survey planning, sample design and selection, survey for either the advanced certificate or the MS degree. (Consent of department) Credit 3 or 4 instrument design, data collection methods, and analysis and reporting. Application areas discussed will include program evaluation, opinion polling, customer satisfaction, product 0307-712 Fundamentals of Statistics II and service design, and evaluating marketing effectiveness. Data collection methods to be Continuation of 0307-711. Topics: concepts and strategies of statistical inference for mak- discussed will include face-to-face, mail, Internet and telephone. (0307-712) Credit 3 or 4 Descriptions Course ing decisions about populations on the basis of sample evidence; tests for independence and for adequacy of a proposed probability model; separation of total variability of a system into 0307-781 Quality Management identifiable components through analysis of variance; regression and correlation models for This course focuses on ASQ’s Certified Quality Manager body of knowledge and introduces studying the relationship of a response variable to one or more predictor variables. This process improvement methodologies, including the Six-Sigma framework. Topics include course does not count as credit for either the advanced certificate or the MS degree. (0307- quality standards and awards, organization for quality, customer satisfaction, continuous 711 or consent of department) Credit 3 or 4 improvement, team management, quality costs, project management, process improvement methodologies. Credit 3 or 4 0307-721 Statistical Process Control A practical course designed to provide in-depth understanding of the principles and prac- 0307-782 Quality Engineering tices of statistical process control. Topics include statistical concepts relating to processes, This course, in conjunction with 0307-781, covers the non-statistical elements in ASQ’s Shewhart charts for measurement and attribute data, CUSUM charts, EWMA charts, meas- Certified Quality Engineer body of knowledge. Topics include quality philosophies, ele- ures of chart performance, tolerances, specifications, process capability studies, short-run ments of a quality system, quality planning, supplier management, quality auditing, quality control charts. (0307-712 or consent of department) Credit 3 or 4 and management tools, process and material control, measurement systems, and safety and reliability. Credit 3 or 4 0307-731 Statistical Acceptance Control How to apply modern process-oriented sampling plans to assess performance of product and 0307-784 Statistical Consulting processes. Topics include single, double, multiple and sequential sampling plans, variables This course prepares students for real-world use of the analytical and planning tools learned sampling, techniques for sampling continuous production, skip-lot plans, chain plans, in other courses, with the assumption that the consultant will generally be a company AOQL schemes, AQL sampling systems and recent contributions to literature. (0307-712 employee. Students role-play clients and consultants utilizing videotaped simulated inter- or consent of department) Credit 3 or 4 views to encourage class discussion. Topics include the psychology of statistical consulting, report writing, lecture note preparation, database search, the business aspects of consulting, 0307-742 Statistical Computing and proposal writing. A major team project integrates the learning. (0307-802) Credit 3 A course in statistical computing using SAS and MINITAB statistical software. The course will cover basic procedures; the creation, manipulation and analysis of data; graphics; and 0307-801 Design of Experiments I macros. (0307-712 or consent of department) Credit 3 How to design and analyze experiments with an emphasis on industrial applications. Topics include the role of statistics in scientific experimentation, completely randomized designs, 0307-751 Math for Statistics randomized complete block designs, nested designs, Latin square designs, incomplete block This is a survey of mathematical tools of some of the more mathematically rigorous statis- designs, general factorial designs, split-plot designs. (0307-712) Credit 3 or 4 tics courses of the MS program. The topics include partial and higher-order differentiation, various methods of integration, the gamma and beta functions, and a brief overview of lin- 0307-802 Design of Experiments II ear algebra, all in the context of application to statistics. (The course assumes calculus pre- Topics include two-level factorial and fractional-factorial designs. three-level designs, re- requisites for the program have been met; it is not a substitute for the program’s calculus sponse surface designs, evolutionary operation (EVOP). (0307-801) Credit 3 or 4 requirements.) (0307-712) Credit 3 0307-803 Design of Experiments III 0307-762 Reliability Management A continuation of the DOE sequence covering more advanced but applied topics and pro- This course reveals many of the management tools used in the aerospace industry, intro- viding a strong foundation for handling complex and non-standard situations. Topics ducing reliability as a scientific discipline to be implemented in an industrial setting. Topics include design and analysis of general, complete balanced designs, including continued include introduction to reliability, maintainability and testability; reliability requirements, study of variance components, mixed models, split-plot, and arbitrarily complex “no-name” definitions, program planning; methods used for vendor selection and surveillance; reliabil- designs; restricted and unrestricted forms of the model; design and analysis of general ity testing, screening and burn in; failure definitions; reporting analysis, classification; relia- unreplicated designs; optimal designs for nonstandard situations, using D-optimality and bility acceptance testing, qualification testing; software reliability/software quality; reliabil- related criteria. (0307-802, 0307-841) Credit 3 ity growth models. (0307-712) Credit 3 0307-821 Theory of Statistics I This course introduces the student to the fundamental principles of statistical theory while lay- ing the groundwork for study in the course sequel and future reading. Topics include classical probability, probability mass/density functions, mathematical expectation (including moment- generating functions), special discrete and continuous distributions, and distributions of functions of random variables. (1016-253 or equivalent and 0307-712 or equivalent) Credit 3

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 95

0307-822 Theory of Statistics II 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I Building on foundations laid in the ﬁrst course, this second course in statistical theory A methods course in statistical aspects of reliability. Topics include applications of normal, answers some of the “How?” and “Why?” questions of statistics. Topics include the sampling log-normal, exponential and Weibull models to reliability problems; censored data; proba- distributions and the theory and application of point and interval estimation and hypothe- bility and hazard plotting; series systems and multiple-failure modes; strength and stress sis testing. (0307-821) Credit 3 models; maximum likelihood estimation; introduction to accelerated-life models and analysis. (1016-252 or equivalent, 0307-801, 841; 0307-822 is recommended as prerequisite or 0307-824 Probability Models corequisite.) Credit 3 An introduction to stochastic processes, this course is intended to encourage a greater appreciation of statistical theory, while at the same time more fully enabling students to read, 0307-863 Reliability Statistics II understand and even contribute to statistical journals. Topics include Poisson processes and A continuation of Reliability Statistics I. Topics include demonstration testing, accelerated their relationship to uniform, exponential, gamma and beta distributions; the basics of life tests, systems reliability, competing risks, burn-in, reliability growth, and introduction queuing theory; and discrete-time Markov chains. Characteristic functions using Taylor to repairable systems. Some topics, introduced in Reliability Statistics I, are covered in more series to approximate the mean and variance of functions of one or more random variables depth. (0307-862) Credit 3 are among miscellaneous topics. (0307-821) Credit 3 0307-864 Advanced Acceptance Sampling 0307-830 Multivariate-Analysis Theory An advanced course in the utilization of process oriented sampling plans in modern quality Multivariate data are characterized by multiple responses. This course concentrates on the control. Topics include basis of acceptance sampling, Mood’s theorem, attributes plans, vari- mathematical and statistical theory that underlies the analysis of multivariate data. Some ables plans for process parameters and proportion nonconforming, sampling schemes Course Descriptions Course important applied methods are covered. Topics include matrix algebra, the multivariate nor- including Dodge-Romig and ANSI/ASQC Z1.4, plans for special applications, rectiﬁcation mal model, multivariate t-tests, repeated measures, MANOVA and principal components. and continuous procedures, cumulative results plans, compliance sampling, reliability sam- (basic matrix algebra; 0307-712. 0307-801 is useful; 0307-822 is recommended) Credit 3 pling, administration of acceptance control. (0307-731) Credit 3

0307-831 Multivariate-Analysis Applications 0307-865 Repairable Systems This course includes some theory, but concentrates on the applications of multivariate Most reliability courses and texts cover techniques that are only applicable to items that are analysis methods. The course relies heavily on the use of computer software. Topics include non-repairable. This course is intended to clarify some common misconceptions about principal components, factor analysis, canonical correlation, discriminant analysis, cluster repairable systems and provide techniques that are appropriate for use in systems that are analysis and scaling. (Basic matrix algebra; 0307-712. 0307-830 is useful.) Credit 3 or 4 improving or degrading with age. Topics include review of probability concepts, stochastic processes applied to repairable systems, misconceptions about repairable systems, statistical 0307-834 Multivariate Statistics-Imaging Science analysis of repairable systems failure data, reliability growth models, tests for reliability This course introduces multivariate statistical techniques and shows how they are applied in growth or deterioration, examples and case studies, Cox’s proportional hazard model. (0307- the field of Imaging Science. The emphasis is on practical applications, and all topics will 862 and 0307-824) Credit 3 include case studies from imaging science. Topics include the multivariate Gaussian distribution, principal components analysis, singular value decomposition, orthogonal subspace 0307-867 Decision Making with Bayesian Methods projection, cluster analysis, canonical correlation and canonical correlation regression, This course covers essential ideas in statistical decision analysis. Topics include how to make regression, multivariate noise whitening, least squares energy minimization, and signal-to- the best decision under conditions of uncertainty; utilities, risk, and decision diagrams; noise optimization with generalized eigenvector (matched filter). This course is intended for Bayesian philosophy and methods; assessment of probabilities. (0307-712) Credit 3 students from the Imaging Science department. It does not count as credit for either CQAS advanced certificates or the CQAS MS degree. (basic matrix algebra; 0307-712 or equiva- 0307-872 Survey Sampling & Estimation lent; 0307-841 or equivalent) Credit 4 This course focuses on sample size determination and parameter estimation in complex sample surveys such as those conducted by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Topics include: ran- 0307-841 Regression Analysis I dom, systematic, stratified, cluster, and multi-stage sampling; and statistical techniques such A course that studies how a response variable is related to a set of predictor variables. as ratio, difference and regression estimators. (0307-822) Class 3 Regression techniques provide a foundation for the analysis of observational data and provides insight into the analysis of data from designed experiments. Topics include happen- 0307-873 Time Series Analysis & Forecasting stance data versus designed experiments, simple linear regression, the matrix approach to The course develops statistical methods in modeling and forecasting of time series data with simple and multiple linear regression, analysis of residuals, transformations, weighted least emphasis on model identification, model fitting and diagnostic checking. Topics include squares. (0307-712; 0307-801 is useful) Credit 3 or 4 survey of forecasting methods, regression methods, moving averages, exponential smoothing, seasonality, analysis of forecast errors, Box-Jenkins models, transfer function models. 0307-842 Regression Analysis II (0307-841) Credit 3 or 4 A continuation of 0307-841. Topics include dummy variables, orthogonal polynomials, selection of best linear models, regression applied to analysis of variance problems, nonlin- 0307-874 Stochastic Process Control ear estimation, and model building. (0307-841) Credit 3 or 4 The aim of statistical process control is to detect process instability, find its cause, and eliminate it. In contrast, stochastic (or engineering, or automatic) process control (APC) is 0307-851 Nonparametric Statistics designed to automatically react to process instability by adjusting the process back to target. This course emphasizes how to analyze certain designs when the normality assumption can- This course shows how to build empirical models to develop control algorithms to design not be made, with an emphasis on applications. This includes certain analyses of ranked data robust process-adjustment schemes. Topics include interface between SPC and APC; trans- and ordinal data. The course provides a review of hypothesis testing and confidence-interval fer functions; fundamentals of APC, such as feedback control, feedforward control, com- construction. Topics include sign and Wilcoxon signed-rank tests, Mann-Whitney and parison to classical feedback control approaches (including PID controllers); advanced APC Friedman tests, run tests, chi-square tests, rank correlation, rank order tests and Kolmogorov- topics. (0307-873) Credit 3 or 4 Smirnov statistics. (0307-801) Credit 3 0307-875 Empirical Modeling 0307-856 Interpretation of Data A course in model building based on the application of empirical data gathered through How to use statistics in troubleshooting processes and interpreting data. Topics include appropriate experimental design and analyzed through regression techniques. Topics include coordination of use of statistical measures, employing control charts in data analysis, outlier choosing the appropriate response variable; psychometric scaling; experimental design meth- tests, analysis of small-sample data, narrow-limit gauging, analysis of means for variables and ods, including response surface and methods of steepest ascent/descent; deconfounding attributes data, identification of assignable causes. (0307-801) Credit 3 methods in fractional/factorial designs. A major project involves the development of a product from initial market research through specification setting via experimental design, and manufacturing quality assurance through process simulation. (0307-802 and 841) Credit 3

96 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0307-880 Design & Analysis of Mixture Experiments 0308-721 Micro-optics Mixture experiments, those in which the response depends only on the proportion of the This course covers the propagation and diffraction of light and microoptical components. components added and not their actual amount, are used widely in the chemical, material- Subjects covered: diffraction, Fourier optics, diffractive optical elements analysis and design, science, food-science and related fields. Topics include unconstrained designs; models, fabrication of micro-optic components and micro-optics for microsystems applications. canonical polynomials; constrained regions, pseudocomponents, multiple constraints, algo- (0301-474 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 rithms for constrained regions; major/minor components; analysis of mixture experiments, including effects and response traces; mixture-amount designs; mixture-process-variables 0308-786 MEMS Design designs; design optimality. (0307-802, 841) Credit 3 Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) are widely used in aerospace, automotive, biotechnology, instrumentation, robotics, manufacturing and other applications. There is a critical 0307-883 Quality Engineering By Design need to synthesize and design high-performance MEMS that satisfy the requirements and This course introduces the Taguchi approach to off-line quality control including loss func- specifications imposed. Integrated approaches must be applied to design and optimized tion, signal-to-noise utility function, parameter design and tolerance design leading to MEMS, which integrate microelectromechanical motion devices, ICs, and microsensors. improved products and processes at lower costs. During the presentations of the Taguchi con- This course covers synthesis, design, modeling, simulation, analysis, control and fabrication cepts, full attention is given to the controversial aspects of these methods, the basis for the of MEMS. Synthesis, design and analysis of MEMS will be covered including CAD. (Fifth controversies, and alternatives to the methods that follow better statistical protocol. Students year BS/MS, MS and Ph.D. students) Class 4, Credit 4 get to see the power of Robust Design in a set of carefully constructed exercises that illustrate the major components of parameter design and tolerance design. (0307-802) Credit 3 0308-798 Microfluidic MEMS The course begins with an overview of microfluidic technology to provide a framework and 0307-886 Sample Size Determinant to clarify the relationship of microfluidics to microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and Descriptions Course This course presents procedures to determine the proper sample size needed for the most mircosystems in general. Three major topics comprise the course: 1) selected elements of flu- commonly applied statistical methods. Topics include confidence intervals and hypothesis idic dynamics theory, and the scaling and application of that theory to microscale dimen- tests for the parameters of applied distributions and approximations to distributions. Sample sions; 2) design, fabrication, and characterization of microfluidic devices and microsystems size determination for designed experiments is covered extensively. (0307-802) Credit 3 including exploration of major alternative fabrication technologies, process integration and materials issues, and device- and system-level packaging/encapsulation challenges; 3) applica- 0307-889 Independent Study Project tions, including microvalves, micropumps, microflow control sensor, and devices for chemi- Credit will be assigned at the discretion of the candidate’s adviser and will depend on the cal and biochemical valves, micropumps, microflow control sensor, and devices for chemical character and involvement of the project. A written proposal setting forth the character and and biochemical analysis. Class 4, Credit 4 procedures involved will be required of the candidate and may be modified at the discretion of the candidate’s advisor before approval is given to proceed. Credit 1, 2, 3, 6 or 9 0308-799 Nano & Microengineering This course focuses on analysis and synthesis of nano- and microelectromechanical systems 0307-891 Special Topics in Applied Statistics and devices. Synthesis, design, optimization, analysis, control and fabrication of nano and This course number provides for the presentation of subject matter of important specialized microsystems will be covered. Utilizing basic physical laws of nano and microengineering, value in the field of applied statistics not offered as a regular part of the statistics program. distinct systems and devices will be examined. The application of nano and microengineer- (Consent of department) Credit 3 ing in nanocomputers, avionics, security and transportation will be emphasized. Specific applications included are: super fast data processing and computing, data storage, imaging, 0307-895 Statistics Seminar molecular intelligent automata, etc. Class 4, Credit 4 This course (or sequence of courses) provides for one or more quarters of independent study and research activity. This course may be used by other departments of other colleges at RIT 0308-811 Microsystems Design & Packaging to provide special training in statistics for students who desire an independent study pro- Design considerations; design process; mechanical design; photonic design; modeling; sys- gram in partial fulfillment of graduate degree requirements. (Consent of all departments tem integration; packaging technologies; microsystems packaging; assembly of microsys- involved) Credit 3 tems; testing; design case studies. (0308-711) Class 4, Credit 4

0307-896 Thesis 0308-821 Micro-optics & Photonics For students working for the MS degree who are writing a research thesis. (Consent of Light propagation; passive optical components; micro-optics; digital devices; laser diodes; department) Credit 3, 6 or 9 photodiodes; micro-optical systems; design case studies. (0308-711) Class 4, Credit 4

0307-899 Individual. Achievement Project 0308-831 Micro & Nano-photonics Research project under faculty supervision for students working for the MS degree. This course covers the generation and propagation of light in guided media. Subjects cov- (Consent of department) Credit 1–9 ered: two and three-dimensions slab wave guides, coupled-wave analysis, wave guide modeling and design, photonic crystals structures, photonic band gap devices in one and two- Microsystems Engineering dimensions and fabrication of photonic wave guides. (0308-721) Class 4, Credit 4 0308-711 Microsystems Fundamentals 0308-890 Dissertation & Research This course covers the fundamentals of microsystems with emphasis on a broad range of Research in an appropriate topic as arranged by doctoral candidate and dissertation advisor applications. The course covers the underlying principles of micro-actuators and micro-sen- in fulfillment of the dissertation requirement. Department approval required. Credit 0–4 sors; analysis and modeling of micro-devices; scaling laws; microfuidics; photonics; microsystems fabrication processes; microelectromechanical (MEMS) and microoopto- 0308-990 Doctoral Dissertation I electromechanical (MOEMS) systems analysis; applications in the fields of telecommunica- Research in an appropriate topic as arranged by doctoral candidate and dissertation advisor tions and sensing will be presented. Lecture. Credit 4 in fulfillment of the dissertation requirement. Departmental approval required. Credit 4

0308-720 Independent Study 0308-991 Doctoral Dissertation II This course number should be used by students who plan to study a topic on an independ- Research in an appropriate topic as arranged by doctoral candidate and dissertation advisor ent basis under the guidance of a faculty member. A written proposal with an independent in fulﬁllment of the dissertation requirement. Credit 8 study form is to be submitted to the sponsoring faculty member and approved by the program director prior to the commencement of work. Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 97

The College of Imaging Arts and Sciences offers the most comprehensive graduate imaging programs in the world, encompassing design, science, technology, Programs engineering, management, crafts and fine Programs arts. The college is a diverse, world-class collaboration of six schools: the School of Master of Fine Arts in Imaging Arts Master of Fine Arts in Imaging Arts: Art, School of Design, School for American Crafts, School of Photographic Arts and COMPUTER ANIMATION p. 107 PHOTOGRAPHY Sciences, School of Film and Animation, and School of Print Media. Its scope IMAGING ARTS ANIMATION, FILM, Joan Stone, Dean COMPUTER ANIMATION gives students a perspective that can be VIDEO PRODUCTION p. 106 found nowhere else—a place where some FILM/VIDEO PRODUCTION students create fine art using centuries-old methods and others PHOTOGRAPHY p. 108 push the edges of digital creativity. At no other university can you Master of Fine Arts: explore so many different aspects of the imaging fields to such a Master of Fine Arts level of professional excellence. In addition, RIT, as a career-oriented CERAMICS university, offers expertise in the professional aspects of running CERAMICS p. 104 a studio or gallery. COMPUTER GRAPHICS DESIGN COMPUTER GRAPHICS DESIGN p. 102 Faculty FINE ARTS STUDIO (Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture) RIT’s world-class faculty are noted for their excellence, from FINE ARTS STUDIO p. 101 creating award-winning sculptures and visual communications to GLASS receiving international recognition as innovators in their fields. GLASS p. 104 They excel in the practice of their profession, using state-of-the-art GRAPHIC DESIGN GRAPHIC DESIGN p. 103 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN INDUSTRIAL DESIGN p. 103 MEDICAL ILLUSTRATION ProgramsMEDICAL ILLUSTRATION p. 101 METALS METALS p. 104 ProgramsMaster of Science degrees in: WOOD WOOD p. 104 MASTERCOMPUTER OF SCIENCE SCIENCE DEGREES IN: Master of Science for Teachers: ComputerMaster ofScience Science for Teachers ARTINFORMATION EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY InformationART EDUCATION Technology p. 102 SoftwareSOFTWARE Development DEVELOPMENT and Management AND MANAGEMENT Master of Science:Science ADVANCEDGRAPHIC CERTIFICATES ARTS SYSTEMS AVAILABLE IN: PRINT MEDIA p. 105 Advanced Certificates available in: InteractiveGRAPHIC Multimedia ARTS PUBLISHING Development Advanced Certificate PRINTINGINTERACTIVE TECHNOLOGY MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT NON-TOXIC INTAGLIO PRINTMAKING (GCNIP) p. 102 Online learning option available Online learning option available Online learning option available

98 2003–20042004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

equipment and studio facilities that can support both course work Upon full acceptance into any of the graduate programs the stu- and research. Their role as mentors is evidenced in the national dent is considered qualified to pursue the degree. This status would awards won by their students. Graduate students in the college be changed by evidence of poor performance in the program. A 3.0 received the prestigious Graduate Film Honorarium of the Princess grade point average must be maintained. A student is accepted into Grace Award; a computer graphics design alumnus was awarded the program with the understanding of full-time status unless a Golden Globe; an emerging filmmaker was awarded the overall granted part-time status at admission. grand prize in the Adobe Flash Point Student Design Contest for multimedia projects; four computer graphics design students have Admission as a nonmatriculated student won awards in the Macromedia Student Web Design Contest, and Students who have a baccalaureate degree and who wish to take two computer graphics design alumni received awards of excellence particular courses may be admitted as nonmatriculated students from the Society of Technical Communications, both locally and to courses for which they are qualified. They may receive graduate internationally, in 2003. Students also received a “finalist” designa- credit, but it may not be submitted toward degree requirements. tion in the People’s Choice Awards at the Macromedia International Students deficient in admission requirements or competence may User Conference and Exhibition. An industrial design student take undergraduate courses, as advised, to qualify for admission. received an award from Volvo of North America for his winning Those coming from foreign countries where the baccalaureate child car seat in the Design for Automobile Safety Competition is not given for programs in the practice of art may be admitted at the 2000 World Traffic Safety Symposium. to graduate study if the diploma or certificate received approximates With this practical, professional experience, graduates’ success the standards of the BFA, BA or BS degrees, and their academic upon employment is excellent. Their achievements represent what records and portfolios indicate an ability to meet graduate standards. our programs are about: excellence through exploration and experimentation. Admission requirements Applicants should hold a baccalaureate degree in a field of arts, GENERAL INFORMATION sciences or education from a regionally accredited college in the United States or Canada and demonstrate, through quality of the undergraduate record in creative production, a genuine, professional Master of fine arts degrees potential. (See also section regarding non-matriculated students.) The undergraduate degree should include 75 quarter credit hours The MFA is a professional, terminal degree for artists, designers, (50 semester hours) in studio courses. craftspersons, animators, photographers, and filmmakers. Those International students need a minimum TOEFL score of 550 seeking the graduate degree desire to leave a lasting impression on (paper-based total) or 213 (computer-based total). Those coming their fields by devotion to their work, high standards of discipline, from countries where the baccalaureate degree is not given for and educational ideas. Students who possess a baccaluareate degree programs in the practice of art may be admitted to graduate study will develop expertise in their major area and in related fields under if the diploma or certificate received approximates the standards the guidance of professionals. of the BFA, BA or BS degrees and if their academic records and The college sponsors many guest lectures, seminars, and exhibits portfolios indicate an ability to meet graduate standards. to further encourage personal and professional growth. Applicants to the computer graphics design MFA program The MFA is generally a two-year, full-time program that involves in the School of Design must have an understanding of basic design the presentation of a thesis. principles and computer skills. Software skills must include: Adobe Photoshop, Macromedia Freehand or Adobe Illustrator, Acceptance for graduate study Macromedia Director and Flash. Students are admitted to graduate study by action of the Graduate To apply for admission to graduate study a student must submit Committee. Enrollment in graduate courses does not constitute the following items: admission to the graduate program, and credit is not given for • Application: Submit your graduate application for admission courses taken prior to acceptance unless the grade received in the accompanied by the application fee to the Office of Graduate course is a “B” or higher; in such a case the student, if admitted to Enrollment Services in the envelope provided in the application graduate study, may petition for a grant of credit, but not in excess packet. When making your program choice, do so by indicating of 12 quarter credit hours. the major on page six of the application. Applicants should A student may be admitted who needs additional undergraduate indicate for which degree they are applying: the master of fine study requirements. This study will be structured for breadth or arts (MFA) or master of science in teaching (MST). increased performance in areas designated and will be determined at the time of acceptance. Some programs are sequential in nature and begin in fall quarter Such prerequisites must be satisfied as defined in the letter of only.* Art education is a full-time program offered only during the acceptance, which applicants will receive prior to admission as gradu- regular three quarters of the academic year. ate students. Extended study may require additional time on campus. * Major courses for art education, computer graphics design, graphic Human Gross Anatomy and biology or equivalent content is design, industrial design and medical illustration are offered only necessary for the MFA in medical illustration. during fall, winter and spring quarters. Art education applicants should arrange a personal interview by calling 585-475-7562.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 99

• Transcripts: Evidence of a baccalaureate degree is required, so School of Photographic Arts and Sciences, Imaging Arts- request that official transcripts be sent to the Office of Graduate Photography Enrollment Services from all colleges and universities previously The portfolio must consist of 20 examples of the applicant's best attended. work, 35 mm slides are preferred, displayed in 9 1/2" x 11" vinyl • Recommendations: Submit two letters of recommendation from protective slide pages. CD-ROM and DVD are also acceptable if individuals familiar with your education and/or work experience. applicant's work warrants their use. For more information on the • Personal statement: Submit a personal statement of objectives application process, see page 107. as indicated on page 9 of the admissions application. This statement should indicate in what manner the Institute’s graduate Bevier Gallery program would assist in attaining these goals. See the application During the year, the Bevier Gallery presents a continuing series form for directions. of important exhibitions planned to present new directions in the • Portfolio: See below. fields of the arts, design and the crafts, as well as to honor the works of the past. The gallery, architecturally impressive and a part Portfolio guidelines for graduate applicants of the college, serves to enrich the cultural life of the community and the Institute at large and to inform and inspire the college’s Graduate students applying for admission into the School of Art, graduate body. School of Design or School of American Crafts, Imaging Arts- The Faculty Show, Graduate Thesis Shows and the Student Photography are required to present a portfolio that will be used Honors Show are annual events on the gallery calendar. to assess their performance and academic capabilities. • Please label your portfolio with name and address (and e-mail Transfer of credit address if available). While every precaution is taken to ensure Graduate work pursued at other institutions to the extent of proper care and handling, the Institute assumes no responsibility 12 quarter hours (nine semester hours) may be applied at the for loss or damaged slides. discretion of the Graduate Committee to specific course • The school will keep portfolios until the graduate application, requirements, depending on the nature of the student’s program scholarship and assistantship process is complete. The portfolio and major, if completed within the five preceding years. This will be returned if a return postage paid envelope is enclosed. evaluation will be made after one quarter of full-time study. • A written description of contents must accompany the portfolio. Please include project name, date, media used to create it, Policy regarding student work and purpose. The School of Art, School of Design, and School for American Crafts reserve the right to retain student work for educational use Please send portfolio and application materials to: or exhibition for a period of time not to exceed one and one-half Office of Graduate Enrollment Services quarters beyond the year the object has been made. Rochester Institute of Technology 58 Lomb Memorial Drive Attendance regulations Rochester, NY 14623-5604 The programs of the college utilize the studio, lab and shop experi- 585-475-2229 ences as an essential part of the educational program; therefore it Any correspondence concerning applications, catalogs, and port- is imperative that the student regularly attend all classes unless folios should be addressed to the Office of Graduate Enrollment specifically excused for special projects or activities by the instructors. Services. Failure to attend classes, and to complete assignments, will be taken into consideration in grading. School of Art and School for American Crafts Graduate scholarships, assistantships, and The portfolio should consist of at least 20 to 40 examples of the other financial aid applicant’s best visual work; 35mm slides are preferred, displayed 1 If you are interested in being considered for a graduate scholarship, in 8 /2" x 11" vinyl protective slide pages. (Additional computer files check the box on page 7 of the graduate application packet and sub- for video or interactive samples should be stand-alone files that will mit with the other required application materials by February 15. run on a MAC or PC.) Applications for graduate and teaching assistantships are usually School of Design mailed out in early spring to applicants and current graduate students. If you have questions, contact the appropriate school The portfolio should contain samples of your work including a office: School of Art, 585-475-7562; School of Design, combination of drawings, 2D design, 3D design, photo imaging, 585-475-7469; School for American Crafts, 585-475-5778; web site design, product renderings, CAD drawings, page layouts, Imaging Arts-Photography, 585-475-2884; Imaging Arts- etc. Visual content is dependent upon your experience and program Animation, Film, Video, 585-475-7403. for which you are applying. Need-based financial aid such as loans and grants may be The portfolio should consist of 20 to 40 samples of the applicant’s investigated through the Office of Financial Aid. best work. Slides, CD-ROM, or DVD, or a combination of these is acceptable. They must be stand-alone files that will run on a MAC or PC.

100 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Entrance Requirements School of Art One year of biology Three of the following: Master of Fine Arts in Studio Art Histology Embryology Immunology Genetics Pathology Cellular Physiology Painting/Printmaking/Sculpture/New Forms The master of fine arts studio program has intensive study in paint- Admission requirements ing, printmaking, sculpture and related media leading to mastery For U.S. and Canadian students, applicants should hold the in the fine arts field on a professional level. Faculty guidance focuses baccalaureate degree in a field of the arts, sciences or education upon research strategies that support sequential studio production from a regionally accredited college in the United States or Canada leading to individual solutions. Critical discussion is developed and demonstrate, through the quality of the undergraduate record from both the traditions of fine art and contemporary directions and creative production, a genuine, professional potential. (See also in our culture. These contemporary and historical concepts stimu- section regarding nonmatriculated students.) The undergraduate late and provoke the development of an individual approach to degree should include 75 quarter credit hours (50 semester hours) expression. Moving forward from the sound fundamental in studio courses. backgrounds of their undergraduate art programs, students explore International students need a minimum TOEFL score of 550 advanced techniques in painting, sculpture, and nontoxic printmak- (paper-based total) or 213 (computer-based total). Those coming ing. These may be pursued singly, combined, or brought together from countries where the baccalaureate degree is not given for pro- with nontraditional media to create new forms. Gallery r, an art grams in the practice of art may be admitted to graduate study if gallery in downtown Rochester operated by School of Art students, the diploma or certificate received approximates the standards of helps solidify the learning experience by bringing the work to our the BFA, BA or BS degrees and if their academic records and port- students to the greater Rochester community. Along with critical folios indicate an ability to meet graduate standards. dialogues about contemporary art, students progress toward the production of a body of work and report for the master’s thesis. Master of Science for Teachers Programs The following general pattern of studies covers degree requirements: MST Studio Major Concentration Credits The master of science for teachers studio offers a major in the fine Major 30 arts studio program with supporting courses, if desired, from gradu- Minor 15 ate offerings in other schools and departments of the Institute. Studio Electives 18 Major fine arts studio classes focus on painting, printmaking, sculp- Humanities 8 ture, drawing, and new forms. This MST may lead to permanent Forms of Inquiry 2 teacher certification if provisional or temporary certification was Graduate Forum 3 earned as an undergraduate. The MST is also suitable for the BA Thesis 48 or BFA student wishing more advanced study. This program may Total 90 be completed in one year and may start or be completed in summer sessions. Master of Fine Arts in Teacher education and certification Medical Illustration The teacher of arts and crafts in college or high school, the teacher or administrator of art programs in schools and community centers, The master of fine arts program in medical illustration enables the instructor in occupational skills and the private teacher of art students to exhibit critical and creative thinking and problem will find in the depth and breadth of the master's program a way solving in their portfolio through accurate translations of medical of extending and improving the skills and content background and scientific concepts into effective visual support for instruction necessary for effective teaching. The student who possesses a or advertisement. Students learn to demonstrate effective research baccalaureate degree with provisional certification for the teaching techniques and efficient use of time and resources during concept of art of industrial arts in the State of New York can achieve perma- and development of projects to satisfy course assignments. nent certification within the structuring of the master of science for teachers program. The following general pattern of studies covers degree requirements: Major Concentration Credits Admission requirements Major 36 The applicant should have received the baccalaureate degree in a Minor 15 field of the arts from a regionally accredited college or university Electives 15 in the United States or Canada with a major concentration in art Humanities 10 or art education. Thesis 14 A student is accepted into the program with the understanding Total 90 of full-time status unless granted part-time status at admission.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 101

The following general pattern of studies covers degree requirements: School of Design

Major Concentration Credits The School of Design offers three professional MFA degree programs: graphic design, industrial design, and computer graphics Fine Arts Studio 24 design. These unique programs allow for advanced study that inte- Humanities, Art History 8 grates creativity, philosophy, history, theory, applied concepts, and Forms of Inquiry 2 technology. Students who seek to advance their skills or change Minor Concentration 9 careers find our programs to be challenging and professionally Electives 5 based. The School sponsors guest lecturers, interdisciplinary Total 48 projects, and special events to encourage personal and professional MST Art Education growth. The School also offers four cross-disciplinary courses. All The MST-Art Education concentration leads toward permanent art graduate students in the School of Design MFA programs take N-12 certification to teach in the public schools of New York State the following courses: Design History Seminar, Design Theory and and features pedagogical studies and student teaching. Master of sci- Methods Seminar, Design Issues Seminar, and Design Research. ence for teachers in art education is for those holding the BFA or BA These cross-disciplinary courses help to foster a sense of community (art major) degree. Classes begin in September and end in May. among students and faculty and encourage dialog and interaction Graduates of teacher education programs at RIT have a related to philosophy, process, practice, history, goals, and responsi- 96-percent pass rate on the New York State Teacher Certification bilities across the design disciplines. Examination. The MFA programs in graphic design and industrial design Admission requirements require a fall entry. Computer graphics design prefers a fall entry, but can be flexible dependent upon the individual student’s quali- The applicant should have received the baccalaureate degree in a fications and/or experience. The application deadline is February field of the arts from a regionally accredited college or university in 15. Applications reviewed and accepted after this date are based the United States or Canada with a major concentration in art, art upon seats available. Applicants may be put on a waiting list. education or industrial arts education. The undergraduate studies should include a minimum of 54 quarter credit hours (36 semester hours) in drawing, painting, design or the crafts. If the applicant for Master of Fine Arts in admission holds the BA or BFA degree and seeks the MST degree Computer Graphics Design in art education, the undergraduate program must have adhered to the studio course distribution required by the New York State Nancy Ciolek, Coordinator Education Department. 585-475-7472, [email protected] An exciting, internationally recognized graduate program, the com- The following general pattern of studies covers degree requirements: puter graphics design MFA combines knowledge of design theory, methodology, and aesthetics with skills in the application of current MAJOR CONCENTRATION Credits software and hardware developments. Technology has changed Education, Psychology and Sociology 20 how society communicates and this has affected how designers Art Education Concentration 22 integrate knowledge and skills with technology. The MFA program Methods and Materials in Art Education, will help you develop an understanding of advanced design princi- Seminar in Art Education, Practice Teaching ples, visualization, semiotics, aesthetics, and digital technology to Studio Electives 6 be successful in developing computer-based design applications. Total Credits 48 The program represents and fosters a multimedia approach to the design of electronic communication that synthesizes interface ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN NON-TOXIC INTAGLIO design, sound, animation, three-dimensional modeling, human PRINTMAKING (GCNIP) factors, semiotics, authoring languages, digital video and imaging. Our students focus on experimental and practical approaches To offer technical training and retraining for artists and toward the design of interactive digital media, including: exhibit printmaking professionals who want to gain a comprehensive work- design, training and educational modules, and web site ing knowledge in non-toxic intaglio printmaking techniques, which development. All students are required to complete a thesis project. includes a study of methodology and aesthetic applications. As part of the entrance requirements, applicants must have an understanding of basic design principles and computer skills. 2021-741 Graduate Certificate Non-Toxic Intaglio Printmaking I 4 Software skills must include: Adobe Photoshop, Macromedia 2021-742 Graduate Certificate Non-Toxic Intaglio Printmaking II 4 Freehand or Adobe Illustrator, Macromedia Director and Flash. 2021-743 Graduate Certificate Non-Toxic Intaglio Printmaking II 4 Total 48 Master of fine arts in computer graphics design Major 55 Elective/Minor 15 Design Core* 12 Thesis 8 Total 90 102 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Master of Fine Arts in Master of fine arts in industrial design Graphic Design Major 42 Electives/Minor† 18 Deborah Beardslee, Coordinator Design Core 12 585-475-2664 E-mail: [email protected] Liberal Arts 4 Thesis 14 Graphic design is a professional major that consists of a sequence Total 90 of courses addressing advanced visual communication problems † Minors are declared within the College of Imaging Arts and Sciences and in other with an emphasis on meaning, form, and function. In a professional colleges at the Institute. This is done with approval from the individual programs’ studio setting, students work with faculty on the understanding graduate adviser/coordinator: The minor should support the goal of the MFA degree. and implementation of design process; design theory; history and criticism; research methods; visual aesthetics; systems design; information design; ethics and values; project development and School for American Crafts evaluation; and cross-disciplinary problem-solving methods. Course work and thesis projects incorporate both theory and application in the solution of hypothetical or actual design The Master of Fine Arts problems. Courses within this major evidence a balanced approach toward the application of electronic media and traditional processes. The MFA is a professional, terminal degree for practicing artists, Final design outcomes may range from small- or large-scale two- craftspersons or designers who desire to leave a lasting impression dimensional, printed artifacts to electronic, time-based and/or on their fields by devotion to their work and high standards of interactive applications. Special lectures, guest speakers, exhibitions discipline and artistic ideals. The MFA is generally a two-year, full- and workshops complement the studio work experience. Student time program that involves the presentation of a thesis. The thesis projects also utilize other RIT resources such as the Graphic Design includes written documentation and formal exhibition of a body Archive and the Cary Graphic Arts Collection. of work. Master of fine arts in graphic design Studio residence program Major 24 Design Core 12 The School for American Crafts offers a craft residence program. Minor † 15 Participants will be accepted in the ceramics, glass, metals and Electives 15 wood studios. Liberal Arts 12 Residence positions are limited and will be awarded by portfolio, Thesis 12 transcript and references, etc. An interview is required. Accepted Total 90 studio residents are required to register for at least two credits of independent study during every quarter of residence. These two credits can be taken as an audit, thus reducing the tuition cost Master of Fine Arts in Industrial Design to the resident. Accepted residents are expected to be present in their major David Morgan, Coordinator studio during class hours and to contribute up to 10 hours of work 585-475-4769, [email protected] per week in the major studio. These work hours will be coordinated The master of fine arts degree program is available for students and overseen by the major faculty in the area. In exchange the pursuing specialized study in industrial design at the graduate school will provide workspace, access to the facilities and supportive level for the purpose of career enhancement or redirection. The instruction. The resident is invited to participate in the full range educational experience is project oriented, requiring research into of studio activities. design methods and technologies. Cross-disciplinary collaboratives Participants may be people seeking additional studio experience provide an experiential dimension. prior to undergraduate or graduate study, early career professionals, The first year of study includes seminar courses in design history, or teachers on leave who wish to work again in an academic studio issues, research, theory and methods, which are common to all environment, etc. The major faculty in the area will make decisions graduate students in the School of Design. In addition, there are concerning appropriate candidates. studio courses that involve extensive deign work with respect to Inquiries should be made to Residence Program, College of environmental issues, the meaning of artifacts, and critical analysis. Imaging Arts and Sciences, School for American Crafts, Rochester Extensive course work using 3D software for product modeling and Institute of Technology, 73 Lomb Memorial Drive, Rochester, NY animation fills out the program. 14623-5603. In the second year, students conduct research and develop a Master of fine arts thesis project, which is presented in a graduate thesis exhibition or presentation and is documented in a written thesis report. Major 42 Humanities 10 Graduate Forum 3 Electives (optional minor) 15 (18) Thesis 18 Total 90

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 103

Admission requirements Master of Fine Arts in Wood For U.S. and Canadian students, applicants should hold a baccalaureate degree in a field of arts, sciences or education from This program leads to the terminal degree in the studio arts. Men a regionally accredited college in the United States or Canada and and women come to the program from diverse backgrounds such demonstrate, through the quality of the undergraduate record and as architecture, interior design, industrial design, art history, law, creative production, a genuine, professional potential. (See also teaching, etc., as well as undergraduate wood programs. In the first section regarding non-matriculated students.) The undergraduate year, students identify issues in their technical and aesthetic degree should include 75 quarter credit hours (50 semester hours) background and, along with faculty, create a program of study to in studio courses. address these areas. Simultaneously, they discover directions in their International students need a minimum TOEFL score of 550 work that are promising for further exploration. Based upon this (paper-based total) or 213 (computer-based total). Those coming experience, they develop a thesis proposal and, in the second year, from countries where the baccalaureate degree is not given for create a comprehensive body of work. This work culminates in the programs in the practice of art may be admitted to graduate study end-of-the-year graduate thesis exhibition in the college gallery and if the diploma or certificate received approximates the standards a written thesis in support of the work. of the BFA, BA or BS degrees and if their academic records and portfolios indicate an ability to meet graduate standards. School of Print Media Master of Fine Arts in Ceramics The School of Print Media offers a master of science degree program The ceramics studio embraces the contemporary spectra of aesthetic in print media. For the latest information, visit our Web site: ideas and innovative techniques to educate and train professional www.rit.edu/~spms. artists/craftspeople. It strives to support students’ career goals with pragmatic information and suitable facilities and equipment. Admission requirements Our structured courses address specific issues inherent to utilitarian Prior to being admitted to a master of science degree program, pottery, vessel aesthetics, ceramics sculpture and mixed media. The applicants must satisfy the Graduate Admission Committee of the ceramics program also receives substantial reinforcement from the School of Print Media that their previous training, ability, and other craft studios because they, too, explore similar formats and con- practical experience indicate a reasonable chance of success. cerns that face artists and craftspeople about to enter the 21st century. Requirements Master of Fine Arts in Glass • A bachelor’s degree from a four-year program in an accredited college or university. This two-year program is structured on the basis of individual • An undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 or higher on needs, interests and professional preparation as they may be the 4.0 scale. determined through individual/group discussions. A rapid series • A completed application form, including official transcripts, of exploratory works is developed during the first year with personal statement, and two letters of recommendation. emphasis on broadening technical and aesthetic understanding. GRE requirements The second year’s focus will be on developing a body of work based • Applicants from foreign universities should submit Graduate on a sustained interest from the first year’s investigation. The final Record Examination (GRE) scores, as should students with tran- work must be supported by a written thesis, a high quality portfolio scripts using grading metrics other than the 4.0 GPA model. and an exhibition. These scores also can be considered for applicants whose grade point average is below 3.0. Master of Fine Arts in Metals • International students must submit TOEFL scores of 550 or This program is structured on the basis of individual needs, interests higher (paper-based test) or 213 or higher (computer-based test). and background preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. All aspects of metalsmithing are explored. The Students are encouraged to apply to the graduate program at any program gives the student a broad exposure to metal working time during the year. To be assured of the best opportunity for techniques, expands the student’s knowledge of applied design, admission and scholarships, interested students should have their strengthens perceptual and philosophical concepts and develops an application process completed by March 1. Applications received individual mode of expression. This sequence leads to the master’s later than March 1 will be considered on a space-available basis. thesis, inaugurated by the student and overseen by the faculty. Foundation program The Foundation Program is common to the graduate programs within the School of Print Media. During the admissions process, the graduate program chair evaluates the background of an applicant to determine whether a portion of the Foundation Program might be waived because of prior course work or work experience.

104 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

The Foundation Program involves the following course work. Thesis 0307-711 Fundamentals of Statistics I (or equivalent) All students in the on-campus print media graduate programs are 2081-xxx ST: Print Media Graduate Foundation required to complete a research thesis that demonstrates original 2082-303 Professional & Technical Writing thinking and creativity in the search for new knowledge in the If the applicant has taken Technical Writing and Statistics I as an graphic communications industry. Students select topics in which undergraduate, the requirement may be waived. If not, they may be they have an intense interest and a desire to make a significant taken at RIT or another undergraduate institution. The Print contribution to the body of knowledge in the industry. Fellowship Media Graduate Foundation, must be taken at RIT. awards are often available to help fund their research. Online option Master of Science in Print Media The digital revolution has begun. Next-generation technologies are transforming the workplace and creating new challenges for Twyla J. Cummings, Graduate Program Chair the entire graphic communications industry. The competitive and 585-475-5567, [email protected] fast-changing nature of today’s marketplace requires printing and Although it might seem like another age, it was just a few short publishing professionals who can react to market needs more years ago when terms like “digital workflow” and “electronic quickly than every before. publishing” were unknown to most people in the graphic commu- The master of science degree is available online. For working nications industry. Today, the challenge of keeping up with professionals who do not participate in a full-time program, technological change is difficult and even risky. Every decision has RIT’s online curriculum can be completed in two years (two an impact on productivity across the organization and affects its courses per quarter). The courses are as rigorous as those taught ability to compete in the marketplace. on campus. Those with full-time jobs may wish to start with one course per quarter. A focus on technology Course material is present in many forms: Web resources, The print media program provides you with an in-depth multimedia, video and audio lectures and demos, and one-on- understanding of technical printing and imaging concepts and one interaction with faculty via e-mail and chat conferences. The exposure to high-level research methods. Although this program courses earn the same credit and are taught by the same faculty provides a broad exposure to the graphic communications industry, who teach the on-campus courses. it allows students an opportunity to specialize in a relevant technical This degree program is oriented towards individuals in technical or business area. The program offers the maximum flexibility in and management positions in the printing and publishing industry. terms of tailoring the program to meet individual needs. Recent Whether you aim to strengthen your resume or explore new career students have focused on information technology, imaging science directions, this degree can help you achieve your goals. or graphic design, depending upon interest and aptitude. Curriculum (Online Option) Curriculum 2080-717 Markets for Print & Graphic Media 4 2081-701 Research Methods in Graphic Arts 4 2081-709 Trends in Print Technology Research 4 2081-709 Trends in Print Technology Research 4 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis 4 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis 4 2081-721 Digital Printing & Publishing 4 2081-716 Grad Materials and Processes I 4 2081-723 Contemporary Publishing 4 2081-717 Grad Materials and Processes II 4 2081-728 Database Publishing 4 2081-XXX Cross-Media Workflow I 4 2081-742 Document Processing Languages 4 2081-XXX Cross-Media Workflow II 4 2081-xxx Technical Practicum 4 0307-712 Fundamentals of Statistics II or equivalent 4 2081-840 Research Projects 4 2081-890 Thesis 4 Electives 12 Minor Concentration/Electives 12 Total 48 Total 48 Minor concentrations and elective options The fast track Minor concentration and elective courses are selected by the The graphic communications industry is large and extremely varied student to develop additional expertise in a particular area of inter- and continues to be driven by changes in technology. Graduates est. The degree offers flexibility in terms of tailoring the program from our master’s program are working as professionals in produc- to meet individual needs. Recent students have focused on information management, marketing, technical sales, research and tion technology or business, depending upon interest and aptitude. development, quality assurance, administration, teaching and other The electives and minor concentration courses are comprised of areas. A graduate degree from RIT’s School of Print Media pays off selected courses offered by CIAS or other RIT colleges. All courses by attracting leading employers from every graphic discipline. The must be pre-approved by the graduate coordinator. program placement rate has been close to 100 percent for the past several years.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 105

A graduate degree from the School of Print Media can be your Integrated Printing Lab road map to a creative, prosperous and exciting career. Our This lab contains a Heidelberg Speedmaster six-color press, a programs offer you the tools necessary to be successful as a manager Komori perfecting press, a QuickMaster-DI press, and a Creo and leader in the graphic communications industry. With state-of- Trendsetter. For flexography, there is a Mark Andy multicolor the-art facilities and technology, internationally renowned faculty, web press. and unequaled course offerings, the School of Print Media is widely considered the premier provider of graphic communications education in the world. School of Film and Animation LABORATORY FACILITIES The School of Film and Animation offers the master of fine arts in imaging arts with concentrations in computer animation, tradi- Take one look around the School of Print Media, and you’ll see tional animation, and film. why RIT is known as the number one graphic media school in the world. You’ll have full access to powerful tools for learning in our Master of Fine Arts in Imaging Arts cutting-edge laboratory facilities. The campus is wired to provide instant access to information resources. There are more than 500 Animation, Film, Video Production computer workstations dedicated for student use in the College Malcolm Spaull, Coordinator, MFA Program, Film and Animation of Imaging Arts and Sciences alone. 585-475-7403 E-mail: [email protected] Prepress & Publishing Lab (PPL) The master of fine arts program in imaging arts emphasizes a broad The PPL features 21 fully configured and networked dual-processor interpretation of animation and filmmaking as an art form, with Macintosh G4 workstations, the latest graphics and imaging the intention of inspiring and nurturing the individuality of each software, scanners, and a complete selection of output devices. student as a creative, productive person. The program encourages graduate study in filmmaking and animation as a means to personal Design & Color Lab aesthetic, intellectual and career development. This lab contains 21 fully configured and networked flat-screen The MFA curriculum provides a flexible pattern of study that “superdrive” Macintosh G4 computers loaded with the latest is continually sensitive to the needs of each student, building design, imaging, and multimedia software. upon the strengths that each individual brings to the program. A full range of courses in 2D computer animation; 3D computer Advanced Publishing Lab animation; drawing for animation;, stopmotion animation; and This lab contains 14 fully configured and networked Macintosh documentary, experimental, and narrative film are available. G4 computers loaded with cutting edge graphics, imaging, and Successful completion of the program enables a student to seek database publishing software. careers in film or animation production. Color Proofing Lab Program goals This lab features the Kodak Approval digital color proofing system, 1. Provide students the opportunity to use animation, filmmaking, in addition, to other state-of-the-art color proofing systems. and other imaging arts as a means to pursue a career and earn a livelihood. Desktop Scanning Lab 2. Provide students the opportunity to use animation, filmmaking, This facility reflects the growing range of image capture tools available and other imaging arts as a means to enrich their personal lives to professionals, including high-end flatbed and drum scanners. and society as a whole. 3. Provide a nurturing intellectual environment that encourages Color Measurement Lab a sense of community, creativity, scholarship and purpose. This lab addresses the growing industry focus on managing color. This facility contains spectrophotometers, colorimeters and color Degree requirements profiling and color analysis software. The MFA degree in imaging arts normally requires a minimum Digital Printing Lab of two years of full-time course work as a resident graduate student and then completion of a thesis film. A minimum of 90 quarter RIT’s digital printing lab is one of the few educational facilities credit hours of graduate work is outlined below. in the world that houses a full array of digital color printing The 90 hours do not include undergraduate work required by equipment. action of the MFA admission committee in accepting a particular Web Offset Lab applicant nor do they include undergraduate prerequisites for graduate courses. In 2001, Heidelberg announced a partnership with RIT based on the donation of a world-class Sunday 6-color commercial web offset press.

106 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Computer and Traditional Animation GENERAL INFORMATION The computer animation concentration incorporates courses in 2D and 3D computer and camera animation. The computer animation concentration consists primarily of Electives courses in single-frame filmmaking taught in the School of Film Elective courses are available in animation, film, video, multimedia, and Animation and programming courses offered in Computer screenwriting, printmaking, painting, sculpture, communication Science and Information Technology. Course work includes design, museum studies, crafts, bookmaking, typography, color exercises and major projects in both two- and three-dimensional photography, new media, studio photography, advertising photogra- computer animation as well as support courses in filmmaking phy, perception, sensitometry, computer graphics, art history and technique and interactivity. archival preservation and conservation. There are also opportunities The computer animation degree encompasses work in three areas for independent studies, internships and concentrations. of study: Credits The faculty 1. Concentration (computer animation) designed to give The MFA in imaging arts computer animation program is depth of experience in the area of the student’s primary supported by a staff of 12 full-time faculty members with the interest. All students complete required course and other School of Film and Animation and a variety of adjunct faculty course work is selected from many flexible alternatives. 40 members. Faculty and course work are also available from the 2. History and aesthetics of film and related art forms 14 School of Photographic Arts and Sciences, School of Print Media, 3. Programming 4 School of Art, School of Design, and School for American Crafts 4. Electives 14 as well as from the College of Liberal Arts. 5. Research Seminar, Admission requirements Graduate Seminar, and Research & Thesis 18 Students with a baccalaureate degree or equivalent from an accred- Total 90 ited college or university, or equivalent, are eligible for admission provided they present a portfolio of work that demonstrates their Distribution of work within these guidelines is subject to skills, visual sophistication, and aesthetic awareness. Acceptance modification based upon the candidate’s background, abilities and depends on the strength of portfolios as judged by the graduate interests. An individualized course of study will be prepared with faculty, past academic performance, letters of recommendation, the advice of the graduate faculty and made a matter of record. and personal statements of purpose. There are no examination requirements for admission to this Modifications in this prescribed program thereafter must be MFA program. If applying with an undergraduate GPA of less than approved and recorded. 3.0, however, the GRE or GMAT test is strongly recommended. Film Personal interviews, whether in person or by phone, are encouraged but not required. Applicants who are capable of good academic The film concentration incorporates courses in film, video, and work as well as artistic visual expression and who demonstrate an scriptwriting. Students produce fiction, documentary, and interest in the exploration of new artistic ideas and experiences will experimental films. be favored. The graduate faculty will make recommendations based The film degree encompasses work in three areas of study: on the above interlocking criteria. Credits Students who are evaluated to have MFA potential but need 1. Concentration (film) designed to give depth of additional study in preparation for graduate courses will be advised experience in the area of the student’s primary interest. to take such courses either prior to entrance or during their first All students complete required course; other course year of study. The graduate faculty will make recommendations. work is selected from many flexible alternatives. 40 To apply for admission to graduate study, students must submit 2. History and aesthetics of film and related art forms 19 an official transcript of their undergraduate degree(s), an acceptable 3. Electives 15 portfolio (slides, videotape, CD, etc.), a statement of purpose detail- 4. Research Seminar, ing why they want to attend graduate school and what they will Graduate Seminar, and bring to the program, and a minimum of two letters of reference. Research & Thesis 16 All correspondence concerning applications or catalogs should be Total 90 addressed to the director of Graduate Enrollment Services. Distribution of work within these guidelines is subject to Transfer credit modification based upon the candidate’s background, abilities, and interests. An individualized course of study will be prepared with Graduate-level course work taken prior to admission to the program should be submitted for approval upon entrance into the advice of the graduate faculty and made a matter of record. the program. Up to 12 quarter credit hours (8 semester hours) Modifications in this prescribed program thereafter must be of B or better graduate work is transferable toward the degree approved and recorded. with the approval of the graduate faculty.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 107

Portfolio Thesis The portfolio, along with written records of accomplishment and The thesis project should be an original production appropriate to recommendations, serves to inform the faculty of the applicant’s the major commitment of the degree candidate. A written report imaging accomplishments. It provides a visual statement of the will be prepared for inclusion in the library. Specific directions are candidate’s performance to date in terms of his or her skills, available in the “MFA Guide for Students and Faculty: Policy aesthetic development and maturity. Regarding Student Work.” The School of Film and Animation Applicants are encouraged to submit their best visual work in reserves the right to retain copies of student-produced films to be their portfolio whether computer generated or not. Photography, used for educational purposes, to show to prospective students, and painting, film, animation, illustration, Web page design and other as examples of student productions. Graduates must also leave the forms of visual expression can be included. Do not send master school copies on videotape or CD of complete work and master’s tapes or originals of any work. Where possible, all digital files thesis projects. should be Mac friendly. 1. For CDs the only type of movie files we can accept are Cultural influences QuickTime movie files. We strongly prefer all digital media to be Macintosh compatible. Rochester is a unique place for anyone seriously interested in a 2. We will not accept slide carousel trays. Slides should be broad pursuit of studies in imaging arts. Fine-art imaging at RIT submitted in plastic sleeves. is keeping pace with some of the newer visual imaging methods Admission selection for the fall quarter in the imaging arts through courses in computer graphics, interactive installations, program is made in the spring from among all portfolios and virtual reality, computer animation, and Web page design. The completed applications received. Admission to the animation pro- Rochester area is enhanced by such outstanding resources as the gram occurs on a rolling basis; that is, students can be admitted International Museum of Photography and Film at the George in any quarter, although fall is preferable. Applications should Eastman House and the Visual Studies Workshop and has histori- be postmarked by February 15 to optimize the opportunity for cally been noted as a center for experimental film. fall admission. Portfolios and completed applications will be The MFA program in imaging arts computer animation at RIT reviewed as they are received. Once the available slots are filled, is unique in that it is the only such program housed in a School qualified candidates will be placed on a waiting list and any slots of Film and Animation with full production facilities and the that open will be filled by candidate at the top of the list. additional support of highly specialized faculty in photography, Submit a list of work included on video with any tapes, which imaging science, computer science and information technology, includes the title and length of the work as well as your role in and printing. production. Include a table of contents on a CD or DVD. Slides should be submitted in sleeves, not in a carousel. Submit the portfolio with the application material to Graduate Enrollment Services. Send your materials to: School of Photographic Rochester Institute of Technology Arts and Sciences Office of Graduate Enrollment Services 58 Lomb Memorial Drive Rochester, NY 14623-5604 Master of Fine Arts in 585-475-2229 Imaging Arts Photography [email protected] Therese Mulligan, Ph.D., Coordinator, MFA Program, Photography Grades and time limit 585-475-2616, [email protected] The average of all grades for graduate credit taken at the Institute The master of fine arts program in imaging arts emphasizes a broad must be at least a B (3.0) to qualify for the MFA imaging arts degree. Thesis hours are usually taken over several quarters. Only interpretation of photography as an art form, with the intention the letter R is recorded, indicating a thesis in process. No letter of inspiring and nurturing the individuality of each student as grade is assigned. Acceptance or rejection of the thesis is made by a creative, productive person. The program encourages graduate the candidate’s thesis board and the graduate faculty. study in photography as a means to personal, aesthetic, intellectual All course work, including an accepted thesis, must be completed and career development. within seven years of entrance into the program. The MFA curriculum provides a flexible pattern of study that is continually sensitive to the needs of each student, building upon Screenings the strengths that each individual brings to the program. Successful Screenings are required for all student-produced films and are completion of the program enables a student to seek careers in edu- coordinated through the professor or the thesis chair. cation, museum or gallery work or as a self-employed professional.

108 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Photography To apply for admission, students must submit an official This concentration provides students with the opportunity to pur- transcript of their undergraduate degree, an acceptable portfolio, sue a rigorous course of study in fine art photography and related a statement of purpose detailing what attributes they bring to media. Contemporary fine art photography incorporates the study graduate study, as well as expectations and professional goals they of practice, history and criticism, from the beginnings of photogra- wish to achieve, and a minimum of three letters of reference. phy to present-day digital and experimental techniques. Students All correspondence concerning applications or catalogs should engage in discursive studies, extensive research and experimental be addressed to the director of Graduate Enrollment Services. learning in a content-rich environment. Parallel courses in art and related areas complement core classes in photography-related Transfer credit studies. Graduate-level course work taken prior to admission to the program should be submitted for approval upon entrance into Art electives the program. Up to 12 quarter credit hours (8 semester hours) Elective courses are available in animation, video, multimedia, of B or better graduate work is transferable toward the degree screen writing, printmaking, painting, sculpture, communication with the approval of the graduate coordinator. design, museum studies, crafts, bookmaking, typography, color photography, new media, studio photography, advertising photogra- Portfolio phy, perception, sensitometry, computer graphics, art history, and The portfolio, along with written records of accomplishment and archival preservation and conservation. There are also opportunities recommendations, serves to inform the faculty of the applicant’s for independent studies and internships. imaging accomplishments. It provides a visual statement of the applicant’s performance to date in terms of his or her skills, Program goals aesthetic development and maturity. 1. Provide students the opportunity to use photography as a Applicants should send 20 images representing a cohesive body means to pursue a career and earn a livelihood. or bodies of recent work. 2. Provide students the opportunity to use photography as a Admission selection for the fall quarter in the imaging arts means to enrich their personal lives and society as a whole. program is made in the spring from among all portfolios and 3. Provide a nurturing intellectual environment that encourages completed applications received. Applicants should be certain a sense of community, creativity, scholarship and purpose. that portfolios are postmarked no later than January 15 to ensure review of the application. Admission occurs only once a year. The faculty Portfolio instructions The MFA in imaging arts program is supported by a staff of • Submit 35mm slides or a CD. 40 full-time faculty members from the School of Photographic • Submit no more than 20 slides. Arts and Sciences and adjunct faculty members from the George • Place a red dot in the lower left corner of each slide mount. Eastman House, International Museum of Photography and the • Label each slide with your name, title of work, date, size of work. Visual Studies Workshop, as well as RIT’s Image Permanence • Do not use glass slide mounts or thick tape to label or mask slides. Institute. • Number slides 1 to 20 in the order you wish them projected. Faculty and course work are also available from the School • Include a slide list. of Print Media, School of Art, School of Design and School for • Include a self-addressed, STAMPED envelope for the return American Crafts, as well as from the College of Liberal Arts. of your slides. We cannot return slides lacking sufficient postage or adequate packaging. We will retain the slides of Admission requirements admitted applicants. Students with a baccalaureate degree or equivalent from an accred- • Submit your portfolio with the application material to: ited college or university are eligible for admission, provided they Rochester Institute of Technology present a portfolio of work that demonstrates their skills, visual Office of Graduate Enrollment Services sophistication and aesthetic awareness. Acceptance depends on the 58 Lomb Memorial Drive strength of portfolios as judged by the graduate faculty, past Rochester, NY 14623-5604 academic performance, letters of recommendation and personal statements of purpose. 585-475-2229 There are no examination requirements (e.g., GRE) for admission to this MFA program. Personal interviews are encouraged but Degree requirements not required. Applicants who are capable of good academic work, The MFA degree in imaging arts normally requires a minimum as well as artistic visual expression and who demonstrate an inter- of two years of full-time resident graduate study. A minimum of est in the exploration of new artistic ideas and experiences will be 90 quarter credit hours of graduate work is outlined below. These recommended. minimums may be exceeded by intent or necessity to cover particu- Students who are evaluated to have MFA potential but require lar areas of study. additional study in preparation for graduate courses will be advised The 90 hours do not include undergraduate work required by to take necessary courses either prior to entrance or during their action of the MFA admission committee in accepting a particular first year of study. applicant or undergraduate course prerequisites for graduate courses.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 109

The Master of Fine Arts in Imaging Arts: Photography Cultural influences The MFA degree encompasses work in three areas of study: Rochester is a unique place for anyone seriously interested in Credits a broad pursuit of photographic studies. Fine art imaging at RIT 1. Concentration designed to give depth of experience in the area of the is keeping pace with the latest visual imaging methods researched student’s primary interest. All students complete required courses and and practiced in larger metropolitan area in art institutions and other course work selected from many flexible alternatives. 40 industry. The Rochester area is enhanced with outstanding intellec- 2. History and Aesthetics and History and Criticism of tual and human resources. In addition to those located in the Imaging Arts and related media 15 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences at RIT, there are resources 3. Electives 19 to be found in two major additional institutions heavily involved 4. Research Seminar, in photographic education and innovation: George Eastman Graduate Seminar and House, International Museum of Photography and the Visual Research & Thesis 16 Studies Workshop. Total 90 The MFA program in imaging arts at RIT is unique in that it is the only such program housed in a School of Photographic Arts Distribution of work within these guidelines is subject to and Sciences with a support faculty of 40 highly specialized and modification based upon the candidate’s background, abilities and diverse instructors. The program is designed to reflect this diversity interests. An individualized course of study will be prepared with in curriculum and programming. the advice of the graduate faculty and made a matter of record. Modifications in this prescribed program thereafter must be approved and recorded. Grades and time limit The average of all grades for graduate credit taken at the Institute must be at least a “B” (3.0) to qualify for the MFA imaging arts degree. Thesis hours are usually taken over several quarters. Only the letter “R” is recorded, indicating a thesis in process. No letter grade is assigned. Acceptance or rejection of the thesis is made by the candidate’s thesis board and the graduate faculty. All course work, including an accepted thesis, must be completed within seven years of entrance into the program. SPAS Photography Gallery The SPAS Photography Gallery supports the exhibition of graduate thesis work, student work and works of contemporary imagemakers. Students who wish to exhibit their work in the gallery are required to adhere to the published gallery guidelines. Thesis The thesis exhibition/project should be an original body of work appropriate to the major commitment of the degree candidate. A written thesis will be prepared for inclusion in the Wallace library. Specific directions are available in the MFA Guide for Students and Faculty. Policy regarding student work The School of Photographic Arts and Sciences reserves the right to retain at least one original piece of work from a student’s MFA Thesis Show for inclusion in the MFA Collection to be used for educational and exhibition purposes. Graduates must also leave the school one set of not less than 20 slides or a videotape or CD of thesis work completed for the master’s degree.

110 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

GRADUATE FACULTY School of Design School for School of Film Deborah Beardslee, BFA, American Crafts and Animation Syracuse University; MFA, Virginia School of Art Commonwealth University— Andy Buck, BA, Virginia Cat Ashworth, MA, State University Associate Professor, MFA Program Commonwealth University; MFA, of New York at Buffalo—Assistant Donald Arday, BFA, Cleveland Coordinator, Graphic Design Rhode Island School of Design— Professor Institute of Art; MFA, Syracuse Assistant Professor, Wood Nancy A. Ciolek, BFA, MFA, Carl (Skip) Battaglia, BA, Boston University—Administrative Chair, Juan Carlos Caballero-Perez, College; MS, Syracuse University; School of Art; Associate Professor Indiana State University—Associate Professor, MFA Program Coordinator, BFA, MFA, Rochester Institute MFA, State University of New York Bob Cole, BA, MS, University Computer Graphics Design of Technology—Assistant Professor, at Buffalo—Professor of Maryland—Professor Metals Chris B. Jackson, BFA, Alfred Jack Beck, BA, Denison University; Robert Dorsey, BFA, Rochester University; MFA, Rochester Institute Robin Cass, BFA, Rhode Island MFA, University of Iowa—Assistant Institute of Technology; MFA, of Technology—Assistant Professor, School of Design; MFA, State Professor Syracuse University—Associate Computer Graphics Design University of New York College at Johannes Bockwoldt, MA, Temple Professor Alfred—Assistant Professor, Glass Robert M. Kahute, BID, BFA, University in Philadelphia—Visiting William Finewood, BA, State Syracuse University; MFA, Rochester Wendell Castle, BFA, MFA, Assistant Professor University of New York College at Institute of Technology—Professor, University of Kansas—Artist-in- Adrianne Carageorge, MFA, Ohio Geneseo; MFA, Syracuse University— Industrial Design Residence; Professor; Chair in University—Film/Video Production Assistant Professor Contemporary Crafts Robert P. Keough, BFA, MFA, Program Chair; Associate Processor Robert Heischman, BFA, Miami Rochester Institute of Technology— Julia Galloway, BFA, New York State Tereza Flaxman, BFA, University of University; UCFA, Ruskin School Professor, Computer Graphics Design College of Ceramics; MFA, University Oregon; MFA, School of Visual Arts of Art—Professor of Colorado—Assistant Professor, in NYC—Visiting Assistant Professor Heinz Klinkon, BFA, MFA, Ceramics Glen R. Hintz, BA, Lafayette Rochester Institute of Technology— Stephanie Maxwell, BA, University College; MS, The Medical College Associate Professor, Graphic Design Richard Hirsch, BS, State University of California at Los Angeles; MFA, of Georgia—Associate Professor of New York College at New Paltz; Patti J. Lachance, BFA, Herron San Francisco Art Institute—Associate Keith Howard, Painting Diploma, MFA, Rochester Institute of Professor School of Art at Indiana and Purdue Technology—Professor, Ceramics National Art School, Australia; Universities at Indianapolis; MFA, Howard Lester, BA, Cornell Master’s in Studio Art, New York Rochester Institute of Technology— Max L. Lenderman, BS, MS, University; MFA, University University—Associate Professor Administrative Chairperson, School Indiana State University; MFA, of California at Los Angles— Thomas R. Lightfoot, BA, BFA, of Design; Associate Professor University Administrative Chair; Professor University of Connecticut; MFA, of Kansas—Professor, Weaving Bruce I. Meader, BFA, MFA, and Textile Design Naomi Orwin, MA, Institute Instituto Allende, San Miguel de Carnegie Mellon University— of Transpersonal Psychology; BA, Allende, Gto., Mexico; M.Ed., Associate Professor, Graphic Design Albert Paley, BFA, MFA, Tyler University of Chicago—Visiting Ed.D., Columbia University Teachers School of Art, Temple University; Assistant Professor College—Associate Professor David Morgan, BFA, Brigham Young Ph.D. (honorary), University of University; MFA, Rhode Island Rochester—Artist-in-Residence, Duane Palyka, BA, BFA, Carnegie James Perkins, BA, Cornell School of Design—Assistant Mellon University; MFA, University University; ABD, University of Charlotte Fredericks Mowris Chair Professor; MFA, Program in Contemporary Crafts of Utah—Associate Professor Rochester; MFA, Rochester Institute Coordinator, Industrial Design of Technology—Assistant Professor Michael Rogers, BA, MA, Western Lorelei Pepi, BFA, Rhode Island Marianne O’Loughlin, BA, St. Illinois University; MFA, University School of Design; MFA, California Luvon Sheppard, BFA, MST, Bonaventure University; BFA, MFA, Institute of the Arts—Assistant Rochester Institute of Technology— of Illinois—Associate Professor; Chair, Rochester Institute of Technology— School for American Crafts Professor Professor Associate Professor; Program Chair, Richard Tannen, BS, Cornell Johnny Robinson, BFA, MFA, Alan D. Singer, BFA, Cooper Union; New Media Design and Imaging, BFA Syracuse University—Animation MFA, Cornell University—Professor University; Cert. of Mastery, Boston R. Roger Remington, BFA, University—Professor, Wood Chair, Assistant Professor Bruce Sodervick, BS, Indiana Rochester Institute of Technology; Leonard A. Urso, BFA, MFA, Arnie Sirlin, BA, University University; MFA, Southern Illinois MS, University of Wisconsin— of Maryland—Visiting Assistant University—Professor Professor, Graphic Design State University of New York College at New Paltz—Professor, Metals Professor Carole Woodlock, BFA, Alberta Marla Schweppe, BA, University of Malcolm Spaull, MFA, Rochester College of Art; MFA, Concordia Kansas; MA, Ohio State University— Institute of Technology—MFA University—MST Program Associate Professor; Director of Coordinator, Professor Coordinator; Assistant Professor, Visualization Art Education James C. Ver Hague, BS, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; BA, MFA, State University of New York at Buffalo—Professor, Computer Graphics Design

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 111

School of School of Photographic Arts Print Media and Sciences Barbara Birkett, BA, Aquinas College; MBA, Rochester Institute of Technology; CPA, Maryland— Imaging Arts Photography Associate Processor, Print Media Concentration Management Patti Ambrogi, MFA, Visual Studies Robert Y. Chung, BS, Eastern Workshop—Associate Professor Washington State University; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— Myra Greene, BFA, Washington Professor, Color Management University; MFA, University of New Mexico—Assistant Professor Twyla Cummings, BS, MS, Wright State University; Ph.D., Union Angela M. Kelly, MA, Columbia Institute and University—Assistant College—Associate Professor Professor, Print Media Management; Susan Lakin, BFA, Art Center Graduate Program Chair of Design; MFA, University of Franziska Frey, Ph.D., Swiss Federal California—Assistant Professor Institute of Technology—Assistant Dan Larkin, BFA, Rochester Professor, Materials and Digital Institute of Technology; MFA, Bard Imaging College—Assistant Professor Michael Kleper, MS, Rochester Therese Mulligan, BA, University Institute of Technology—Paul & of Missouri; MA, Michigan State Louise Miller Professor University; Ph.D., University of New C.R. Myers, MS, Rochester Institute Mexico—Professor; Program Chair of Technology—Assistant Professor, Elaine O’Neil, BFA, Philadelphia Electronic Prepress College of Art; MS, Illinois Institute David Pankow, MLS, Columbia of Technology—Professor University—Professor; Curator, Willie Osterman, MFA, University Melbert B. Cary Jr. Graphics Art of Oregon—Professor Collection Elliott Rubenstein, MFA, State Michael Riordan, MS, Rochester University of New York at Buffalo; Institute of Technology—Assistant MA, St. John’s University—Professor Professor, Color Image Processing E. Kenny White, BA, Princeton Systems; Program Chair, University; MA, MFA, University Graphic Media of New Mexico—Associate Professor Frank J. Romano, BA, City Jeff Weiss, BS, University of University of New York—Roger K. Michigan—Associate Professor Fawcett Professor, Electronic Publishing Patricia Russotti, BS, Empire State College; MS, Ed.S., Indiana University—Associate Professor, Pre-press Imaging Franz Sigg, BS, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology—Research Associate, Test Targets Mark Watts, BFA, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology—Assistant Professor, Electronic Imaging; New Media Program Chair

112 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Interdisciplinary Studies 2020-783 Anatomical Studies Sketches drawn from human dissection are translated into instructional illustrations using 2001-723 The College Teacher watercolor wash and pen and ink. Emphasis will be on rapid but accurate sketching and This course is for students at the graduate level who are thinking about entering teaching observation in the laboratory, with a representation of form and structure in living tissue for at the college level. Students will learn about the teacher’s role and responsibilities within the publication. Credit 3 college structure. They will learn course development, course presentation and course evaluation they will have the chance to develop and present instruction. Credit 3 2020-784 Medical Illustration Topics II A continuation of Anatomical Studies I with students translating sketches drawn from human dissection into full-color instructional illustrations. Techniques studied include watercolor, color pencil, airbrush and mixed media. Emphasis will be on rapid but accurate sketches lead- Graduate Study ing to the description of living tissue for the preparation of surgical illustration. Credit 3 2020-785 Surgical Procedures I 2037-785 Forms of Inquiry The application of creating instructional aids designed to increase learner understanding of The exploration and organization of forms of inquiry in the fields of art, craft, and design. surgical procedures and concepts. Sketches are to be drawn while observing the surgery, con- Credit 2 (offered each year) sulting with the surgeon for accuracy of detail and development. The final preparation of the artwork will match its intended use (e.g., publication, slide graphic, computer graphic, 2037-790 Graduate Forum etc.) Credit 3 Graduate Forum is a course designed to expose students to a broad range of issues related to Descriptions Course the conception and production of art. Presentations and discussions will deal with current 2020-786 Surgical Procedures II approaches to aesthetics, criticism, creativity and perception through the work of contem- A continuation of the concepts begun in 785; specifically, combining anatomical knowledge porary artists and craftspeople. Weekly presentations will be given on specific issues relevant with surgical observation to construct a concise and accurate surgical series. Students will to contemporary practice. In addition, visiting faculty will participate in studio discussions, concentrate on communicating essential surgical concepts to a specific audience, as well as activities and critiques. The goal of this course is to place you in a position of awareness ensuring that their artwork will meet the demands of reproduction. Credit 3 related to contemporary practice, the world that you are going to occupy and the cultural models that influence your beliefs. Credit 3 2020-890 Research & Thesis Medical Illustration The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Credit 3–14 (offered every quarter) School of Art Fine Arts 2021-710 Introduction to Painting: Acrylic Graduate Elective Art Education A course in the basic materials and processes of acrylic painting. Students will explore the expressive and stylistic possibilities of the medium. Subjects will include various interpreta- 2011-701, 702 Art Education Methods/Materials tions of still life and model as well as individual projects. Discussion of work will focus on Intensive study of curriculum in terms of teaching materials for both studio and appreciation form, composition, and color. Credit 3 aspects of elementary, early secondary and high school art education. Includes studio and elementary school teaching experience. Credit 5 (F, W) (offered on sufficient demand) 2021-711 Introduction to Painting: Oils Graduate Elective This course introduces students to oil painting. Along with learning about the properties 2011-820 Seminar in Art Education and techniques of this medium, students will be encouraged to experiment and seek solu- Evaluation and study of the practice teaching experience. Discussion of the professional role tions to problems of composition and structure in painting. Preparatory sketches and studies of the art teacher in terms of professional associations, supervision, teacher training and will be encouraged for the production of finished works. Lectures, demonstrations, exam- research. A final project on some intensively studied aspect of art education is required. ples, and slide talks will compliment the growth gained through the students’ creation of a Credit 3 (S) (offered on sufficient demand) variety of paintings from both observation and imagination. Credit 3

2011-860 Practice Teaching 2021-712 Introduction to Painting: Figure Graduate Elective A seven-week full-time practice teaching experience in secondary school, including profes- The fundamentals of representational figure painting in oils or acrylics using traditional sional duties of the art teacher in humanities courses, publication advising, audiovisual work materials and process. Color mixing and painting application techniques related to depict- and supervision. Supplements the studio-theoretical education. Meets the state education ing the figure and its immediate environment will be explored. Observational study of form, requirements. Credit 9 (S) (offered on sufficient demand) space, and quality of light will be stressed. Credit 3

2021-721 Watercolor Graduate Elective Illustration Use and control of the technique of water color painting. Exploring watercolor as an illus- 2019-761, 762, 763, 764 Illustration Graduate Elective trative and painting media. Credit 3 Individual drawing projects related to graduate students’ major area of study. Opportunity to reﬁne drawing skills on the graduate level. Elective offerings are Adobe PhotoShop, 2021-722 Contemporary Drawing Graduate Elective Personal Focus, and Figure in Motion. Credit 3 Emphasis is on drawing and the development of form, space and expression from a variety of sources, including the human ﬁgure. Emphasis on basic techniques, materials and con- Medical Illustration cepts for further study are explored. Credit 3 2021-730 Introduction to Printmaking: Etching Graduate Elective 2020-781 Medical Illustration Topics I Conceptual and technical assignments introduce the basic techniques in etching focusing on This is an introductory course; designed to acquaint the illustration student with art tech- line, value and texture. An investigation of line using the following techniques: line etch, niques commonly used in medical illustration and with the medical library and audio-visual litho crayon, open bite, scraping, and burnishing. Personal expression will be encouraged television-supporting milieu in which the medical illustrator works. Credit 3 through variations in the use of line, value and texture. Credit 3

2020-782 Medical Illustration Graphics A course emphasizing the use of computer software and hardware as a resource for generating titles, charts and graphs, schematics and illustrations as vehicles to meeting instructional and communicative needs. Students will learn the various techniques available and will apply those techniques while designing pamphlets, in-house publications and poster exhibits. Credit 3

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 113

2021-731 Introduction to Printmaking: Litho Graduate Elective Conceptual and technical assignments that introduce the basic techniques in lithography 2021-890 Research & Thesis: Fine Arts Studio focusing on line, value, and texture. An investigation of form relationships using the tech- The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty com- niques of etching on litho-plates and stones; using pencils, crayons, inks, and transfer imagery mittee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include a written report and to create and encourage personal expression. Credit 3 participation in a graduate thesis show. Credit 3–14 (offered every quarter)

2021-733 Introduction to Printmaking: Non-toxic Graduate Elective The student will explore of a wide range of non-toxic printmaking processes and techniques. In the mastery and application of these processes and techniques the student will achieve personal aesthetic goals. Credit 3 School of Design

2021-741 Non-toxic Intaglio Printmaking I The first of 3 graduate level non-toxic intaglio courses. The aim of this introductory level is to Graphic Design gain a technical understanding of basic Intaglio-Type and non-toxic alternative techniques for hand-etching copper plates. Aspects of health and safety as applied to the intaglio studio along with working methodology will also be explored. (Matriculation into GCNIP) Credit 4 2010-711 Design Theory & Methods Seminar Graduate students in graphic design, computer graphics design and industrial design will 2021-742 Non-toxic Intaglio Printmaking II participate in this seminar to explore many cross-disciplinary principles, theories and meth- Course Descriptions Course The second of 3 graduate level non-toxic intaglio courses. The aim of this second level is to ods that can be used by designers. Through selected readings from current periodicals, gain a technical understanding of Intaglio-Type etch techniques and gain a greater under- critical writing, hands-on involvement, presentations and guest lectures, students will standing of non-toxic alternative techniques for hand etching. Introduction of computer broaden their awareness of topics such as systems thinking, human factors, semiotic theory, generated methods of making halftones. To learn about the Edinburgh Etch. (Completion visual rhetoric and become familiar with brainstorming, problem solving and evaluation of Non-Toxic Intaglio Printmaking I or portfolio review) Credit 4 methods in order to sharpen their understanding of the design process. Information will be directed toward meaningful concept development and the selection and use of appropriate 2021-743 Non-toxic Intaglio Printmaking III methodologies for design problem solving. Credit 3 The third of 3 graduate level non-toxic intaglio courses. The aim of this third level is to gain an advanced technical understanding of Intaglio-Type etch techniques and to either; 1) learn 2010-712 Graduate Typographic Design how to make high quality photographic halftones, 2) learn more advanced handetching This course investigates typographic hierarchy- the use of typographic variables to differen- techniques. (Completion of Non-Tox Intaglio Printmaking I & II) Credit 4 tiate parts of a message with attention to communication and readability. Typographic grid structure, typographic detail, and formal aspects of typographic design are explored. Project 2021-761, 762, 763, 764 Fine Arts Studio Graduate Elective focus is on the process of developing harmonious type and image integration into a cohe- Traditional sculptural concepts will evolve through a variety of processes and materials-pre- sive, sequential design application. (Image Forms, Design Research) Credit 4 dominately clay, plaster, cement, stone, paper and metal. The human figure is presented as a subject for study and for use as a springboard to invention. Credit 3 2010-713 Design History Seminar Graduate students in graphic design, computer graphics design and industrial design will be 2021-775 Sculpture Assemblage Graduate Elective provided with a basis in the history of design which complements the overall graduate core One of the most basic approaches to creating Sculpture, this course involves assembling or in the School of Design as well as specific coursework in each major field of design study. In bringing together parts/pieces to form a whole. Spontaneous and immediate contact with a seminar format, the students realize the course objectives through participatory means. unique materials, creative processes and the degree of sculptural impact may all be charac- Interdisciplinary in nature, the course is thematic and emphasizes performance on the part terized as extremely direct. This straightforward confrontation offers no flashy techniques, of the student in dynamic dialogue on course topics. The course content focuses on subjects seductive material or process to hide behind. Instead, at the onset, basic sculptural manipu- relative to the history of design (people, processes, products, places), critical thinking and lation must occur. Credit 3 contextual historical issues. Students are expected to write critical essays and questions and to participate in weekly discussion groups. Credit 3 2021-776 Sculpture Figure Graduate Elective This sculpture course investigates the study of human form through the development of 2010-716 Image Forms sculpted clay figures working directly from living models. Emphasis is placed on exploring This introductory course investigates formal visual aesthetics related to graphic design prob- the following sculptural elements: the underlying 3-dimensional structure of the human fig- lem solving. Emphasis is on the process of image analysis, ideation and synthesis. Applied use ure; proportions of the human figure; volume, mass and surface anatomy; gesture; support of imagery focuses upon clear message making and audience understanding. Image-genera- and balance; figurative spatial relationships; expressive qualities of human form; use and tion tools range from traditional to electronic media as appropriate for specific projects. An control of basic material and processes related to figure sculpture. Credit 3 extended studio project in form analysis and articulation is the primary activity. Credit 4

2021-780, 781, 782 Fine Arts Studio Graduate I 2010-717 Graduate Systems Design Fine Arts Studio: enter into a critical discourse and examination of ideas and relationships in the This course investigates various approaches toward visually and conceptually organizing com- fine arts. Critiques, guest artists, lectures and discussion along with studio production. Painting: ponents of graphic design problems (i.e. words, photographs, illustrations, diagrams, abstract develop painting skill in oil, acrylic, watercolor, drawing through individual studio investigation shapes, textures, lines, colors, etc.) for the purpose of clear, unified communication. Projects under the direction of fine art faculty. Sculpture: sculpture concepts are explored through a vari- may include the creation of multiple components within a common framework. An empha- ety of processes and materials, including clay, plaster, cement, stone, wood and metal. These sis is placed on identifying connections and integrating content between this course and prior concepts reveal themselves through separate sections devoted to the human figure, installation, design courses taken in the MFA major. (Image Forms, Design Theory and Methods public art or other contemporary manifestations of sculpture. Printmaking: non-toxic print- Seminar, Graduate Typographic Design) Credit 4 making techniques and processes are the means for students to develop along independent lines and directions for contemporary fine art printmaking. All areas: Credit 3/qtr 2010-718 Graduate Information Design This course stresses the importance of reader and user responses to written and visually pre- 2021-790, 791, 792 Fine Arts Studio Graduate II sented information. Projects stress clarity and accessibility while investigating a variety of Fine Arts Studio: enter into a critical discourse and examination of ideas and relationships in the formats (i.e. charts, diagrams, business forms, tables, maps, instructional materials, wayfind- fine arts. Critiques, guest artists, lectures and discussion along with studio production. Painting: ing systems, graphic user interfaces). (Image Forms, Design Research, Design Theory and develop painting skills in oil, acrylic, watercolor, drawing through individual studio investiga- Methods Seminar, Graduate Typographic Design, Graduate Design Applications, Design tion under the direction of fine art faculty. Sculpture: sculpture concepts are explored through History Seminar, Graduate Systems Design) Credit 4 a variety of processes and materials, including clay, plaster, cement, stone, wood and metal. These concepts reveal themselves through separate sections devoted to the human figure, instal- 2010-721 Project Development & Evaluation lation, public art or other contemporary manifestations of sculpture. Printmaking: non-toxic This course involves the application of theory and methods to the planning of a design proj- printmaking techniques and processes are the means for students to develop along independent ect. Each student is responsible for formulating a comprehensive project development plan, lines and directions for contemporary fine art printmaking. All areas: Credit 3/qtr including the use of evaluation method(s) during appropriate stages of the project. Credit 3

114 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

2010-722 Graduate Graphic Design Applications Computer Graphics Design This course requires students to apply formal aesthetic principles in systematically solving applied problems on thematic, content-intensive topics. Actual design assignments may include both digital and/or print applications. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between 2014-701 Introduction to Computer Graphics form and communication. Projects are deﬁned, structured, and implemented by the students. New opportunities are available to computer graphics designers that did not exist just a few (Image Forms, Design Research, Design Theory & Methods Seminar, Graduate Typographic years ago. During the quarter, students will be introduced to the ideas, concepts, uses, and Design) Credit 4 general principles of computer graphics systems and interactive media as it relates to the rapidly growing communications media. Through visual semiotics, the course will provide a 2010-724 Graduate Graphic Design Topics conceptual framework to designing and implementing multimedia applications. The stu- This course is tailored to the speciﬁc needs of the students enrolled. Potential topics may dents will be expected to complete assigned projects and readings. (First year computer include: design planning, human factors, interface design, writing and design, design for new graphics design major or permission of the instructor.) Credit 4 media, etc. This course involves research, processes, and design applications relevant to the selected course topic. (Image Forms, Design Research, Design Theory and Methods Seminar, 2014-711 Digital Video Graduate Typographic Design, Graduate Design Applications, Design History Seminar, Use of digital video cameras for motion recording and the use of storyboarding, titling, edit- Graduate Systems Design Project Development and Evaluation, Graduate Information ing, and software to create and format digital Quick Time movies for multimedia Design) Credit 4 productions. (First year computer graphics design major or permission) Credit 4

2010-726 Design Issues Seminar 2014-713 Design Research This graduate course experience exposes ﬁrst year graduate students majoring in graphic This course will focus primarily on developing students’ research skills and exposing them to Descriptions Course design, computer graphics design and industrial design within the School of Design to the a range of writing techniques. Emphasis will be placed on an exposure to a wide range of range of contemporary issues that face their design professions. Topics will include, but not research resources including the more traditional library vehicles, newer developments on the be limited to, issues related to human factors, accessibility, green design, ethical decision- World Wide Web and relevant archives and special collections. This course will begin to making, audience appropriateness, educating the public about design, the democratization establish each student’s thesis direction in very general terms by including the development of design and the role of the designer in society. Selected readings from current periodicals, of a preliminary thesis proposal and establishing an overview of research directions. Credit 3 critical writing, group dialogue; presentations and guest lectures will be integrated into the course as appropriate. Credit 3 2014-717 Authoring Multimedia Exposure to computer graphic algorithms, design heuristics, design methodology and pro- 2010-731 Graduate Design Forum gram structure of two-dimensional imagery for multimedia design. Projects involve This course will introduce School of Design graduates to the graduate programs, foster a programming in an authoring language. (First year computer graphics design major or per- sense of community among students and faculty, acquaint students with various resources mission of instructor) Credit 4 within the Institute and Rochester and encourage an on-going dialog on the commonality of design philosophy, process, practice and goals across the design disciplines. Through the 2014-718 QTVR & Multimedia Design lectures, selects readings, a team project, presentations, and writing assignments, students This course is intended to provide a foundation to QTVR (QuickTime Virtual Reality) con- will use this forum to become more familiar and comfortable with a free exchange of ideas cepts. Previous multimedia experience and skills will be extended to emphasize multimedia about design, broaden their awareness of important interdisciplinary design considerations, applications that use QTVR as a design tool to interactively explore 3D virtual environ- and sharpen their communication and design criticism skills. Credit 3 ments. Attention will be given not only to the mechanics of creating the movies but also to the design, relationship to other visual elements, and visual communication effectiveness of 2010-761 Graphic Design Elective the movies. Credit 4 Please refer to description for Graphic Design (MFA Major) below. Credit 3 (offered every quarter) 2014-723 Graphical User Interface This course provides an in-depth look at Graphical User Interface Design. Students learn 2010-861 Graphic Design Thesis Planning the basic components of a user interface and how to design alternative navigational solu- This is the ﬁrst in the sequence of courses focused on the initiation of the thesis project. tions. Credit 4 Students are exposed to strategies to establish project content, planning and scheduling, and research. The product of the course is a fully articulated thesis plan. (Image Forms, Design 2014-781 Authoring Computer Graphics Design Research, Design Theory & Methods Seminar, Graduate Typographic Design, Design Issues Exposure to computer graphic algorithms, design heuristics, design methodology and pro- Seminar, Design History Seminar, Graduate Systems Design, Graduate Design gram structures of two-dimensional imagery for multimedia design. Projects involve Applications) Credit 4 programming in an authoring language. Credit 3

2010-862 Graphic Design Thesis Development 2014-782 3-D Computer Graphics Design This is the second in a sequence of courses focused on the thesis project. Students are This course is an introduction to desktop 3D visualization. It also expands on previous visu- exposed to strategies appropriate to the continuation of project content, research, concept alization skills and design experiences to include fundamentals for more advanced studies in development, ideation and in-process evaluation planning. (Image Forms, Design Research, 3D animation, virtual spaces, and multi-dimensional navigation spaces. (First year com- Design Theory & Methods Seminar, Graduate Typographic Design, Design issues Seminar, puter graphics design or permission of instructor) Credit 4 Design History Seminar, Graduate Systems Design, Graduate Design Applications, Project Development & Education) Credit 4 2014-784 Digital Typography A study of today’s digital typography. Hands-on experiences in the production of type mes- 2010-863 Graphic Design Thesis Implementation sages for digital video, special effects, instructional media, and the web. This will include an This is the third and ﬁnal course in a sequence of courses focused on the thesis project. understanding of type as a dynamic element. A number of software will be used in the pro- Students are exposed to strategies appropriate to the implementation and retrospective eval- duction of these type messages. Credit 4 uation of an intensive design problem. Verbal/written articulation of their design process is also a focus of this course. (All major graduate graphic design studio courses) Credit 4 2014-785 Instructional Multimedia Interactive and other software packages will be used to create instructional programs for dif- 2010-890 Thesis: Graphic Design ferent age groups. Course work will include subject matter research; developing objectives; The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty com- creating graphics, sound and interactivity; and program evaluation. Each student will pro- mittee is required. Primarily the solution of an applied design problem, the thesis must also duce an instructional multimedia program. (First year computer graphics design major or include a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Credit 3–14 (offered permission of instructor) Credit 4 every quarter)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 115

2014-786 Computer Generated Animation Industrial Design This course will cover two-dimensional key frame, film loop, real-time recording and other digital techniques to automatically create animation applications for film, video, interactive, and multimedia and Web presentations. (First year computer graphics design major or per- 2035-706 Design Collaborative Graduate mission of instructor) Credit 4 Advanced product development involving teamwork and collaboration with an industry design group providing technical information, marketing concerns and outside review of 2014-787 Advanced Computer Graphics Design I work. Credit 3 This course extends previous multimedia experience and skills to emphasize advanced multimedia applications that use gaming concepts, delivery systems, and software as a design 2035-708 Furniture Design Graduate tool for entertaining and informing. Students will work with 2D/3D visual concepts, virtual Experience in the design of furniture for a defined sector of the contract market is acquired reality, interactivity and sound to develop games of their own. (Second-year computer through a project exercise involving industry collaboration. Credit 3 graphics design major or permission of instructor) Credit 4 2035-711 Advanced Computer Modeling I 2014-791 Advanced Computer Graphics Design II The first of three required graduate-level electronic media courses. The emphasis in this This course provides the opportunity to expose students to the latest concepts, techniques beginning level (Level 1) modeling course is learning software tools competency through and skills in a quickly evolving technological and information oriented society. This course assigned exercises and creative projects. The objective is student understanding of the nature, is open ended so that new information, techniques concepts, principles, software, and hard- location, and use of all tools commonly available at the professional level for electronic sur- ware can be introduced in a timely manner. Credit 3 face modeling in degree 3 and higher B-spline curves and surfaces. Learning simple Course Descriptions Course effect-of-motion techniques (turntable animation, fly-around animation) is included. 2014-792 Vector-based Multimedia Design Credit 3 This course extends previous multimedia experience and skills to emphasize advanced multimedia applications that use vector-based concepts as a design tool for creating animation 2035-712 Advanced Product Design Graduate and interactive authoring while maintaining small file sizes. (First year computer graphics The application of design methods and skills to advanced level projects in industrial design. design major or permission of the instructor) Credit 4 Class 3

2014-796 Special Effects 2035-721 Advanced Computer Modeling II Exposure to the development of special effects of Quick Time Movies. Computer software The second of three required graduate-level electronic media courses. The emphasis in this and storyboarding are used to create special effects in both animation and live video. second-level (Level 2) modeling course is learning higher software competency -techniques- Sequencing, storyboarding, digital sounds, titling, animation, video clips and special effects for modeling complex and difficult shapes through assigned exercises and creative projects. are integrated. (Second year computer graphics design major or permission) Credit 4 The objective is student understanding of the most efficient use of professionally-preferred tools for electronic surface modeling in degree 3 and higher B-spline curves and surfaces. 2014-797 Advanced Computer Graphics Design III (Advanced Computer Modeling or consent of instructor) Credit 3 This course provides an in-depth look at creating an effective electronic portfolio. Students create, organize and design a portfolio based upon personal strengths and interests, with pro- 2035-731 Advanced Computer Modeling III fessional standards, and career expectations in mind. Credit 4 The third of three required graduate-level electronic media courses. The goal for this third- level (Level 3) modeling course is learning higher software competency directed toward team 2014-831 Thesis Planning working. The emphasis is in strategizing the process of modeling complex and difficult This lecture and research course helps the student to research and develop a thesis related to a shapes to achieve results typically expected by professional project team members, through design problem. A thesis statement, review of the literature, construction of a timeline, and assigned exercises and creative projects. Included are the methods and techniques for flaw- application of organizational skills are integrated into this course. Revision and refinement of less transferring of design intent of these electronic surface models to and from other the proposal are based on critique and feedback. This course is required before development professional-level surface and solids software. (2035-721 or consent of instructor) Credit 3 of a final thesis project. (Required for second year computer graphics design majors) Credit 2 2035-732 Exhibit Design Graduate 2014-840 Thesis Project 1 Design of trade show and similar exhibits, including gallery exhibits, involving structure, This course enables the student to research and develop their thesis project. Research, sur- graphics, lighting and layout of space. Students will develop concepts through plan and ele- veys, resource investigation, time management, project organization, dialogue and meetings vation drawing as well as perspective renderings for presentation. Credit 3 with thesis advisors are part of the course content. (Design Research Seminar and Thesis Planning) Credit 3 2035-741 Professional Practice Graduate Business and ethical practices in the industrial design profession are examined through case 2014-841 Thesis Project 2 studies and designer interviews. Students discuss matters of professional practice, debate This course is the culmination of the final thesis project. Usability testing, project refinement, issues of ethical professional behavior, prepare business correspondence and analyze the time management, project documentation, dialogue and meetings with thesis advisors are function of industrial design in the business environment. Credit 3 part of the course content. Participation in a thesis defense, final thesis documentation, and presentation are required. (Thesis Research, Thesis Planning, and Thesis Project I) Credit 3 2035-761 Industrial Design Graduate Elective The reasoned application of theoretical and practical background to advanced projects in 2014-890 Thesis: Computer Graphics Design industrial design. Credit 3 (offered every quarter) The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include a project report and 2035-840 Thesis Research participation in a graduate thesis show. Credit 0–14 Guidance in selecting and planning a thesis project, conducting a search for background material, and writing a thesis proposal. (Second year graduate ID major or consent of instructor) Credit 3

2035-890 Thesis: Industrial Design The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Credit 3–14

116 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

2041-781 Graduate Glass Studio I School for American Crafts This is the first of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and techniques in glass. This program is structured on the basis of the individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. There will be a strengthening of ceramic techniques, design fundamentals and Ceramics encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, proposed by the 2040-761, 762, 763, 764 Ceramics Graduate Elective student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 Basic instruction and experience in ceramic design, fabrication and production of ceramic forms is undertaken. This study provides ceramic technology and terminology and gives expe- 2041-782 Graduate Glass Studio II rience with clays along with fundamental forming techniques. The development of design This is the second of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and awareness is encouraged through lectures and critiques. Materials fee required. Credit 3 techniques in glass. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation techniques, design 2040-781 Graduate Ceramics Studio I fundamentals and encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to This is the first of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tech- evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, niques in ceramics. This program is structured on the basis of the individual student’s needs, proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 interests and background preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. There will be a strengthening of ceramic techniques, design fundamentals and 2041-783 Graduate Glass Studio III Course Descriptions Course encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new tech- This is the third of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, proposed by the niques in glass. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the individual student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 student’s needs, interests and background preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. The student will begin to seriously experiment with issues and themes that 2040-782 Graduate Ceramics Studio II may prove relevant to their final selection of a thesis topic. The student will be encouraged to This is the second of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, techniques in ceramics. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation techniques, design fundamentals and encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to 2041-784 Graduate Glass Studio IV evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, This is the fourth of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tech- proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 niques in glass. This is the culmination, prior to the thesis studio course, of the program developed on the basis of the individual student’s needs, interests and background prepara- 2040-783 Graduate Ceramics Studio III tion as they have been determined through faculty counseling. The student will seriously This is the third of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tech- pursue issues and themes that are relevant to their final thesis topic. The student will be niques in ceramics. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the encouraged to utilize new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the mas- individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation as they may be determined ter’s thesis, proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. through faculty counseling. The student will begin to seriously experiment with issues and Credit 9 themes that may prove relevant to their final selection of a thesis topic. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the mas- 2041-890 Glass Graduate Thesis ter’s thesis, proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. The development of an acceptable thesis project initiated by the student and approved by Credit 9 the student’s thesis committee and chairperson of the school. Primarily a creative production resulting in a body of work, the thesis will include a written report, which addresses the 2040-784 Graduate Ceramics Studio IV body of work. The work will be exhibited in the graduate thesis show. Credit 0–18 This is the fourth of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and techniques in ceramics. This is the culmination, prior to the thesis studio course, of the program Metals developed on the basis of the individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation as they have been determined through faculty counseling. The student will seriously pursue issues and themes that are relevant to their final thesis topic. The student will be 2042-761, 762, 763, 764 Metals Graduate Elective encouraged to utilize new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the mas- This course offers students fundamental, intermediate and advanced fabrication/forming ter’s thesis, proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. techniques as they apply to hollow ware and jewelry design. Creative designs and innovative Credit 9 artistic concepts are encouraged. Individual and group instruction covers the properties of various metals, the use of the shop equipment and safety procedures as they apply to metal- 2040-890 Ceramics Graduate Thesis smithing. Materials fee required. Credit 3 The development of an acceptable thesis project initiated by the student and approved by the student’s thesis committee and chairperson of the school. Primarily a creative produc- 2042-781 Graduate Metals Studio I tion resulting in a body of work, the thesis will include a written report, which addresses the This is the first of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tech- body of work. The work will be exhibited in the graduate thesis show. Credit 0–18 niques in metals. This program is structured on the basis of the individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. There will be a strengthening of ceramic techniques, design fundamentals and Glass encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, proposed by the 2041-761, 762, 763, 764 Glass Graduate Elective student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 Collaborative work in the student’s major area of study and glass fabrication is encouraged. Various techniques, both hot and cold, will be considered in different quarters: casting, 2042-782 Graduate Metals Studio II slumping, fusing, blowing, engraving, sand carving, cutting, lamp working and sculptural This is the second of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and construction. Course emphasis on personal, independent development encouraging con- techniques in metals. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the temporary thought and concept. Materials fee required. Credit 3 individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation techniques, design fundamentals and encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 117

2042-783 Graduate Metals Studio III 2044-784 Graduate Wood Studio IV This is the third of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tech- This is the fourth of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and techniques in metals. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the individual niques in wood. This is the culmination, prior to the thesis studio course, of the program student’s needs, interests and background preparation as they may be determined through fac- developed on the basis of the individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation ulty counseling. The student will begin to seriously experiment with issues and themes that as they have been determined through faculty counseling. The student will seriously pursue may prove relevant to their final selection of a thesis topic. The student will be encouraged to issues and themes that are relevant to their final thesis topic. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, utilize new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, pro- proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. (2042-782) posed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. (2044-783) Credit 9 Credit 9 2044-890 Wood Graduate Thesis 2042-784 Graduate Metals Studio IV The development of an acceptable thesis project initiated by the student and approved by This is the fourth of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and the student’s thesis committee and chairperson of the school. Primarily a creative produc- techniques in metals. This is the culmination, prior to the thesis studio course, of the pro- tion resulting in a body of work, the thesis will include a written report, which addresses the gram developed on the basis of the individual student’s needs, interests and background body of work. The work will be exhibited in the graduate thesis show. Credit 0-18 preparation as they have been determined through faculty counseling. The student will seriously pursue issues and themes that are relevant to their final thesis topic. The student will be encouraged to utilize new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Course Descriptions Course Credit 9 School of Film & Animation

2042-890 Metals Graduate Thesis The development of an acceptable thesis project initiated by the student and approved by 2065-701, 702, 703 History & Aesthetics of Film the student’s thesis committee and chairperson of the school. Primarily a creative produc- An extended comparative survey of the history and aesthetics of ﬁlm that will explore the tion resulting in a body of work, the thesis will include a written report, which addresses the four basic forms of the medium: ﬁction, documentary, animated and experimental. body of work. The work will be exhibited in the graduate thesis show. Credit 0–18 Emphasis is on determining the unique characteristics of the medium and how those characteristics are used as a means of interpretation and expression. Credit 4 (F, W, S)

Textiles 2065-711, 712, 713 Film & Animation Core Major emphasis is placed on the individual’s learning to generate and intensify his or her personal statement through creative projects. Some of the projects are assigned, while the 2043-761, 762, 763, 764 Textile Graduate Elective candidate selects others. Work is critiqued weekly by the instructor. Credit 4 (F, W, S) This is the study and appreciation of weaving and textile techniques, soft sculpture, off-loom weaving and printing. Design approaches are stressed. Materials fee required. Credit 3 2065-716 Digital Audio Tools/Animation Students in this course learn technical and aesthetic concerns, which organize the design, Wood recording, and editing of sound in animated motion pictures. Student projects focus on recording and editing sound in digital form, and shaping the sound for expressive and narrative purposes. Credit 2 (F) 2044-761, 762, 763, 764 Wood Graduate Elective This is a course in woodworking techniques and procedures. It enables the student to gain 2065-721 Animation & Graphic Film 1 design competency through wood and an individual solution to wood projects based on sug- An introduction to the techniques and practice of graphic and animated film production. gested needs. Materials fee required. Credit 3 This course provides training and practical experience in a wide variety of approaches to single-frame motion picture production. Students produce a number of short film exercises 2044-781 Graduate Wood Studio I utilizing both existing and original artwork. Some techniques covered in the course are: This is the first of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tech- direct modification of the film surface; cel, ink and paint animation; and kinestasis. niques in wood. This program is structured on the basis of the individual student’s needs, Screenings of professionally made films will illustrate each technique. Proficiency in draw- interests and background preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling is not required. (No prerequisites required). Credit 4 (F, S) ing. There will be a strengthening of wood techniques, design fundamentals and encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new tech- 2065-722 Animation & Graphic Film 2 niques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, proposed by the A continued introduction to the techniques and practice of graphic and animated film pro- student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 duction. This course provides training and practical experience in a number of approaches to single-frame film making in addition to those covered in 2065-721. Some techniques 2044-782 Graduate Wood Studio II covered in the course are: three-dimensional animation; optical printing; computer anima- This is the second of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tion; and hand-drawn sound. Screenings of professionally made films will illustrate each techniques in wood. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the technique. Proficiency in drawing is not required. (2065-721) Credit 4 (W) individual student’s needs, interests and background preparation techniques, design fundamentals and encouragement of personal expression. The student will be encouraged to 2065-723 Animation & Graphic Film 3 evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, This course provides practice in all phases of single-frame film production. Students produce proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Credit 9 a 16mm, 90-second graphic film with sound, utilizing one or more techniques learned in the preceding two quarters. (permission of instructor) Credit 4 (S) 2044-783 Graduate Wood Studio III This is the third of a four-quarter sequential class covering the advanced aesthetics and tech- 2065-727 Scriptwriting for Animation niques in wood. This is a continuation of the program developed on the basis of the individual This course explores the principles of dramatic structure and storytelling in both fiction and student’s needs, interests and background preparation as they may be determined through fac- nonfiction animated film and video. Students prepare short scripts suitable for production ulty counseling. The student will begin to seriously experiment with issues and themes that may and prepare finished storyboards from those scripts. Credit 4 (F) prove relevant to their final selection of a thesis topic. The student will be encouraged to evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master’s thesis, proposed 2065-731 Film & Video: Tools & Technology by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. (2044-782) Credit 9 An intensive tools and technology course that will allow the student to work in the digital video format. This course will examine the technical concerns of single and double system portable video production and editing. Production skills in camera work, editing and sound recording will be covered (2065-203). Credit 5 (F, W)

118 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

2065-733 Graduate Screen Writing 2065-750, 751, 752, 753 Special Topics - Graduate This course explores the writing of fiction for theatrical and non-theatrical films and televi- Advanced topics of current or special interest designed to broaden and intensify the student’s sion. Training concentrates on the elements of dramatic construction. The class also includes ability to use animation as a means of communication and expression. Credit 3–9 a brief exploration of non-fictional writing, examining preparation, information gathering techniques, and methods of investigation. Both non-fiction and fiction are treated as expos- 2065-756, 757, 758 Film & Animation Workshop itory, story-telling forms. Students are responsible for writing a film or television script on a Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the multiplicity subject of their own choosing and for completing several brief written exercises in areas such of ways that photography or filmmaking can be used as a vehicle for expression and com- as character, dialogue, suspense, subtext, and plot. Class discussion is based on assigned read- munication. Visual research, group critiques, field trips, studio and laboratory practice are ings, in-class exercises, and in-class reading of student work. (2065-342 Scriptwriting I or used. Credit 4 equivalent) Credit 3 2065-761 Image Movement Music 2065-737 2-D Computer Animation I This is a seminar-level course co-sponsored by the College of Imaging Arts and Sciences at Students in this course create animated sequences and projects using a commercial anima- RIT, the Eastman School of Music (University of Rochester), and the Graduate Department tion software package for a popular microcomputer. In addition to mastering specific of Dance at SUNY College at Brockport. Lecture/demonstration held during the first six software, students learn the principles of digital computer operation and how those princi- weeks of the course are designed to provide all students with a basic, practical knowledge of ples apply to the problems of animation with computers. (2065-721) Credit 4 current and experimental performance and production techniques in film, video and animation, and contemporary art, music, dance/choreography and related arts. During the 2065-738 2-D Computer Animation II latter 4 weeks of this course, students will work jointly and individually, under faculty This course focuses on the integration of computer animation into film and video. Students advisement, on creative or research projects involving combinations of image, movement Descriptions Course produce a finished animated project on film or videotape with sound, which can be used as and sound/music. Weekly 3-hr classes will be held alternately at all three schools. a portfolio piece. Emphasis is placed upon various postproduction strategies which involve Enrollment is open to graduate students from the 3 schools. Transportation will be pro- such techniques as combining computer animation with live action, the addition of film and vided. (Grad status) Credit 3 video special effects and combining computer animation with existing film or video imagery. (2065-721) Credit 4 (S) 2065-762 Stop Motion Animation Explore techniques for producing stop motion animation. Gain familiarity with the use of 2065-741 Graduate Drawing for Animation: Dynamics a variety of materials, which may include clay, puppet, foam, latex and more. Develop tech- This advanced course focuses on drawing of drawn animation and is one of the three dif- niques for making armatures and skeletons and creating joints. Learn how to measure ferent courses in drawing for animation offered. Each course provides a different focus. The movement from frame to frame. Research and write about a stop motion technique or ani- courses do not need to be taken in sequence. Students explore the use of acceleration and mator. (2065-331 or 2065-721) Credit 4 deceleration squash, and stretch, maintaining volume, anticipation, secondary action, overlapping action, paths of motion, follow-through, and exaggeration. A variety of examples of 2065-764 Business of Film & Video drawn animation will be screened in class. Gesture drawing from live models may be This course examines the business aspects of designing, developing, and producing film or included. (Figure in Motion) Credit 3 video projects. Emphasis is on development of production projects with interactive problem solving experiences in which the instructor and students work as a production team. Special 2065-742 Graduate Drawing for Animation: Sequence attention will be given to the role of the producer, estimation and management of produc- This advanced course focuses on structuring the shots in a scene and is one of the three dif- tion costs, problems of location productions, and the legal issues involved in filmmaking. ferent courses in drawing for animation offered. Each course provides a different focus. The Credit 3 courses do not need to be taken in sequence. Flexibility is provided for students at different stages of development. Students learn how to break a scene into shots and storyboard the 2065-766 Advanced Modeling for Animation sequence. They learn to compose the frame for action and juxtapose one shot against the Advanced Modeling for Animation takes a detailed approach to the construction of com- next. Students learn to use exposure sheets to plan out animation, and animate short plex 3D forms, object deconstruction, problem-solving, modeling methodologies, and the sequences using acquired skills. A variety of examples drawn animation will be screened in advantages and disadvantages of various construction methods. Lighting and texturing tech- class. Gesture drawing from live models may be included. (Figure in Motion) Credit 3 niques will be incorporated into 3D objects as they relate to an extension of the modeling process. Each modeling solution is tested in the lab and discussed in lecture with the 2065-743 Graduate Drawing for Animation: Characters required notion that animation is the end goal for each model. Students will perform 3D This advanced course focuses on character development for animation and is one of three modeling exercises and create 3D projects including a complex object and a humanoid char- different courses in drawing for animation offered. Each course provides a different focus. acter. (Introduction to 3D animation 2065-747 or 457, instructor permission) Credit 4 The courses do not need to be taken in sequence. Students produce character sheets. They explore different perspectives of the character drawing from imagination and use the char- 2065-767 Directing for Animation acters in sequential frames of motion. A variety of drawn animation examples will be A seminar in solving directorial problems for animators. Topics will include character and screened in class. Gesture drawing from live models may be included. (Figure in Motion) movement development, working with actors and models, identifying and understanding Credit 3 scene construction, directorial responsibility, and the relationship between images in sequence. Both the application of acting techniques for creative development and the aes- 2065-747 Introduction to 3-D Computer Animation thetic demands of “visual music” will be emphasized. (2065-347) Credit 3 This course is an introduction to 3D computer animation. Topics will include modeling using NURBSs and polygons, basic texture mapping and lighting, keyframe animation, for- 2065-768 Lighting for Film & Video Production ward and inverse kinematics and rendering. Professional animation software such as This course will present the fundamental principles of lighting for film and video production. Alias/Wavefront’s Maya package will be used throughout. By the end of the course, students The current methods and practices of lighting used in the motion picture industry will be will be able to model basic characters and objects and to create a simple animation and ren- explored through demonstrations, lectures, and “hands on” lab assignments. (2065-311 or der a sequence of frames. Credit 4 2065-731 Video Tools and Technology or 2065-431 Introduction to 16mm Film Production) Credit 3 2065-748 Intermediate 3-D Computer Animation This course gives students the skills to develop their own digital characters. Topics will include 2065-769 Digital Video Post-Production advanced modeling, facial expressions, character rigging, nonlinear animation and the use of Explore techniques for editing video in a non-linear technique. Students will be exposed to “Paint Effects” to create hair and vegetation in software such as Alias/Wavefront’s Maya. By non-linear editing, titling, special effects, audio and video. Students will produce a series of the end of the course, students will be able to create and rig their own characters, with facial projects exploring different capabilities on a non-linear editing system. In addition students expressions and hair. They create a short animation introducing their character and demon- will be exposed to the various aesthetic theories of editing. (Video Tools 2065-731) Credit 4 strating a range of emotions. (Introduction to 3D Computer Animation) Credit 4 2065-771, 772, 773 Graduate Seminar I The seminar provides an opportunity for all MFA students to develop a sense of community and to openly discuss matters of concern, to discuss each other’s animations or films, to meet with visiting artists on campus and to participate in a thesis sharing from time to time. (Restricted to JPHC majors) Credit 2 (F, W, S) 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 119

2065-781, 782, 783 Alternative Processes 2066-762 Dadaism, Surrealism & Photography An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving images using his- This seminar examines the work of a group of artists, known as the Dadaists, who rejected torical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis is on extending the students’ the social order and values that produced World War I. The student will, in turn, explore experience in image making by incorporating alternatives to conventional animation or surrealism, the art movement that moved beyond the “destructive program of Dada” and filmmaking into their work. Processes to be covered include lighting, inverse kinematics, replaced it with a more creative approach to human values and life. Credit 3 digital cinematography, particles, procedural animation, compositing, montage and combinations of techniques. Credit 4 (F, W, S) 2066-763 Beyond the Family Album Beyond the Family Album is a fine art photography course that balances the production of 2065-786 Contemporary Issues original art work with primary and secondary research, within an intensive critique and sem- A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and filmmaking, how they relate inar format. The narrative of the conventional family album will be a core subject for to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest future directions. Credit 2 discussion and study. The concept of ‘album’ will go beyond the conventional book form to embrace photographic imagery, installation, text, digital forms, and the use of family memen- 2065-799 Independent Study tos. Interdisciplinary critical readings and visual art projects concerning issues of identity, and Learning experiences not provided by formal course structure may be obtained through the representation of family life in the public and private sphere will form the underpinnings of use of an independent study contract. (Approval required) Credit 1–9 primary research, against which visual and written projects will be produced. Graduate students will create an original body of artwork on the topic and contribute written and visual 2065-841, 842, 843 Research Seminar material to a class research archive. (MFA or permission) Credit 4 Course Descriptions Course This seminar serves as a planning stage for preparing a research thesis proposal and for an ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Issues related to exhibitions, 2066-764 Minor White Seminar publications, distribution, and gallery also are covered. (JPHC) Credit 2 (F, W, S) A study of the photography and philosophy of Minor White and his contribution to photographic publications, photographic education and photography as an art form. Credit 3 2065-890 Research & Thesis: Film & Animation (not offered every year) This thesis is designed and proposed by the candidate. It is considered his or her culminating experience in the program, involving research, a creative body of work, an exhibition or 2066-765 Photography Extensions suitable presentation and a written illustrated report. (Approval required) Credit 1–12 Strip photography, slit/scan photography and stroboscopy are used to probe and artistically manipulate spatial and temporal dimensions in order to create unseen poetic expressions of a space/time continuum. Perceptual principles and technical problems associated with the Photographic Arts production and exhibition of such images are studied. Credit 4

2066-701, 702, 703 History & Aesthetics of Photo 2066-768 Conservation Procedures This required seminar surveys and examines the development of the medium beginning The principles of photographic conservation and archival practice in a museum context will with pre-history. Students will explore the first applications of photographic documentation, be presented through lecture, practical demonstration and field visits to local museums. portraiture, art and science and will study photography in the context of modernist and Included are the methods for examining photographs, stabilizing them and restoring them. post-modernist critical discourse. Credit 3 Special emphasis will be given to proper techniques for display and storage of photographs, together with instruction on how to gain access to information and materials pertinent to 2066-711, 712, 713 Photography Core those activities. Credit 4 Students engage in a rigorous group critique process to develop a mature body of work, which combines experimental and analytical learning methods. They develop aesthetic and 2066-770 Photography in the Desert Southwest technical strategies for the production and presentation of artwork. They also address pen- An extended workshop for students to photograph and travel in the Four Corners region of dent theoretical research and contemporary art concepts and methodologies, which inform the American Southwest with an instructor leading a camping tour through New Mexico, practice. On successful completion of the required core courses in the first year, students are Utah, Colorado and Arizona. Federal and state campgrounds are exclusively used. Students eligible to be considered for advancement into thesis. Credit 4 participate in day trips and hikes or make their own daily itinerary. No darkroom facilities are available during the trip. Maps and reading assignments introduce students to the geology, 2066-750, 751, 752, 753 Special Topics Workshop climate, history and cultures of the Southwest. (Basic photography experience) Credit 3–9 Advanced topics of current or special interest designed to broaden and advance the student’s ability to use photography and related media. Recent topics include, Women and Visual 2066-771 Graduate Seminar Imaging, Warhol and Beuys, Art and Censorship, Digital Media Cafe, Negotiating Identity Graduate Seminar is designed to engage students in dialogue with guest speakers and fac- and Mural Photography. Credit 4 ulty on their professional work. Each class involves a professional presentation by a different speaker to be followed by discussion. Activities that foster the emerging career of the artist 2066-754 Museum Studies are stressed. Credit 2 Students study advanced topics related to museum and gallery practice through internships, research and projects, which are formally proposed by the student. Emphasis is placed on 2066-772 Teaching Photography the function and administration of museums, galleries and the conceptual nature of curat- A graduate course concerned with the art and craft of teaching photography in formal and ing and planning exhibits. (Graduate status) Credit 1–9 informal settings, and in accordance with accepted learning principles. Credit 4 (not offered every year) 2066-756, 757, 758 Photographic Workshop Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the multiplicity 2066-774 Landscape as Photo of ways that photography and related media can be used as a vehicle for expression and com- This seminar surveys the major artistic, mythological, political and economic issues influ- munication. Visual research, group critiques, field trips, studio and laboratory practice and encing the development and use of landscape photography in America from the 1840s to the critical readings are used. Workshops may be taught as a theme class or on an individual 1990s. The student will be introduced to a diverse group of historical and contemporary basis to provide students with critical feedback on projects. Recent theme classes include: image-makers. (No prerequisite; open as an elective pending enrollment by majors) Credit 3 Digital Media Cafe, Web Seminar, Electronic Arts Seminar, and Imaging the Self. Credit 4 2066-775 Early Photo Processes 2066-760 Photo Workshop For Teachers This is a non-laboratory technical course that surveys the structure and deterioration mech- A graduate course in the principles and practices of photography designed especially for the anisms of major historical photographic processes. It examines the technical basis of high school or community college teacher, counselor, or adviser, who may be involved in preservation strategies within a museum archive, and presents an approach to preservation instruction or career guidance in photography or film/video. Both black-and-white and that is integral with collection management and curatorial function (no prerequisites). color photography are presented and applied in actual picture-making experiences. Both the Credit 3 aesthetic and the technical aspects of photography are emphasized. Teaching methods, course development and ideas in visual communications are examined. Career opportunities in photography are explored. Credit 6 (not offered every year)

120 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

2066-778 Modernism: Photography, Art & Culture 2080-712 Operations Management in Graphic Arts Modernism is a term used to describe how life in Europe and America from the 1880’s to the Designed to give the student a broad perspective of the many topics related to managing a 1960’s was transformed by 20th century science, technology, and principles of practices of art printing facility. Topics include an examination of the systems approach to production man- and culture through the past century. Students will study how pioneers Picasso and Duchamp agement, the use of statistics and other quantitative techniques in methods and decision abandoned the conventions of their perspective and construction of the figure then replaced analysis, the cost-volume-price relationship in printing production and the effect of organiza- these traditions with new methods of representation (prerequisites none). Credit 3 tional structure on decision-making, line-staff relationships and management personnel. Credit 4 2066-781, 782, 783 Alternative Processes An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving images using his- 2080-717 Markets for Print & Graphic Media torical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis is on extending the students’ This course focuses on understanding the traditional and emerging markets within the experience in image making by incorporating alternatives to conventional photography into graphic media industry. Additionally, attention is given to the environmental and economic their work. Processes to be covered include various light sensitive emulsions and the pro- factors associated with a printing company’s strategic direction. The learned concepts are duction of the visual book. Credit 4 applied to graphic media business situations. A core part of this course is the student’s participation in an actual company project where recommendations for new marketing 2066-786, 787, 788 Contemporary Issues approaches and initiatives will be developed and presented to a panel consisting of the com- A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and related media, how they relate pany’s key decision makers. Credit 4 to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest future directions. Emphasis is placed on the integration of critical theoretical discourses and studio practice. Credit 2 2081-701 Research Methods in Graphic Arts The theory and applications of the principles of scientific research in the graphic arts will be Descriptions Course 2066-791 Photography Preservation I covered, including a systematic study of the scientific method, hypothesis generation, the Introduction to the basic philosophy, ethics, concerns and methods of conservation. This nature of theory, types of research design and measurement. The study of problems in the course will cover the various materials, sources of supply, workshop design, examination meth- graphic arts includes ink and paper, reproduction methods and quality control. Credit 4 ods, documentation style, monitoring systems, utilized in the protection of photographs. Credit 4 2081-706 Introduction to Graphic Media Research This course exposes graduate students to the broad range of technological, managerial, and 2066-792 Photography Preservation II business trends associated with the growth and evolution of graphic media industry. Introduction to the tools, materials and methods of providing intimate protection for pho- Students are expected to engage in dialog and debate regarding the inter-related, multi- tographs through proper mounting, housing and stabilization intervention. Special focus is faceted forces driving the dynamic change in the scope, nature and structure of the graphic given to the development of practical skills in protective housing construction utilized in media industry. Credit 4 display and storage. Credit 4 2081-709 Trends in Print Technology 2066-793 Chemistry: Photography Deterioration An examination of the environmental and social forces that have affected the development Introduction to the environmental factors and underlying chemical mechanisms that cause of printing technology to the present time, as well as those forces, present and predicted, that photographs to stain, fade, or otherwise deteriorate while in storage or on exhibition. Students will affect the state of printing technology in the future. Credit 4 will use actual samples in laboratory sessions to illustrate the forms of deterioration, learn about heat, light, humidity, pollution, and their effects on photographs. Emphasis will be placed on 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis determining appropriate storage conditions for photographs of various types. Credit 4 This course addresses principles and practices of color measurement for color matching and color image rendering in graphic arts imaging. Emphases are placed on the analyses and ren- 2066-799 Independent Study dering of spot colors and pictorial images with the use of ICC-based color management Learning experiences not provided by formal course structure may be obtained through the systems. Topics include densitometry, CIE colorimetry, color management systems, graphic use of an independent study contract. Credit 1–12 arts technology standards, and process control. There are lab assignments on color measurement and tone and color analyses. A self-directed project is required. The instruction is 2066-841, 842, 843 Research Seminar a combination of lectures (live and video-taped), demonstrations, discussions of lab assign- The seminar serves as a planning stage and forum for preparing the research thesis proposal ments, and when appropriate, guest speakers. Credit 4 and for an ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Additionally, this course will review the thesis process, provide guidelines and resources for thesis preparation 2081-716 Graduate Materials & Process I and presentation of the written thesis research paper. Over the course of the quarter, the This course presents a multi-dimensional model for comparisons of all major print repro- research proposal will be completed and submitted to thesis advisors for critique and duction processes and evaluation of their suitability for any given application. Students will approval. Credit 2 learn the basic theory of image reproduction embodied in available analog and digital printing processes, and learn to identify the process origins of print samples. Additionally, 2066-890 Research & Thesis students will learn which consumables are involved in the various processes. Students will The thesis is designed and proposed by the candidate to a committee of graduate faculty. It need to complete a final project. Credit 4 is considered his or her culminating experience in the program, involving the development of independent research leading to new work. There are three components to the thesis: the thesis exhibition, the thesis paper and the public defense. The defense is a defense of both Printing Graduate Foundation Courses the paper and the exhibit. Credit 1–12 2082-303 Graduate Materials & Process I Students will develop writing skills for business correspondence, proposals, and technical reports. considerations of techniques, organization, format and style based on appropriate research techniques and audience analysis will be discussed. A formal technical research School of Print Media report and presentation will be required. (Writing and Literature I & II) Credit 4

2080-707 Estimating & Analyzing - Graphic Art Systems Course content covers the application of information from other management and technical courses to comprehensive situations in estimating. Its aim is to provide the student with an understanding of the relationships between estimation, pricing and the supply and demand forces which occur in the marketplace and to expose students to several printing specialties so they may appreciate the various cost advantages and disadvantages involved in the use of particular technologies. Class sessions include lectures, discussions, labs and project presentations by students. In addition to normal reading assignments, the student will be required to prepare and deliver an oral report or a written term paper on a topic related to an estimating, pricing, time study, or some other cost-related problem of special interest to the student. Credit 4 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 121

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs. Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs. College of Liberal Arts The College of Liberal Arts offers master of science degrees in the following areas: school psychology, public policy and communication and media technologies. The master of science degree in communication and media technologies prepares students not only to analyze and anticipate communication problems but also to create and implement solutions to them. These objectives are achieved Andrew M. T. through a curriculum that combines Moore, Dean advanced courses in communication theory, research and audiences, law and ethics, and courses in professional or applied technologies. Graduates of the master of science degree in public policy will be well grounded in qualitative and quantitative theories and methodologies and in sound ethical principles. The curriculum is designed to provide the students with the skills to collect, organize, and analyze relevant science and technology policy data. The (specialist level) master of science degree and advanced cer- tiﬁcate in school psychology are designed for graduate students who desire a career focusing on the psychological evaluation of, and intervention for, children in school settings. Students who complete the two-year academic program and the 1,200-hour full-year internship have excellent placement opportunities as psychologists who evaluate and counsel children in school and agency settings. Elective graduate courses complement the professional emphasis of the degree programs by exploring the broader human knowledge and social implications embodied in these areas of study. By providing this humanistic perspective, these courses play an integral role in professional education, making a direct and distinct contribution to the student’s preparation for a specialized career. Programs The college provides a number of graduate courses that serve as electives for some of the master’s degree programs offered by other Master of Science colleges at RIT.

COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES p. 123 Faculty Members of the faculty are students’ advisers, as well as teachers. PUBLIC POLICY p. 124 Their backgrounds in the ﬁeld and classroom and in research are the bases for academic standards and expertise that anticipate grad- SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY p. 125 uates’ career requirements.

Advanced Certiﬁcate

SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY p. 125

122 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

courses (12–16 quarter credit hours) in applied professional or Department of Communication technical course work from one of RIT’s other colleges; and five to nine thesis/ project credit hours earned in the department of communication. A full-time CMT student will create a Graduate Master of Science in Advisement Committee by the end of the first quarter of study; Communication & Media Technologies the committee will be comprised of at least one faculty member from the department of communication and one faculty member Rudolph R. Pugliese, Graduate Coordinator from an appropriate applied technical program from another RIT 585-475-5925, www.rit.edu/cmt college. The committee advises and guides the student’s elective course selection and course sequencing. With the guidance and Communication and the technologies for message creation and approval of the Graduate Advising Committee, students design dissemination are at the center of dramatic economic, social, and and conduct a thesis/research project appropriate to their course cultural changes occurring as a result of technological development of study and to their career goals. and global connectedness. The master of science in communication and media technologies (CMT) is an interdisciplinary advanced Required Communication courses (16 credits) Credits program of study combining liberal arts courses in communication with course work in an applied or professional program. CMT 0535-701 History of Media Technologies & Industries 4 graduates will be adept at the analysis of communication problems, 0535-702 Communication Theory & Audiences 4 the development of solutions, and the creation of messages as a 0535-703 Research Methods in Communication 4 result of their combined training in the social sciences, humanities, 0535-704 Communications Law & Ethics 4 and applied technologies. 0535-800 Project/Thesis 5–9 Communication courses rooted in the humanities and social Communication electives (12–16 credits) sciences provide students the opportunity to gain a broad, histor- Students are required to select three communication electives from ical understanding of issues in communication, including the the choices below; a fourth elective is optional. History of Media ethical, legal, and social dimensions. Additional courses give stu- Technologies and Industries, and Communication Theory and dents advanced guidance in the creation of written and visual Audiences, are prerequisites for all communication electives. message content. Courses in applied technologies or professional programs provide opportunities for implementation and applica- 0535-705 Electronic Communication & Society 4 tion. The required thesis combines knowledge, practice, original 0535-706 Crafting the Message 4 research, and application under the guidance of a Graduate 0535-707 International Media 4 Advisement Committee. 0535-708 Teaching & Training Technologies 4 CMT graduates are prepared for careers as communication 0535-709 Online Advertising & Public Relations 4 experts in such venues as commerce, industry, education, enter- 0535-710 Visual Communication 4 tainment, and government as well as for graduate work toward 0535-725 Special Topics in Communication 4 a doctoral degree. Applied professional or technical courses (12-16 credits) Admission requirements Students are required to select three applied professional or techni- Applications for admission are accepted for all four academic cal courses from the choices below; a fourth applied or technical quarters, but most full-time students begin their program of study in course is optional. the fall. Admission to the program is based on the following criteria: College of Imaging Arts and Sciences • Graduate application • Successful completion of the baccalaureate degree at an accredited 2081-709 Trends in Printing Technology 4 college or university accompanied by official transcripts 2081-723 Contemporary Publishing 3 • Cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 or 2081-742 Document Processing Languages 4 above (on a 4.0 scale) College of Computing and Information Sciences • Minimum TOEFL score of 600 for speakers of English as a second language 4002-718 Current Themes in Information Technology 4 • Three letters of reference from academic advisers, major 4002-733 Fundamentals of Computer Communication 4 professors, and/or supervisors or managers 4002-741 Fundamentals of Web-Based Multimedia 4 • Submission of a writing portfolio College of Business All credentials must be submitted and reviewed before the student 0105-761 Marketing Concepts 4 completes 16 quarter credit hours of graduate work in the program. 0105-766 Marketing in Global Business 4 0105-767 Marketing Communications 4 Curriculum 0105-772 Marketing on the Internet 4 Earning the CMT degree requires completion of a minimum of 45 0102-740 Organizational Behavior and Leadership 4 quarter credit hours of graduate course work, distributed as follows: 0102-741 Leading Change in a Quality Organization 4 four required communication courses (16 quarter credit hours) plus 0102-742 Introduction to Technology Management 4 three or four communication electives (12–16 quarter credit hours) 0102-762 Managing New Process & Product Development 4 offered by the Department of Communication; three or four

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 123

Master’s thesis/project issues. Full-time students can typically finish the program in one A thesis or project is required of all CMT students. The thesis/ to two years. The program prides itself on working one-on-one project topic should complement the student’s academic graduate with students to ensure that their educational needs and academic interests and scholarly training. Topic selection and method(s) for goals are attained. implementing the thesis/project occur in consultation with the student’s Graduate Advisement Committee. Admission requirements Two options are available to students interested in a master of Proposed plan of study science degree in public policy at RIT. Fall Quarter Students may enter the program from the public policy bache- History of Media Technologies and Industries lor of science program and earn a combined BS/MS in five years. Communication Theory and Audiences (For admission requirements to the BS program, consult the Communication Elective or Applied Professional/Technical course Undergraduate Bulletin or visit the RIT undergraduate Admissions Web site at www.rit.edu/~960www/admin.) Winter Quarter To be admitted into the graduate portion of the BS/MS track, Research Methods in Communication a student must meet the following criteria: Communication Elective Communication Elective or Applied Professional/Technical course • Completion of all requirements of the first two years of the BS curriculum Spring Quarter • A GPA of at least 3.0 Communications Law and Ethics Communication Elective During spring quarter of their third year, undergraduate students Communication Elective or Applied Professional/Technical course who have chosen the BS/MS combined degree program will be officially admitted into the MS program based on having met the Summer Quarter requirements detailed above. Communication Elective or Applied Professional/Technical course Students entering the master of science program from other RIT Thesis/Project programs or from outside the Institute should meet the following requirements: • Successful completion of the baccalaureate degree at an Public Policy Department accredited college or university • Minimum 3.0 grade point average (GPA) overall • Two writing samples, including a statement of interest Master of Science in • GRE scores unless a waiver request is approved Public Policy • Calculus and statistics recommended, but not required • Two formal letters of reference James J. Winebrake, Department Chair • Minimum TOEFL of 570 (230 for computer based exam) for 585-475-4648 students who do not speak English as their native language • All applicable requirements listed in the Graduate Bulletin The Rochester Institute of Technology (RIT) Public Policy Department offers an innovative, interdisciplinary Master of Curriculum Science (M.S.) degree in public policy with an emphasis on A minimum of 48 quarter credit hours is required for completion engineering, science, and technology policy. The program builds of the master of science in public policy. on RIT's strengths as a technological university, enabling students The BS/MS student may obtain 12 quarter credit hours of grad- to interact with faculty members and researchers who are working uate work in the fourth year of the BS curriculum. These courses on scientific developments and technological innovations driving will be selected from the policy electives with the consent of the new public policy considerations. adviser and the instructor. Thus, a BS/MS student would need to The program is located in the College of Liberal Arts but draws take only 36 hours in the fifth year. significantly from disciplines and courses of study located in the Students transferring into the MS program from other BS degree other colleges, especially the Colleges of Business, Science, programs at RIT or from outside the Institute may be required to Engineering, and Applied Science and Technology. The program complete an additional three-course policy analysis sequence (Policy is geared toward graduates who will make significant contributions Analysis I, II, and III) or demonstrate that they have equivalent in industry; at federal, state, and local levels of government; and skills for completion of the degree. in the not-for-profit sector. The graduate curriculum has a required three-course sequence: All students take a set of policy core courses that emphasize Readings in Public Policy, Advanced Theory and Methods in Policy analysis, problem solving, and interdisciplinary approaches. Analysis, and Evaluation Research. These required courses focus Students choose from numerous electives to focus their policy on developing a high level of quantitative and qualitative policy studies in a particular policy area, such as environmental policy, analysis skills. In addition, students will choose seven courses telecommunications policy, or energy policy. Typical students within their area of specialization from a wide selection of courses include those with science or engineering backgrounds looking or work through independent study with appropriate faculty on to broaden their career opportunities in the government or business specific topics. Students are also required to successfully complete setting, as well as those with liberal arts undergraduate degrees a master’s thesis. (e.g., economics) interested in science, technology, and policy 124 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Course sequence School Psychology Department This course sequence is for a student entering the program through the BS/MS program. Other students may be required to take 12 credits of Policy Analysis I-III, which typically adds another quarter Master of Science in for the MS degree. School Psychology Fall Credits Scott P. Merydith, Program Chair, Seminar: Readings in Public Policy 4 Elective Courses 12 585-475-6701 Policy Colloquium 0 The College of Liberal Arts offers a nationally accredited graduate Total 16 program leading to the master of science degree and advanced certificate in school psychology. The program prepares students for Winter provisional certification as school psychologists in New York State. Seminar: Advanced Theory & Methods in Policy Analysis 4 It is designed to provide students with a strong background in Elective Courses 8 psychological foundations and to develop their professional skills Thesis Research 4 and competencies in counseling, evaluation and consultation. Policy Colloquium 0 School psychologists work with young children (birth to age Total 16 five); elementary, junior high and high school students; teachers and administrators; parents; and professionals.They offer services Spring that lead to the amelioration of existing student difficulties, and they Seminar: Evaluation Research 4 attempt to prevent school problems. Through diagnostic testing, Elective Courses 8 counseling, consultation, and intervention, school psychologists Thesis Research 4 help students deal with learning and behavioral difficulties and help Policy Colloquium 0 improve students’ adjustment to school and community. Total 16 Admission requirements (For course descriptions, consult the Undergraduate Bulletin or visit the public policy Web page at www.rit.edu/~ppolicy). Admission to the program is based on the following criteria: • Successful completion of the baccalaureate degree at an Public policy courses accredited college or university The student may choose seven elective courses. Courses are chosen • An undergraduate cumulative grade point average of based on student interests, career goals, and offerings. Courses may 3.0 or above be offered in various colleges throughout the Institute, including • Completion of at least 18 semester hours (27 quarter hours) the Colleges of Business, Science, Engineering, and Applied Science in behavioral sciences with a grade of B or above and Technology. Course selection is done jointly with a faculty • Prerequisite undergraduate courses: advisor and are typically aimed at developing a specialized area of General Psychology interest for the student (e.g., biotechnology policy, environmental Elementary Statistics policy, energy policy, communications policy). Child or Developmental Psychology Abnormal Psychology • Minimum Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores: Verbal—470 Quantitative—600 Foreign students—minimum TOEFL score of 580 • Evidence of professional commitment and potential for developing effective relationships with children, youth and adults: Letters of reference Student essay about goals and related experience • An individual interview All credentials must be submitted and reviewed before the student completes 12 quarter credit hours of graduate work in the program. Applications are due by March 1. Later applications will be reviewed on a space-available basis.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 125

Curriculum Spring Quarter Required Psychological Foundation and Credits Psychoeducational Assessment III Professional Courses (20 credits) Advanced Counseling 0514-701 Advanced Developmental Developmental Psychopathology Psychology 4 Practicum III 0514-702 Psychology of Teaching/ Learning 4 Second year 0514-723 Developmental Psychopathology 4 Fall Quarter 0514-739 Children &Trauma 4 Psychoeducational Assessment IV 0515-701 Cultural Diversity in Education 4 Alternative Assessment Techniques Required Statistics and Research Methodology (11 credits) Research Methods I Inferential Statistics I 0514-728 Inferential Statistics I 2 Practicum IV 0514-759 Research Methods I 2 0514-890 Thesis Winter Quarter or Biological Basis of Behavior 0514-891 Project (1 per quarter for 3 quarters) 3 Psychology of Teaching/Learning 0514-810 Research Methods II 2 Research Methods II 0514-811 Inferential Statistics II 2 Inferential Statistics II Required Specialized Courses (44 credits) Practicum V 0514-724 Interpersonal Intervention Skills 4 Spring Quarter 0514-726 Psychoeducational Assessment I 4 Cultural Diversity in Education 0514-730 Seminar—Professional & Legal Issues 4 Children and Trauma 0514-731 Psychoeducational Assessment II 4 Seminar—Professional & Legal Issues 0514-732 Psychoeducational Assessment III 4 Practicum VI 0514-733 Applied Behavioral Analysis 4 Project/Thesis (1 credit hour continuation) 0514-734 Psychoeducational Assessment IV 4 0514-742 Biological Basis of Behavior 4 Third year 0514-744 Advanced Counseling 4 Fall Quarter 0514-745 Alternative Assessment Techniques 4 Internship I 0514-749 Advanced Consultation 4 Project/Thesis (1 credit hour registration continuation) 0514-744 Advanced Counseling 4 Winter Quarter Required Field Experience (21 credits) Internship II 0514-712– Practicum I, II, III, IV, Project/Thesis (1 credit hour registration continuation) 717 V & VI 12 0514-777 Internship I, II & III 9 Spring Quarter Total 96 Internship III

Proposed plan of study Degree requirements First year A minimum of 96 quarter credit hours is required for completion Fall Quarter of the program. Before registering for the internship, students must pass a portfolio review. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or Psychoeducational Assessment I above is required. Interpersonal Intervention Skills Applied Behavioral Analysis Practicum I

Winter Quarter Psychoeducational Assessment II Advanced Consultation Advanced Development Psychology Practicum II

126 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

GRADUATE FACULTY Humanities Public Policy School Psychology Frank Annunziata, AB, Manhattan Department Brian Barry, BA, St. John Fisher College; MA, City College of the College; MSSc, Ph.D., Syracuse Department of City University of New York; Ph.D., James J. Winebrake, BS, Lafayette University—Associate Professor, Ohio State University—Professor, College; MS, Massachusetts Institute Psychology Communication History of Technology; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania—Department Chair; Suzanne Graney, AA, Finger Lakes Bruce A. Austin, BA, Rider College; Bruce A. Austin, BA, Rider College; Associate Professor, Public Policy Community College; BA, SUNY MS, Illinois State University; Ph.D., MS, Illinois State University; Ph.D., Geneseo; Ph.D., University of Temple University—Professor, Temple University—Professor, Franz Foltz, BS, MS, Pennsylvania Oregon—Assistant Professor, Communication Communication State University; Ph.D., Rensselaer School Psychology Polytechnic Institute—Assistant Susan Barnes, BFA, Pratt Institute; Charles D. Collins, AB, Rutgers Professor, Science, Technology, Jennifer Lukomski, BA, Williams MFA, Ph.D., New York University— University; MA, Ph.D., University and Society College; MA, Gallaudet University; Associate Professor, Communication of Iowa—Professor, Fine Arts Ph.D., University of Arizona— M. Ann Howard, BS, Cornell Assistant Professor, Psychology Grant C. Cos, BA, University Rebecca O. Edwards, BA, College University; JD, Rutgers University— of Massachusetts; MA, Emerson of the Holy Cross; Ph.D., University Associate Professor, Public Policy/ Paul McCabe, BA, University of College; Ph.D., Kent State of Rochester—Assistant Professor, Science, Technology, and Society Rochester; MA, Ph.D., Hofstra University—Assistant Professor, History University—Assistant Professor, Communication Murli M. Sinha, AB, Bihar Psychology Timothy H. Engstrom, BA, MA, University, India; MA, Patna Diane S. Hope, BS, State University Ph.D., University of Edinburgh, University, India; MA, City College Scott P. Merydith, BA, M.Ed., of New York College at Brockport; Scotland—Professor, Philosophy of City University of New York; Ph.D., Kent State University— MS, Ph.D., State University of New Tina Lent, BA, MA, University of Ph.D., Cornell University— Associate Professor, Psychology York at Buffalo—Professor, California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., Professor, Sociology Murli M. Sinha, AB, Bihar Communication University of Rochester—Associate University, India; MA, Patna Keith B. Jenkins, BA, University Professor, Fine Arts University, India; MA, City College of Arkansas; MA, Ph.D., Florida State David B. Suits, BA, Purdue of City University of New York; University—Assistant Professor, University; MA, Ph.D., University Ph.D., Cornell University— Communication of Waterloo—Assistant Professor, Professor, Sociology David R. Neumann, BA, Ithaca Philosophy College; MA, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University—Professor, Communication Rudolph R. Pugliese, BA, State University of New York College at Oneonta; MA, State University of New York College at Brockport; Ph.D., Temple University—Associate Professor, Communication Patrick M. Scanlon, BA, State University of New York at Albany; Ph.D., University of Rochester— Professor, Communication

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 127

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of 4 (offered occasionally) the course description. 0505-722 Oriental Art: India & Asia A seminar exploring the philosophical and cultural perspectives underlying traditional Asian art as a prelude to examining selected topics in Indian and southeast Asian art. Emphasis Liberal Arts Elective Courses will be placed on the application of research techniques and critical methods of an individually selected area of interest that may serve as a foundation for continuing study. Class 4, 0505-702 Film History & Criticism Credit 4 (offered occasionally) This course examines the historical development of film as an art and the differing interpretations of its meaning, traced through major films by important directors. Emphasis will 0505-723 Art & Politics be placed on the varying critical methodologies by which films can be analyzed. Class 4, The purpose of the course is to familiarize the student with the relationships that can exist Credit 4 (offered occasionally) between the art world and society. Fundamental questions concerning the social/political role of the artist (questions that are often overlooked in most curriculums) will be investi- 0505-703 American Architecture gated. Questions dealing with public funding of the arts, the ideologic/political nature of art An examination of American architecture from the 17th century to the present designed for education, the function of art as a catalyst for political change, and other questions will be the graduate level of study. Emphasis will be placed on American building art in the late examined. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) 19th and 20th centuries. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) 0505-724 Women & Visual Arts Course Descriptions Course 0505-705 Theories of Aesthetics Examines the image of women in the visual arts and the role of women as image makers. A course for the art-oriented graduate student centering on the student’s search for a sup- Major topics include the variety of images of women, the evolution and change of these portable and reliable basis for making value judgments about works of art as well as images over time, media images (as differentiated from fine art images) of women, images introducing the student to major concepts in aesthetics. Class 4 Credit 4 (offered occa- of women by women and by men, women’s images and the issues of their relationship to the sionally) images made by men, the nude and pornography, history of women artists, selected women artists and their work, relation of their work to the art of the period, current issues and sta- 0505-707 Cubism to the Present tus of women artists. Class 4, Credit 4 Cubism as a way of seeing and as an expression of 20th century thinking. Differences and similarities with art forms of earlier eras and other cultures will be discussed. Class 4, Credit 0505-725 Special Topics in American Art 4 (offered on sufficient demand) A critical examination of issues and/or artistic developments in American art. The topic may have been briefly covered in another concentration course. Provides a unique opportunity 0505-711 20th Century American Art to expose the student to an in-depth analysis of one selected aspect of American art. An investigation of American art from the civil war to the present. Emphasis will be placed Examples of likely topics are: American landscape painting; American portraiture; Pop art on the visual arts, but many references will be made to music and architecture. Class 4, of the ’70’s; jazz; Robert Venturi and post-modern with American painting, sculpture, archi- Credit 4 (offered occasionally) tecture, music and film. A research project is required. Prerequisites, if any, are determined by the instructor. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) 0505-712 Arts & Crafts in Tribal Society A study of the function of primitive art and the techniques of its production, including the 0507-701 History of American Educational Thought use of clay, stone, fibers, bark, wood, bronze, gold, etc. Hair styling, body painting and scar- A historical analysis of change and continuity in American educational history from colo- ification will also be discussed. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) nial through contemporary America. Special emphasis will be given to the development of the field of deaf education in the United States. Lectures, seminar discussions and readings 0505-713 Contemporary Issues in Art offer comprehensive coverage of the salient intellectual themes of American educational his- This course offers the graduate art student the opportunity to investigate those aspects of tory. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered annually) 20th century art that question the very nature of art and the role of the artist in today’s and tomorrow’s society. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) 0509-705 Philosophy of Art & Aesthetics The four-hour meetings of this seminar are based largely on discussions, and participation 0505-714 Art: Vision & Concept of all students is required. Familiarity with some philosophy and with the general history of Though the course will develop chronologically from the medieval period to the present, 20th-century western art is helpful. The questions discussed are philosophical questions emphasis will be placed on a close analysis of (1) selected works of art, including paintings, about art and aesthetic experience: Can art be defined? What is the relationship between art sculpture and architecture, and (2) the development of the unique oeuvre of selected artists. and beauty, art and truth, art and knowledge, art and judgment, art and politics, art and Topics chosen for study will be limited in number but treated in depth. Topical choices will interpretation, art and contemporary philosophical theory? Readings will cover a wide range be based on richness and import of the formal and/or conceptual content embodied therein. of philosophical reflection, from its early roots in Plato to the contemporary postmodern. Some background in the history of art is helpful but not necessary. Class 4, Credit 4 Class 4, Credit 4 (offered annually) (offered occasionally) 0509-706 Philosophy of Mind 0505-715 Picasso An investigation into concepts concerning mental experience. The basic question is “What The impact of Picasso and his circle on 20th century art. Their affinities with modern scien- is consciousness?” The question hides some presuppositions and raises many further ques- tific philosophical attitudes also will be discussed. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) tions. Can we be conscious of consciousness? What does it mean to be conscious? Is there a mind-brain identity? Can we describe mental experiences in non-mentalistic terms? Can 0505-716 Rembrandt computers think? It will be the business of this course to explore these and other related A detailed analysis of the art and times of the baroque master. Emphasis will be placed on the questions and to see what progress has been made in attempting to answer them. Class 3, development of his style and technique, on his and other artists’ relationship to their society Credit 4 (offered annually) and to the character of the baroque outlook. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally)

0505-717 Topics in Music History This course is a study of various aspects of music in different historical environments with emphasis on analogies between music and the other ﬁne arts. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally)

0505-721 Oriental Art: China & Japan A seminar exploring the philosophical and cultural perspectives underlying traditional Asian art as a prelude to examining selected topics in Chinese and Japanese art. Emphasis will be placed on the application of research techniques and critical methods of an individual selected area of interest that may serve as a foundation for continuing study. Class 4, Credit

128 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0514-724 Interpersonal Intervention Skills School Psychology This course will concentrate on the development of individual counseling and consultation skills for the School Psychologist. Students will acquire an understanding of the basic mod- 0514-701 Advanced Developmental Psychology els and stages of the counseling and consulting processes. Throughout this class, emphasis will This course will cover the major theoretical approaches to the understanding of human be on building fundamental active listening skills and helping clarify problem situations. development. Areas of study will include, but not be limited to, cognitive development, lan- Extensive laboratory work will involve role-play. Readings, classroom and laboratory activi- guage development, development of personality, social development and moral ties have been designed to ensure that the students will view counseling and consultation development. (See admission requirements for prerequisites or receive permission of instruc- processes as systematic. (Matriculation in school psychology program) Class 4, Credit 4 tor) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered annually) 0514-726 Psychoeducational Assessment I 0514-702 Psychology of Teaching & Learning This introductory course in a series of assessment courses will study assessment generally, types This course is designed to furnish students with an understanding of the basic psychologi- of tests and their uses, strengths and weaknesses of specific instruments, principles of reliabil- cal processes underlying the educational process, and to apply them to concrete situations ity and validity, scales and norms. Students will acquire an understanding of the quantitative that may arise for persons who teach. Instruction and remedial techniques are reviewed. (See and qualitative aspects of measurement. There will be extensive laboratory experience with a admission requirements for prerequisites or receive permission of professor) Class 4, Credit variety of instruments which measure academic achievement and sensory-motor perception. 4 (offered annually) Emphasis will be placed on the clinical use of tests in schools and other settings. (Matriculation in the school psychology program or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 0514-712 Practicum I The practica serve as a bridge from theory and research to the professional practice of school 0514-728 Inferential Statistics I Descriptions Course psychology. They allow the student to become familiar with the organization and operation of This course will train students in understanding and using inferential statistical concepts. schools. A weekly classroom seminar will be provided in addition to a placement in a school Special attention will be placed upon use of computer applications, conceptual understand- setting. The practica experiences are a major part of the preparation for the field placement/ ing of statistical tests, proper selection of statistical test, and proper interpretation and internship. (Matriculation in the school psychology program) Class 2, Credit 2/qtr reporting of results. Topics include a brief review of descriptive statistics, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, power, effect size, one-sample z and t tests, two-sample t tests, and one- 0514-713 Practicum II way ANOVA. (See admission requirements for prerequisites or receive permission of The practica serve as a bridge from theory and research to the professional practice of school instructor) Class 4, Credit 2 psychology. They allow the student to become familiar with the organization and operation of schools. A weekly classroom seminar will be provided in addition to a placement in a school 0514-730 Seminar in Professional & Legal Issues setting. The practica experiences are a major part of the preparation for the field placement/ Historic foundations and current critical professional issues, roles and functions of the internship. (Matriculation in the school psychology program) Class 2, Credit 2/qtr school psychologist are emphasized in the course. Legal and ethical issues that bear on the role of the psychologist in the school are considered. (Matriculation in the school psychol- 0514-714 Practicum III ogy program plus 32 quarter credit hours successfully completed in the program or The practica serve as a bridge from theory and research to the professional practice of school permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 psychology. They allow the student to become familiar with the organization and operation of schools. A weekly classroom seminar will be provided in addition to a placement in a school 0514-731 Psychoeducational Assessment II setting. The practica experiences are a major part of the preparation for the field placement/ This course concentrates on development of theory and applied skills in intellectual assess- internship. (Matriculation in the school psychology program) Class 2, Credit 2/qtr ment. Students learn to select and administer individual intelligence tests, to interpret results, to form test-based recommendations for intervention, and to provide written and 0514-715 Practicum IV oral reports. Assessment of persons who are culturally different or disabled is emphasized. The practica serve as a bridge from theory and research to the professional practice of school (0514-726 and matriculation in school psychology program) Class 4, Credit 4 psychology. They allow the student to become familiar with the organization and operation of schools. A weekly classroom seminar will be provided in addition to a placement in a school 0514-732 Psychoeducational Assessment III setting. The practica experiences are a major part of the preparation for the field placement/ This course uses interview, behavioral observation, rating scales and projective measures for internship. (Matriculation in the school psychology program) Class 2, Credit 2/qtr assessment of child and adolescent personality and adaptive behavior. Students gain experience administering, interpreting and reporting results of measures currently used in the 0514-716 Practicum V practice of psychology in the schools. (Matriculation in the school psychology program plus The practica serve as a bridge from theory and research to the professional practice of school 0514-726 and 0514-731 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 psychology. They allow the student to become familiar with the organization and operation of schools. A weekly classroom seminar will be provided in addition to a placement in a school 0514-733 Applied Behavioral Analysis setting. The practica experiences are a major part of the preparation for the field placement/ This course offers training in the behavioral assessment of students in educational settings. internship. (Matriculation in the school psychology program) Class 2, Credit 2/qtr Students apply various techniques for recording and analyzing behavior and programs for behavior management. (Matriculation in the school psychology program or permission of 0514-717 Practicum VI instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 The practica serve as a bridge from theory and research to the professional practice of school psychology. They allow the student to become familiar with the organization and operation 0514-734 Psychoeducational Assessment IV of schools. A weekly classroom seminar will be provided in addition to a placement in a This is an applied course in the diagnostic evaluation of exceptional children and adoles- school setting. The practica experiences are a major part of the preparation for the field place- cents. Students select, administer, and integrate test data, and report results and ment/internship. (Matriculation in the school psychology program) Class 2, Credit 2/qtr recommendations for intervention to parents, teachers, and to multidisciplinary evaluation teams. An overview of relevant information on theory of exceptionality and current status 0514-723 Developmental Psychopathology of diagnosis and treatment of exceptional children and adolescents is provided. (0514-726, This course focuses on maladaptive behavior of children and youth. Models of deviant 0514-731, 0514-732 and matriculation in the school psychology program) Class 4, Credit 4 behavior are presented, with attention to physiological, learned and environmental bases of behavior. Assessment and treatment approaches are discussed. (See admission requirements 0514-742 Biological Basis of Behavior for prerequisites or receive permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 This course is designed to review the neurophysiological and neuro-psychological bases of behavior as it pertains to developmental disorders. Students will identify functional neu- roanatomy, neuroimaging techniques, and various neurological and neuropsychological disorders. Students will apply findings and research to contemporary problems and issues facing school psychologists. Class 4, Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 129

0514-744 Advanced Counseling 0514-890 Thesis This course focuses on the development of counseling skills used with children and adoles- Students will register for this course under the thesis in school psychology. The thesis option cents in individual and group settings. Students are given the opportunity to integrate will be available to students only with prior written approval of program faculty. Students must theory, research, and processes relative to individual and group work. Treatment plans are make clear their intent to enroll in the thesis option during the quarter prior to registration. developed. Techniques for facilitating group counseling are emphasized. Crisis intervention Students will submit a proposal to a faculty member who agrees to serve as the student’s com- is reviewed. (0514-724) Class 4, Credit 4 mittee chair. The proposal will describe the basic research question to be investigated and how the student will gain access to subjects. Proposals will be reviewed by the program faculty who 0514-745 Alternative Assessment Techniques will give permission to register for thesis credit. Credit 1/quarter for three quarters The prime focus of this course is on the assessment of academic problems in the classroom with special emphasis on the collection of data that allow the planning of interventions. 0514-891 Project Students will learn alternative direct methods of academic or behavioral assessment for both This course is used to fulfill the project requirement under the non-thesis option in school psy- performance and skill deficits. Alternative assessment techniques include curriculum based chology. The project may take the form of an original program designed to meet the needs of assessment, curriculum based measurement, and analogue assessment. Emphasis will be on the a specific school related population or a paper on some important or controversial topic. The integration of these assessment techniques, collaborative problem solving, systematic observa- candidate must obtain prior approval before registering for this course. A formal written paper tion, the principles of applied behavior analysis and the psychology of learning for the purposes and an oral presentation of the project are required. Credit 1/quarter for three quarters of intervention development. (0514-726, 731, 732, 733, 749 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 0515-701 Cultural Diversity in Education The aim of the course is to understand the historical and structural origins of the present Course Descriptions Course 0514-749 Advanced Consultation schooling system in the United States. The functions of schools, from an ideological as well as This course concentrates on the development of consultation skills for the school psycholo- technical viewpoint, will be analyzed. In addition, different forms of school organizations will gist. Students acquire an understanding of the basic models of consultation and the stages be compared, as in the public vs. private dimensions. The functionalist theoretical approach of the consultation process. Emphasis is on the collaborative problem solving process where will be presented as well as the conflict perspective to frame the discussion and analysis of the skills of problem identification and analysis will be honed. Extensive laboratory work opposing sociological system of thought. The role of education in promoting or inhibiting involves observations of trained consultants, role-play, and first-hand experiences through socio-economic mobility will also be analyzed. The course attempts to understand how role case consultation. Readings focus on pertinent research in school based consultation. expectations are actually carried within the school system and how its different actors react to (Matriculation in the school psychology program plus 0514-724 or permission from the technical as well as value constraints. (See requirements for admission for prerequisites or instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 receive permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4

0514-752 Children and Trauma This course examines the nature, incidence, demographic distribution, sequelae and appro- Advanced Graduate Certificate in School priate treatment of trauma in children’s lives. After defining trauma, it explores how Psychology and Deafness experiences such as parental or sibling death, serious illness or injury, familial alcoholism, emotional, physical and sexual abuse, divorce or parental abandonment, community vio- 0514-764 Developmental Issues & Deaf Learning lence and natural disasters affect children. Class 4, Credit 4 This course examines the development of language, cognitive and psychosocial skills in deaf and hard-of-hearing children. Current research in these areas will be critically reviewed and 0514-759 Research Methods I analyzed. Careful attention will be given to understanding the social-cultural contexts of the This course explores various types of research methods as well as important methodological child and the implications for psychosocial, language and cognitive development and edu- issues and concepts. Methodologies studied include experimentation, quasi-experimenta- cational planning. The cultural, deficit, compensation and ecological perspectives on deaf tion, participant observation, archival methods, content analysis, surveys, interviews, and and hard-of-hearing children’s development will be compared and contrasted. The role of simulations. Methodological issues covered include philosophical paradigms, research ethics, the school psychologist as a consultant on psychosocial, language, and cognitive develop- reliability, threats to internal validity, external validity, demand characteristics, the volunteer mental issues will be discussed. (Matriculation in the school psychology and deafness subject problem, issues in sampling, and realism. Students will read original and contem- program or permission of the instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 porary works on research methodologies, as well as examples of such methodologies, and will write weekly summaries, applications, and criticisms. Course activities rely heavily on 0514-777 Internship School Psychology I, II, III seminar-style discussions and presentations. (Matriculation in the school psychology pro- Through direct, supervised 1,200-hour internship experience, the student will practice the gram or permission of the instructor) Class 4, Credit 2 various professional roles of a school psychologist in an educational setting. Competency in carrying out these tasks in an ethical and professional manner will be developed as prepara- 0514-810 Research Methods II tion for employment. (Matriculation in the school psychology program plus satisfactory This course assists graduate students in the school psychology program in beginning their completion of 84 hours in graduate program and qualifying examination) Class 3, Credit masters’ theses or projects. Students will write a thesis/project proposal and give a presenta- 3 per quarter tion of this proposal. The proposal will consist of an abstract, a preliminary introduction that includes a literature review, a proposed methods (for thesis students) section, or descrip- 0514-780 Sign Language Development I tion of activities (project students) section, a proposed data analysis (thesis students) or During the fall and winter quarters in the second year of the program, students are required product summary/outline (project students) section, a preliminary discussion section, a ref- to participate in sign language development courses/activities that are recommended by the erence section, and appendices (if applicable). The proposal will be presented at the end of ASL curriculum advisor and written up as independent study contracts. These courses and the term. Course activities will consist of library research, thesis/project planning, and writ- activities are designed on an individual basis according to the students’ particular skill devel- ing under the (typically group) supervision of the instructor. Class 4, Credit 2 opment needs. Students’ progress is monitored throughout the quarters with feedback shared during regular meetings with the ASL curriculum advisor. Two credits per quarter are given 0514-811 Inferential Statistics II upon successful completion of the individualized skill development plan. Class 4, Credit 2 This course will train students in understanding and using inferential statistical concepts. Special attention will be placed upon use of computer applications, conceptual understanding 0514-781 Sign Language Development II of statistical tests, proper selection of statistical tests, and proper interpretation and reporting During the fall and winter quarters in the second year of the program, students are required of results. Topics include two-way ANOVA, repeated measures ANOVA, MANOVA, correla- to participate in sign language development courses/activities that are recommended by the tion, simple regression, reliability analysis, and non-parametric statistics. Class 4, Credit 2 ASL curriculum advisor and written up as independent study contracts. These courses and activities are designed on an individual basis according to the students’ particular skill development needs. Students’ progress is monitored throughout the quarters with feedback shared during regular meetings with the ASL curriculum advisor. Class 4, Credit 2

130 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0514-782 Psychoeducational Assessment IV: Hearing and Deaf 0521-710 Information & Communication Policy This course will examine the assessment of the following areas of functioning for deaf and This course examines how federal and international policies are developed to influence inno- hard of hearing children and adolescents; communication, academic, cognitive, personality, vation of information and computer technology. In particular the course will examine such and interpersonal assessment. Assessment and educational planning for a student will be topics as privacy, freedom of speech, intellectual property rights, access to information tech- viewed from an ecological perspective including the family, the school, the community, the nology, and regulation of the Internet. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered support services and the legal systems. Attention will be given to preparing and communi- winter quarter) cating psychological report data and developing individual educational plans. Class 4, Credit 4 0521-749 Special Topics This course will examine current topics in public policy and may be used with consent of 0514-799 Independent Study advisor as a policy elective for the public policy MS degree. The course will examine a spe- A student may register for a graduate independent study project subject to the approval of cial problem or area relevant to the other courses in the degree. (Graduate standing) Class the director of the student’s graduate program, the faculty sponsor, the school psychology 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) graduate committee and the dean of the College of Liberal Arts. Because of the length of the approval process, students who desire to take independent study should make arrangements 521-799 Public Policy Independent Study several weeks before the quarter begins. An independent study project enables the interested A student may register for a graduate independent study project subject to the approval of student and his or her faculty sponsor to coordinate their efforts on subjects and topics that the chair of the public policy program and the dean of the College of Liberal Arts. Because range beyond the normal sequence of the graduate course selection. Credit variable. of the length of the approval process, students who desire to take independent study should make arrangements several weeks before the quarter begins. An independent study project enables the interested student and his or her faculty sponsor to coordinate their efforts on Descriptions Course Public Policy subjects and topics that range beyond the normal sequence of the graduate course selection. 0521-700 Readings-Public Policy Credit variable. An in depth inquiry into key contemporary public policy issues. Students engage in critical reflection and original thought on theoretical and applied public policy problems. Emphasis Communication & Media Technologies is placed on policy issues in selected science and technology fields. (Matriculation in the public policy master’s program or permission of the instructor is required) Class 4, Credit 0535-700 Film & Society 4 (offered fall quarter) An inquiry concerning the relationship between motion pictures and society that will use historical, humanistic, and social science research to achieve an understanding of movies as 0521-701 Seminar: Advanced Theory & Methods a social force, industry and art form. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) This course will cover the major theoretical and applied analytical methods and techniques in both quantitative and qualitative analysis. An emphasis will be placed on integrating 0535-701 History of Media Technologies empirical and normative concerns. (Matriculation in the public policy master’s program or An introduction to the history of media technologies including print, telephone, broadcast- permission of the instructor is required) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered winter quarter) ing, and digital media. The course will also cover the inventors, landmark events, regulations and ethics of communication media along with their effects on and relationships with peo- 0521-702 Seminar: Evaluation Research ple and culture. Class 4, Credit 4 The focus of this course is on evaluation of program outcomes. Students will explore the questions and methodologies associated with meeting programmatic outcomes, secondary or 0535-702 Communication Theory & Audiences unanticipated effects, and an analysis of alternative means for achieving program outcomes. This course focuses on theories of communication as they relate to technology. Theories Critique of evaluation research methodologies will also be considered. (Matriculation in the based in both the humanities and in the social sciences that explain or predict the effects of public policy master’s program or permission of the instructor is required) Class 4, Credit 4 communication technology on audiences will be presented. Opportunity for application of (offered spring quarter) theory in field research is available. Class 4, Credit 4

0521-703 Thesis Research 0535-703 Research Methods in Communication The master’s thesis in public policy requires the student to select a thesis topic, advisor and An introduction to and overview of the methods and ethics of scholarly communication committee; prepare a written thesis proposal for approval by the faculty; present and defend research including quantitative and qualitative approaches. The course focuses on methods the thesis before a thesis committee; and submit a bound copy of the thesis to the library of locating, critically analyzing and conducting communication research, and leads to the and to the program chair. (Matriculation in the public policy master’s program, satisfactory development of a research proposal suitable for a thesis or project. (0535-701, 702) Class completion of Policy Analysis I–III, and satisfactory completion of a minimum of 16 grad- 4, Credit 4 uate credits are required) Class 4, Credit 8 (offered annually) 0535-704 Communication Law & Ethics 0521-706 Qualitative Policy Analysis This course focuses on issues presented by communication technologies to the practice of This course examines multiple methodologies and techniques used for the qualitative analy- law and study of standards of ethics. Legal challenges presented by communication tech- sis of public policy. The course examines methods known for their descriptive richness, nologies will be examined in the following contexts: intellectual property, technology rights, interpretive insights, heightened concern for research subjects’ views, and sociocultural rela- patents, privacy and information networks, access to information, defamation, indecency, tivism. Specific techniques include: interviewing, field methods, participant observation, obscenity, and pornography. Special attention will be paid to the difficulty of applying ethnography, focus groups, Delphi panels, and case studies. (Graduate standing) Class 4, national laws to international media. (0535-701, 702) Class 4, Credit 4 Credit 4 0535-705 Electronic Communication in Society 0521-708 Technological Innovation and Public Policy An inquiry about the Internet and how it exerts a powerful influence on communicative prac- Technological innovation, the incremental and revolutionary improvements in technology, tices and society. Positioned at the intersection of technology, identity, and culture, the has been a major causal factor for economic growth and social and political change. This Internet has altered the ways in which people communicate in a wide range of contexts, course will introduce generic models of innovation that span multiple sectors including: including education, marketing, civic discourse, politics and popular culture. Utilizing theo- energy, environment, bio- and information technologies. The course will then analyze how ries about the relationship between communication technology and culture, this course will governments choose policies to spur innovation. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 explore the current and potential future impact of electronic communication in social set- (offered spring quarter) tings. Class 4, Credit 4

0521-709 Public Administration & Management This course provides an introduction to the ﬁelds of public administration and public management. It is a survey course which covers topics such as bureaucratic behavior, program implementation, and recent innovations in management of public organizations. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered spring quarter)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 131

0535-706 Crafting the Message This course will focus on the creation of written and visual messages appropriate to a targeted audience and a speciﬁc medium including print, broadcast, interactive, digital and on-line technologies. Case studies of effective and unsuccessful messages from advertising, politics, public service, education, entertainment and development will be examined. Students will have the opportunity to create and execute a variety of messages using various writing styles and images, and with varying purpose. (0535-701, 702) Class 4, Credit 4

0535-707 International Media This course will evaluate media technology use in the international setting and in various countries and regions of the world. Major theories about the media, international communication developments, and governmental challenges and restrictions are considered. Comparative and cross-cultural studies of the uses and effects of media technologies within various countries with special focus on global implications of the world wide web and computer technologies on international cooperation, trade and culture will be explored. (0535-701, 702) Class 4, Credit 4

0535-708 Teaching & Training in Technology Course Descriptions Course The ways we teach, train, and learn are increasingly assisted and inﬂuenced by various communication technologies. This course focuses on education and training strategies using various communication technologies with particular emphasis on developing teaching and training materials from a learner perspective. (0535-701, 702) Class 4, Credit 4

0535-709 Online Public Relation & Advertising This course is a study of the practices in public relations and advertising. Topics include iden- tiﬁcation of publics and selection of media, planning and evaluating campaigns, designing promotional materials, as well as employee, member, community and media relations. Special attention will be paid to online advertising including the creation, measurement, accounting and targeting of internet advertisements, interstitials, the use of buttons, e-mail, sponsorships, interactive advertising and consumer tracking. (0535-701, 702) Class 4, Credit 4

0535-710 Visual Communication This course focuses on the use of still or moving images in mediated communication. Examples from print, television, internet, photography and ﬁlm will be examined in light of traditional and emerging media. Rhetoric of image based technologies is examined. Graduate students will be required to complete advanced work beyond the undergraduate assignments. Class 4, Credit 4

0535-712 Computer-Mediated Communication A graduate seminar examining the evolving forms and functions of computer-mediated communication, including e-mail, discussion groups, newsgroups, chat, instant messenger, and web pages. Grounded in rhetorical, mass media, and interpersonal theory the seminar explores electronically-mediated communication in its many contexts and manifestations in an effort to understand the evolving forms and functions of CMC and its impact on communicative behaviors and public discourse. Course objectives are met through readings, written papers, online observations, lectures, and class discussions. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally)

0535-725 Special Topics: Master’s Level This course is a focused, in-depth study and analysis of a selected advanced topic in communication and associated issues. Speciﬁc topics vary according to faculty assigned and are published when the course is offered. This course is an elective for communication and media technology majors. Class 4, Credit 4

0535-800 Communication Thesis and Project The graduate thesis/project will be guided and approved by the student’s graduate advisement committee. Students may elect to conduct original research reported in a graduate thesis or to apply theory and research in an applied project. A minimum of 5 credits and no more than 9 credits can be earned as thesis/project credits.

132 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

The College of Science offers a unique complement of graduate programs with curricula designed with sufficient flexibility to prepare the graduate for direct entry into a career in the profession or for further study toward a more advanced graduate degree in a chosen discipline. Whether the focus is on the foundations of matter, on applications of mathematics, on the role of the chemist in the health Ian Gatley, Dean care environment, on the specialized properties of advanced materials or on the science and technology of advanced imaging systems, the College of Science graduate faculty join an out-standing group of students to furnish a valuable and integrated understanding of today’s biological, environmental, clinical, industrial and research problems. Department of Biological Sciences G. Thomas Frederick, Interim Department Head, Biological Sciences 585-475-2496, [email protected] Master of Science in Bioinformatics Programs Gary Skuse, Director 585-475-2532, [email protected] Master of Science The master of science degree in bioinformatics is offered on either a BIOINFORMATICS p. 133 part-time or full-time basis in order to fulfill the needs of traditional students as well as those currently employed in the greater CHEMISTRY p. 136 Rochester area. Graduates will have a strong foundation in biotechnology, computer programming, computational mathematics, CLINICAL CHEMISTRY p. 137 statistics, and database management and will be prepared for careers in the biotechnology, bioinformatics, pharmaceutical, and vaccine COLOR SCIENCE p. 140 industries. For those trained at both the bachelor’s and master’s levels, the job market is already rich with opportunities. Most of the ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE p. 134 individuals now employed in bioinformatics were not specifically trained in this field. Instead, they chose it because the relative short- IMAGING SCIENCE p. 142 age of people with both biology and computer science/ information INDUSTRIAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS p. 138 technology expertise offered unusual opportunities for career growth and rewards. At present, most bioinformatics employees MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING p. 139 have formal training in biology or biotechnology and only limited (offered jointly with the College of Engineering) familiarity with computational tools. Based on consultation with individuals within the industry Doctor of Philosophy nationwide, we expect that the credential most in demand in the future will be the master of science degree, particularly when IMAGING SCIENCE p. 143 coupled with industry-sponsored research as thesis work. That research will provide exposure to real-world problems—and their solutions—not otherwise attainable in an academic setting. Online learning option available

133 2003–2004 Graduate Bulletin 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 133

The objective of the program is to provide students with the Life science degrees capability to enter the bioinformatics workforce and become leaders Credits in the field. This objective is being addressed through a curriculum 4003-709 Programming Language Concepts 4 designed to fulfill the needs of students who bring with them 4002-720 Data Object Development 4 diverse educational and professional backgrounds. Individuals 1001-762 Introduction to Bioinformatics Computing 4 entering an MS program in bioinformatics typically have degrees 1001-763 Advanced Bioinformatics Computing 4 in biology, biotechnology, chemistry, statistics, computer science, 1001-722 Bioinformatics Seminar 2 information technology or a number of related fields. The MS 1001-725 Ethics in Bioinformatics 3 program at RIT accommodates this diversity in two ways. First, 1001-794 Molecular Modeling & Proteomics 4 there is a comprehensive bridge program for those students who 1016-715 Statistical Models for Bioinformatics 4 need to supplement their education before entering the MS Graduate Electives 11 program. Second, the MS program itself consists of two tracks, 1001-890 Thesis 10 one for students with backgrounds in the life sciences and one for Total 50 those with backgrounds in the computational sciences. Regardless of the track pursued, graduating students will be prepared to Master of Science in become professional bioinformaticists. Environmental Science Admission John M. Waud, Director Individuals with baccalaureate degrees in biology, biotechnology, 585-475-2182, [email protected] biochemistry, chemistry, computer science, information technology, statistics or related disciplines are invited to apply. Admission The master of science degree in environmental science is offered decisions will be based on a composite of prerequisites, including on either a part-time or full-time basis. The program options are an undergraduate grade point average of 3.2 or better, with an designed to fill the needs of both the practicing environmental average of 3.4 in the field of study, GRE scores may be required scientist in the greater Rochester community and the full-time in some cases. graduate student. Built on the concept that environmental issues are inherently English Language Requirement interdisciplinary, the program is offered jointly by the department All applicants who do not speak English as their primary language of biological sciences in the College of Science and by the are required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language department of science, technology, and society in the College of (TOEFL) and achieve a minimum score of 570. Liberal Arts. The objective of the curriculum is to prepare students for a career in environmental science by providing the background Degree Requirements demanded in the marketplace and the knowledge that will enable A minimum of 50 quarter credit hours, including eight core them to contribute to the solution of environmental problems. courses, is required for completion of the program. The two tracks To accomplish this, the program utilizes the strengths of the are illustrated below. A choice of professional graduate electives is College of Science in providing a strong scientific and mathematical available to allow each student to pursue areas of personal or profes- foundation complemented by a strong liberal arts component. sional interest. In addition, every student will be required to complete a research project that will address a relevant and timely topic Admission requirements in bioinformatics and culminate in a thesis. Graduate electives may Admission to the program will be granted to qualified graduates be chosen from any relevant RIT graduate courses. who are holders of a bachelor’s degree in environmental science or a related field of study. Prerequisite courses for the program include Curriculum one year of general chemistry, organic chemistry, and general biol- Computational science degrees ogy; one course in statistics, ecology, microbiology, ethics, history, Credits and economics; two courses in calculus and social sciences. In addition, preferred courses for applicants are physics, geology, 1001-700 Cell and Molecular Genetics 4 environmental science, and communications. 1001-701 Cell and Molecular Genetics II 4 The admission decision will be based on 1001-762 Introduction to Bioinformatics Computing 4 • a minimum GPA of 3.0 (overall and in science/math); 1001 763 Advanced Bioinformatics Computing 4 • minimum TOEFL of 550; 1001-722 Bioinformatics Seminar 2 • computer literacy; 1001-725 Ethics in Bioinformatics 3 • a brief statement outlining career goals and objectives; 1001-794 Molecular Modeling & Proteomics 4 • three letters of recommendation. 1016-715 Statistical Models for Bioinformatics 4 Graduate Electives 11 It is strongly recommended that students visit RIT to meet with 1001-890 Thesis 10 the environmental science program director as a supplement to the Total 50 normal application process. An applicant with a bachelor’s degree from an approved undergraduate school and the background necessary for specific courses is permitted to take graduate courses as a nonmatriculated

134 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

student. Courses taken for credit can usually be applied toward the Five-year combined BS/MS programs master’s degree if the student is formally admitted to the graduate The BS/MS program in environmental science allows undergradu- program at a later date. However, the number of credits that will ate environmental science students the opportunity to acquire an be transferred to the degree program from courses taken at RIT MS degree with only one extra year of study. Undergraduate majors as a nonmatriculated student may be limited. Please contact the are considered for entrance into the BS/MS combined program at program director for further information. Any applicant who the end of their second year of study. wishes to register for a graduate course as a nonmatriculated student must obtain permission from the program director and the instructor. External research credit All students who do not speak English as their primary language Independent, creative research that is part of an applicant’s employ- are required to submit TOEFL scores and must take the Michigan ment history may be applied, to a maximum of 16 hours of research Test, given by RIT’s English Language Center. If a student’s score is credit, towards the completion of the master of science degree. below standard, he or she must follow the recommendations of the center for additional course work. Successful completion of this work Thesis or project is a program requirement for the master of science degree in environ- All students enrolled in the environmental science graduate program mental science. This may mean that the student will need additional must propose, conduct, and report on an original research project. time and financial resources to complete the degree program. Equipment Curriculum The curriculum is designed to provide students with an under- Monitoring, Mapping, and Field Equipment standing of the interdisciplinary nature of environmental issues and ArcView 8 (ArcGIS) and IDRISI Kiliminjaro GIS software, to teach them to work as team members in solving these problems. Garmin GPS receivers, Pocket PCs with ArcPad software, soil sam- The courses provide an integrated, interdisciplinary approach to pling equipment, soil analysis equipment, water sampling devices, the environment and include extended problem-solving exercises. multimeters, individual probes, wet labs for water quality analysis, The problems to be solved will be provided by members of the envi- ponar dredges, plankton samplers, macroinvertebrate nets/samplers, ronmental community (government and private organizations and and a library of field reference texts. industry). Members of the environmental community also partici- Other Equipment pate as mentors to the students in these problem solving exercises. Fluorimeter, Raman Spectrometer, UV-Vis, GC-MS, ICP, Atomic The master’s program includes a core curriculum and electives Absorption, Polarimeter, TGA’s Micro-extruder, Centrifuge, that are chosen to reflect the student’s background and career goals. Electrochem Equipment, Gas Chromatography, HPLC detectors, A minimum of 51 quarter credit hours beyond the bachelor’s Viscometer, ESR (built in-house), Incubators, Infrared degree is required. Spectrophoto-meters, Capillary Electrophoresis, DSC’s, DMA, Required courses include: Asher, 300 MHz NMR, drying oven, leaf area index meter, digital 1006-701, Environmental Science Problem Solving I, II, III clinometer, Wiley mill. 702, 703 1009-702 Biochemistry-Conformation Facilities for Research 1009-703 Biochemistry-Metabolism The RIT Environmental Science Program provides a wide range 1015-720 Environmental Chemistry of research opportunities. Many environmental science faculty 1016-352 Probability and Statistics II members are engaged in field-based projects. We also have excellent 0630-xxx Advanced Geology laboratory facilities in support of the field research. This includes 1001-475 Applied Ecology both wet laboratories and computer facilities. The latter facilities 1001-767 Environmental Microbiology include traditional computational facilities and Geographic 1006-870 Environmental Science Graduate Seminar Information Systems (GIS). 1006-877 Environmental Science External Research Additional information or 1006-879 Environmental Science Research More information may be obtained by contacting the director of Graduate Electives environmental science, 585-475-2182; the environmental science program office, 585-475-7577; or the Web site, www.rit.edu/~envsci/. Part-time study The environmental science program encourages practicing environmental scientists in the greater Rochester area to pursue a program leading toward the master of science degree in environmental science without interrupting their employment. Consequently, most of the courses in the graduate program are scheduled in the late afternoon or early evening. Students employed full time normally take one course each quarter.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 135

Department of Chemistry Curriculum Various program options are available to cover the diverse needs Terence C. Morrill, Department Head of graduate chemists. Program concentrations in such important 585-475-2497, [email protected] areas as polymer chemistry, microelectronics, materials science, biochemistry, and environmental chemistry are possible. Master of Science in Chemistry Each student, together with an adviser, will arrange a program best suited to the student’s interests and needs. This program will Thomas Smith, Chair, Chemistry Graduate Committee be subject to the approval of the department head and the chair 585-475-7982, [email protected] of the Graduate Committee. A deliberate effort will be made to strengthen any areas of weak- The master of science degree in chemistry is offered on either a ness indicated by the student’s undergraduate records and the part-time or full-time basis. The program options are designed to placement examinations. To qualify for the MS degree, a candidate fill the needs of both the practicing chemist in the greater Rochester must satisfy the following requirements: industrial community and the full-time graduate student. The department of chemistry has research and teaching oriented 1. A minimum of 45 quarter credits beyond the bachelor’s degree. faculty as well as excellent equipment and facilities to enable full- Courses in chemistry will be chosen from 700- and 800-level time graduate students to carry on a program of independent study numbers and should include one or more representing each of that will develop ability to attack scientific problems at the research the three fields: analytical, organic and physical. In addition, a level. The research can result in either a thesis or a project report. course in inorganic or biochemistry is suggested. A maximum of The objectives of the program are, through course work and nine quarter credits may be taken in undergraduate-level courses. research experience, to increase both the breadth and depth of the Each student must select courses (subject to approval by the graduate student’s background and to provide an opportunity for student’s adviser and the graduate committee) that include the the student to attack scientific problems on his or her own initiative following core: 1008-621 and 1008-711; either 1013-737 or with minimal supervision. 1013-739; one of 1014-741, 1014-743, or 1014-744. The inorganic core course is 1012-764. For biochemistry it is 1009-702. Admission requirements The core requirement is one course each in organic, physical, Admission to the program will be granted to qualified graduates and analytical chemistry and one course in inorganic chemistry who are holders of a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from an accred- if an appropriate undergraduate course was not taken. As part of ited college or university. An applicant with a bachelor’s degree the required credits, each student must have one or two quarter in another scientific discipline and the equivalent of a full year’s credit hours in seminar 1010-870 and three to four quarter course in each of analytical chemistry, organic chemistry, physical credit hours from outside of the department of chemistry. chemistry, physics and calculus will be considered for admission. 2. The thesis option requires a minimum of nine quarter credit The admission decision will be based on: hours in research and submission of a satisfactory thesis. 3. Pass an oral thesis defense. 1) college transcripts; 2) GRE scores (chemistry exam is recommended); and Students enrolled in the program full time are expected to 3) letters of reference. complete 45 credit hours of course work, including up to 21 credit hours of research leading to the submission of an independent It is strongly recommended that students visit RIT as a research thesis. A full-time student normally takes six to nine supplement to the normal application process. An applicant with graduate credits per quarter, including thesis work. Typically, a bachelor’s degree from an approved undergraduate school and the all requirements are met within two years. background necessary for specific courses is permitted to take grad- No more than eight credit hours of research are allowed for uate courses as a nonmatriculated student. Courses taken for credit students working on a project report. can usually be applied toward the master’s degree if the student is formally admitted to the graduate program at a later date. However, Part-time study the number of credits that will be transferred to the degree program The department of chemistry encourages practicing chemists in from courses taken at RIT as a nonmatriculated student will be the greater Rochester industrial community to pursue a program limited to a maximum of nine credits. toward the master of science degree in chemistry without interrupt- Any applicant who wishes to register for a graduate course as ing their employment. Consequently, most of the courses in the a nonmatriculated student must obtain permission from the chair graduate program in chemistry are scheduled in the late afternoon of the graduate program plus the course instructor. or early evening. All students who do not speak English as their primary language Students employed full time normally take one course each quar- are required to submit TOEFL scores. All foreign students must ter. Part-time students in the program are not required to complete take the Michigan Test, given by the RIT English Language Center. a research thesis; the course work can be completed within four to If a student’s score is below standard, he or she must follow the rec- five years. ommendations of the center for additional course work. Successful completion of this work is a program requirement for the master of science degree in chemistry. This may mean that the student will need additional time and financial resources to complete the degree program.

136 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Five-year combined BS/MS programs Department of Medical Sciences The BS/MS program combines the BS chemistry, environmental chemistry option, biochemistry, and the BS polymer chemistry pro- Richard L. Doolittle, Head grams with the MS chemistry program and allows undergraduate chemistry majors to acquire an MS degree with only one extra year Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry of study. Undergraduate majors are considered for entrance into the BS/MS combined program as early as their third year. Students in James C. Aumer, Interim Director, Clinical Chemistry Program the combined program will be advised by the Chemistry Graduate 585-475-2526, [email protected] Committee to take graduate-level electives so that they will receive both the BS and MS degrees after five years of full-time study. The clinical chemistry program is designed for either full-time or part-time graduate study. Required courses are offered during the Equipment late afternoon or evening on a regular basis in order to Research equipment for graduate students in chemistry labs in the accommodate the work schedules of part-time students. College of Science program cannot be surpassed by any institutions The program is designed to provide a focused educational experi- in the nation that grant degrees no higher than the MS. We have ence for individuals preparing for careers in clinical chemistry. The state-of-the-art instrumentation in the areas of nuclear magnetic design of the program provides technical and managerial proficiencies resonance as well as infrared and ultraviolet spectroscopy. Polymer in either the diagnostic laboratory or a related industry. characterization is made straight-forward in view of our thermal gravimetric analysis and differential scanning calorimetry units. Admission requirements We are excellently appointed in the areas of gas chromatography, Individuals holding a bachelor’s degree in chemistry, biology, med- gas chromatography-mass spectrometry, high-performance liquid ical technology, nuclear medicine technology, or a related field from chromatography, atomic absorption, fluorimetry, and capillary an accredited college or university are invited to apply. electrophoresis. All students who do not speak English as their primary language are required, upon arrival at RIT, to take the Michigan Test, given External research credit by the RIT English Language Center. If a student’s score is below The department of chemistry recognizes that the in-plant experi- standard, he or she must follow the recommendations of the center ence of a number of chemists employed in local industry includes for additional course work. Successful completion of this work is independent, creative research. This experience may be applied, to a program requirement for the master of science degree in clinical a maximum of 16 hours of research credit, towards the completion chemistry. This may mean that the student will need additional of the master of science degree in chemistry on either a full- or time and financial resources to complete the degree program. part-time basis. Curriculum Cooperative education option The master’s program includes a core curriculum and electives The cooperative education option (1010-999) accommodates stu- which are chosen to reflect the student’s background and career dents at the master’s level who have or are able to obtain industrial goals. A minimum of 50 quarter credits beyond the bachelor’s employment. Quarters of work can be interspersed with quarters of degree is required. Required courses include: full-time academic work. If industrial employment permits research, 1009-702 Biochemistry: Biomolecular Conformation & Dynamics up to 16 of the 45 required credits may be obtained through the 1009-703 Biochemistry: Metabolism external research credit option. If industrial employment does not 1023-705 Mechanisms of Disease permit research, research credits may be obtained within the 1023-820, Advanced Clinical Chemistry I, II, III department of chemistry. 821, 822 0102-740 Organizational Behavior & Leadership Additional information 1016-715 Statistical Models for Bioinformatics More information may be obtained from the chair of the 1023-877 Clinical Chemistry Research Graduate Committee, 585-475-7982, the department of chemistry, or 585-475-2497, or the Web site, www. rit.edu/chemistry. 1023-879 All students are required to carry out and defend original research as part of the program requirements. Research is carried out under the direction of a faculty member and is reviewed and defended before a graduate committee appointed by the program director. Students in the clinical chemistry program come from diverse educational backgrounds and have a variety of professional goals. The program focuses on the activities of the diagnostic clinical laboratory, developmental research in pathology and diagnostic testing as well as industrial activities related to clinical laboratory products and instruments. Additional information For more information, see our Web site, www.rit.edu/~676www/. 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 137

Department of Mathematics Curriculum The master’s degree program in industrial and applied mathematics and Statistics consists of 48 quarter credit hours of study. There are four “core courses” for a total of sixteen quarter credit hours. These courses are Sophia A. Maggelakis, Head usually taken by the student in the first two quarters of the program and provide the student with a focus on some of the ideas of Master of Science in Industrial and applied mathematics. They are determined by the department to provide a foundation for further study and cover numerical linear Applied Mathematics algebra, stochastic processes, boundary value problems, and combi- Hossein Shahmohamad, Graduate Program Director natorics and graph theory. Core courses are offered every year. 585-475-7564, [email protected] The concentration and the corresponding course of study are formulated by the student in consultation with his or her Advisory The ideas of applied mathematics pervade several areas of applica- Committee. The student completes a total of 24 quarter credit tions in a variety of businesses and industries and in government. hours by taking a set of six specialized courses offered in the depart- Sophisticated mathematical tools are increasingly used to develop ment of mathematics and statistics and other departments. Some new models, modify existing ones, and analyze system performance. of the possible concentrations are: dynamical systems, operations This includes applications of mathematics to problems in manage- research, imaging science, biomathematics, bioinformatics, and ment science, biology, portfolio planning, facilities planning, control discrete mathematics. of dynamic systems, and design of composite materials. The goal The program of study culminates in thesis or project work. The is to find computable solutions to real-world problems arising thesis option requires that the student present original ideas and from these types of situations. solutions to a specific mathematical problem. The project option The department of mathematics and statistics offers an interdisci- involves applying or adapting existing methodologies to solve a plinary master of science degree program in industrial and applied problem, or an expository paper on the methodology in a particular mathematics. The objective of the program is to provide the student area. Both a proposal for the thesis or project work and the results with the capability to apply mathematical models and methods to must be presented and defended before the Advisory Committee. study various problems that arise in industry and business with the emphasis on developing computable, implementable solutions. Cooperative education option Since this is an interdisciplinary program, students have the oppor- The optional cooperative education (co-op) program enables the tunity to choose from a wide variety of courses across campus. student to alternate periods in school with full-time, paid professional employment. Students may sign up for the co-op program Admission requirements after their first quarter. The applicant should have a baccalaureate degree with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 or above out of 4.0 (or its equivalent) Part-time study from an accredited institution. The degree could be in mathematics The program is ideal for practicing professionals who are interested or any related field. The prerequisite courses are: Multivariable in applying mathematical methods in their work and in enhancing Calculus, Differential Equations, Matrix Theory, Probability, and their career options. All courses are scheduled in the late afternoon Statistics. Knowledge of a programming language is also required. or early evening hours. The graduate program may normally be A student may also be granted conditional admission and be completed in two years (six quarters) of part-time study. required to complete “bridge” courses selected from among RIT’s existing undergraduate courses, as prescribed by the student’s Nonmatriculated students adviser. Until the student completes these requirements, he or she A student with a bachelor’s degree from an approved undergraduate is considered a nonmatriculated student. The graduate coordinator school and with the background necessary for specific courses may evaluates the student to determine eligibility for conditional and take graduate courses as a nonmatriculated student with the permis- provisional admission. sion of the graduate coordinator and the instructor. Courses taken To indicate proficiency in the language needed to handle for credit may usually be applied toward the master’s degree if the university-level work, every applicant for whom English is not the student is formally admitted to the graduate program at a later date. native language is required to take the TOEFL and achieve a mini- However, the number of credits that will be transferred to the mum score of 550. Those who cannot take the TOEFL will be degree program from courses taken at RIT as a nonmatriculated required to take the Michigan Test of English Proficiency at RIT student will be limited to a maximum of 12 quarter credits. and obtain a score of 80 or higher. Although GRE scores are not required, submitting them enhances the chances of acceptance into the program. Student’s advisory committee Upon admission to the program, the student chooses an adviser and forms an Advisory Committee whose responsibilities are to help the student formulate a concentration and select appropriate courses and to oversee the academic aspects of the student’s program.

138 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

at RIT, are required to take the Michigan Test of English Language Center for Materials Science Proficiency, administered by the RIT English Language Center. and Engineering Individuals scoring below an established minimum will be referred to the center for further evaluation and assistance. These students are required to follow the center’s recommendations regarding lan- Master of Science in guage course work; this may require additional time and financial resources to complete the degree requirements. Successful comple- Materials Science and Engineering tion of this course work is a requirement for the master of science degree in materials science and engineering. K. S. V. Santhanam, Director of the Center for Materials Science and Engineering Curriculum 585-475-2920, [email protected] A special feature of the program is the offering of five required The program, under the joint auspices of the colleges of Science core courses. The core courses are specially designed to establish and Engineering, offers graduate studies leading to the master of a common base of materials-oriented knowledge for students with science degree in materials science and engineering with a variety baccalaureate degrees in chemistry, chemical engineering, electrical of options designed to satisfy individual and industry needs in the engineering, mechanical engineering, physics, and related disciplines; rapidly growing field of materials. The overall thrust of the program and consequently, to provide a new intellectual identity to those is to establish a positive relationship between academia and industry involved in the study of materials. by building a sound academic base in the field. The core courses are offered every year, and the elective courses A large number of highly qualified scientists and engineers in are scheduled on a periodic basis. the Rochester area are engaged in the research and development of There is an emphasis on experimental techniques in the program, materials. This reservoir of talent is utilized to ensure the breadth with one required experimental course and additional optional and quality of the program. experimental courses available. These are organized into appropriate The objectives of the program are threefold: units covering many aspects of analysis of materials. This aspect of the program should enhance student confidence when dealing with • With the advent of whole new classes of materials and instruments materials-related problems. in recent times, the traditional practice of empiricism in the search A minimum of 45 quarter credit hours, which includes five core for and selection of materials is rapidly becoming obsolete. The courses (1028-701 through 1028-705) and the seminar course, program offers, therefore, a serious interdisciplinary learning expe- 1028-890, are required for the completion of the program. rience in materials studies, crossing over the traditional boundaries The remaining 24 quarter credit hours are completed either as of such classical disciplines as chemistry; physics; and electrical, a combination of the research thesis and elective courses, or as mechanical, and microelectronic engineering. a combination of external research and elective courses, or as elective • The program provides extensive experimental courses in diverse courses. The elective courses may be selected from advanced courses areas of materials-related studies. offered by the Center for Materials Science and Engineering or, • The program explores avenues for introducing greater harmony upon approval, from courses offered by other RIT graduate programs. between industrial expansion and academic training. Transfer credit may be awarded based on academic background beyond the bachelor’s degree or credit by examination based on experience. Admission requirements Part-time study The program is open to individuals with a bachelor’s degree in chemistry, physics, chemical engineering, electrical engineering, Practicing scientists and engineers are encouraged to pursue the mechanical engineering, or a related field from an accredited college program on a part-time basis; therefore, all of the courses are offered or university. Any student who wishes to study at the graduate level in the early morning, late afternoon, or early evening. (This may must first be admitted to the program. However, an applicant may not apply to courses offered off campus at selected industrial sites.) be permitted to take graduate courses as a non-matriculated student Students employed full time in industry are normally limited if he or she meets the general requirements mentioned above. to a maximum of two courses, or eight credit hours, each quarter. A person not meeting the general requirements may petition for A student who wishes to register for more than eight credit hours admission to the program. In such cases, the necessary background while employed full time must obtain the permission of his or courses will be taken at the undergraduate level. However, under- her adviser. graduate credits that make up deficiencies may not be counted Five-year combined BS/MS programs toward the master’s degree. To be considered for admission, it is necessary to file an application Combined BS in chemistry and MS in materials science and for admission to graduate study, accompanied by the appropriate engineering or BS in microelectronic engineering and MS in transcripts of previous study and two letters of recommendation. materials science and engineering degrees are available. These All applicants who do not speak English as their primary degree programs can be completed in five years. Consult with language are required to take both the TOEFL (Test of English the director of the Center for Materials Science and Engineering as a Foreign Language) and the TWE (Test of Written English) for more details. examinations. Minimum scores of 575 on the TOEFL and 4.0 on the TWE are required. In addition, all such students, upon arrival

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 139

Thesis option and the external research option background and interest. This objective will be accomplished The inclusion of a research thesis as a formal part of the master through the program’s core courses, selection of electives and of science degree program in materials science and engineering completion of a thesis or graduate project. is optional. The research thesis option carries a minimum of nine The degree program in color science revolves around the and a maximum of 16 quarter credit hours, subject to review and activities of the Munsell Color Science Laboratory within the approval of the project. Center for Imaging Science (www.cis.rit.edu/research/mcsl). The The external research option allows participants to continue their Munsell Laboratory is the preeminent academic laboratory in the studies in their work environment, thus enhancing job satisfaction. country devoted to color science. Research is currently under way In-plant work experience in materials-related areas may include in color appearance models; image-quality, data-visualization, independent study and creative research. This external research and color-tolerance psychophysics; spectral-based image capture, option may be applied, for a minimum of four and a maximum archiving, and reproduction of artwork; analytical and empirical of eight quarter credit hours, toward the completion of the master multi-ink printing models; spectral color rendering and computer of science degree. graphics; and consumer digital camera and digital-cinema camera optimization. Since the inauguration of the program in 1984, a Maximum limit on time number of conferences have drawn participants from around the The required credits for the master’s degree must be completed world. Industrial seminars are held each summer on a wide range within seven years of the oldest credits applied toward the degree. of color topics, including color technology, instrument-based color matching, color appearance models, vision and psychophysics, color management and profile building, imaging systems optimization, Chester F. Carlson and color image formation of printed documents. The Munsell Laboratory has many contacts that provide students with summer Center for Imaging Science and full-time job opportunities across the United States and abroad. Stefi Baum, Director Admission requirements The Chester F. Carlson Center for Imaging Science was established Prior to being admitted to the master of science degree program, in 1985 for the interdisciplinary study of all aspects of imaging. applicants must satisfy the coordinator of the program that their The center offers BS, MS and Ph.D. degrees in imaging science previous education, ability and practical experience indicate a good and an MS degree in color science. The Chester F. Carlson Building chance of success. Scientific reasoning, technical writing and oral contains extensive laboratories supporting the center’s teaching and communication skills are particularly important. research mission. The Color Science Building houses the Munsell • Graduate application Color Science Laboratory and the Franc Grum Color Science • Earned baccalaureate degree Learning Center. • Graduate record examination (GRE) • Official undergraduate transcript Master of Science in Color Science • Two professional recommendations • An on-campus interview when possible Roy S. Berns, Coordinator • GPA of 3.0 or higher 585-475-2230, [email protected] • Foundation course work of 3.0 or higher (if required) • TOEFL score of at least 240 (computer-based) or 575 Color science is broadly interdisciplinary, encompassing physics, (paper-based) (international students) chemistry, physiology, statistics, computer science and psychology. • TSE-A score of at least 250 (international students) The curriculum leading to a master of science degree in color science educates students using a broad interdisciplinary approach. Financial aid This is the only graduate program in the country devoted to this The scholarships and assistantships available for qualified color discipline, and it is designed for students whose undergraduate science applicants include the Macbeth-Engel Fellowship, Grum majors are in physics, chemistry, imaging science, computer science, Memorial Scholarship, Saltzman Memorial Scholarship, Munsell electrical engineering, experimental psychology, physiology or any Color Science Laboratory Assistantship, and research assistantships discipline pertaining to the quantitative description of color. associated with ongoing grants and contracts. Students receiving Graduates are in high demand and have accepted industrial fully funded assistantships tend to have undergraduate cumulative positions in electronic imaging, color instrumentation, colorant grade point averages of 3.5 and higher and exceptional GRE scores. formulation and basic and applied research. Companies include Applicants whose native language is not English have TOEFL Canon, Eastman Kodak, Hallmark, Hewlett Packard, Microsoft, scores above 250 (computer based) or 600 (paper based) and TSE- Pantone, Qualcomm, Ricoh Innovations and Xerox. A scores above 250. Partial assistantships are also awarded. The color science major provides graduate-level study in both Applicants seeking financial assistance from the center must submit theory and practical application. The program gives students a all application documents to the Admissions Office by February 15 broad exposure to the field of color and affords them the unique for the next academic year. opportunity of specializing in an area appropriate for their

140 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Prerequisites: The foundation program Elective courses The color science major is designed for the candidate with an Appropriate electives should be selected to bring course work to undergraduate degree in a scientiﬁc or nonscientiﬁc discipline. 36 credit hours for the research thesis option or 41 credit hours for Candidates with adequate undergraduate work in related sciences the graduate project option. Approval by the color science coordi- will start the program as matriculated graduate students. nator is required. (Some courses might require special permission Candidates without adequate undergraduate work in related for enrollment.) sciences must take foundation courses prior to matriculation into The following is a partial list: the graduate program. Such students may be required to take as Credits many as 36 credits in these subjects. A written agreement between 0307-801, Design of Experiments I, II 3 the candidate and the program coordinator will identify the 802 required foundation courses. 0307-834 Multivariate Statistics for Imaging Science 4 Foundation courses must be completed with an overall B average 4005-761 Fundamentals of Computer Graphics 4 before a student can matriculate into the graduate program. A maxi- 1051-728 Design & Fabrication of Solid State Cameras 4 mum of nine graduate-level credit hours may be taken prior to 1051-739 Principles of Solid State Imaging 4 matriculation into the graduate program. 1051-749 Color Reproduction 4 The foundation courses listed below are representative of those 1051-782 Introduction to Digital Image Processing 4 often required. 1051-790 Image Rendering 4 Calculus I, II, III 1051-816 Color Systems 4 College Physics I, II, III Typical full-time schedule of courses College Physics Lab I, II, III C Programming Fall Credits Matrix Algebra 1050-701 Vision & Psychophysics 4 Elementary Statistics 1050-721 Color Measurement I Lab 3 Introduction to Psychology 1050-801 Color Seminar 1 Graduate Elective 4 Curriculum All students must earn 45 credits as a graduate student, 36 of Winter which must be taken at RIT, to earn the master of science degree. 1050-702 Applied Colorimetry 4 For full-time students, the program requires four to six quarters 1050-722 Color Measurement II Lab 3 of study at the graduate level. Part-time students generally require 1050-801 Color Seminar 1 two to four years of study at the graduate level. The curriculum Graduate Elective 4 is a combination of required courses in color science, elective courses appropriate for the candidate’s background and either a Spring research thesis or graduate project. Students must enroll in either 1050-703 Color Appearance 3 the research-thesis or graduate project option at least one year 1050-813 Color Modeling 4 before completion of required course work. Candidates who wish 1050-801 Color Science Seminar 1 to enter the program but lack adequate preparation may have to Graduate Elective 4 take as many as 36 credits of foundation courses in mathematics, During the second year, full-time students enroll in Research and statistics, computer science and general science before matriculat- Thesis to total 9 credits. ing with graduate status. Foundation courses can be completed in three quarters. Research thesis option Core courses Students without research experience are encouraged to select the All graduate students in the MS program are required to complete research thesis option (nine credits). The thesis is performed during the following core courses: the second year of study. Topics are chosen that complement the Credits candidate’s undergraduate education and career interests. The tech- 1050-701 Vision & Psychophysics 4 nical advisory board of the Munsell Color Science Laboratory, as 1050-702 Applied Colorimetry 4 well as the program coordinator, can aid in the selection of a thesis 1050-721 Color Measurement Laboratory I 3 topic. Full-time students receiving full-time assistantships are 1050-703 Color Appearance 3 required to perform a research thesis. 1050-722 Color Measurement Laboratory II 3 1050-813 Color Modeling 4 Graduate project option 1050-801 Color Science Seminar 3 Students with research experience may select the graduate project option (four credits). The project has the same intellectual level as a research thesis but is less lengthy. It might take the form of an experiment, demonstration, research project or critical review. The graduate project is normally performed during the last quarter of study. Part-time students often select this option.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 141

Munsell Advisory Board achievement or other unusually persuasive evidence of professional The Munsell Color Science Laboratory Advisory Board ensures that promise is expected. the research activities surrounding the degree program are relevant Applicants seeking financial assistance from the center must have to current industrial needs. The board’s members have expertise in all application documents submitted to the Admissions Office by color vision, color measuring instrumentation, psychophysics, color February 15 for the next academic year. Those seeking funding imaging, instrument-based color matching, lighting, art and applied from the center are also required to take the GRE. Students whose color technology. The Advisory Board is an excellent resource for native language is not English must demonstrate proficiency in students in the selection of both a thesis topic and future placement. English, as evidenced, for example, by a TOEFL score of 600 (paper based) or 250 (computer based) or higher. Students whose Master of Science in Imaging Science native language is not English are advised to obtain as high a TOEFL score as possible if they wish to apply for a teaching or Harvey E. Rhody, Coordinator research assistantship. These candidates are also required to take 585-475-6215, [email protected] the TSE-A (test of spoken English), in order to be considered for financial assistantship. The objective of this program is to prepare men and women holding a bachelor’s degree in science or engineering for positions in Grades research in the imaging industry or in the application of various The average of the grades for all courses taken at the Institute and imaging modalities to problems in engineering and science. Formal credited toward a master’s degree must be at least a “B” (3.0) grade course work includes consideration of the physics and chemistry point average. Research and thesis does not carry a letter grade and of radiation-sensitive materials and processes, the applications is not included in the average. of physical and geometrical optics to electro-optical systems, the mathematical evaluation of image forming systems and the statis- Curriculum tics of experimental design and quality control. Technical electives Imaging science studies are available as a full- or part-time master’s at the graduate level may be selected from the courses offered degree program. All students must earn 45 credits as a graduate in imaging science, color science, engineering, computer science, student, 37 of which must be taken at RIT to earn the master science and mathematics. Both thesis and project options are of science degree. available. In general, full-time supported students are required The curriculum is a combination of required core courses in to pursue the thesis option with the project option targeted at imaging science and elective courses appropriate for the candidate’s part-time students who can demonstrate that they have sufficient background and interests. Six tracks (concentrations) have been practical experience through their professional activities. established: digital imaging processing, medical imaging, electro- Faculty within the Center for Imaging Science supervise thesis optical imaging systems, remote sensing, color imaging and hard research in areas of chemistry and physics of radiation-sensitive copy materials and processes. Additional tracks may be created for materials and processes, digital image processing, remote sensing, interested students. Students must enroll in either the research-thesis electrophotography, electro-optical instrumentation, medical or graduate paper/project option at the beginning of their studies. diagnostic imaging, chemical imaging, color imaging systems and Candidates who wish to enter the program but lack adequate astronomy. Interdisciplinary efforts are possible with the colleges preparation may have to take bridge courses in mathematics, of Engineering and Science. chemistry or physics before matriculating with graduate status. The degree requirements can be completed on either a full- All graduate students in the program are required to complete or a part-time basis. An online version of the MS program is the following core courses: available in the areas of color science, remote sensing, and digital 1051-711, Basic Principles of Imaging Science I, II image processing. Interested students should consult the Web site 712 (www.cis.rit.edu) or contact the graduate coordinator. 1051-716, Linear Image Mathematics I, II Admission requirements 717 Admission will be granted to graduates of accredited degree-granting All non-imaging science courses must be approved by the CIS institutions whose undergraduate studies have included at least the master of science coordinator as acceptable for CIS credit. following courses in the major areas of study: mathematics through calculus, including differential equations; a full-year calculus-based physics course; a full-year college-level course, with laboratory, in chemistry. It is assumed that students can write a common computer program. Applicants must demonstrate to the Graduate Admissions Committee of the Center for Imaging Science that they have the capability to pursue graduate work successfully. Normally this will include an interview, the submission of a statement of purpose, presentation of undergraduate academic record, letters of evaluation from individuals familiar with the applicant’s capabilities, and any other pertinent data furnished by the applicant. While previous high academic achievement does not guarantee admission, such

142 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Research thesis option Doctor of Philosophy in Full-time students who elect this option begin their thesis work Imaging Science during the first year of study. Part-time students may defer the beginning of their thesis work until their second or subsequent Harvey E. Rhody, Coordinator years. Full-time students receiving funding assistance are required 585-475-6215, [email protected] to choose the research thesis option. Students who elect this option will take 36 credit hours of course work (including the core) and The doctor of philosophy degree in imaging science signifies high nine credit hours of thesis/research, three of which are associated achievement in scholarship and independent investigation in the with the graduate seminar course (1051-706, 707, 708). diverse aspects of imaging science. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree The thesis is to be based on experimental evidence obtained by must demonstrate proficiency by: the candidate in an appropriate field as arranged between the candi- 1. successfully completing course work, including a core date and his or her adviser. The minimum number of thesis credits curriculum, as defined by the student’s plan of study; required is nine. The thesis requirement may be fulfilled by experi- 2. passing a series of examinations; ments in Institute laboratories. In some cases, the requirement may 3. completing an acceptable dissertation under supervision of the be fulfilled by work done in other laboratories. An example might be student’s research adviser and Dissertation Committee. the candidate’s place of employment, under the following conditions: 1. The results must be fully publishable. Admission requirements 2. The candidate’s adviser must be approved by the Because imaging science encompasses a wide variety of scientific graduate coordinator. disciplines, students with diverse backgrounds are accepted into 3. The thesis must be based on the candidate’s independent, the program. Undergraduate preparation leading to a bachelor of original work, as it would be if the work were done in science degree in engineering, computer science, applied mathemat- Institute laboratories. ics or one of the natural sciences is usually required, but exceptional A student’s thesis committee is composed of a minimum of three students from other fields may be accepted. All students admitted people: the student’s adviser and two additional members who hold to the Ph.D. program in imaging science must have completed at least an MS in a field relevant to the student’s research. Two com- courses in the following areas: mittee members must be from the graduate faculty of the center. • Calculus and differential equations Graduate paper/project option • Probability and statistics • Chemistry (one year) Students with demonstrated practical or research experience • University physics (one year) approved by the graduate coordinator may choose the graduate • Modern physics project option (5 credit hours) in addition to 40 hours of core • Computer language and elective courses. This option takes the form of a systems course (a different course for each track) and an associated project/paper. Admissions decisions are made by a committee of the graduate The graduate paper is normally performed during the final quarter faculty of the Center for Imaging Science. To be admitted, students of study. Both part- and full-time students may choose this option must have a record of academic achievement from their undergrad- with the approval of the graduate coordinator. uate institutions, as indicated by official transcripts, must Typically two years is required for the master of science if the demonstrate proficiency on the Graduate Record Examination degree is pursued on a full-time basis. Whether a student pursues the (GRE) and must request letters of recommendation from two MS thesis or project/paper option, all degree requirements must be people well qualified to judge their abilities for graduate study. completed within seven years of the first course taken for the degree. Students for whom English is not the native language must also submit the results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Industrial and research experience are also considered in the decision to admit. Graduate assistantships and tuition remission scholarships are available to qualified students. Applicants seeking financial assistance from the center must have all application documents to the Admissions Office by February 15 for the next academic year. Due to the variety of backgrounds of incoming students, it is recognized that some will not have the requisite preparation in all areas and will have to complete some undergraduate requirements during the course of their graduate study. Students with a master of science degree in a related field (e.g., physics, chemistry or electrical and computer engineering) may be granted up to 36 quarter credits toward the Ph.D. degree in imaging science based on their earlier studies and after successful completion of the breadth examination and approval of their study plan. The required research credits may not be waived by experience or examination.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 143

Curriculum Research committee All students must complete a minimum of 72 credit hours of course By the end of the quarter following admission to candidacy, the work. The courses are defined by the student’s study plan and must student, in consultation with the adviser, must present a request include completion of the core sequences plus at least two three- to the graduate coordinator for the appointment of a research quarter sequences in topical areas. Some examples of topical areas committee. The committee will include the adviser, one member are: remote sensing, digital image processing, digital graphics, electro- of the faculty, a person competent in the field of research, and optical imaging systems, medical imaging and microlithographic an external chair. The external chair must be a member of the RIT imaging technologies. faculty who is not a member of the faculty of the center. The Students may take a maximum of 16 credits in other departments research committee will supervise the student’s research, including and must also complete 27 credits of research, 3 credits of which are review of the research proposal, meeting with the student during the associated with the graduate seminar course (1051-706, 707, 708) course of the research, and conducting the dissertation defense. with a maximum of 9 credits per quarter. The core curriculum includes courses that span and integrate Research proposal a common body of knowledge essential to an understanding of The student and the research adviser select a research topic for imaging processes and applications. the dissertation. The proposed research must be original and The core courses are: publishable. Although the topic may deal with any aspect of Credits imaging, the research is usually concentrated in an area of current 1051-706, Imaging Science Seminar interest within the center. These areas include: remote sensing, 707, 708 1 digital image processing, color and visual perception, digital 1051-711, Basic Principles of Imaging Science microlithography, astronomy, medical imaging, electro-optics and 712 4 machine vision. 1051-713 Noise & Random Processes 4 The student must make a formal proposal of the dissertation 1051-714 Information Theory for Imaging Systems 4 topic to the Research Committee for approval. 1051-716, Linear Image Mathematics I, II 717 4 Residency 1051-721, Imaging Lab I, II, III All students in the program must spend at least three consecutive 722, 723 1 quarters (summer quarter excluded) as resident full-time students to 1051-726 Computing for Imaging Science 4 be eligible to receive the Ph.D. A full-time academic load is defined as a minimum of nine academic credits per quarter or an equivalent Admission to candidacy amount of research as certified by the graduate coordinator. Admission to candidacy will proceed through the following steps. • Adviser selection Time limitations • Submission and approval of preliminary study plan All candidates for the Ph.D. must maintain continuous enrollment • Breadth exam during the research phase of the program. Such enrollment is not • Study plan revision based on outcome of breadth exam and limited by the maximum number of research credits that apply adviser recommendation to the degree. Normally, full-time students complete the course • Exam committee appointment of study for the doctorate in approximately three to four years. A • Committee exam total of seven years is allowed to complete the requirements after • Faculty decision admission to candidacy. The faculty decision for admission to candidacy will be based on the student’s complete academic record, score on breadth exam Final examination of the dissertation and results of the committee exam. The recommendation of the The Research Committee must submit a letter to the graduate adviser and exam committee will be carefully considered. If the coordinator requesting permission to administer the final examina- faculty decision is not to permit the candidate to continue in the tion of the dissertation. The letter must indicate that each member Ph.D. track then the adviser and graduate coordinator will counsel has received the dissertation and concurs with the request. The the student about options that may include pursuit of an MS degree. examination is scheduled by the graduate coordinator but may not If the faculty decision is to permit the candidate to continue in be held sooner than two weeks after permission has been granted. the Ph.D. track then the program continues with the following steps. The final examination of the dissertation is open to the public • Research committee appointment and is primarily a defense of the dissertation research. The examina- • Submission of written research proposal tion consists of an oral presentation by the student, followed by • Committee review of research proposal questions from the audience. The Research Committee may also • Dissertation defense elect to privately question the candidate following the presentation. The Research Committee will immediately notify the candidate and the graduate coordinator of the result of the examination.

144 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Douglas Merrill, BS, Ph.D., State Department of Suzanne O’Handley, BS, Cook GRADUATE FACULTY University of New York College of College of Rutgers University; MS, Environmental Science and Forestry, Chemistry Ph.D., University of Rochester— Ian Gatley, BSc, University of Syracuse University—Professor, Assistant Professor, Biochemistry: London; Ph.D., California Institute Biology B. Edward Cain, BA, Harpur cloning characteristics of nudix hydro- of Technology—Dean College, State University of New lases, novel phosphatase families, Harvey Pough, BA, Amherst College; York at Binghamton; Ph.D., Syracuse MA, Ph.D., University of novel antibiotic targets, enzyme- University—Professor, Inorganic substrate speciﬁcity Department of California—Professor Chemistry: chemical education, Biological Sciences Robert H. Rothman, BA, Ph.D., methodologies and adaptation Christian G. Reinhardt, BS, University of California, Berkeley— for the handicapped student Lafayette College; Ph.D., University of Rochester—Professor, Biophysical Larry Buckley, BA, University of Professor, Biology Paul A. Craig, BS, Oral Roberts Chemistry: biological drug receptor Missouri; MS, Southern Illinois Michael A. Savka, BSF, West University; Ph.D., University of recognition, binding and stereochem- University at Edwardsville; Ph.D., Virginia University; MS, Ph.D., Michigan—Associate Professor, istry, quantitative structure-activity Southern Illinois University at University of Illinois at Urbana- Analytical Biochemistry studies and biomolecular design Carbondale—Assistant Professor, Champaign—Associate Professor, Thomas Gennett, BA, State Biology Plant Biology: molecular plant- L. Paul Rosenberg, BS, Bridgewater University of New York College State College; Ph.D., University of Jean A. Douthwright, BA, Skidmore microbe interactions, plant physiology at Potsdam; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire—Associate Professor, College; MS, Pennsylvania State and plant biotechnology Vermont—Professor, Analytical Analytical Chemistry: pharmaceutical University; MS, Ph.D., University of Paul Shipman, BSE, MS, Emporia Chemistry: electrochemistry, HPLC, analysis, physical properties of drug Rochester—Professor, Biology: DNA State University; Ph.D., Oklahoma ion implantation of electrode surfaces compounds, chemical separations repair and mutagenesis in microbial State University—Assistant Professor, Joseph P. Hornak, BS, Utica College techniques organisms Biology of Syracuse University; MS, Purdue K. S. V. Santhanam, BSc, MA, Irene Evans, AB, University of Gary R. Skuse, BA, University University; Ph.D., University of Notre Ph.D., Sri Venketaswana University— Rochester; MS, Wesleyan University; of Rochester; Ph.D., Syracuse Dame—Professor, Joint Appointment Director, Center for Materials Science Ph.D., University of Rochester— University—Associate Professor; with Imaging Science, Physical and Engineering; Professor, Analytical Associate Professor, Biology Director, Bioinformatics Chemistry: magnetic resonance Chemistry: organic conducting poly- Maureen Ferran, BA, Fordham Roy E. Snoke, BS, Shippensburg spectroscopies and imaging mers, electrochemistry, sensors and University; MS, Ph.D., University University; MS, Ph.D., University Marvin L. Illingsworth, BS, carbon nanotubes of Connecticut—Assistant Professor, of North Dakota—Director, CBET Lafayette College; Ph.D., University Thomas W. Smith, BS, John Carroll Biology: virus-host interactions, Lei Lani Stelle, BA, University of of Massachusetts—Professor, University; Ph.D., University of viral genetics California at Santa Crux; MS, Inorganic Chemistry: nonlinear opti- Michigan—Professor, Organic/ G. Thomas Frederick, BS, MS, University of British Colombia; cal polymers, atomic oxygen resistant Polymer Chemistry: synthesis and Ph.D., Ohio State University— Ph.D., University of California polymers, synthesis of eight- device applications of block copoly- Professor; Interim Department Head; at Los Angeles—Assistant Professor, coordinate complexes and mixed mer systems and nano composites Biology ligand complexes Biology Gerald A. Takacs, BS, University Shuba Gopal, BA, Sarah Lawrence Hyla Sweet, BS, Union College; Andreas Langner, BS, Ph.D., State of Alberta; Ph.D., University of College; Ph.D., Rockefeller Ph.D., University of Texas at University of New York at Buffalo— Wisconsin—Professor, Physical University—Assistant Professor, Austin—Assistant Professor Professor, Physical Chemistry: Chemistry: chemical kinetics, atmos- Bioinformatics: computational polymer science, electro-optical prop- John M. Waud, BS, Lehigh pheric chemistry, plasma chemistry, genomics and sequence analysis erties of macromolecules, polymer and photochemistry University; MS, University of characterization techniques Elizabeth Hane, BA, Rice University; Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Lehigh Laura Ellen Tubbs, BA, Hood MA, University of Kansas; Ph.D., University—Professor; Director of Massoud J. Miri, BS, MS, Ph.D., College; Ph.D., University of Brown University—Assistant Environmental Science: migrant bird University of Hamburg—Associate Rochester—Professor, Physical Professor, Biology: plant community studies, water quality measurements, Professor, Polymer Chemistry: poly- Chemistry: accelerator-based ultrasen- ecology, ecosystem biology, conserva- distribution of persistent organic merization mechanisms, polymer sitive mass spectroscopy, natural tion biology toxins, wetland restoration properties, catalysis radioisotope dating, aqueous polymer Karl F. Korfmacher, BA, Carleton Terence C. Morrill, BS, Syracuse solutions College; MS, School of Forestry and University; MS, San Jose State Kay G. Turner, BS, Bucknell Environmental Studies, Duke University; Ph.D., University of University; Ph.D., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Duke University— Colorado—Professor and Department University—Professor, Synthetic Assistant Professor, Environmental Head, Organic Chemistry: Organic Chemistry: combinatorial Sciences: remote sensing of marine stereochemistry and mechanism chemistry, solid phase and solution seagrass beds, environmental applica- of organic reactions, hydroborations phase synthesis, GC-MS and LC-MS tions of GIS John P. Neenan, BS, Wayne State analysis of libraries, semi-automated David A. Lawlor, BA, University of University; Ph.D., University of synthesis Texas; MS, Ph.D., University of Texas California, Santa Barbara—Professor, James J. Worman, BS, Moravian Health Science Center at San Biochemistry and Bio-organic College; MS, New Mexico Highlands Antonio—Associate Professor, Biology Chemistry: design of active site- University; Ph.D., University of Jeffrey S. Lodge, BA, University directed irreversible enzyme inhibitors Wyoming—Professor, Physical of Delaware; Ph.D., University of Organic Chemistry: environmental Mississippi—Associate Professor, chemistry, spectroscopy of small ring Biology: bioremediation of oil systems, naturally occurring biocumu- contaminated sites and industrial lative organics waste streams

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 145

Department of Matthew Coppenbarger, BS, Munir Mahmood, BS, BA, MS, Department of University of Arizona; MA, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University at Medical Sciences University of Rochester—Assistant Carbondale; Ph.D., Monash Physics Professor: Mathematical Physics, University—Assistant Professor, James C. Aumer, BS, MS, Michigan Spectral Theory Statistics Alicia Allbaugh, BS, Ohio State Technological University—Interim University; Ph.D., Kansas State Program Director, Clinical David M. Crystal, BS, MS, State Carol E. Marchetti, BS, Case Institute University—Visiting Assistant Chemistry; Professor University of New York at Albany— of Technology; MS, Weatherhead Professor, Physics: physics education Professor, Mathematical and Statistical School of Management; MA, Ph.D., research and curriculum development Technology: Analysis, Graphics University of Rochester—Associate Professor, Statistics John D. Andersen, BS, State ADJUNCT FACULTY Alejandro Engel, BS, MS, State University of New York at Buffalo; University of New York at Albany— James Marengo, BA, MS, California MA, Ph.D., University of Rochester— Richard M. Bayer, BA, MS, Ph.D., Professor, Mathematical and Statistical State University; Ph.D., Colorado Professor, Physics: theoretical solid- Rutgers University—Rochester Technology State University—Associate Professor, state physics, transport phenomena, General Hospital, Adjunct Clinical David Farnsworth, BS, Union Statistics, Probability electron-photon interactions, nonlin- Professor College; MA, Ph.D., University David J. Mathiason, BA, St. Olaf ear phenomena, electronic properties Richard L. Doolittle, BA, University of Texas at Austin—Professor, College; MS, Syracuse University; of molecular crystals, experimental of Bridgeport; MS, Ph.D., University Nonparametric Statistics MS, Ph.D., University of Rochester— low-temperature physics, large-scale of Rochester—Professor Marvin Gruber, BS, Brooklyn Professor, Statistics computations, parallel processing Yasmin Kabir, BS, MS, Rochester College; MA, Johns Hopkins Douglas Meadows, BS, Stanford David John Axon, BSc, Ph.D., Institute of Technology—Adjunct University; MS, Rochester Institute University; MS, New York University; University of Durham—Professor, Instructor of Technology; MA, Ph.D., University Ph.D., Stanford University—Professor, Physics: astronomy, active galactic of Rochester—Professor, Linear Topology, Computer Science nuclei Fred D. Lasky, Ph.D., State Models, Bayes Estimation, Reliability University of New York at Buffalo— Aurelia Minut, MS, University Linda S. Barton, BS, Massachusetts Senior Clinical Chemist, Clinical Laxmi Gupta, BS, MS, Agra of Bucharest; Ph.D., Michigan State Institute of Technology; MS, Ph.D., Products Division, Eastman Kodak University, India; MS, Rochester University—Assistant Professor, University of Illinois—Associate Company Institute of Technology; Ph.D., State Partial Differential Equations Professor, Physics: magnetic materials University of New York at Buffalo— and magnetic measurements, calori- Jeanine Smith, BS, Alfred University; Darren A. Narayan, BS, State Professor, Algebraic Geometry University of New York at metry, bulk transport measurements, MS, Rochester Institute of properties of materials at or near Technology—Adjunct Instructor James J. Halavin, BS, Clarkson Binghamton, MS, Ph.D., Lehigh University; MA, Ph.D., State University—Assistant Professor, phase transitions, critical phenomena James F. Wesley, BS, MS, Rochester University of New York at Buffalo— Graph Theory, Discrete Math Peter A. Cardegna, BS, Loyola Institute of Technology Professor, Statistics Richard Orr, BS, John Carroll College; Ph.D., Clemson David Hart, BS, Syracuse University; University; MS, Case Institute of University—Professor, Physics: experi- Department of MA, University of Rochester— Technology; MS, State University mental solid state physics: transport Mathematics and Associate Professor, Algebra, Number of New York at Buffalo— Professor, phenomena in solids, amorphous Theory Logic, Computability (glassy) materials, silver halide physics, superconductivity, ceramics Statistics Rebecca Hill, BS, Frostburg State Michael Radin, BA, Rowan Tracy A. Davis, BA, BS, Wofford William Basener, BA, Marist College; College; MA, West Virginia University; MS, Ph.D., University University; MS, Rochester Institute of Rhode Island—Assistant Professor, College; Ph.D., Clemson University— Ph.D., Boston University—Assistant Associate Professor, Physics: Professor, Dynamical Systems of Technology—Professor, Analysis, Differential Equations Computer Science experimental solid-state physics, Maurino Bautista, BS, Ateneo David Ross, BA, Columbia College; optics, low temperature physics, de Manila University; MS, Ph.D., Seshavadhani Kumar, BS, MS, Ph.D., Courant Institute of computer models of chaotic systems Purdue University—Associate University of Madras; Ph.D., Mathematical Sciences—Associate University of Delaware—Associate Professor, Applied Mathematics Alan B. Entenberg, AB, Washington Professor, Numerical Analysis, University; Ph.D., University of Applied Mathematics Professor, Operations Research, Harry Schey, BS, Northwestern Simulation Rochester—Professor, Physics: stress Marcia K. Birken, AB, Mt. Holyoke University; AM, Harvard University; and adhesion in thin ﬁlms; surface College; MS, New York University— Wanda L. Lojasiewicz, MS, Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Illinois— modiﬁcation by glow discharge Professor, Mathematics Education University of Cracow, Poland— Professor, Statistics plasma and/or ion bombardment Associate Professor, Analysis Bernard Brooks, BS, University Hossein Shahmohamad, BS, MA, Scott V. Franklin, BA, University of Toronto; MS, Ph.D., University Manuel Lopez, AB, Princeton California State University, Long of Chicago; Ph.D., University of of Guelph—Assistant Professor, University; Ph.D., Wesleyan Beach; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh— Texas—Assistant Professor, Physics: Mathematical Biology University—Assistant Professor, Graduate Program Director; Assistant theoretical and experimental investiga- Homological Algebra Professor, Graph Theory Tamara A. Burton, BS, University tions of nonlinear dynamics, granular of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Carl V. Lutzer, BS, Michigan State Paul Wilson, BA, MA, University materials, and dislocation phenomena, Ph.D., University of South University; MA, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., University physics education research (PER) and Carolina—Assistant Professor, Graph of Kentucky—Assistant Professor, of Illinois—Professor, Algebra curriculum development, especially Theory Mathematical Physics Elmer Young, BA, Amherst College; for non-science majors Patricia Clark, SB, SM, Sophia Maggelakis, BS, MS, Ph.D., MS, Ph.D., Ohio State University— Ian Hodge, BS, MS, University of Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Old Dominion University—Professor, Associate Professor, Topology Auckland; Ph.D., Purdue University— Ph.D., University of Rochester— Bio-mathematics Lecturer, Physics: nonlinear kinetics Professor, Fluid Dynamics of the glass, polymers, electrical con- ductivity in solid electrolytes (glass, crystalline, and poly crystalline)

146 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Ronald E. Jodoin, BS, Worcester Lawretta C. Ononye, BSc, Edo State Center for Thomas Gennett, BA, State Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University; BS, Knoxville College; University of New York College University of Rochester—Professor, MS, Ph.D., University of Tennessee— Materials Science at Potsdam; Ph.D., University of Physics: experimental physics: optics, Visiting Assistant Professor, Physics: Vermont—Professor, Chemistry: imaging science, electronics, real-time ion implantation, material characteri- and Engineering electroanalytical chemistry, HPLC data acquisition and analysis, micro- zation, nano technology detectors, biosensors, ion-exchange (College of Engineering and computer interfacing, general Gabriela Popa, Diploma, University partition coefficient experimental and applied physics of Bucharest, Ph.D., Louisiana State College of Science) William J. Grande, BS, New Jersey James R. Kern, BS, Indiana University—Visiting Assistant John Andersen, BS, State University Institute of Technology; MS, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; MA, Professor, Physics: nuclear structure of New York at Buffalo; MA, Ph.D., Cornell University—Assistant Indiana University; Ph.D., Clemson theory University of Rochester—Professor, Professor, Microelectronic Engineering: University—Professor, Physics: acqui- Ryne Raffaelle, BS, MS, Southern Physics: theoretical solid-state physics, microelectromechanical systems sition and analysis of the light curves Illinois University; Ph.D., University transport phenomena, electron- (MEMS), plasma etching. chemical of eclipsing binary stars, imaging and of Missouri at Rolla—Professor, phonon interactions, nonlinear mechanical planarization (CMP) surface photometry of galaxies and Physics: nanophysics and materials phenomena, electronic properties Surendra K. Gupta, B.Tech., India comets, asteroid photometry and science: thin films synthesis and char- of molecular crystals, experimental Institute of Technology; MS, astrometry, automated telescopes, acterization, superlattices in high low-temperature physics, large scale University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., computer modeling of physical efficiency photovoltaic solar cells computations, parallel processing University of Rochester—Professor, systems Andrew Robinson, BSc, Ph.D., Jonathan S. Arney, BS, Wake Forest Mechanical Engineering: dislocation Michael Kotlarchyk, BS, MS, Ph.D., University of Manchester—Associate University; Ph.D., University of theory, x-ray diffraction, sintering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology— Professor, Physics: astronomy, active North Carolina at Chapel Hill— numerical modeling, digital image Professor, Physics: characterization of galactic nuclei, supermassive black Associate Professor, Imaging Science: analysis, computer-integrated manu- structure and phase transitions in sur- holes, radio galaxies, high redshift image microstructure and quality, facturing, micromechanics of factant systems (micelles, quasars diagnostic imaging for museum heteroepitaxial structures, morpho- microemulsions, and liquid crystals) applications logical filters in image processing using scattering techniques; mass and Michael W. Richmond, BA, of microstructures Linda Barton, BS, Massachusetts surface fractals in condensed matter Princeton University; MA, Ph.D., Institute of Technology; MS, Ph.D., Richard K. Hailstone, BS, Northern systems, theories of liquids; chaos in University of California at Berkeley— University of Illinois—Associate Illinois University; MS, Indiana simple non-linear physical systems Associate Professor, Physics: observational astronomy, supernovae, Professor, Physics: magnetic materials University—Associate Professor, Vern W. Lindberg, BS, University variable stars, reduction of optical and magnetic measurements, calori- Imaging Science: silver halide materi- of Alberta; MS, Ph.D., Case Western data, automatic telescopes metry, bulk transport measurements, als and processing, imaging materials Reserve University—Professor, Robert B. Teese, BS, North Carolina properties of materials at or near Joseph P. Hornak, BS, Utica College Physics: deposition of metals onto phase transitions, critical phenomena of Syracuse University; MS, Purdue polymeric substrates, effects of surface State; MA, Ph.D., University of Peter Cardegna, BS, Loyola College; University; Ph.D., University of Notre modification of polymer substrates on Texas—Professor, Physics: physics Ph.D., Clemson University— Dame—Professor, Chemistry: physi- growth of PVD (physical vapor education research and curriculum Professor, Physics: superconductivity, cal chemistry, magnetic resonance deposited) films, glow discharge and development low temperature physics, spectroscopy and imaging ion bombardment, stress in sputtered George M. Thurston, AB, Oberlin photographic materials thin films, adhesion of PVD thin College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Marvin L. Illingsworth, BS, films, multilayer optical filters Institute of Technology—Associate Robert A. Clark, BS, Massachusetts Lafayette College; Ph.D., University Institute of Technology; Ph.D., of Massachusetts—Professor, Manasse Mbonye, BS, University Professor, Physics: biophysics University of Maryland—Professor Chemistry: inorganic polymers, of Pennsylvania; MA, Wayne State Jerome Wagner, BS, Case Institute Emeritus, Chemistry: plasma modifi- synthesis and characterization of University; Ph.D., University of of Technology; MS, Ph.D., University cation of organic polymers, polymer coordination polymers, ferroelectric Connecticut—Assistant Professor, of Wisconsin—Professor, Physics: science, chemistry of microlitho- thin films, specialty materials Physics: astrophysics solid state physics, nuclear physics, graphic imaging systems, kinetics Michael A. Jackson, BS, MS, Ph.D., David Merritt, BS, University medical physics, diagnostic nuclear medicine, defect properties in insulat- and thermodynamics of thermal and State University of New York at of Santa Clara; Ph.D., Princeton photochemical transformations of Buffalo—Associate Professor, University—Professor ing materials, radiation-induced defects, color centers small hydrocarbon molecules Microelectronic Engineering: micro- David L. Morabito, BS, MS, electronic device design, fabrication, Anne G. Young, BA, Bryn Mawr; Tracy Davis, BA, BS, Wofford Rochester Institute of Technology; College; Ph.D., Clemson University— and test; material characterization MA, University of Rochester; Ph.D., MS, Ph.D., Cornell University— techniques, surface analytical instru- Professor, Physics: science education, Associate Professor, Physics: State University of New York at experimental solid-state physics, mentation; vacuum processing, Buffalo—Visiting Assistant Professor, astronomy and astrophysics, student including CVD, plasma, and ion misconceptions in physics & astron- optics, low temperature physics, Physics: theoretical condensed matter computer models of chaotic systems beam techniques, micromachining, physics, superconductivity, quantum omy, curriculum development using ferroelectric thin films, amorphous Alan B. Entenberg, AB, Washington statistical mechanics, quantum field hands-on activities silicon and polysilicon film deposition University; Ph.D., University of theory, computational physics, theo- and characterization Rochester—Professor, Physics: stress retical high energy physics, the general and adhesion in thin films; surface Ronald Jodoin, BS, Worcester theory of relativity, and the philoso- modification by glow discharge Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., phy of physics plasma and/or ion bombardment University of Rochester—Professor, Christopher O’Dea, BS, Physics: optical properties of photore- Massachusetts Institute of ceptor materials, experimental physics, Technology; Ph.D., University electronics, microcomputer interfacing of Massachusetts—Associate Professor

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 147

Bruce Kahn, SB, University of Sannasi Ramanan, BS, BE, M.Tech., Chester F. Carlson Chicago; Ph.D., University of Ph.D., Indian Institute of ADJUNCT FACULTY Nebraska—Assistant Professor, Technology—Associate Professor, Center for Imaging Imaging & Photographic Technology: Electrical Engineering: semiconductor John E. Carson, MS, Massachusetts photographic chemistry, imaging materials, IC processing, epitaxial Institute of Technology—Eastman Science materials, scanning electron growth of semiconductors, quantum- Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y. Jonathan S. Arney, BS, Wake Forest microscopy, surface science, inorganic well heterostructures, simulation and Dennis H. Feduke, MS, P.E., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of chemistry, organo-metallic chemistry design of solid state devices University—IBM, Endicott, N.Y. North Carolina—Associate Professor, Michael Kotlarchyk, BS, MS, Ph.D., Andrew Robinson, BSc, Ph.D., George J. S. Gau, Ph.D., University Imaging Science: characterization Massachusetts Institute of Technology— University of Manchester—Associate of California, Berkeley—Eastman of optical and physical interactions Professor, Physics: characterization of Professor, Physics: astronomy, active Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y. between links and substrates in structure and phase transitions in surfac- galactic nuclei, supermassive black printing processes; image analysis tant systems (micelles, microemulsions, holes, radio galaxies, high redshift Mool C. Gupta, Ph.D., Washington applications in the conservation of and liquid crystals) using scattering quasars State University—Eastman Kodak works of art on paper and of photo- Company, Rochester, N.Y. techniques; mass and surface fractals K. S. V. Santhanam, BSc, MA, graphs; image analysis of Paleozoic in condensed matter systems, theories Ph.D., Sri Venketaswana University— Henry J. Gysling, Ph.D., University sedimentary layers of liquids; chaos in simple non-linear Director, Center for Materials Science of Delaware—Eastman Kodak Stefi Baum, BA, Harvard University; physical systems and Engineering; Professor, Analytical Company, Rochester, N.Y. Ph.D., University of Maryland— Santosh Kurinec, BS, MS, Ph.D., Chemistry: organic conducting poly- J. Raymond Hensler, Ph.D., Director University of Delhi—Department mers, electrochemistry, sensors and Pennsylvania State University— Roy S. Berns, BS, MS, University Head, Professor, Microelectronic carbon nanotubes Director of Manufacturing of California; Ph.D., Rensselaer Engineering: electronic materials, Bruce Smith, BS, MS, Ph.D., Technology, Bausch and Lomb, Inc., Polytechnic Institute—Richard S. amorphous and semicrystalline Rochester Institute of Technology— Rochester, N.Y. Hunter Professor, Color Science: materials, solid-state devices Professor, Microelectronic Merle N. Hirsh, Ph.D., The Johns spectral-based digital-image capture, Andreas Langner, BS, Ph.D., State Engineering: 193 nm lithography, Hopkins University—Plasma Resources digital archiving, and reproduction of University of New York at Buffalo— multilayer resist processing, Robert Lord, MS, Syracuse works of art; art conservation science Professor, Chemistry: physical attenuated phase shift mask materials University—Manager, IBM-Endicott, including pigment identification for chemistry, polymer chemistry, Thomas W. Smith, BS, John Caroll Endicott, N.Y. in painting and quantifying the opti- theoretical chemistry and chemical University; Ph.D., University of cal properties of painting varnishes; engineering, transient spectroscopy, Gerald F. Meyers, BS, University of spectral models and color profiles for Michigan—Professor, Chemistry: Pittsburgh—Plant Metallurgist, Delco charge and energy transfer, diffusion synthesis and device applications multi-ink printing; colorimetry and flow in polymeric gels and blends Products, General Motors of block copolymer systems and Corporation, Rochester, N.Y. Roger L. Easton, BS, Haverford Vern Lindberg, BS, University of nano composites College; MS, University of Maryland; J. William Sexton, BS, University Alberta; MS, Ph.D., Case Western David A. Sumberg, BA, Utica MS, Ph.D., University of Arizona— Reserve University—Professor, of Rochester—Coordinator of Optics Associate Professor, Imaging Science: College of Syracuse University; MS, Contracts and New Opportunities Physics: deposition of metals onto Ph.D., Michigan State University— application of imaging technologies to polymeric substrates, effects of surface Development, Eastman Kodak manuscripts of cultural importance; Associate Professor, Electrical Company, Rochester, N.Y. modification of polymer substrates Engineering: fiber optics and appli- optical holography; digital and optical on growth of PVD (physical vapor cations of fiber optics (polarization Tien-Kuei Su, Ph.D., University signal/image processing deposited) films, glow discharge and properties, microwave transmission of Massachusetts—Supervisor, Mobil Mark D. Fairchild, BS, MS, ion bombardment, stress in sputtered on optical fiber, sensors, couplers); Chemical Corporation, Macedon, N.Y. Rochester Institute of Technology; thin films, adhesion of PVD thin integrated optics (couplers, materials E. Wayne Turnblom, Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Rochester— films, multilayer optical filters for integrated optics) Columbia University—Manager, Xerox Professor, Imaging Science and Massoud Miri, BS, MS, Ph.D., Gerald A. Takacs, BS, University Materials Development and Manufac- Color Science: color appearance per- University of Hamburg—Associate of Alberta; Ph.D., University of turing, Technical Operations, Graphics ception and modeling; image quality Professor, Chemistry: polymerization Wisconsin—Professor, Chemistry: Imaging Systems Division., Eastman metrics and models; image rendering; mechanisms, polymer properties, physical chemistry, chemical kinetics, Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y. cross-media color reproduction catalysis photochemistry, atmospheric chem- Edward G. Williams, MS, University Richard Hailstone, BS, Northern Ali Ogut, B.Ch.E., Hacettepe istry, plasma etching and modification of Rochester—Manager of Plastics Illinois University; MS, Indiana University, Turkey; MS, Ph.D., of materials Technology, Xerox Corporation, University—Associate Professor, University of Maryland—Associate I. R. Turkman, MS, Ph.D., Institute Rochester, N.Y. Imaging Science: interaction between Professor, Mechanical Engineering: National des Sciences Appliquées— electromagnetic radiation and matter, polymer processing, heat and mass Associate Professor, Electrical and photochemistry, computer simulation transfer, rheology, transport Microelectronic Engineering: suscep- of imaging processes phenomena tibility of microelectronic devices to Maria Helguera, BS, National Ryne P. Raffaelle, BS, MS, Southern damage from electrostatic discharges, Autonomous University of Mexico; Illinois University; Ph.D., University CVD, sputtering, plasma-assisted MS, University of Rochester; Ph.D., of Missouri at Rolla—Professor, etching processes Rochester Institute of Technology— Physics: experimental solid state Jerome Wagner, BS, Case Institute Visiting Professor, Imaging Science: physics, chemically deposited thin of Technology; MS, Ph.D., University medical imaging, ultrasound tissue film solar cells, thin film lithium of Wisconsin—Professor, Physics: characterization, digital image batteries, EBIC, STOS, electrical solid state physics, nuclear physics, processing and optical characterization of thin medical physics, diagnostic nuclear film semiconductors, semiconductor medicine, defect properties in insulat- junctions and devices ing materials, radiation-induced defects, color center

148 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Joseph P. Hornak, BS, Utica College Carl Salvaggio, BS, MS, Rochester of Syracuse University; MS, Purdue Institute of Technology; Ph.D., State EXTENDED University; Ph.D., University of Notre University of New York College of GRADUATE FACULTY Dame—Professor, Joint Appointment Environmental Science and Forestry, with Department of Chemistry: phys- Syracuse University—Associate Peter G. Anderson, BS, Ph.D., ical chemistry, magnetic resonance Professor: novel spectral measurement Massachusetts Institute of spectroscopy and imaging techniques of material optical properties Technology—Professor, School Joel Kastner, BS, University of John Schott, BS, Canisius College; of Computer Science Maryland; MS, Ph.D., University MS, Ph.D., Syracuse University— David John Axon, BSc, Ph.D., of California—Associate Professor, Frederick and Anna B. Wiedman University of Durham—Professor, Imaging Science: astronomical imag- Professor, Imaging Science: quantita- Physics: astronomy, active galactic ing, including x-ray, infrared and tive radiometric remote sensing, nuclei radio spectroscopy; young stars and synthetic image generation, planet formation; evolved stars and spectroscopy, calibration and atmos- Sohail A. Dianat, BS, Aria-Mehr planetary nebulae pheric correction of satellites imaging University, Iran; MS, Ph.D., George systems, remote assessment of the Washington University—Professor, John P. Kerekes, BS, MS, Ph.D., Control Systems, Signal Processing Purdue University—Associate Great Lakes water resources Professor, Imaging Science: multispec- Anthony Vodacek, BS, University Lynn F. Fuller, BS, MS, Ph.D., State tral remote sensing systems, of Wisconsin; MS, Ph.D., Cornell University of New York at Buffalo multidimensional imaging systems University—Assistant Professor, (Electrical Engineering)—Professor, Microelectronic Engineering Ethan D. Montag, BA, University Imaging Science: applications of of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University passive hyperspectral and active laser Roger S. Gaborski, BS, MS, State of California, San Diego—Assistant remote sensing for environmental University of New York at Buffalo; Professor, Imaging Science: color characterization and monitoring; Ph.D., University of Maryland— science, color vision, psychophysics, in-water radiometric measurements Professor, Computer Science color tolerance, image quality, the use for characterizing water quality param- Michael Kotlarchyk, BS, MS, Ph.D., of color in visualization eters; non-thermal techniques for Massachusetts Institute of wildland fire detection, monitoring, Technology—Professor, Physics Zoran Ninkov, BSc, University of and prediction; model-based Western Australia; MS, Monash algorithms for inverting remote Raghuveer Rao, BS, Mysore University; Ph.D., University of sensing data University, India; ME, Indian British Columbia—Professor, Imaging Institute of Science, Bangalore, India; Science: detector array development Ph.D., University of Connecticut and characterization, development of (Electrical Engineering)—Professor, novel astronomical instrumentation, Electrical Engineering studies of young stellar clusters, plane- Ryne P. Raffaelle, BS, MS, Southern tary detection Illinois University; Ph.D., University Noboru Ohta, BS, MS, Ph.D., of Missouri at Rolla—Professor, Tokyo University—Visiting Research Physics: experimental solid state Professor, Imaging Science: color physics, chemically deposited thin science, digital color imaging, color film solar cells, thin film lithium reproduction batteries, EBIC, STOS, electrical Jeff Pelz, BFA, MS, Rochester and optical characterization of thin Institute of Technology; Ph.D., film semiconductors, semiconductor University of Rochester—Associate junctions and devices Professor, Imaging Science: visual per- Andreas Savakis, BS, MS, Old ception and cognition, understanding Dominion University; Ph.D., North high-level visual processing by examin- Carolina State University—Associate ing eye movements in the execution of Professor, Digital Image Processing, complex tasks in natural environments Computer Vision Navalgund Rao, MS, Banaras Hindu Bruce Smith, BS, MS, Ph.D., University; Ph.D., University of Rochester Institute of Technology— Minnesota—Associate Professor, Professor, Microelectronic Engineering Imaging Science: industrial and med- Thomas W. Smith, BS, John Carroll ical applications of ultrasound imaging, University; Ph.D., University of digital signal processing; modeling and Michigan—Professor, Analytical/ analysis of medical imaging systems Polymer Chemistry: synthesis and Harvey E. Rhody, BSEE, University device applications of block polymer of Wisconsin; MSEE, University of systems and nano composites Cincinnati; Ph.D., Syracuse University—Professor, Imaging Carlson Associates Science: imaging algorithms Robert MacIntyre, BS, Boston University; MA, University of Rochester

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 149

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of the 1001-767 Environmental Microbiology course description. An advanced course in the principles of soil microbiology, groundwater microbiology, wastewater microbiology, composting microbiology, and bioremediation. The class will also focus on practical applications of microorganisms isolated from various types of environments. Biological Sciences Examples of commercial use of microorganisms will also be presented. The lab consists of a series of experiments looking at the microbial flora of soils, plant surfaces, air particles, and 1001-700 Cell & Molecular Genetics I water. Students will attempt to isolate microorganisms from soil samples that are capable of This course will introduce cellular and molecular biology to graduate students with limited degrading organic compounds. Students will use various methods to determine degradative background in the biological sciences. The approach taken entails the use of empirical data capabilities of soil microorganisms such as carbon dioxide evolution and oxygen depletion. to support the basic concepts presented. Upon completion of this course, students will not Students will do an independent lab project selecting an oil contaminated site and attempt only be familiar with cellular and molecular biology, but will also be acquainted with the to isolate various oil-degrading bacteria. (1001-404) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) theoretical foundations of modern laboratory techniques. Topics covered in this course include cellular evolution, small molecules, energy and biosynthesis, macromolecules, protein 1001-794 Molecular Modeling & Proteomics functions, genetic mechanisms, recombinant DNA technologies, the nucleus, regulation of This course will explore two facets of protein molecules: their structure and their expression. gene expression, membrane structure and function, and intracellular protein trafficking. The structure component will build upon information from the Bioinformatics course and (1001-250, 252, 1011-211-213, 1011-205-207, or equivalent) Class 3, Credit 3 (F) will add further sophistication with analysis of intermolecular interactions and ligand/receptor pairing. Software that permits molecular docking experiments will be employed. Tissue-spe- 1001-701 Cell & Molecular Genetics II cific protein expression will be addressed in lectures with description of micro-array technology Course Descriptions Course This course will introduce cellular and molecular biology to graduate students with limited and, in the laboratory, with two-dimensional protein gel electrophoresis. Each student will be background in the biological sciences. The approach to be taken entails the use of empirical assigned a project designed to integrate salient principles in each course and provide an oppor- data to support the basic concepts presented. Upon completion of this course, students will tunity for each student to give an oral presentation to his or her peers. (1001-763) Class 3, not only be familiar with cellular and molecular biology, but will also be acquainted with Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) the theoretical foundations of modern laboratory techniques. Topics covered in this course include energy conversion in mitochondria and chloroplasts, cell signaling, the cytoskeleton, 1001-890 Bioinformatics MS Thesis the cell cycle, cell division, intercellular interactions, germ cells and development, cellular Each student’s experience in this course will be different. The individual student’s thesis differentiation, immunity and cancer. (1001-700) Class 3, Credit 3 (W) project will be tailored to fit his or her interests under the guidance of a faculty mentor. That mentor will be identified as the individual within our faculty who has professional interests 1001-722 Bioinformatics Seminar most closely aligned with those of the student. Typically a mentor will be identified and a Sufficient opportunities will be afforded for students and faculty to develop and share pro- thesis proposal will be prepared and approved by the student’s thesis advisory committee fessional interests while discussing current trends and developments in bioinformatics. before the start of the second year of study. Thesis work and the preparation and defense of Material for this course will be drawn from the current scientific literature including, but not the written thesis will take place during the second year of study. Credit variable (F, W, S) limited to, journals such as Bioinformatics, Genome Research, and the Journal of Computational Biology, among others. Students from outside the Bioinformatics MS program may take this course with permission of the instructor. Class 2, Credit 2 (F) Environmental Science

1001-725 Ethics in Bioinformatics 1006-701 Environmental Science Problem Solving I This course will be focused on individual and organizational responsibilities in bioinfor- First course in a three-quarter sequence where students identify and implement solutions to matics research and product development and commercialization. Students from outside the significant environmental problems. The projects will be solicited from the community. As Bioinformatics MS program may take this class with permission of the instructor. Class 3, a minimum, students will be expected to spend one hour in meeting with other members Credit 3 (W) of the group and nine hours working on the problem solving activities each week, during each academic quarter. During the weekly group meeting, scientific, mathematical, engi- 1001-762 Introduction to Bioinformatics Computing neering, government, and social concepts will be discussed, as they pertain to the project. This course will provide a theoretical and practical (lab-based) study of computational This weekly meeting will also provide an ongoing check of progress by the group members. genomics. Topics to be covered include web-based tools for data access, data structures The students will be expected to attend an organizational/orientation class. They will pre- encountered in biological database, database access and analysis, algorithms commonly used pare a written report of their activities and they will make an oral presentation about their to analyze biological data and a comparison of those algorithms. (1016-265, 4003-231-233, project during each quarter. (Permission of instructor) Class 2, Lab 2, Credit 4 (F) or equivalent, and 1016-715) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) 1006-702 Environmental Science Problem Solving II 1001-763 Advanced Bioinformatics Computing Continuation of 1006-701. (1006-701 or permission of instructor) Class 2, Lab 2, Credit This course will provide an in-depth exposure to advanced techniques in computational 4 (W) genomics. Topics to be covered include concepts of information theory as they apply to machine learning, algorithms for machine learning and mining of biomolecular data, data 1006-703 Environmental Science Problem Solving III mining of micro-array data, molecular network analysis, probabilistic framework for mod- Continuation of 1006-702. (1006-702 or permission of instructor) Class 2, Lab 2, Credit eling and inference, and the design and management of genomic databases. (1001-762) 4 (S) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) 1006-870 Graduate Seminar 1001-764 High Performance Computing for Bioinformatics Students are required to participate in a weekly environmental science seminar. Class 1, The purpose of this course is to introduce parallel and distributed computing so that stu- Credit 1 (F, S) dents can understand the basics of this technology, determine the type of high-performance hardware and software systems that will be required in their work, effectively evaluate com- 1006-877 Environmental Science External Research mercially available hardware and software systems, and be able to use and develop software Students will be engaged in conducting environmental research under the guidance of an that takes advantage of high-performance systems. An integral component of this course is RIT faculty member or senior environmental scientist from the community. Students are a capstone oral presentation which will allow each student to describe for his or her peers an required to complete a total of 5 quarter credit hours of research (external or at RIT). important aspect of this field and to demonstrate the integration of the principles of high Credit variable 1–5 (F, W, S, SU) performance computing into bioinformatics. (1001-763) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) 1006-879 Environmental Science Research Students will be engaged in conducting research at RIT under the guidance of an RIT faculty member or senior environmental scientist from the community. Students are required to complete a total of 5 quarter credit hours of research (external or at RIT). Credit variable 1–5 (F, W, S, SU)

150 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Chemistry 1010-772 Special Topics Advanced courses which are of current interest and/or logical continuations of the course 1008-621 Advanced Instrumental Analysis Lab already being offered. These courses are structured as ordinary courses and have specified pre- A capstone course requiring students to develop experimental protocols to accomplish requisites, contact hours and examination procedures. Recent courses taught as Special Topics assigned experiments involving advanced techniques in instrumental analysis. Library, liter- include Nuclear Chemistry, Polymer Morphology, Advanced Chromatographic Methods and ature and textbook research will be required. Upon agreement with instructor, two to four Applications of Computer Interfacing. Class variable, Credit variable major experimental techniques will be required. (Corequisite 1008-511 or 711)(1014-441, 445) Lab 6, Credit 2 (F-X*, W) 1010-800 Capstone Project A capstone course for non-thesis students that fulfills the graduate project requirement of 1008-711 Advanced Instrumental Analysis the MS Chemistry program. Guidance and credits to be arranged with faculty project advi- Theory, applications and limitations of selected instrumental methods in qualitative, quan- sor before approval by the department will be given for registration. Credit variable 1–8 (F, titative and structural analysis. Possible topics include electrochemistry, surface analysis, W, S, SU) NMR spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, ICP, and other modern instrumentation. A term paper and oral presentation will be required based on an analytical technique agreed upon 1010-870 Chemistry Seminar by instructor and student. (1014-441) Class 3, Credit 3 (F, W-X*) Matriculated students are required to attend the weekly chemistry seminar series and to present a one-hour seminar on a topic in chemistry. Credit 1 1008-780 Theory of Microsensors & Actuators This course gives a broad background to the theory and development of sensors at molecu- 1010-877 External Research lar and ionic levels. The mechanistic details of operation of the sensors and actuators limited Industrial internship research. Credit 1–16 Descriptions Course to selected examples will be considered. Fundamental aspects related to chemical, biochemical, piezo resistive, magnetic, thermal and luminescent sensors will be discussed with an 1010-879 Research & Thesis Guidance orientation towards development of innovative products. Control systems based on ion selec- Hours and credits to be arranged. Chemical research in a field chosen by the candidate, subject tivity for biomedical applications will be dealt with rigorously. Special topics to be covered to approval of the department head and advisor. Credit 1–16 (1010-879-99 Continuation of will be neurotransmitters, neural network and directional selectivity using conducting poly- Thesis, Credit 0) mers. (Nanoscale physics and chemistry or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F, W) 1010-899 Independent Study: Chemistry 1008-785 Laboratory Techniques for Microsensors & Actuators Credit variable This course is designed on practical aspects of fabrication measurement. It will discuss the construction and characterization of a few sensors and actuators. The practical limitation of 1011-707 Introduction to Intellectual Property the microsensors will be evaluated. (Nanoscale physics and chemistry or permission of An introductory course on the fundamentals of intellectual property covering trade secrets, instructor) Lab variable, Credit 2–4 copyrights, confidentiality issues and patents. Students will write an invention disclosure and patent application based on knowledge gained in this course. In addition, students will 1009-702 Biochemistry: Biomolecular Conformation & Dynamics understand intellectual property issues in corporate settings and in particular industries. (No The first course in our graduate sequence in biochemistry. Molecular transport and enzy- prerequisites and thus it cannot be counted as an upper level chemistry elective for BS or matic catalysis are related to the three-dimensional structures of biomolecules and the laws MS chemistry students) Class 3, Credit 3 (W-X*) of thermodynamics. Also provides an introduction to membrane structure as preparation for the next course in the sequence 1009-703 Biochemistry: Metabolism. Also offered in dis- 1012-764 Modern Inorganic Chemistry tance-learning format. (Baccalaureate degree or permission of instructor) Class 3, Credit 3 Introduces the more sophisticated tools with which an inorganic chemist investigates inor- (F-X*, W-X*) ganic molecules and materials. These physical methods are applied to inorganic reactions that distinguish the chemistries of the elements and to current research directions in the 1009-703 Biochemistry: Metabolism field. Oral presentation required. Literature project required for graduate credit. (1014-441) Metabolic processes involved in energy consumption and production as well as the synthe- Class 4, Credit 4 (offered every year) (S) sis and degradation of biomolecules are discussed. Metabolic pathways are described in terms of thermodynamic principles, cellular localization and regulation mechanisms. Finally, 1012-765 Preparative Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory the metabolic basis of several diseases is presented. Also offered in distance-learning format. The chemistries of different areas of the periodic table are examined, advanced synthetic and (Baccalaureate degree or permission of instructor. Class 3, Credit 3 (W, S-X*) characterization methods are utilized. (Inorganic chemistry or permission of instructor) Class 1, Lab 7, Credit 3 (W) 1009-704 Biochemistry: Nucleic Acids Nucleic acid structures, including the classical Watson-Crick model for DNA are intro- 1013-730 Chemical Toxicology duced. The flow of genetic information by replication (DNA to DNA), transcription (DNA Clinical and forensic aspects of abused drugs, including history, structure, classification, to RNA) and translation (RNA to protein) as well as gene expression and regulation in drug levels, metabolism and effects. Drug analysis methods: history, theory and practical prokaryotes are discussed. The methodology of new techniques, such as DNA sequencing applications of GLC, HPLC, GC/MS, UV spectrometry, TLC, IR, EIA, FPIA and stat tests. and recombinant DNA, and their role in medicine and forensics are presented. The genetic You are the drug chemist and the toxicologist in this multimedia experience. (College biol- aspects of viruses and oncogenes are also reviewed. Also offered in distance-learning format. ogy and chemistry, some biochemistry helpful or permission of instructor) Class 4, (Baccalaureate degree or permission of instructor) Class 3, Credit 3 (F, S-X*) Credit 4 (W-X*)

1009-705 Biochemistry: Experimental Techniques 1013-736 Spectrometric Identiﬁcation of Organic Compounds An introduction to the theory and practice of modern experimental biochemical laboratory Theory and application of proton, carbon and 2-D nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared techniques and concepts. The weekly one-hour lecture provides a theoretical framework for and mass spectrometry as applied to organic structure determination. (1013-433) Class 4, the various experimental techniques and includes a discussion of the properties of biomole- Credit 4 (W-X*) cules and how those properties are exploited in the separation and characterization of the molecules. Practical laboratory techniques include the preparation of buffers, centrifugation, 1013-737 Advanced Organic Chemistry gel exclusion chromatography, electrophoretic methods, and UV/visible and ﬂuorescence Advanced topics in organic synthesis, novel reagents and synthetic strategies such as ret- spectrophotometry as applied to the isolation and characterization of proteins and nucleic rosynthetic analysis are covered. In addition, enolate chemistry, organometallic chemistry, acids, the manipulation of genetic material in E. coli will also be examined. (Baccalaureate synthetic free-radical chemistry, protecting groups and combinatorial chemistry topics are degree or permission of instructor) Class 1, Lab 6, Credit 3 (F) covered in depth. Several classics in total synthesis are included with a strong emphasis on syntheses published in the current chemical literature. (1013-433) Class 4, Credit 4 (F-X*)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 151

1013-739 Advanced Organic Chemistry 1015-721 Atmospheric Chemistry Topics in physical organic chemistry including: techniques for elucidation of mechanism The chemical composition of the Earth’s atmosphere with emphasis on the role of the bios- (kinetic, linear free, energy relationships, isotope effects), molecular orbital theory, electro- phere and the changes induced by human activity will be studied. Special emphasis will be cyclic reactions. (1013-433, 1014-443) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) (S) placed on urban pollution, acid rain, stratospheric ozone depletion, and climate change. (1014-443) Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alternate years) (S) 1013-832 Stereochemistry Advanced treatment of steric relationships, conformational analysis and stereoisomerism in 1029-701 Organic Chemistry of Polymers organic compounds. (1013-433) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered upon sufficient request) The synthesis and chemistry of high molecular weight organic polymers is broadly surveyed. Chemistry relating to the formation of carbon-chain polymers and polymers containing het- 1013-833 Heterocyclic Chemistry eroatoms in-chain is detailed. Kinetics, thermodynamics and mechanisms of step growth ad A general treatment of heterocyclic chemistry. Syntheses and relative reactivities of hetero- chain growth polymerization reactions are reviewed with specific attention being given to cyclic compounds as demonstrated by their chemical reactions. (1013-433) Class 4, Credit recent advances in block and graft copolymers, functional polymers and polymeric reagents. 4 (offered upon sufficient request) (F) (1014-433) Class 4, Credit 4 (F-X*)

1014-730 Magnetic Resonance Imaging 1029-702 Polymer Chemistry: Chains & Solutions An introduction to the principles of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). The course covers Although most polymeric materials ﬁnd utility as solids, polymer fabrication and character- spin physics, Fourier transforms, basic imaging principles, Fourier imaging, imaging hard- ization techniques are generally liquid-phase processes. This course is concerned with the ware, imaging techniques, image processing, image artifacts, safety and advanced imaging fundamental physical chemistry of polymers in liquid solutions. Topics to be addressed Course Descriptions Course techniques. (1008-311, 1014-442, Calculus) Class 4, Credit 4 (S-X*) include: polymerization kinetics and chain structure, molecular weight distributions and determination, polymer solution thermodynamics and transport phenomena, and solution 1014-740 Basics of Pulsed NMR phase transitions. The study of polymeric solids is the focus of 1029-703. (Baccalaureate An introduction to the principles of pulsed nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spec- degree in science or engineering, or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (S-X*) troscopy. Lectures on instrumentation, pulse sequences, Fourier transforms and artifacts are presented. (1008-311) Class 1, Credit 1 (F) 1029-703 Polymer Chemistry: Properties of Bulk Materials This course is designed to give the student with a chemistry or materials science background 1014-741 Advanced Chemical Thermodynamics a thorough grounding in the main concepts which describe bulk polymer structure, behav- A study of the basic fundamentals of thermodynamics, including an introduction to statis- ior and properties and to give the student practical tools to predict them. Basic to the tical mechanics and their use in deriving the interrelationships of thermodynamic functions. understanding of polymer behavior is the fact that it is time-dependent. To emphasize this Thermodynamic properties of gases are calculated based on spectroscopic data. Theory of idea, the course is designed to build up to a study of the thermo-mechanical behavior of vis- solutions and phase equilibria are discussed. (1014-443, 1016-306) Class 4, Credit 4 coelastic materials. (Baccalaureate degree in a science or engineering, or permission of (offered alternate years)(W-X*) instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F-X*)

1014-742 Survey of Physical Chemistry 1029-704 Polymer Characterization Laboratory A study of the fundamental principles of physical chemistry for clinical chemistry and Many students in the Chemistry and Materials Science and Engineering graduate programs are biotechnology students. Kinetic-molecular theory, quantum mechanics, spectroscopy, ther- involved in polymer research. This course gives these students an opportunity to acquire profi- modynamics and kinetics are presented in application to the life sciences. Not acceptable for ciency in using the tools of polymer characterization. Techniques for studying 1) molecular BS in chemistry. Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alternate years) (W-X*) weight distributions, 2) spectroscopic analysis of chemical structure, 3) thermal stability, 4) morphology and phase transitions, and 5) mechanical properties will be introduced and mastered. 1014-743 Advanced Chemical Kinetics Techniques may concentrate on particular research topics. (Baccalaureate degree in a science or Methods of investigating the kinetics of chemical reactions and the theories used to inter- engineering discipline, or permission of instructor)(offered alternate years; next offering 2003- pret their results. Focus on homogeneous reactions in gas and liquid phases. Discussions of 04) Lab 6, Credit 2 (S) references from recent chemical literature. (1014-443) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) (W-X*) 1029-705 Preparative Polymer Chemistry Laboratory Students will carry out about eight experiments. They will conduct in about half of those 1014-744 Advanced Quantum Mechanics experiments step-growth polymerizations, and in the other half chain-addition polymeriza- Review of basic quantum theory and models. Variation and perturbation methods, atomic tions. Among the polymers produced will be polyvinyl alcohol gel, Nylon 6-10, Nylon 11, and molecular orbital theory, emphasis on relationship of spectroscopy and quantum chem- polystyrene, high density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, copolymer of styrene istry. (1014-442) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) (S-X*) and methyl methacrylate and polyurethane. The more specific types of polymerizations and reactions introduced will be crosslinking of polymer, interfacial and bulk step-growth poly- 1014-747 Principles of Magnetic Resonance merizations, cyclopolymerizations, radical, ionic, and coordinative chain polymerizations. A series of lectures designed to introduce the principles of magnetic resonance spectroscopies with Instructors may add and/or delete polymer related experiments of their choice. The students emphasis on pulsed nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. Topics covered include in this course will also be primarily responsible to analyze the produced polymers and to use classical and quantum mechanical theory, Fourier transform techniques, pulse sequences, instru- literature data to identify them. (1013-437) Lab 6, Credit 2 (offered alternate years) (F) mentation, instrumental techniques and modern applications such as 2-D NMR and solid-state NMR. (1014-443; 1014-648) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) (W-X*) Industrial & Applied Mathematics 1014-750 Chemical Energetics 1016-706 Advanced Differential Equations This course is designed to explore the fundamental concepts of energy flow using a systems This course provides a study of first order, linear high order and systems of differential equa- approach. Foundation will be offered with respect to how molecular systems communicate tions and their applications in the physical sciences. Mathematical modeling will be used to using the flow of energy. This foundation will then be expanded and applied to the under- illustrate the concepts. Applications and computer projects will be used to involve students in standing of how energy transfer may be harnessed to achieve device function. Molecular intense problem solving experiences. Topics such as existence, uniqueness, theory and meth- wires, optical and thermal switches and sensors will all be built from the understanding of ods of solutions, linear systems, stability, Sturm-Liouville problems and asymptotic methods function on the molecular level. Application will be the focus of the course. The course is of solution will be studied. (1016-306 or equivalent, 1016-331 desirable) Class 4, Credit 4 designed for the individual with only a basic exposure to chemistry who desires to know how molecules can be exploited to provide work. (Nanoscale physics and chemistry or permis- 1016-711 Numerical Analysis sion of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) A rigorous study of floating point arithmetic, numerical techniques for finding roots of nonlinear equations, interpolations and approximation of functions, approximations of definite 1015-720 Environmental Chemistry integrals and numerical solutions to initial boundary value problems for ordinary differen- Environmental sources, reactions, transport, effects and fate of chemical species in air, soil, tial equations with a study of the errors produced. This course requires independent study water and living systems are studied. (1014-443) Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alternate years; of certain topics that are not covered in the class lectures. Software packages such as MAT- next offering 2000–01)(S-X*) LAB will be utilized. (1016-306, 1016-331 and Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 (F)

152 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

1016-712 Numerical Linear Algebra 1016-803 Methods of Applied Mathematics II A rigorous study of theoretical concepts and computational issues in linear algebra. Topics This is a continuation of 1016-802 and deals with further applications of differential equa- include an analysis of gaussian elimination with pivoting, its error and its stability, iterative tions. Topics include: classification of partial differential equations; Laplace’s equation; methods for solving linear systems, matrix factorizations, eigenvalues, singular value decom- diffusion equations and their applications in physics and engineering. (1016-802) Class 4, position, Krylov subspace methods and application to least squares, systems of nonlinear Credit 4 equations and partial differential equations. This course requires independent study of certain topics that are not covered in the class lectures. Software packages like MATLAB will 1016-804 Numerical Methods for Stochastic Processes be utilized through several computing projects. (1016-331, and Graduate standing, 1016- This course covers the algorithmic and numerical aspects of analyzing stochastic processes. 432 recommended) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) Emphasis here is on computing the solutions to the systems represented by stochastic processes and identifying their probabilistic interpretations. Topics include: queuing mod- 1016-715 Statistical Models for Bioinformatics els; examples from communications networks and manufacturing systems; reliability Organic evolution over thousands of years has provided us with one of the most complicated models; simulation; approximation methods. (1016-725, 1016-801) Class 4, Credit 4 statistical models imaginable. This course will investigate some of the statistical models that have proved useful in analyzing biological information. Examples include Markov models, 1016-807 Boundary Value Problems such as the Jukes-Cantor and Kimura evolutionary models and hidden Markov models, and An introduction to methods of applied mathematics that are used in the solution of prob- multivariate models used for discrimination and classification. (1016-415 or permission of lems in physics and engineering. Models such as heat flow, vibrating strings and membranes instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) will be formulated from physical principles and solution methods such as separation of variables, Fourier series and integral transforms will be studied. (1016-306 and Graduate 1016-720 Complex Variables standing) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) Descriptions Course This course introduces the student to the basic elements of calculus of complex valued functions of a complex variable. The major emphasis is on integration, with the goal of using 1016-808 Partial Differential Equations these results to evaluate certain types of real integrals. The course includes the concept of This is a continuation of 1016-807 Boundary Value Problems and deals with advanced analyticity, complex integration, Cauchy’s integral theorem and integral formulas, Taylor methods for solving partial differential equations arising in physics and engineering prob- and Laurent series, residues, real integrals by complex methods, and conformal mappings. lems. Topics to be covered include first order linear and nonlinear equations, second order (1016-305 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (F, W, SU) equations, Green’s functions, integral equations, transform methods and wave phenomena. (1016-802) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) 1016-725 Stochastic Processes An introduction to stochastic processes. Important random processes that appear in various 1016-812 Wavelets & Applications applications are studied. It covers basic properties and applications of Poisson processes and A mathematical introduction to the theory and applications of orthogonal wavelets and Markov processes as well as applications in renewal theory, queuing models, and optimal their use in analyzing functions and function spaces. Topics include a brief survey of Fourier stopping. (Advanced Calculus, Probability, Matrix Algebra) Class 4, Credit 4 series representation of functions, Fourier transform and the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) before proceeding to the Haar wavelet system, multiresolution analysis, decomposition and 1016-764 Topics in Logic, Set Theory & Computability reconstruction of functions, Daubechies wavelet construction and other wavelet systems. This course surveys logic and set theory and their connections to computer science and the Applications such as data compression, noise reduction and image processing will be stud- foundations of discrete mathematics. Starting with the abstract construction of integers and real ied. (1016-432) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) numbers, it proceeds to axiomatic set theory and logic stressing questions of completeness, con- sistency, decidability and recursive enumerability. The course includes a survey of NP 1016-859 Topics in Applied Mathematics (non-deterministic polynomial) and NP complete problems. The student should gain a greater This course covers some topics that are not covered in the regular courses and are not offered awareness of the paradoxical, the impossible and the slow. (1016-411 and 1016-532 and grad- in other departments. This course may be used to study other areas of applications in the uate standing, or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered upon sufficient request) student’s concentration. A wide variety of topics may be offered. Some examples are: reliability models; biological models; calculus of variations; computational probability; and 1016-766 Optimization Theory dynamical systems. (Consent of the adviser and the instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 This course provides a study of the theory of optimization of linear and nonlinear functions of several variables with or without constraints. Applications of this theory to solve problems 1016-879 Thesis or Project Work in business, management, engineering, and the sciences are considered. Algorithms for prac- This is the capstone of the program in which the student works on a problem in applied math- tical applications will be analyzed and implemented. Students taking this course will be ematics under the guidance of the Advisory Committee. A formal written proposal of the expected to complete applied projects and/or case studies. (1016-331 or equivalent, 1016- problem to be studied must be presented before embarking on the project. A written report 465 desirable) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) and an oral defense of the project/thesis are required at the completion of the work. This course may be repeated for a maximum of 12 quarter credit hours. (Consent of the adviser) 1016-767 Combinatorics This course introduces the fundamental concepts of combinatorics and graph theory. Topics 1016-899 Independent Study to be studied include counting techniques, generating functions, recurrence relations, the A topic of special interest to the student and related to the student’s area of concentration inclusion-exclusion principle, special graphs. Applications such as design of experiments, may be taken for independent study with the approval of the adviser and the instructor who traffic routing, tournaments will be considered. (Graduate standing or permission of will offer the course. The student submits a proposal for independent study to the Advisory instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) Committee for consideration and approval. (Consent of the adviser and the instructor) Credit variable (maximum of 4 credits/quarter) 1016-768 Graph Theory This course studies advanced concepts in graph theory and their applications. After a review of basic terminology, the topics of coverings, matchings, connectivity and coloring will be Clinical Chemistry studied. Applications to areas such as optimal routing, transport networks, network design, 1023-705 Mechanisms of Disease tournaments and scheduling will be considered. The interplay between graph theory, count- Mechanisms of cellular injury, the healing process, atherosclerotic heart disease, hyperten- ing techniques and algebra will also be studied. (1016-767) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) sion, infectious disease, and many other disease states are presented. Class 4, Credit 4 (S)

1016-802 Methods of Applied Mathematics I 1023-820 Advanced Clinical Chemistry I An introduction to some classical topics in mathematical analysis. Models arising in physics Electrolytes, acid-base physiology, renal function, trace metals, lipids, carbohydrate metab- and engineering are introduced. Topics include: dimensional analysis and scaling; partial dif- olism, enzymes, and various standard methods are covered. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered ferential equations, classical techniques; Fourier series; integral transforms; orthogonal alternate years) functions; wave phenomena in continuous systems. (Advanced Calculus, Differential Equations) Class 4, Credit 4

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 153

1023-821 Advanced Clinical Chemistry II 1028-705 Introduction to Experimental Techniques A study of the concepts and applications of therapeutic drug monitoring, pharmacokinet- Introduction to laboratory equipment for hardness testing, impact testing, tensile testing, x- ics, toxicology, inherited disorders of metabolism, liver function tests, protein measurement, ray diffraction and thermal treatment of metallic materials. Experiments illustrating the hepatitis, porphyrias, vitamins, pediatric clinical chemistry, geriatric clinical chemistry and characterization of high molecular weight organic polymers are conducted. (1028-701 and gene probes. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) 702 or equivalents) Class variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 (S)

1023-822 Advanced Clinical Chemistry III 1028-706 Experimental Techniques: Thin Films A survey of endocrinology and of the immunoassay methods used in performing endocrine Production of thin films of metals and dielectrics by physical vapor deposition. Lectures assays. The endocrine systems covered include the thyroid, the adrenals, calcium metabo- cover vacuum systems, evaporation, sputtering, nucleation and growth of thin films, analy- lism, growth hormone, the human reproductive system and the fetal-placental unit. sis and characterization of thin films, and application of thin films. Laboratories cover use Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) of vacuum systems in evaporation and sputtering and some methods of characterizing the thin films thus produced. (Permission of instructor) Class variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 1023-823 Advanced Clinical Chemistry IV Introduces the student to the types of instrumentation and analytical methods commonly 1028-707 Experimental Techniques: Microscopy & Spectroscopy found in the clinical laboratory. Instrumentation and methods covered include UV-visible An in-depth look at various techniques used to characterize thin film materials. Lectures will spectroscopy, immunoassay, GC-MS, TLC, fluorometry, atomic absorption spectroscopy, cover resistivity measurements, ellipsometry, reflectance techniques, optical microscopy, elec- electrophoresis, osmometry, nephelometry and PCR techniques. The laboratory component tron microscopy, and scanning probe microscopy. The lab provides hands-on training in these serves to provide hands-on experience in these types of procedures and measurements. techniques and is conducted in the clean-room housed in the Center for Microelectronic Course Descriptions Course Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) Engineering. Students will be required to perform an in-depth study on a material of their choice using these techniques or to research an associated technique not covered in lecture. 1023-870 Clinical Chemistry Seminar (Permission of instructor) Class variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 Credit 1 1028-708 Experimental Techniques 1023-872 Special Topics: Clinical Chemistry Provides an in-depth integrated approach to the analysis, investigation and development of In response to student and/or faculty interest, special courses that are of current interest materials, concentrating on specific types or classes. (1028-701 or equivalent) Class and/or logical continuations of regular courses are presented. These courses are structured as variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 ordinary courses with specified prerequisites, contact hours and examinations. Class svariable, Credit variable (offered upon sufficient request) 1028-710 Materials Properties & Selection Study of the principles of material behavior as applied to design. Application of materials 1023-877 External Clinical Chemistry Research according to these principles is stressed. Ferrous, nonferrous and nonmetallic materials are Research carried out in a laboratory outside of the College of Science. Prior to the initiation considered. (1028-701 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 of external research, a proposal from the student as well as a commitment of support and direction from the laboratory are evaluated. Credit variable 1028-714 Glass Science Topics include the structure and properties of glass, applied areas such as glass melting and 1023-879 Clinical Chemistry Research processing, and various technological applications of glass. (1028-701 or equivalent; 1028- Research carried out in the College of Science laboratories under the direction of RIT fac- 704) Class 4, Credit 4 ulty members. The amount of credit awarded for such projects is determined after evaluation of a research proposal. Credit variable 1028-717 Material Degradation: Corrosion This course introduces the basic electrochemical nature of corrosion and considers the var- 1023-899 Clinical Chemistry: Independent Study ious factors that influence the rate of corrosion in a variety of environments. Various means Individual projects or studies carried out under the direction of a faculty member. Study of controlling corrosion are considered. (1028-701 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 objectives and design are developed through faculty-student interaction with evaluation and credit to be awarded determined after review of a study proposal. Credit variable 1028-720 Organic Polymers Meets the needs of students in the area of organic chemistry related to synthesis, polymer- 1023-999 Clinical Chemistry Grad Co-op ization mechanism, structures, stereochemistry of reactions of organic polymers and their Cooperative work experience for MS clinical chemistry students. Credit 0 industrial usage. (1028-702 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4

1028-721 Physical Chemistry of Polymers Materials Science & Engineering A study of the theoretical and experimental methods available for designing plastics prod- 1028-701 Introduction to Materials Science ucts and selecting appropriate materials, with special emphasis on the interrelationships The course provides an understanding of the relationship between structure and properties between materials, product design, tooling construction and manufacturing producibility. for development of new materials. Topics include atomic and crystal structure, crystalline (1028-702 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 defects, diffusion theories, strengthening mechanisms, ferrous alloys, cast irons, structure of ceramic and polymeric materials and corrosion principles. (Graduate standing or permission 1028-722 Polymer Processing of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) A study of the basic principles and methods involved in the technology of processing polymeric materials, including treatments of heat transfer, mass transfer, mixing and shaping or 1028-702 Introduction to Polymer Science molding of these materials. (1028-702 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 A study of the chemical nature of plastics detailing the relationships between polymerization conditions, structure and properties in both the solid and fluid states. (1028-701 or equiv- 1028-730 Optical Properties of Materials alent) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) Fundamentals of geometrical and physical optics, interaction of radiation with matter, dielectrics and thin films, introduction to electro-optic and acousto-optic effects. (1028-704 1028-703 Solid State Science or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 Survey of topics in the physics of solids. Included are crystal symmetry, structure and binding; mechanical, thermal and electrical properties of insulators, semiconductors and 1028-733 Magnetic Properties of Materials conductors, including band theory. (1028-704 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) Magnetostatics, creation and measurement of magnetic fields, galvano-magnetic and mag- neto-optic effects, magnetic materials, applications. (1028-701 and 704 or equivalents) 1028-704 Introduction to Theoretical Methods Class 4, Credit 4 Treatment of waves and fields; selected topics of interest in electrodynamics and fluid mechanics; statistical mechanics; Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac distributions and their applications. (Graduate standing or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F)

154 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

1028-734 Advanced Optics 1050-703 Color Appearance Lasers: theory, types and construction; optics of metals; multilayer dielectrics; electro- and This course is for students who have an understanding of the applications of colorimetry. It acousto-optic modulators and deflectors; optical detectors. (1028-730 or equivalent) presents the transition from the measurement of color patches and differences to the descrip- Class 4, Credit 4 tion and measurement of color appearance. This seminar course is based mainly on review and discussion of primary references. Topics include appearance terminology, appearance 1028-736 Amorphous & Semicrystalline Materials phenomena, viewing conditions, chromatic adaption and color appearance modeling. Electrical, thermal and optical properties of amorphous materials; model of conduction. (1050-702) Class 3, Credit 3 (S) (1028-701, 703, 704 or equivalents) Class 4, Credit 4 1050-721 Color Measurement Laboratory I 1028-740 Nuclear Science & Engineering This course is the first part of a two-course sequence in which students develop the back- Systemics of the atomic nuclei, radioactivity, nuclear reactions, fission, nuclear reactor prin- ground and skills required for successful laboratory practice for color science research ciples, designs, materials and safety. (1028-701 and 704 or permission of instructor) including data management and analysis, technical writing, and basic programming. Topics Class 4, Credit 4 include the instrumentation and standardization required for high quality optical radiation measurements, analysis, techniques for determining the accuracy and precision of those meas- 1028-760 Plasma Science urements, the optical properties of objects and radiation, optical and electronic design of An introduction to plasma science; a study of the basic phenomena and application of plasma spectroradiometric and spectrophotometric instrumentation, the use of standard ference to etching, deposition, polymerization, plasma production of materials, analytical emission materials for calibration, and evaluation of instrumentation and psychophysical experimen- spectroscopy and atmospheric science. (1028-701 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 tation. (Corequisite: 1050-701) Class 1, Lab 3, Credit 3 (F) Course Descriptions Course 1028-770 Physics & Chemistry of IC Processes 1050-722 Color Measurement Laboratory II Study of the various processing steps used in integrated circuit fabrication technology with This course is the second part of a two-course sequence in which students develop the back- special emphasis on diffusion, thermal oxidation, ion implantation and plasma-assisted dep- ground and skills required for successful laboratory practice for color science research osition and etching processes. Process modeling using SUPREM. (1028-703 or permission including data management and analysis, technical writing,and basic programming. Topics of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 include the precision and accuracy analysis of color measuring instrumentation, color tolerance psychophysics, and building an imaging colorimeter. (1050-701, 1050-721, 1028-800 Special Topics corequisite 1050-702) Class 1, Lab 3, Credit 3 (W) In addition to in-depth study of any of the courses listed under Elective Courses, special topics may be selected from such areas as elastomers, organometallics, radiation damage, 1050-751, 752, 753 Special Topics processing of materials, superconductivity, sensors and actuators, etc. (Permission of instruc- Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected from the field tor) Class variable, Credit 4 of color science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not offered every quarter. Consult the color science graduate program coordinator.) Credit variable 1028-877 External Research Research using equipment and facilities at a site other than RIT. Prior to enrollment in the 1050-799 Independent Study course, a proposal from the student that includes a letter of support from the host facility is An independent project in an area of color science not covered in the available courses. This evaluated for determination of credit to be awarded upon successful completion of the proj- project can be experimental research, literature review, or other appropriate work. This ect. A total of 8 quarter credit hours, with a maximum of 4 quarter credit hours per quarter, course requires a formal proposal and a faculty sponsor. Credit variable can be applied toward the MS degree. For matriculated MSE students employed full time by local companies. (Permission of program director) Credit variable 1050-801 Color Science Seminar A seminar course in which students will study the literature in particular areas of color sci- 1028-879 Research & Thesis Guidance ence and present that material to the class. Topics will be based on student interest and A project involving research on a topic in materials science and engineering. An oral exam- current issues in the field. Available to color science MS students or by permission of the ination and written thesis are required. Credit variable instructor. May be taken more than once for credit with permission of coordinator. Class 1, Credit 1 (F, W, S) 1028-890 Seminar Required for completion of the program and involves a one-hour presentation on some 1050-813 Color Modeling topic in materials science in engineering. Class variable, Credit 1 (F, S) This course explores mathematical techniques for predicting the spectral and colorimetric properties of colored materials and images from user-controller drive signals. color systems that 1028-899 Independent Study are modeled include paint, computer-controlled LCD, continuous and halftone printing, and This course number should be used by students wishing to study a topic on an independ- spectral cameras. Accompanying laboratory stresses the use of multivariate statistics, nonlinear ent study basis. (Permission of instructor) Credit variable optimization, and technical writing. Final laboratory consists of a spectral-based color reproduction system including input, display, and printed output. (1050-702) Class 4, Credit 4 (S)

Color Science 1050-840 Color Science MS Project 1050-701 Vision & Psychophysics An independent project in an area of color science that serves as the major culminating expe- This course provides an overview of the human visual system and psychophysical techniques rience for students in the Graduate Project Option of the color science MS program. This used to investigate it with an emphasis on applications to imaging. The ﬁrst half of the project can be an experiment, critical literature review, demonstration or other appropriate course covers topics including threshold techniques, one- and multi-dimensional scaling work. This course requires a formal proposal and faculty sponsor; a written technical report techniques, and psychometric functions. The second half of the course includes discussions and oral presentation of the results. Credit 4 of the anatomy and physiology of the visual system and aspects of functional vision ranging from form and color perception to motion and depth perception. Class 4, Credit 4 (F) 1050-890 Research & Thesis Thesis based on experimental evidence obtained by the candidate in an appropriate topic as 1050-702 Applied Colorimetry arranged between the candidate and the coordinator of the program. Credit 9 (minimum This course covers the principles of color science including theory and application. Topics for MS) include CIE colorimetry, the use of linear algebra for color transformations, the Munsell color order system, metamerism, color inconstancy, history and theory of color tolerance equations 1050-999 Color Science Co-op and spaces, and an overview of color management. Class 4, Credit 4 (W) Cooperative work experience for graduate color science students. Credit 0

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 155

Imaging Science 1051-717 Linear Image Mathematics II This course continues the development of mathematical methods required to describe con- 1051-706, 707, 708 Introduction to Imaging Science tinuous and discrete linear systems that was begun in 1051-716, with emphasis placed on This course is focused on familiarizing students with research activities in the Carlson Center, the use of discrete models of imaging systems. The various types and effects of quantization research practices in the university, research environment and policies and procedures impact- are considered first, followed by discussions of common means to process sampled and ing graduate students. The course is coupled with the research seminar sponsored by the quantized images. The use of linear models of imaging systems is considered, including he Center for Imaging Science (usually weekly presentations) The students are expected to discussion of the valid limiting cases of optical imaging in coherent and incoherent light. attend and participate in the seminar as part of the course. The course will also address issues The course concludes with discussions of various applications of the mathematical models. and practices associated with technical presentation and technical writing. Credits earned in Also offered online. (1051-716) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) this course apply to research requirements. Class 1, Credit 1 (F, W, S) 1051-721, 722, 723 Imaging Laboratory I, II, III 1051-711 Basic Principles of Imaging Science I This three quarter laboratory is designed to parallel the Basic Principles of Imaging Science I, This course, the first in a two-quarter sequence, provides the student with a basic under- II, and Noise and Random Processes core requirements. It provides hands-on experience with standing of the scientific principles associated with electromagnetic radiation propagation, imaging materials and devices, digital imaging techniques, electro-optical devices, and other image capture and formation, and image processing used to reproduce or display images. The imaging modalities. It is intended to reinforce course work and provide the student exposure first part of the course focuses on the image capture phase of the imaging chain. The funda- to, and facility with, a broad variety of instrumentation and analytical methods. In addition, mentals of the interaction between light and matter are covered. These concepts are then used statistical methods of data analysis will be introduced and utilized. Class 1, Lab 3, Credit 1 to understand the operation and limitation of detectors, including charge-coupled devices (F, W, S) Course Descriptions Course and conventional film. The latter part of the course focuses on the image display stage of the image chain. Both mean level and spatial properties are discussed. The final part of the course 1051-726 Computing for Imaging Science ties together the basic principles covered and uses these to understand system design opti- A course to prepare graduate students in science and engineering to use computers as mization. Also offered online (Credit or coregistration in 1051-716) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) required by their disciplines. Covers: the organization and programming of computers at various levels of abstraction (e.g. assembly, macros, high-level languages, libraries), advanced 1051-712 Basic Principles of Imaging Science II programming techniques, the design, implementation, and validation of large computer This is the second in a two-quarter sequence that completes a detailed description of the ele- programs, modern programming practices, introduction to a programming environment ments of the imaging chain and their interrelationships. In the first module of the course, a and to a variety of programming languages. Programming projects will be required. Also basic description of optics is provided starting from electromagnetic principles. In the second offered online. Class 4, Credit 4 (W) module, fundamental techniques for image processing are described, tying in elements from optics, detector physics, and image display. In the final module, the human vision system and 1051-728 Design & Fabrication of Solid State Cameras color perception are discussed. Also offered online. (Credit or coregistration in 1051-717) The purpose of this course is to provide the student with hands-on experience in building a Class 4, Credit 4 (W) CCD camera. The course provides the basics of CCD operation including an overview, CCD clocking, analog output circuitry, cooling, and evaluation criteria. Class 1.5, Lab 7.5, 1051-713 Noise & Random Processes Credit 4 (W) The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding and ability in modeling noise and random processes within the context of imaging systems. The focus will be on stationary 1051-736 Geometrical Optics random processes in both one dimension (time) and two dimensions (spatial). Power spec- This course leads to a thorough understanding of the geometrical properties of optical imag- trum estimation will be developed and applied to signal characterization in the frequency ing systems. A method is developed of performing a first-order design of an optical system, domain. The effect of linear filtering will be modeled and applied to signal detection and applicable to uniform and gaussian beams. The following topics are included: paraxial optics maximization of SNR. The matched filter and the Wiener filter will be developed. Signal of axisymmetric systems, Gaussian optics (cardinal points, pupils and stops, optical invari- detection and amplification will be modeled, using noise figure and SNR as measures of sys- ant), propagation of energy through lens systems, basic optical instruments and components, tem quality. At completion of the course, the student should have the ability to model gradient index optics, finite raytracing, introduction to aberrations, geometrical optics of signals and noise within imaging systems. Also offered online. (1051-711, 712, 716, 717 or gaussian beams. Also offered online. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (F in class, S online) permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) 1051-737 Physical Optics 1051-714 Information Theory for Imaging Systems The wave properties of light and their application to imaging systems and metrology. This course develops a basic understanding of the efficient representation of information for Polarization, birefringence, interference and interferometers, spatial and temporal coher- storage and transmission. Classical concepts of information theory are developed and ence, scalar diffraction theory are covered. (1051-717) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) applied to image compression, storage and transmission. The intent is to develop a foundation for the efficient handling of image-based information in imaging systems. Also offered 1051-738 Optical Image Formation online. (1051-711, 712, 716, 717 or consent of instructor)(offered alternate years, offered This course presents a unified view of the formation of images and image quality of an opti- 2004-05) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) cal system from an applications viewpoint, but with a strict mathematical development. Topics covered are: geometrical and diffraction theory of aberrations, image quality criteria 1051-716 Linear Image Mathematics I and MTF, MTF tolerance theory, image formation with coherent light. Throughout the This course develops the mathematical methods required to describe continuous and discrete course, the problem of image formation is treated also in its inverse form of designing an opti- linear systems, with special emphasis on tasks required in the analysis or synthesis of imaging cal imaging system that satisfies a given set of specifications. (1051-737) Class 3, Lab 3, systems. The classification of systems as linear/nonlinear and shift variant/ invariant is dis- Credit 4 (S) cussed first, followed by development and use of the convolution integral. This is followed by a discussion of Fourier methods as applied to the analysis of linear systems, including the 1051-739 Principles of Solid State Imaging Fourier series and Fourier transform. Emphasis is placed on the physical meaning and inter- This course covers the basics of solid state physics, electrical engineering, linear systems and pretation of these transform methods. Image sampling and quantization is introduced and imaging needed to understand modern focal plane array design and use. The course emphasizes discrete convolution and Fourier transform is considered. Within the context of image analy- knowledge of the working of infrared arrays. (Optics, Linear Systems) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) sis, imaging systems as a linear filter, image enhancement and information extraction and several basic image processing techniques are also introduced. Also offered online. Class 4, 1051-742 Testing of Focal Plane Arrays Credit 4 (F) An introduction to the techniques used for the testing of solid state imaging detectors such as CCDs, CMOS and Infrared Arrays is provided. Focal plane array users in industry, government and university need to ensure that key operating parameters for such devices either fall within an operating range or that the limitation to the performance is understood. This is a hands-on course where the students will measure the performance parameters of a particular camera in detail. While this course can be taken individually, students will obtain maximum educational value by taking it as the third part of a sequence of imaging science courses preceded by 1051-739 Principles of Solid State Imaging Arrays and then 1051-728 Design and Fabrication of a Solid State Camera. (Graduate status in imaging science or permission of instructor) Class 2, Lab 6, Credit 4 (S) 156 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

1051-749 Color Reproduction 1051-782 Introduction to Digital Image Processing This course presents the concepts required for an understanding of the relationships After a brief review of 2-dimensional signal processing, the course discusses the processing between mean-level input and output in various color imaging systems. Analog, digital, and of images on a computer. It includes methods of contrast manipulation, image smoothing, hybrid color imaging systems will be covered. Special emphasis will be given to mean-level and image sharpening using a variety of linear and non-linear methods. Also discussed are reproduction in photography, printing, and television. Offered online. (F) methods of edge and line enhancement and detection, followed by techniques of image segmentation. The course concludes with a discussion of image degradation models and image 1051-751, 752, 753 Special Topics: Imaging Science restoration. Also offered online. Class 4, Credit 4 (F) Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected from the field of imaging science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not offered every quarter. 1051-784 DIP: Spatial Pattern Recognition Consult the imaging science graduate program coordinator.) Credit variable This course develops a fundamental understanding of adaptive pattern recognition and a basic working knowledge of techniques that can be used in a broad range of applications. 1051-761 Principles of Remote Sensing & Image Analysis Inherent in adaptive pattern recognition is the ability of the system to learn by supervised or An introduction to radiometric concepts as they relate to remote sensing. The emphasis is unsupervised training, or by competition within a changing environment. The effectiveness on aerial and satellite imaging systems operating from 0.4 - 20 um. After a brief review of of the system depends upon it structure, adaptive properties and specifics of the application. the field, the basic radiometry concepts needed for remote sensing are introduced and a gov- Particular structures that are developed and analyzed include statistical PR, clustering sys- erning equation for radiance reaching the sensor is carefully derived. Also offered online. tems, fuzzy clustering systems, multilayered perceptrons (with a variety of weight training Class 4, Credit 4 (F) algorithms), and associative memory systems. The goal is to gain both a fundamental and working knowledge of each kind of system and the ability to make a good system selection 1051-762 Remote Sensing & Image Analysis II when faced with a real application design. Also offered online. Class 4, Credit 4 (W) Descriptions Course The problem of inverting recorded image data to surface reflectance on temperature values is treated using a variety of techniques, including the use of ground truth, “in scene” methods, 1051-786 Advanced Digital Image Processing and radiation propagation models. Multispectral digital image processing methods are intro- This course investigates algorithms and techniques for a variety of imaging applications. The duced and their utility in various remote sensing applications considered. The potential for techniques build on the background that is established in the course 1051-782 Introduction including multiple sources of data in image analysis is treated through consideration of mul- to Digital Image Processing, which focuses on basic image processing methods. The course tispectral image data fusion and the use of geographic information systems. (1051-761) Also is taught using a lecture and group project format, in which the lectures focus on advanced offered online. Class 4, Credit 4 (W) techniques and provide applications of their use in selected applications. The group projects enable students to work on substantial designs that require the understanding of the task 1051-763 Remote Sensing & Image Analysis III domain, exploration of solution methods by analysis and prototyping, and implementation Analysis of digital remotely sensed images is treated with emphasis on multispectral analysis of a selected approach. Each team presents a preliminary plan, an approach with feasibility techniques. This includes consideration of multivariate discriminate analysis and principal analysis, and a final demonstration. (1051-726, 1051-782 or permission of instructor) Class components for material identification and analysis. Special topics such as radar, Fraunhofer 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years, offered 2005–06) (S) line discriminator, hierarchical classifiers will also be treated. (1051-762) Also offered online. Class 4, Credit 4 (S) 1051-790 Image Rendering This course covers the fundamental principles of computer image synthesis with a focus on 1051-765 Remote Sensing Systems rendering techniques. Topics include geometric scene specification, shading (e.g., flat, This course is designed to draw on the student’s knowledge of linear system theory, digital Gouraud, Phong), and global illumination rendering (e.g., ray tracing, radiosity). Commercial image processing, and noise concepts and apply it to an end-to-end system in an area asso- software such as OpenGL and Radiance will be briefly described. Lastly, the design, advantages ciated with remote sensing. Generalized concepts from these fields will be focused to show and limitations of modern computer graphics hardware are discussed. Students implement how they can be applied to solve remote sensing image analysis and systems design and eval- fundamental computer graphics techniques and produce images using IDL (or similar) envi- uation problems. An overriding objective is on the application of theory to practice. ronment. (Graduate status CIS or permission of instructor, 1051-726 or equivalent, Matrix (Permission of instructor) Credit 4 Algebra) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years, offered 2005–06) (W)

1051-774 Vision & Psychophysics 1051-797 Principles of Computer Tomographic Imaging This course provides an overview of the human visual system and psychophysical techniques Image reconstruction from projections is introduced as a mathematical problem. Technique used to investigate it. The optical, sensory, and neural aspects of vision and image quality for reconstruction via Fourier domain is explained using Fourier slice theorem. Simple and are treated. Topics include color vision, adaptation, sensor response functions, neural net- ﬁltered back-projection and iterative methods are analyzed. Algorithms for various tech- works, and an introduction to electro-optical and computational analogs. Also offered niques are developed and artifacts and noise in discrete case are considered. Applications to online. Class 4, Credit 4 (F) several medical imaging modalities are outlined, with brief consideration of the physics of imaging involved in each case. Class 4, Credit 4 (S) 1051-775 Applied Colorimetry This course covers the principles of color science including theory and application. Topics 1051-799 Independent Study include CIE colorimetry, the use of linear algebra for color transformations, the Munsell An independent project in an area of imaging science not covered in the available courses. color order system, metamerism, color inconstancy, history and theory of color tolerance This project can be experimental research, literature review, or other appropriate work. This equations and spaces, and an overview of color management. Also offered online. Class 4, course requires a formal proposal and a faculty sponsor. Credit variable Credit 4 (W) 1051-807 Hard Copy Systems 1051-776 Color Modeling The focus is on concepts of “Imaging Systems” and system’s Image Quality (IQ) metrics of This course explores mathematical techniques for predicting the spectral and colorimetric concern in systems which are not discussed elsewhere in the curriculum. These will include properties of colored materials and images from user-controlled drive signals. Color systems concepts such as costs, reliability, and permanence. Two particular types of imaging systems that are modeled include pain, computer-controlled LCD, continuous and halftone print- will be covered in detail. The ﬁrst, designated the “Internal Imaging System”, focuses on ing, and spectral cameras. Accompanying laboratory stresses the use of multivariate statistics, strategies for the design and quality optimization of components internal to individual tech- nonlinear optimization, and technical writing. Final laboratory consists of a spectral-based nologies. The second type of imaging system, designated the “External Imaging System”, color reproduction system including input, display, and printed output (1051-775) Class 4, focuses on strategies for the design and quality optimization of components of an imaging Credit 4 (S) chain. Class 4, Credit 4 (S)

1051-779 Astronomical Instrumentation & Techniques 1051-812 Medical Imaging Systems This course provides an in-depth look at various pieces of instrumentation used in many low This is an advanced graduate level course that describes existing medical imaging systems in light imaging applications with emphasis on astronomical requirements. Aspects of hardware, terms familiar to imaging scientists and electrical engineers. These include impulse response, systems analysis, and performance calculation will be covered. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered the transfer functions, and the signal to noise ratio. The course considers in detail, four dif- occasionally) (S) ferent imaging modalities: conventional projection X-ray, CT, ultrasonic imaging, and magnetic resonance imaging. A complete system is examined piece by piece in terms of subsystems. Class 4, Credit 4 (S)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 157

1051-816 Color Systems This course builds on the theory and concepts presented in the Color Reproduction and Color Modeling courses to cover the key techniques utilized in device-independent color imaging systems. Topics covered include: device calibration and characterization (input, output, display), device proﬁles, multidimensional look-up table construction, inversion, and interpolation, gamut mapping, appearance matching, and color-management systems. Also offered online. Class 4, Credit 4 (W in class, S online)

1051-840 MS Project Paper The analysis and solution of Imaging Science Systems problems for students enrolled in Systems Capstone option. Credit 1

1051-890 Research & Thesis Thesis (MS) or dissertation (Ph.D.) based on experimental data obtained by the candidate for an appropriate topic as arranged between the candidate and the research advisor. Credit variable

1051-999 Imaging Science Grad Co-op Course Descriptions Course Cooperative work experience for graduate imaging science students. Credit 0

158 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

The National Technical Institute for the Deaf is the world’s largest technological college for deaf students. Among RIT’s more than 15,000 full- and part-time students are more than 1,100 deaf students from the United States and other countries. Within NTID, students can choose from more than 23 ﬁelds of study to earn associate degrees. Hearing students may pursue an associate or bachelor’s degree T. Alan Hurwitz, in ASL-English interpretation from NTID. Vice President Or students may choose from more than and Dean 200 technical and professional courses of study to pursue bachelor’s or master’s degrees through RIT’s other seven colleges. Master of Science in Secondary Education of Students Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing Gerald C. Bateman, Director, 585-475-6480 (voice/TTY) The National Technical Institute for the Deaf offers a graduate program leading to the master of science degree in secondary education of students who are deaf or hard of hearing. The unique program prepares professionals to meet the national need for excellent teachers of secondary students who are deaf or hard of hearing. The program’s purpose includes the preparation of teachers not only as effective practitioners but also as leaders in the profession. NTID is a logical home for this innovative program. Faculty members are international leaders in research and the art of teaching in the education of deaf people. A carefully designed system of faculty advisement is a prominent feature of this program. On- campus facilities, state-of-the-art technology and a well-established system of educational access services combine to make this a vital program for both deaf and hearing students who desire careers as professional educators of deaf students. Graduates of teacher education programs at RIT have a 96-percent pass rate on the New York State Teacher Certiﬁcation Examination. Programs Admission guidelines Admission to the program is based on the following criteria: Master of Science • Successful completion of the baccalaureate degree at an SECONDARY EDUCATION OF STUDENTS p. 159 accredited college or university WHO ARE DEAF OR HARD OF HEARING • Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or above • International students are required to obtain a score of 550 or better (213 on computer-based test) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 159

• 30 semester credit hours in a content area are required by New Proposed plan of study York State for initial certification to teach a secondary (grades 7–12) content area. Students who do not have the required num- First Year ber of hours must complete the additional credits before applying Fall Quarter for New York State certification. Secondary academic subjects 0835-703 Special Education in the Social Context include American sign language, English, mathematics, social 0835-701 Psychology & Sociology of Adolescence studies, or science. Note: Major in social studies includes econom- 0835-706 Educational Technology & Teaching ics and government, and at least 21 semester hours in the history 0835-721 Structure of American Sign Language and geography of the United States and world. 0886-xxx ASL course • Applicants must demonstrate a basic knowledge of sign language as measured by a departmental skill assessment or be willing to Winter Quarter take ASL I course at NTID or its equivalent at another college 0835-722 Audition & Spoken Language: Application in Education prior to beginning the program. 0835-712 Curriculum Content & Methods of Instruction • Evidence of professional commitment and potential for success 0835-723 Language Acquisition & Variation in the program: letters of reference and an expository essay 0507-701 History of American Educational Thoughts & Practice • An individual interview 0886-xxx ASL course Costs Spring Quarter On the date of publication, the 2004–2005 tuition for students 0835-860 Student Teaching I * pursuing a master of science degree in secondary education of 0835-820 Perspectives in Teaching Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing Students students who are deaf or hard of hearing is: Second Year Domestic FALL QUARTER • Full time (12–18 credit hours)—$2,739 per quarter 0835-713 Assessment • Part time (11 credit hours or less)—$304 per credit hour 0835-790 Foundations of Educational Research International 0835-724 English Language Development • Full time (12–18 credit hours)—$5,478 per quarter 0835-702 Deaf Students: Educational & Cultural Diversity • Part time (11 credit hours or less)—$609 per credit hour Winter Quarter Credits 0835-880 Master’s Project Seminar 0835-701 Psychology and Sociology of Adolescence 4 0835-861 Student Teaching II * 0835-702 Deaf Students: Educational and Cultural Diversity 4 0835-703 Special Education in the Social Context 4 Spring Quarter 0835-704 Teaching Deaf Learners with Secondary Disabilities 4 0835-890 Master’s Project 0835-705 Political/Legal Environment 4 0835-704 Teaching Deaf Learners with Secondary Disabilities 0835-706 Educational Technology and Teaching 2 0835-705 Political/Legal Environment 0835-712 Curriculum Content and Methods of Instruction 4 0835-713 Assessment 4 * Minimum of 250 hours of supervised student teaching working 0835-721 Structure of American Sign Language 4 with deaf and hard-of-hearing students at the 7–12 grade level. 0835-722 Audition & Spoken Language: Application in Education 4 In addition to the above requirement, 100 hours of field experience 0835-723 Language Acquisition and Variation 4 is required before the first student teaching placement. 0835-724 English Language Development 4 0835-790 Foundations of Educational Research 4 Degree requirements 0835-820 Perspectives in Teaching Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Students 2 Course work will require a minimum of six quarters. A cumulative 0835-860 Student Teaching I 10 GPA of at least 3.0 must be maintained. Before graduation, 0835-861 Student Teaching II 10 students are expected to have at least intermediate-level signing 0835-880 Master’s Project Seminar 2 skills as determined by the Sign Communication Proficiency 0835-890 Master’s Project 8 Interview (SCPI). 0835-898 Special Topics variable Professional Development Seminars 0 0886-xxx American Sign Language * 8 0507-701 History of American Educational Thoughts and Practice 4 Total Credits 94 * ASL course placements and credit by exam for ASL courses are determined by the Department of Sign Language and Interpreting Education. Note: At graduation, students are expected to have at least intermediate-level signing skills as determined by the Sign Communication Proficiency Interview (SCPI). 160 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Professional Fellowship Program Susan Foster, BA, Northwestern GRADUATE FACULTY University; BS, University of Maine; Dianne Brooks, Associate Dean, M.Ed., Bridgewater State College; 585-475-2087 (voice/TTY) Ph.D., Syracuse University— National Technical Professor The professional fellowship program at NTID is a full-tuition fel- Institute for the Ronald Kelly, BS, M.Ed., Ph.D., lowship for deaf or hard-of-hearing students who choose to pursue University of Nebraska at Lincoln— selected technical programs of study. The purpose of this fellowship Deaf Professor Baldev Kaur Khalsa, BA, M.Ed., is to expand options for deaf and hard-of-hearing persons in the John A. Albertini, BA, Drew Western Maryland College— areas of professional and technical employment by providing the University; MS, Ph.D., Georgetown Assistant Professor opportunity to earn a master’s degree. University—Professor Peter A. Lalley, BS, Siena College; Two fellowship appointments are made each year to qualified Gerald C. Bateman, BS, MS, State MS, Catholic University of America; University of New York College deaf and hard-of-hearing graduate students who are pursuing Ph.D., State University of New York at Geneseo; Ed.D., University of a two- or three-year master’s degree program at RIT.* To qualify at Buffalo—Professor for the fellowship, students must first apply for graduate study Rochester—Professor; Director, MSSE Harry G. Lang, BS, Bethany in one the following program areas: College; MS, Rochester Institute Gerald P. Berent, BA, University of • Photography/fine arts/graphic arts/communication of Technology; Ed.D., University Virginia; Ph.D., University of North • Business/management of Rochester—Professor Carolina–Chapel Hill—Professor • Engineering and related programs Barbara G. McKee, BA, MA, Joseph Bochner, BA, City University • Science, mathematics, and imaging science Michigan State University; Ph.D., of New York-Queens College; MA, Syracuse University—Associate • Computer science and information technology Ph.D., University of Wisconsin— Professor Students who are accepted into one of the above-mentioned Associate Professor Jeffrey E. Porter, B.Ed., M.Ed., programs and who are chosen for the fellowship will receive: Paula Brown, BA, University of University of Virginia; Ph.D., • Full tuition waiver for a master’s degree Missouri, Columbia; MA, Kent State Washington University—Associate • A guaranteed part-time, career-related, paid internship University; MS, Ph.D., University Professor at NTID for which the recipient will receive a $15,000 of Rochester—Associate Professor Sara Schley, BA, Reed College; annual stipend Karen Christie, BS, M.Ed., Lewis MA, Northeastern University; Ed.D., and Clark College; Ph.D., University • Free housing on campus in a single room in a residence hall† Harvard University—Assistant of Pittsburgh—Assistant Professor The only expenses remaining for the recipient are food, health Professor Patricia A. DeCaro, BA, Earlham insurance, books, and supplies. J. Matt Searls, BA, MA, Gallaudet College; MS, State University of New Recipients must complete course work within two to three years, University; Ph.D., American York College at Brockport maintain a 3.0 GPA, and meet the same university requirements University—Assistant Professor Carol Lee De Filippo, BA, Newark as other matriculated graduate students. Nora Shannon, BS, Nazareth State College; MS, Purdue College; MS, Canisius College— University; MS, Ph.D., Washington Fellowship selection guidelines Assistant Professor; Coordinator University—Associate Professor The NTID Selection Committee evaluates applicants on academic of Student Teaching, MSSE Judy C. Egelston-Dodd, BS, MS, Donald G. Sims, BA, University achievement, clarity of career goals, prior work experience, commu- State University of New York at of Colorado; MS, Ph.D., University nity involvement, and leadership ability or potential. Albany; Ed.D., State University of Pittsburgh—Associate Professor The fellowship recipient must first apply and be accepted to a two- of New York at Buffalo—Professor Michael S. Stinson, BA, University to three-year master’s degree program and therefore must meet the Susan Fischer, AB, Radcliffe College; of California at Berkeley; MA, Ph.D., requirements of the individual program to which he or she applies. Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute University of Michigan—Professor In addition, fellowship selection is based on the following criteria: of Technology—Professor • Successful completion of the baccaluareate degree from an accredited college or university • United States citizenship • A 70-decibel or greater hearing loss in the better ear, unaided • G.P.A. of at least 3.0 • Acceptance into a program of graduate study at RIT Application materials should be submitted by February 1 for admission the following fall. Applicants will be notified after May 1. For application materials and more information, contact: NTID Office of Outreach and Transition Services 585-475-2087 (voice/TTY) [email protected]

* Students pursuing a master’s certiﬁcate program do not qualify for this fellowship. † Fellows are required to live in an on-campus residence hall.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 161

Secondary Education of Students Section 02 Mathematics Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing This course examines issues and methods related to teaching mathematics at the secondary level to students who are deaf or hard of hearing. Current instructional methods, curricu- 0835-701 Psychology & Sociology of Adolescence lum and professional resources in mathematics are studied through seminars, readings, The purpose of this course is to examine the psychological and social development of ado- special projects, observations and work with content-area specialists and teachers in second- lescents. The ways that family, school and community affect the adolescent’s development, ary-level mathematics courses. Credit 4 including effects on cognitive processes, identity formation and peer relationships, are considered. Psychological and sociological perspectives on the adolescent experience in general Section 03 Science are used to provide a framework for understanding the development of deaf adolescents. This course examines issues and methods in teaching secondary level science to deaf and Educational implications of the theories and research presented are discussed. Credit 4 hard-of-hearing students, including the selection, modification, and use of curriculum materials in science. Discussions will be concerned with instructional strategies, classroom 0835-702 Deaf Students: Educational & Cultural Diversity management, cognitive development, testing and evaluation, lab report writing and theories This course introduces the concepts underlying cultural anthropology and uses a cross-cul- of science teaching. Students will be required to observe teachers in secondary level science tural approach to examine issues that include transmission and preservation of culture, courses. Credit 4 cultural change and transformation, concepts of marginality, and majority and minority cultures. Deaf culture is examined and compared with other cultures, using comparative studies Section 04 Social Studies and cultural constructs such as norms, values and beliefs. The relationship between educa- This course examines issues and methods related to teaching social studies at the secondary Course Descriptions Course tion and culture is discussed, and the nature of this relationship with respect to Deaf culture level to students who are deaf or hard of hearing. Through seminars, readings, special proj- is studied. Credit 4 ects, and work with content area specialists/teachers, current instructional methods, curriculum and professional resources in social studies are examined. Students will be 0835-703 Special Education in the Social Context required to observe teachers of secondary level social studies courses at public schools, resi- This course takes a sociological approach to disability and special education. Three models of dential schools for deaf students or in mainstream programs. Credit 4 disability are introduced: clinical, social interactionist, and political. The models provide a foundation for the course and guide study of three major aspects of disability and special edu- Section 05 American Sign Language cation. First, students explore how each of the models has guided and continues to guide This course examines issues and methods related to teaching American Sign Language at the service and social institutions for persons with disabilities including educational and rehabil- secondary level. Students investigate and analyze current approaches to ASL curriculum, itation services. Second, students examine the process through which people with disabilities instruction, and materials through readings, observations, and seminars. Students design are so labeled and the interaction between these individuals and others (family, school, com- content area projects to demonstrate their understanding of teaching theories and methods, munity). Third, students analyze the role of the human service professional (including curriculum design and evaluation techniques. Credit 4 teachers) and the ways in which training programs reflect the various models of disability. The course draws heavily on a variety of philosophical, theoretical, conceptual and methodologi- 0835-713 Assessment cal perspectives including phenomenology, symbolic interaction, and human ecology. This course addresses assessment as a process involving the choice and interpretation of Credit 4 assessment measures to diagnose the need for and aid in planning for services, referrals and placement of secondary students who are deaf and hard of hearing, including students with 0835-704 Teaching Deaf Learners with Secondary Disabilities other secondary disabilities. The respective roles of the classroom teacher, school psycholo- This course focuses on providing students with basic information regarding the needs of deaf gist, parents and support service providers are addressed. Assessment and educational learners with disabilities, including (1) developmental disability, (2) emotional or behavioral planning for a student are viewed from an ecological perspective, including the family, the disorder, (3) learning disability, attention deficit disorder or attentional deficit hyperactivity school, the community, the support services and the legal systems. This course also addresses disorder, or (4) visual impairment. Topics include incidence, identification, assessment and the development and interpretation of assessment measures of learning through teacher- teaching strategies. The goal is to enable students to see students in a holistic fashion, and in- made, criterion-referenced, curriculum-based and norm-referenced methods. Credit 4 corporates the perspectives of parents, teachers and students themselves through site visits, interviews and panel discussion. The course regularly incorporates guest lecturers who have 0835-721 Structure of American Sign Language specialized expertise in teaching or research in one or more topic areas. Credit 4 This course concentrates on the linguistic structures of American Sign Language (ASL). Students examine all levels of structure from phonology (sublexical) through morphology 0835-705 Political/Legal Environment and syntax to semantics and discourse. ASL structures will be elucidated through compari- The relationship of the goals and processes of deaf education to those of special education son and contrast with English and other spoken languages or dialects, as well as with other and education in general is explored. The course provides a detailed examination of histor- sign languages. ASL literacy, language variation and code switching in the deaf population ical and current demographic, economic, political, legal and social trends that affect the are also examined. Credit 4 education of deaf and hard-of-hearing students. Current federal and state legislation affecting students with disabilities is analyzed and critiqued. Credit 4 0835-722 Audiology & Spoken Language: Applications in Education 0835-706 Educational Technology & Teaching This course focuses on the ways individuals comprehend and produce spoken English. It This introductory course provides an overview of the use of educational technologies to provides a functional understanding of auditory physiology, speech perception and deafness, enhance the learning experiences of deaf students. The use of productivity software and edu- hearing aids and other assistive listening devices. Procedures for audiological and speech/lan- cational software including Web-based instruction and resources are explored. The selection, guage assessment are examined with their implications for auditory training, speechreading development, implementation, and evaluation of technology-based solutions are addressed. and speech/language instruction. Models of collaboration among teachers, speech/language Instructional materials are created following a simplified model of instructional development. pathologists and audiologists to enhance students’ communication using spoken English are Credit 2 discussed and observed. Credit 4

0835-712 Curriculum Content & Methods of Instruction 0835-723 Language Acquisition & Variation Note: There are five discipline-specific courses here, designated by section: 01 English, 02 This course is designed to familiarize students with the processes involved in learning Mathematics, 03 Science, 04 Social Studies and 05 American Sign Language. Students will English with a focus on reading and writing. The course concentrates on those aspects of take only the section focusing on the content area in which they will be certified. English language development that pertain to teaching deaf and hard-of-hearing students in Descriptions of all five sections follow. grades 7 to 12. Students investigate deaf learners’ attainments in reading and writing, patterns of English language performance observed in deaf learners, relationships between Section 01 English spoken and written English performance, bilingual/bicultural issues related to English learn- This course examines issues and methods related to teaching English at the secondary level to ing and use, second language teaching strategies, and reading and literacy questions. students who are deaf or hard of hearing. Students investigate and analyze current approaches Credit 4 to curriculum, instruction and materials in the area of English instruction through readings, observations and seminars. Students design content area projects to demonstrate a variety of methodological philosophies. Credit 4

162 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

0835-724 English Language Development 0886-199 American Sign Language I This course is designed to familiarize students with the processes involved in learning Designed for students who have no previous knowledge of American Sign Language. ASL I English with a focus on reading and writing. The course concentrates on those aspects of includes the linguistic features, cultural protocols and core vocabulary for students to func- English language development that pertain to teaching deaf and hard-of-hearing students in tion in basic ASL conversations that include ASL grammar for asking and answering grades 7 to 12. Students investigate deaf learners’ attainments in reading and writing, pat- questions while introducing oneself; exchanging personal information; talking about family, terns of English language performance observed in deaf learners, relationships between friends and surroundings; and discussing activities. Classroom and lab activities include spoken and written English performance, bilingual/bicultural issues related to English learn- practicing conversations and videotaping. Credit 4 ing and use, second language teaching strategies, and reading and literacy questions. Credit 4 0886-200 American Sign Language II This course focuses on continued development of conversational fluency in ASL. Students 0835-790 Foundations of Educational Research learn to accurately recognize and produce ASL with appropriate nonmanual behaviors and This course is an introduction to research and inquiry in education. Perspectives on and issues grammatical features. (American Sign Language I, 0886-199) Credit 4 related to research in the education of people who are deaf and hard of hearing are examined. Students are introduced to the research process, including design, theoretical perspectives, 0886-201 American Sign Language III methods of data collection, validity/reliability, data analysis, and interpretation. Students This course is a continuation of ASL II expanding the emphasis on ASL grammar, syntax, leave this course with a preliminary proposal for the master’s thesis or project. Credit 4 spatial referencing and vocabulary development. ASL III teaches further communicative competencies in ASL conversations beyond the basic level that include telling life events, 0835-820 Perspectives on Teaching Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing Students describing events in time, asking for clarification, correcting, conforming, elaborating on This course reviews fundamental principles of teaching and learning in light of the recently information, agreeing and disagreeing, resolving conflicts, and giving directions. Classroom Descriptions Course completed student teaching assignment. Students analyze examples of theoretical applica- and lab activities include practicing dialogues, short stories, narratives and short conversations in teaching this class and from viewing videotapes of their actual lessons used during tions. (American Sign Language II, 0886-200) Credit 4 the student teaching experience. Students propose a plan for change and skill development. (Student Teaching I, 0835-860) Credit 2 0507-701 History of American Educational Thought & Practice A historical analysis of change and continuity in American educational history from colo- 0835-860 Student Teaching I nial through contemporary America. Special emphasis on the leading historiographical This first practicum consists of 10 weeks (250 hours) of teaching and observation. Student aspects of American educational history and on enabling the student to acquire mastery of teachers are placed with cooperating teachers in residential schools for the deaf. Students the relevant bibliography. Lectures, seminars and readings offer comprehensive coverage of develop lesson and unit plans and teach in the content area in which they plan to receive the salient intellectual themes and a chronological structure to mark the significant educa- New York State certification. (Curriculum Content and Methods of Instruction, 0835-712) tional developments in particular periods-e.g., the Progressive Era, the 1920s and ’30s and Credit 10 post-World War II changes. Course structure: lectures, seminars, readings from multiple paperbacks and class handouts, essay exams and critique. Credit 4 0835-861 Student Teaching II This is an eight-week practicum done in conjunction with an itinerant or resource room Professional Development Seminars cooperating teacher at the middle or secondary level in a mainstream setting with students Variety of topics: second-year students present research topics and ideas to all program fac- who are deaf or hard of hearing. Students develop and deliver support for instruction, par- ulty and students; child abuse and substance abuse; the code of ethics for interpreters; using ticipate in student assessment, and, where appropriate, prepare lesson plans and teach to educational support personnel effectively; identifying and using community resources. specific IEP objectives. (Student Teaching I, 0835-860; Perspectives on Teaching Deaf and Credit 0 Hard-of-Hearing Students, 0835-820) Credit 10

0835-880 Master’s Project Seminar Students ﬁnalize their thesis/project proposal and begin research and development. Students also ﬁnalize the selection of their thesis/project adviser. Format for the seminar is full group meetings in the early part of December followed by individual or small group consultation with thesis/project advisers. (Foundations of Educational Research, 0835-790) Credit 2

0835-890 Master’s Project This is the capstone experience of the master’s degree program. Students must have already submitted an acceptable proposal in order to enroll Project development, presentation, and/or reporting on research, and the preparation of the written thesis are completed in this course. The coursework and project must be completed within a seven-year period; register for one credit of Continuation of Master’s Project each school term (except summer quarter) after all required coursework/student teaching assignments have been met and until the ﬁnal project is completed. Credit variable 0 to 8

0835-898 Special Topics Special topics courses will be developed based on student interest and demand as well as faculty interest and availability. They may include electives in speech, audiology and comparative linguistics, among others. Credit variable

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 163

Rochester Institute of Technology is a recognized leader in the delivery of online asynchronous education. Since the late 1980s, ONLINE GRADUATE PROGRAMS: RIT has been experimenting with distance learning through the use of online education delivery, and in 1991, RIT began offering Master’s Degrees full degrees through distance delivery. • Applied Statistics (page 76) Online Learning is responsible for supporting distance learning, • Cross-Disciplinary Professional Studies (page 18) the RIT online course management software (myCourses), training • Environmental, Health and Safety Management (page 7) for faculty, and assisting the ITS Help Desk with student questions • Health Systems Administration (page 16) about myCourses. Last year, myCourses was used by more than • Imaging Science (page 142) 10,000 students at RIT. Online Learning also reviews emerging • Information Technology (page 51) technologies that support the critical mission of constantly improv- • Microelectronics Manufacturing Engineering (page 72) ing teaching and learning. • Print Media (page 105) RIT offers 38 degree and certificate programs, 10 MS, 5 under- • Software Development and Management (page 50) graduate degrees, 6 graduate certificates, 17 undergrad certificates, • Telecommunications Engineering Technology (page 10) all of which can be earned without ever coming to campus. Advanced Certificates Including graduate and undergraduate courses, RIT offers more • Health Information Resources (page 18) than 400 courses online annually. Students are encouraged to select • Health Systems Finance (page 17) and apply to their chosen academic program, but may enroll in • Human Resource Development (page 15) courses prior to matriculation into a program. • Interactive Multimedia Development (page 54) All courses are taught using Internet and Web-based • Statistical Methods for Product and Process Improvement(page 77) technologies. Students must have full Internet access, a computer, • Statistical Quality (page 76) VCR and monitor, and a telephone to participate in courses. Not • Technical Information Design (page 76) all courses use the same technologies; some will take advantage of toll-free phone conferences; while others use text-based chat; others EXECUTIVE EDUCATION utilize CD-ROMs; some have Web-based simulations, and some require additional software to complete course requirements. RIT offers programs designed specifically for working professionals All courses use asynchronous Internet/Web-based tools for the looking for a flexible option to complete a graduate degree. These fundamental class structure. programs are targeted to working professionals and offer non- Distance students have full access to customer and technical traditional and time-shortened options for degree completion. support through toll-free phone numbers and e-mail. Online The College of Applied Science and Technology offers five learners also have full access to the library and library services. Executive Leader graduate programs that allow career professionals Other online services include registration, access to student records, to pursue a master’s degree with minimal interruption. By combin- bookstore ordering, and academic advising. Registration can also ing summer sessions, distance learning, independent study, and be accomplished through touchtone phone and fax. Upcoming credit for selected work experience and significant professional quarterly schedules can be found at http://online.rit.edu. Once accomplishments. Executive Leader programs allow students to registered, students receive orientation information, including access earn a degree in about 15 months. These accelerated MS degree to registered student pages at http://online.rit.edu. Online learning programs are developed for practicing mid-level managers and for offers students the flexibility to learn on their own time, when and executives who hold a bachelor’s degree and a minimum of five where it best meets their needs. years’ experience in the field. Programs include: All courses offered online meet the same rigorous objectives set • (MS) Hospitality-Tourism Management (page 11) for traditional classroom experiences. Faculty who teach online • (MS) Human Resource Development (page 15) courses often teach the same class in a traditional format. • (MS) Training and Instructional Design (page 15) However, just as each professor establishes the learning outcomes • (MS) Packaging Science (page 9) for a traditional course, their individual choices will be present in • (MS) Service Management (page 12) the online classroom. Most classes establish either a weekly schedule College of Business Executive Programs are designed emerging for learning activities or a project-based learning approach where executives—especially technical and functional specialists interested deliverables are due after certain learning outcomes are accomplished. in improving their organization’s customer satisfaction, product These may include team-based projects, required asynchronous dis- quality, and organizational productivity. cussion, or computer programs. Most classes also include various • (EMBA) Executive Master of Business Administration readings either from textbooks or electronic reserves. Students inter- A general management program for executives with extensive act online with other students to exchange ideas and collaborate work experience. This program can be completed on alternating much like they would face-to-face. weekends in a two-year time frame (see page 38). RIT online learning serves students throughout the United States • (MS) Master of Science in Manufacturing and in some 40 different countries. Those living near Rochester Management & Leadership can choose to take both online and traditional courses as a way of A joint program with the College of Engineering that focuses on the cross-functionality of business and manufacturing in the man- increasing flexibility and remaining on target to complete a degree. ufacturing environment. Students attend part time and complete For more information, contact: RIT Online Learning the program in two years (see page 79). 91 Lomb Memorial Drive • (MS) Master of Science in Product Development Rochester, NY 14623-5603 A joint program with the College of Engineering that focuses on http://online.rit.edu/ the management processes of bringing new products to market. 585-475-5089/5896 (TTY) Classes are held one day per week over a two-year time frame 1-800-CALL-RIT (V/TTY) (see page 77).

164 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Decisions on graduate selection are made by the college offering the start of the final year of undergraduate study. The student must program. Correspondence between the student and the Institute present a final transcript covering all undergraduate study with will be conducted through the Office of Graduate Enrollment in one quarter after first registering for a graduate program. Services, according to the following policies and procedures: Graduate applicants who do not fully satisfy all admission criteria as to grades, test scores or their credentials, but do show 1. Inquiries about, and applications for, graduate study are directed sufficient promise to qualify for a trial period of graduate study, to the Office of Graduate Enrollment Services, Rochester may be admitted on probation to the Institute. Such students Institute of Technology, Bausch & Lomb Center, 58 Lomb must achieve a 3.0 (“B”) program cumulative grade point average Memorial Drive, Rochester, New York, 14623-5604. by the end of their first 12 quarter credit hours of graduate study. 2. The Office of Graduate Enrollment Services will acknowledge Those students who do not meet this criterion will be the inquiry or application, instructing the student as to the infor- suspended. Responsibility for specific requirements and mainte- mation required for admission by the school or department to nance of the students’ appropriate status rests with the student’s which he or she is applying. academic department in consultation with the Office of 3. Once a student has made formal application, the Office of Graduate Enrollment Services and the Registrar. Graduate Enrollment Services will prepare an applicant file for 10.Evaluation of transfer credit (see p. 170) is made by the him or her. All correspondence and admission data will be academic school or department in question. collected by the Office of Graduate Enrollment Services and 11.RIT will admit and hire men and women; veterans; persons placed in the applicant’s file. The file will include an RIT appli- with disabilities; and individuals of any race, creed, religion, cation, previous college records, applicable test scores, letters color, national or ethnic origin, sexual orientation, age or marital of recommendation and other documents that may support status in compliance with all appropriate legislation. admission of the candidate. 4. When all relevant admission data has been received, the applicant’s New York State immunization requirement file will be sent to the appropriate school or department for action. New York State Public Law 2165 requires that all matriculated 5. When the school or department has made a decision on the students enrolled for six or more quarter credit hours in a term application, this decision and the applicant’s file will be returned and born after January 1, 1957, must provide RIT Student to the Office of Graduate Enrollment Services. Health Center with proof that they have received the appropriate 6. The Office of Graduate Enrollment Services will notify the immunizations against measles, rubella and mumps. Immunization student of the admission decision. requirements include: two measles vaccinations at least one month 7. Academic departments may informally advise nonmatriculated apart with a live virus after January 1, 1968, and after the first students, but no formal program of study can be approved prior birthday and one vaccination each against mumps and rubella after to matriculation. January 1, 1969, and after the first birthday. Additional information 8. The formal program of study will be approved by the dean’s concerning the necessary documentation and where it must be sent designee (department head, coordinator or program director, is included with the student’s acceptance packet or available from etc.). This program must be followed by all students applying for the Student Health Center. admission or readmission. 9. The basic entry requirements for master’s degree candidates Readmission include the completion of a four year baccalaureate degree and If a student has become inactive (has not completed a course in whatever other evidence of the applicant’s potential to four quarters) or has withdrawn from RIT, Institute policy requires successfully complete graduate studies may be required by the that the student reapply for admission as follows: particular college. Rare exceptions to the baccalaureate requirement can be made in the case of candidates who have 1. Students who left a graduate program with a GPA of 3.0 or demonstrated unusual competence in their field of specialization. better (in good standing) and will return to the program within For these exceptions the recommendation of the department two years of the time their last course was completed, will be chairperson or director and the approval of the appropriate dean readmitted to the program upon reapplication. and the Graduate Council are required. 2. Students who left the program with a GPA of 3.0 or better and International applicants must demonstrate English language return to the program more than two years after the last course proficiency as part of the admission process. This is normally was completed must meet current admission standards upon accomplished through submission of test scores from the Test reapplication. The program of study shall be subject to review of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Minimum TOEFL and will be rewritten. Previous waiver and/or transfer credit may scores vary by program. Most programs require a TOEFL score be lost and program deficiencies may need to be made up. of 213 (550 paper-based) or higher. Upon arrival at RIT, 3. Students who leave a program with a GPA below 3.0 must meet students with English as a second language may be required to current admission standards upon reapplication. Readmission take the Michigan Test. Depending on the results, a student may will be based on all information, including previous graduate have to enroll in English instruction, which will result in level work. Program requirements in effect at the time of reappli- additional study time and tuition cost. cation will apply. Previous waiver and/or transfer credit may be In certain cases graduate students may be admitted prior to, lost and program deficiencies may need to be made up. but conditional on, completion of the baccalaureate degree. Applicants will not be considered for admission prior to the

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 165

COSTS AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES GRADUATE COSTS Per Year— The Institute reserves the right to change its tuition and fees Tuition Per Quarter 3 Quarters without prior notice. Nonmatriculated students are charged Full-time (12–18 Credit hours) $8,030 $24,090 graduate rates for graduate courses. Part-time (11 Credit hours or less) $676/credit hour $676/credit hour Graduate costs are listed in the table on this page. In addition, any Student Activities Fee $58 $174 graduate student carrying more than 18 credit hours of study will be charged the full-time tuition rate plus $676/credit hour for each hour of study exceeding 18. ELECTRONIC BILLING AND PAYMENT Room and board for full-time students for 2004–2005 will be PRESENTATION (EBPP) $1,161 per quarter for a standard meal plan and $1,551 for a double occupancy room in the RIT Inn and Conference Center. A variety of housing options and meal plans are available, and costs The Bursar’s Office offers an electronic billing option for both may vary according to options selected. our quarterly and monthly billing statements. This option enables The cost of books and supplies will vary depending on the area students and parents to access their billing statements through of study and the number of course taken by a student. The estimated a secure SSL Web site and link to the Online Payment Center costs for books and supplies ranges from $500 to $2,500 a year for to conveniently make their payment. At the time of each billing, full-time students and $300 to $700 a year for part-time students. an e-mail is generated to those who select this option. Charges for tuition, fees, and room and board are computed You may simply click on the URL and link to a PIN number on a quarterly basis; bills are mailed approximately four weeks prior protected site to access the bill. The Bursar’s Office Web site at to the beginning of each quarter. A convenient electronic billing http:///finweb.rit.edu/Bursar/ offers directions if you are interested option is also available. Payments sent by mail should be made in our EBPP application. by check, payable to Rochester Institute of Technology. Payments can also be made online at http://ipay.rit.edu. Due dates for the Financial Aid 2004–2005 school year are as follows: Rochester Institute of Technology is interested in seeing that all stu- Fall Quarter—Aug. 25, 2004 dents qualified for graduate study at RIT find the financial resources Winter Quarter—Nov. 23, 2004 needed to assist with their educational expenses. The information Spring Quarter—March 2, 2005 provided here is an overview of the sources of assistance available. Summer Quarter—June 1, 2005 Please contact the offices listed for additional information. Scholarships and assistantships are available in most graduate Students who have not participated in the early registration process departments. In addition, some departments offer externally funded for the quarter will be expected to pay the quarterly charges (tuition, stipends from corporate or governmental sources. Please contact fees, room and board) at the time of registration. They may pay these the appropriate department chairperson or the Office of Graduate charges in a single payment or by the partial payment plan. Partial Enrollment Services at 585-475-2229 for additional information. payments are due twice a quarter: 50 percent (plus a $25 partial pay- While students can apply for these awards before matriculation, ment processing fee) at the time of registration and the remaining 50 they can be awarded only to matriculated students. These awards percent by the mid-quarter bill due date. A late payment fee will be are generally given to full-time students, but exceptions are made assessed if the balance is not paid by the due date. for qualified part-time students. If you have questions concerning payment options, please contact Additional sources of financial assistance include the New York Ms. Kathy Cole, RIT Bursar’s Office, 585-475-2756. State Tuition Assistance Program, work-study, and various student loan programs. Please refer to the Graduate Student Financial ONLINE PAYMENT CENTER Assistance Summary on page 169 for details. It should be noted that international students (F-1 or J-1 visa The Bursar’s Office offers a Web-based payment application that holders) may generally work on campus up to 20 hours per week. accepts and updates payments on student accounts in real time Special authorization from International Student Services and/or and payments to food and flex accounts within one business day. the INS is needed for all other employment, including co-op, Students/parents can conveniently make payments by supplying internships, etc. Please consult International Student Services the student’s RIT identification number and date of birth. at 585-475-6943 or www.rit.edu/internationalservices with employ- Payments via Visa or MasterCard are accepted through a secure ment or visa questions. SSL Web site and updated accordingly. The URL for this All federal assistance programs require submission of the Free e-commerce application is http:///ipay.rit.edu/ and there are links Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA for both the Bursar’s Office’s Web page and the Info-Center/SIS is available from the Office of Financial Aid, 585-475-2186. that can be accessed directly from the RIT home page. Satisfactory academic progress for federal aid recipients is evaluated at the end of spring quarter each year. Students must maintain a 2.0 grade point average and complete two-thirds of credit hours attempted each year. Federal aid eligibility is exhausted after attempting 150 percent of the number of credit hours required for the degree or certificate. In addition, loan eligibility for students with full-time 166 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

equivalent status is normally limited to a maximum of four quarters. Students withdrawing from the Institute must complete a with- Students receiving New York Tuition Assistance Program benefits drawal form to initiate the refund process. Refunds will be made must meet credit hour and grade point average requirements based according to the following schedule. on the number of TAP payments received at the graduate level at During the first week of classes—100% tuition reduction RIT. Course completion is defined as meeting course requirements During the second week of classes—70% tuition reduction and receiving a letter grade of A, B, C, D, or F. Complete state During the third week of classes—60% tuition reduction student aid academic requirements are listed here. During the fourth week of classes—50% tuition reduction During the fifth week of classes—25% tuition reduction REFUND POLICIES Sixth and subsequent weeks—No tuition reduction

Advance deposits are nonrefundable. The acceptable reasons for Note: Nonattendance does not constitute an official withdrawal. a withdrawal with refund during the quarter are: A student is not “officially withdrawn” until he or she receives the student’s copy of the withdrawal form. The date on which a For a full refund withdrawal form is properly completed shall be the date of “official 1. Active military service: A student called to active military service withdrawal” used to determine the refundable amount. If a student during the first eight weeks of the term may receive a full tuition drops his or her course load from full-time (12 or more credits) refund. If called after the eighth week, he or she may elect to to part-time (less than 12 credits) status during the Official Drop complete the course by making special arrangements with both Period, he or she may contact the Bursar for a refund based on the the instructor and department or to withdraw and receive a full difference between the full-time tuition payments and the total tuition refund. If the student withdraws, he or she will have to per-credit-charge for the part-time load. repeat the course at a later date. No refund will be made for classes dropped after the Official Drop 2. Academic reasons: Students sometimes register before grades Period unless the student is officially withdrawing from the Institute. for the previous quarter are available. If such a student later finds that he or she is subject to academic suspension or has failed Room and meal/debit plan prerequisites, the student will be given a full refund upon with- To complete a withdrawal from RIT, a resident student or a non- drawal. It remains the student’s responsibility to contact his or her resident student on a meal plan must check out with Housing department to assure that the withdrawal form and refund are Operations located in Grace Watson Hall and/or the Food Service properly processed. Administrative Office, A520 Union. When released from the 3. If students drop a course(s) during the Official Drop Period (first residence halls, students may receive a partial refund on their six days of classes during that specific quarter), they may contact meal/debit plan in accordance with the following schedule. Sales the Bursar’s Office for a 100% refund for the courses dropped. tax of 8.25 percent will be assessed to the used portion of your Courses dropped after the Official Drop Period will not result quarterly plan charge and will be deducted from your refund. in any tuition refund. Refunds, when granted, are from the date of official check-out. 1. RIT Housing For a partial tuition refund During the first week of classes—90% of unused room charge A student must officially withdraw from all courses or take a leave During the second week of classes—75% of unused room charge of absence from the Institute in order to be eligible for a partial During the third week of classes—60% of unused room charge tuition refund. Students must complete a leave of absence or with- During the fourth week of classes—50% of unused room charge drawal form, which can be initiated with their academic department. Fifth and subsequent weeks—no refund A partial refund will be made during a quarter if withdrawal/ 2. Meal/debit plan leave of absence is necessitated for one of the following reasons: During the first four weeks—75% of unused meal/debit charges After the first four weeks—50% of unused meal/debit charges 1. Illness, certified by the attending physician, causing excessive During the last two weeks of classes—no refund absence from classes. 2. Withdrawal for academic or disciplinary reasons at the request of the Institute during a quarter. Standard of Satisfactory Progress for the Purpose of 3. Transfer by employer, making class attendance impossible. Determining Eligibility for State Student Aid 4. Withdrawal for academic or personal reasons at the request of the student, approved by the student’s adviser or department Graduate Degree—Quarter System representative, the Institute Coordinator for Academic Advising Before being and the Bursar. certified for this payment 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th A student must have Any student who intentionally defrauds or attempts accrued at least this to defraud the Institute of tuition, fees, or other charges many credits 01224364860 or who gives false information in order to obtain financial aid is subject to legal liability, prosecution, With at least this and Institute disciplinary action. cumulative grade point average 0 2.00 2.50 2.70 2.80 2.90

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 167

QUARTERLY PAYMENT OPTION WHO IS ELIGIBLE TERMS Quarterly payment All students Payment in full by billing due date. Payments received after each billing due date are subject to a late payment fee.

Deferred payment plan All students $25 participation fee. Bill must be paid in full from prior quarter. 50% of net “out of pocket” quarterly balance due with registration. A deferred payment agreement form must be completed and submitted to the Bursar’s Ofﬁce on or before the start of classes. Remaining 50% due by mid-quarter bill due date. Payments received after billing due date will be assessed a late payment fee.

Company deferred All students who have official Account must be paid in full from prior quarter. Official verification form must payment plan verification of employer’s tuition be submitted quarterly in lieu of payment. Full payment for the quarter is due by reimbursement practice mid-quarter bill due date (regardless of whether the employer has reimbursed the student). Payment received after the billing due date will be assessed a late payment fee.

Veteran payment option All veterans who are certified for VA Account must be paid in full from prior quarter. An authorized veteran deferment educational benefits by the RIT form must be submitted in lieu of payment. The student pays monthly in accor- Veteran Enrollment Services Office dance with his or her scheduled VA benefit checks.

ANNUAL PAYMENT OPTION WHO IS ELIGIBLE TERMS Monthly Matriculated day undergraduate and The plan, which offers flexibility in both timing and method of payment, carries payment plan graduate students (full and part time) no interest or finance charge, but does require a $50 administration fee. Account must be paid in full from prior school year. Student must submit enrollment and housing plans for upcoming academic year by July 15. Projected net annual amount due is divided into 10 monthly installments. First monthly payment due August 1 prior to school year. The minimum annual amount must be $1,000 ($100 per month). Students must be registered for a minimum of two quarters during the academic year. Applications cannot be accepted after the first day of fall quarter classes.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Past Due Amount Late Payment Fee Payment made by check should be payable to Rochester Institute of Technology. $100 through $500 $25 Late payment fees will be assessed as follows on accounts that are past due as of $500.01 through $1,000 $50 each billing due date. Since there are two billings per quarter, there is a potential Over $1,000 $75 that two late fees (total maximum of $150) may be assessed as well.

Appeals process Late disbursement An official appeals process exists for those who feel that individual If the student is otherwise eligible, the first disbursement of Federal circumstances warrant exceptions from published policy. The Direct Subsidized Loan or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan initial inquiry in this process should be made to Richard B. proceeds is allowed up to 120 days after the student has ceased Schonblom, Bursar. to be enrolled. Subsequent disbursements are not allowed. State scholarships FINANCIAL AID REFUND POLICY Regulations vary. Any adjustments are done in accordance with the specific requirements of the sponsoring state. Return of federal funds Privately funded grants and scholarships In accordance with federal regulations, the Office of Financial Aid In the absence of specific instructions from the sponsor, recalculates quarterly federal aid eligibility for students who with- 100 percent of the quarterly award will be credited to the draw, drop out, are suspended, or take a leave of absence prior to student’s account. completing 60 percent of a quarter. “Withdrawal date” is defined as the actual date the student initiated the withdrawal process, or RIT grants and scholarships the student’s last date of recorded attendance, or the midpoint of the quarter for a student who leaves without notifying the institu- If a credit balance remains after all federal, state, and private tion. Recalculation is based on the percent of earned aid using the adjustments, a percentage of the remaining credit balance following formula: number of days completed up to the withdrawal is returned to the RIT scholarship account according to the date/total days in the quarter. Aid returned to federal programs is following formula, where then equal to (100 percent minus the percentage earned) multiplied by the amount of federal aid disbursed. A = Scholarship amount Funds are returned to the federal government in the following B = Scholarship plus student payments sequence: Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loans, Federal Direct C = Percent returned to scholarship program Subsidized Loans, Federal Parent Loans, Federal Perkins loans, D = Remaining credit balance Federal Pell grants, Federal SEOG, other federal aid. __A = C x D B

168 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

PROGRAM ELIGIBILITY AMOUNT HOW TO APPLY Grants/Scholarships Graduate Assistantships Varies according to need and Varies Contact academic department program of study

Institute Graduate Scholarships Graduate student matriculated Varies Complete Graduate Admissions into an RIT graduate degree Application and check appro- program priate box to be considered for graduate scholarship

Tuition Assistance Program New York State resident, matriculated Varies File FAFSA and Express TAP (TAP) and enrolled full time (minimum of Application (ETA) if sent one 12 credit hours per quarter after ﬁling FAFSA

Bureau of Indian Affairs Enrolled full time and recognized Up to $1,500 per academic year Contact American Indian Higher Education Program by Secretary of the Interior as Graduate Center, Fellowships member of an Indian tribe and 4520 Montgomery Blvd. NE, demonstrating ﬁnancial need Albuquerque, NM 87109 and academic achievement

AALANA Graduate Awarded to African American, Up to $1500 per academic year File FAFSA by March 15. Scholarship Latino American, and Native American full-time matriculated graduate students demonstrating ﬁnancial need and academic achievement

NTID Professional Fellowship*** Matriculated graduate students in Full tuition and stipend NTID Office of Outreach and Program selected programs of study Transition Services Loans Federal Direct Students attending at least half time Maximum loan is $8,500 Applicants must file the Free Subsidized Loan (6 credit hours) and who meet the per year. Aggregate total cannot Application for Federal Student financial eligibility requirements exceed $65,500 for under- Aid (FAFSA). established by the federal government graduate and graduate work.

Federal Direct All graduate students attending Maximum loan is $10,000 per year. Applicants must ﬁle the FAFSA. Unsubsidized Loan at least half time. Loans cannot Aggregate limit is $73,000, exceed cost of education minus including undergraduate loans. other ﬁnancial aid.

Federal Perkins Loan Full-time students who meet Typically $1,000–$2,200 File FAFSA by March 15. ﬁnancial need requirements Limited funding is available established by the federal for this program. government Aggregate limit is $30,000, including undergraduate loans.

Private Lender Loans Students may apply; subject to Up to the cost of education less Information and applications are normal credit review guidelines. other financial aid; subject to available from the Office of Variable interest rates lender review Financial Aid, 56 Lomb Memorial Drive, Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5604. Work Federal College Students who meet financial need Varies depending on hours and File FAFSA by March 15. Work-Study Program requirements as established by the wage rate federal government

Institutional Employment Full-time students Varies depending on hours and Student Employment Ofﬁce wage rate at RIT

* Information is accurate as of March 2004. Additional information covering federal ﬁnancial aid programs is provided in U.S. Department of Education Student Guide. Contact RIT Financial Aid Ofﬁce to request a copy. ** TAP award amounts are dependent upon action in the New York State budget. *** See page 166 for details.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 169

A graduate degree at RIT may be obtained in more than 60 pro- must be well planned and closely controlled. In the vast majority of grams ranging from business administration to imaging science. cases, most, if not all, course work will be at the graduate level (Please refer to page 4 for a complete listing of graduate (700 and above). programs of study.) Upon completion of the stipulated requirements, students are DEGREE REQUIREMENTS certiﬁed by their academic departments for their degree. After commencement, a statement verifying that a degree has been awarded will be posted to the transcript. Degrees for fall graduates are mailed Credit requirements early in winter quarter; for winter graduates, in spring; for spring The minimum credit requirement for a master’s degree is graduates, in the summer; and for summer graduates, in the fall. 45 quarter (or 30 semester) credit hours. At least 36 of these quarter credit hours must be earned at the graduate level and REGISTRATION in residence at the Institute.

1. Student should complete the registration and payment process Transfer credit in accordance with Institute registration/billing procedures as A maximum of nine quarter credit hours in a 45-credit-hour indicated in the quarterly schedule of courses. program or 12 quarter credit hours in a 48- or more credit-hour 2. It is the responsibility of the student to advise the Registrar program may be awarded as transfer credit from other institutions. of any change of address. A request for transfer credit must be made at the time of application 3. RIT identification cards are required for students to use many for graduate student status. Only a course with a grade of B (3.0) campus facilities and services (e.g., the library, Student Life or better may be transferred. Center, meal plans, check cashing). Identification cards are Transfer credits are not calculated in the student’s grade point available at the Registrar’s Office. average but will count toward overall credit requirements for 4. Students are expected to pursue their degree without a substan- the degree. Transfer credits do not count in the satisfaction of tial break. Failure to enroll (register) for four successive academic residency requirements. terms can result in the loss of matriculated status. (In the case A graduate student who wishes to take courses at another institu- of nonregistration, the department should inform the Registrar tion and transfer them to his or her degree work at the Institute as to whether the student should be put on nonmatriculated must obtain prior permission from the appropriate departmental status or withdrawn from the program.) officer or dean. 5. RIT considers graduate-level students to be “full time” in every academic quarter in which they are enrolled for at least 12 credit Thesis requirements hours. With approval of the department chair and associate Included as part of the total credit-hour requirement may be provost for academic programs, additional “equivalent” credit a research, dissertation, thesis or project requirement as specified can be granted for such activities as thesis work, teaching by each department. The amount of credit the student is to receive assistantships and internships. must be determined by the time of registration for that quarter. For the purpose of verifying credit, an end-of-quarter grade Matriculation of R should be submitted for each registration of research and Matriculated graduate students are those who have applied and thesis/dissertation guidance by the student’s faculty adviser. Before been formally accepted into a graduate program through the the degree can be awarded, the acceptance of the thesis/dissertation Office of Graduate Enrollment Services. Such students may register must be recorded on the student’s permanent record. for graduate-level courses (700 and above) that fit their home Students should also note the following continuation of department-approved programs. When registering for graduate thesis/dissertation policy. courses outside the home department, students may need to secure the approval of the department offering the course. Continuation of thesis/project/dissertation* Nonmatriculated students will be allowed to take graduate Once work has begun on a thesis, project or dissertation, it is seen courses on a space-available basis with the department’s approval as a continuous process until all requirements are completed. If a and with the knowledge that the course work completed while thesis, project or dissertation is required, or such an option is elected, a nonmatriculated student will not necessarily apply to any given and if the student has completed all other requirements for the academic program. degree, the student must register for the Continuation of Thesis/ Matriculated and nonmatriculated graduate students may register Project/Dissertation course each quarter (including summer quarter). for undergraduate-level courses with the understanding that these This course costs the equivalent of one quarter credit hour, courses may not always apply to RIT graduate programs. In certain although it earns no credit. cases, where educationally sound programs will result, appropriate 1. Registration for the Continuation of Thesis/Project/Dissertation undergraduate courses as approved by the faculty adviser and by course preserves student access to the usual RIT services; e.g., the department may be included in a master’s program. However, Wallace Library, academic computing and faculty and adminis- not more than nine undergraduate quarter credit hours (600-level trative support. With payment of appropriate user fees, access or below) may be applied toward the 45-quarter-credit minimum to the Student Life Center and Student Health Center is (12 undergraduate hours for those programs requiring 48 or more also preserved. quarter credit hours). Where undergraduate work is allowed, it

170 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

2. If circumstances beyond students’ control preclude them from Financial standing making satisfactory progress on their thesis/project/dissertation, Tuition and fees paid to the Institute cover approximately 60 to 70 they should consider taking a leave of absence and should discuss percent of the actual expense of a student’s education. The rest of such a leave in advance with their adviser and/or department the cost is borne by the Institute through income on its endowment, head. The dean’s signature of approval is required on the Leave gifts from alumni and friends and grants from business and industry. of Absence or Institute Withdrawal form, a copy of which also Students, former students and graduates are in good financial must be sent to the associate provost for academic programs. standing when their account is paid in full in the Bursar’s Office. * The dissertation is required only of Ph.D. students. Any student whose account is not paid in full will not receive transcripts, degrees or recommendations from the Institute. If students do not register for the Continuation of Thesis/Project/ The Institute reserves the right to change its tuition and fees Dissertation course, or take an approved leave of absence, their without prior notice. departments may elect to remove them from the program. 3. The length of time to complete a thesis/project/dissertation is at Summary of requirements for master’s degree the discretion of the department. Be sure to read, however, point 1 1. Successfully complete all required courses of the Institute and under “Summary of requirements for master’s degree” on this page. the college. These requirements should be met within seven years of the date of the oldest course counted toward the student’s Candidacy for an advanced degree program. Extension of this rule may be granted through petition A graduate student must be a candidate for an advanced degree for to the Graduate Council. at least one quarter prior to receipt of the degree. 2. Complete a minimum of 45 quarter credit hours for the master’s The position of the Graduate Council is that a student is a degree. At least 36 quarter credit hours of graduate-level course candidate for the master’s degree when he or she has been formally work and research (courses numbered 700 and above) must admitted to the Institute as a graduate student. be earned in residence at the Institute. 3. Achieve a program cumulative grade point average of Summary experience 3.0 (B) or better. The Graduate Council regards some form of integrative 4. Complete a thesis/project/dissertation or other appropriate experience as necessary for graduate students. Such requirements research or comparable professional achievement at the as the comprehensive examination, a project, the oral examination discretion of the degree granting program. of the thesis and a summary conference are appropriate examples, 5. Pay in full, or satisfactorily adjust, all financial obligations provided they are designed to help the student integrate the sepa- to the Institute. rate parts of his or her total educational experience. The nature of the experience will be determined by the individual college Note: The dean and departmental faculty can be petitioned, or department. in extraordinary circumstances, to review and judge the cases of individual students who believe the spirit of the above requirements Overlapping credit for second degree have been met yet fall short of the particular requirement. If the At the discretion of the Graduate Committee in the specific degree petition is accepted and approved by the faculty, dean, and provost area, nine to 12 previous master’s quarter credit hours can normally and vice president for academic affairs, a signed copy will be sent be applied toward satisfying requirements for a second master’s to the registrar for inclusion in the student’s permanent record. degree. The use of a given course in two different programs can be Definition of grades allowed only if the course that was used for credit toward the first degree is a required course for the second degree. The course must Grades representing the students’ progress in each of the courses be used in both programs within five years; i.e., no more than five for which they are registered are given on a grade report form at the years between time used for the first degree and applied again end of each quarter of attendance. The letter grades are as follows: toward the second degree. A Excellent In no case shall fewer than the minimum 36 quarter credit B Good hours of residency be accepted for the second degree. If duplica- C Satisfactory tion of courses causes a student to go below the 36-hour limit D and F grades do not count toward the fulfillment of program in the second degree program, he or she would be exempted from requirements for a master’s degree. these courses but required to replace the credit hours with depart- The grades of all courses attempted by graduate students will mentally approved courses. An RIT student will not be admitted count in the calculation of the cumulative grade point average. through the Graduate Enrollment Services Office to the second This program cumulative grade point average shall average 3.0 (B) degree program until the first program has been completed. as a graduation requirement. The dean of the college or his designee must approve all applications for graduate courses a student wishes to repeat.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 171

Quality points the resulting graduate program requirements be reduced below Each course has a credit-hour value based on the number of hours 45 quarter credit hours. per week in class, laboratory or studio and the amount of outside In addition, waiver credit for graduate courses can be applied work expected of each student. Each letter grade yields quality only toward required, not elective, courses. The process of waiving points per credit hour as follows: courses and thereby reducing graduate program requirements is not A 4 quality points to be confused with the process of exempting certain requirements B 3 quality points that are then replaced by an equal number of credit hours in the C 2 quality points specified program. D 1 quality point Changing grades—once a grade has been reported by a faculty F grades count as 0 in computing the grade point average (GPA). member, it is not within the right of any person to change this The GPA is computed by the following formula: unless an actual error has been made in computing or recording it. If an error has been made, the faculty member must complete the GPA = total quality points earned appropriate form. The completed form must be approved by the total quality hours head of the department in which the faculty member teaches. There are other evaluations of course work that do not affect When approved, the form is then sent to the registrar. There is, GPA calculations. Only I and R (as described below) can be however, an appeal procedure for disputed grades through the assigned by individual faculty members at the end of a quarter. Academic Conduct Committee of the college in which the course Registered (R)—a permanent grade indicating that a student is offered. A final appeal can be sent to the Institute Hearing and has registered for a given course but has yet to meet the total Appeals Board. requirements of the course or has continuing requirements to be met. The grade is given in graduate thesis/dissertation work. Academic probation and suspension Completion of this work will be noted by having the Any matriculated graduate student whose program cumulative approved/accepted thesis/dissertation title, as received by the regis- GPA falls below a 3.0 after 12 quarter credit hours will be placed trar from the department, posted to the student’s academic record. on probation and counseled by the departmental adviser Full tuition is charged for these courses. “R” graded courses are concerning continuation in the graduate program. allowed in the calculation of the residency requirement for Those students placed on probation must raise their program graduate programs. cumulative GPA to the 3.0 level within 12 quarter credit hours Incomplete (I)—this notation is given when the professor or be suspended from the graduate program. observes conditions beyond the control of the student such that Should it be necessary to suspend a graduate student for the student is not able to complete course requirements in the academic reasons, the student may apply for readmission to the given quarter. This is a temporary grade that reverts to an F if dean of the college or his designee upon demonstration of the registrar has not received a change of grade directive from the adequate reason for readmission. professor by the end of the second succeeding quarter (including summer terms). Full tuition is charged. Standards for Student Conduct Withdrawn (W)—will be assigned in courses from which The RIT community intends that campus life will provide oppor- a student withdraws through the end of the sixth week of classes tunities for students to exercise individual responsibility and places or if a student withdraws from all courses in a given quarter. high priority on self-regulation by its members. All members of the Audit (Z)—indicates a student has audited the course. The community are responsible for encouraging positive behavior by student need not take exams, and full tuition will be charged. others, as well as preventing or correcting conduct by others that A student can change from credit to audit or from audit to credit is detrimental to RIT’s educational mission and values. status for a course only during the first six days of classes. Audited As an educational community, RIT strives for a campus environ- courses do not count toward the residency requirement, do not ment that is free from coercive or exploitative behavior by its get included in GPA calculations and do not count toward members. Moreover, it sets high standards that challenge students degree requirements. to develop values that enhance their lives professionally and that Credit by examination (X)—assigned for the successful com- will enable them to contribute constructively to society. pletion of various external or Institute examinations provided such RIT enjoys a diversity of backgrounds, lifestyles and personal examinations cover or parallel the objectives and content of the value systems among those who compose the academic community. indicated course. Credit must be assigned in advance for any credit Students, however, are expected to observe and respect the policies received through registration for the indicated courses. “X” graded and standards of the Institute and the right of individuals to hold courses do not count toward the residency requirement. A maxi- values that differ from their own and those expressed by RIT. mum of 12 quarter credit hours is allowed for graduate courses. Students are encouraged to review the Student Rights and Exceptions to the maximum transfer credit or credit-by-exam Responsibilities Handbook for information regarding campus policies for graduate programs can be granted by the associate provost for and expectations of student conduct. academic programs in unusual circumstances upon appeal from Students must recognize that they are members of the local, state, the dean of the college involved. and federal communities and that they are obliged to live in accord Waived—Waived courses are those courses eliminated from with the law without special privilege because of their status as the list of requirements that a student must take to graduate. students or temporary residents. For graduate students, required courses may be waived because RIT offers a number of services for graduate students. Those of previously completed academic work, but in no case shall described in the following pages are among the most frequently used.

172 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

RIT Libraries The Library is open more than 100 hours per week, with RIT Libraries are comprised of three separate entities. In addition extended hours before and during Finals. For library hours, call to Wallace Library, the Cary Collection and the RIT Archives are 475-2046 (voice); for the RE:SEARCH ZONE, call 475-2563 all housed within Building 5 on the RIT campus. Wallace Library (voice/TTY) or 475-2564 (voice). You can e-mail the Library is a high-technology multimedia resource center, and serves as the at [email protected]. The Circulation Desk can be reached main library on campus. Its vast information resources are at 475-2562 (voice) and 475-2962 (TTY). conveniently available to all students via the Internet, and are a particular boon to busy graduate students. The Library’s online menu Information and Technology Services provides access to a wide selection of current electronic resources Computing and network services at RIT are provided by in web-based and text formats. Users can easily access the Library’s Information and Technology Services (ITS). online catalog, search electronic databases and surf the Internet. Wireless, portal, and more The staff offers hands-on instructional sessions for using various The campus-wide network includes wireless capabilities in open electronic and Internet resources. Specialized class instruction can public areas such as the Student Union, Crossroads Café, Wallace be scheduled upon request. Reference Librarians are available Library and in every college. Popular features are e-mail and during the week and on weekends, to provide individual assistance access to the Internet, including Internet 2, a second-generation at the RE:SEARCH ZONE on the Library’s first floor. In-depth Internet technology with increased broadband capabilities for assistance is also available by appointment. better access to digital libraries, scientific instruments, and other research applications. Many faculty have incorporated these Videotapes (VHS) and DVDs can be checked out at the features into their curricula. Circulation Desk. Audio Books and wireless laptop computers ITS partnered with several on-campus departments such (Mac and PC) are also available. The IDS (Information Delivery as Student Affairs and Student Government to launch myRIT, Services) Department on the first floor manages interlibrary loans, the Institute’s internal web portal found at: http://my.rit.edu. and patrons can request materials online through IDS Express. Users can customize their own site on the portal with personal ConnectNY is a service which makes available the combined Web links in addition to enjoying such standard features as access resources of (currently) five academic libraries in New York State. to Student Government and RIT sporting events, University Requests submitted online are usually fulfilled within 48 hours. News, and the Student Information System, where individual The combined collection of the ConnectNY member institutions student course information and grades are posted. currently exceeds three million items! The Rochester Regional ITS manages numerous computer labs and “smart” classrooms (in cooperation with the Educational Technology Center) contain- Library Council’s Access program allows graduate students to ing Windows and Macintosh workstations and printers. Most of obtain a library card that offers access to other area libraries, includ- these facilities are available to students for general computing use ing those of the University of Rochester and the State University and to faculty for reserved class work. Lab assistants help people of New York colleges at Geneseo and Brockport. use the hardware and software available in the labs. The Idea Factory is a multi-purpose room on the first floor, Computer security and safeguards featuring The Soap Box (for both impromptu and scheduled use), Computing system use is guided by the RIT Code of Conduct a living coral reef aquarium, its own art gallery, numerous modular for Computer and Network Use. This document, located at study tables, and a conference area. Special Library events are www.rit.edu/computerconduct, reflects current issues related to frequently held here, offering educational and recreational programs ethical use of computing and network resources. ITS has put into throughout the academic year. The Idea Factory is adjacent to the place multiple safeguards to protect the Institute network very popular Java Wally’s café, a favorite spot for anyone interested environment and the integrity of individual user accounts. in relaxing, studying or meeting in an informal setting. Live Computer accounts are issued to students, faculty, and staff so performers are periodically scheduled here, too. Also on the first that they can perform activities supporting educational goals and floor, Wally’s Book Nook features a constantly changing array of internal RIT functions. Students can obtain an account at the ITS available books on a particular topic of interest. Other recreational HelpDesk or at the reference desk at Wallace Library by showing reading material is available in the 14-Day Collection. their RIT ID card. Forms for faculty and staff accounts are available by contacting the HelpDesk: www.rit.edu/its/help/forms. The second floor computer lab provides access to numerous state-of-the-art workstations, image scanning, and color copying. Computer training and consulting services Also located on the second floor, The Cary Library is a unique ITS also provides consulting services, seminars, and computer collection of more than 14,000 volumes of rare books illustrating training courses. Mobile learning assistants help faculty, staff, and fine printing and other materials detailing the history of printing, students with specific computer tasks. ITS also offers computer- book design and illustration, papermaking and other aspects of the based training modules covering a wide variety of topics. graphic arts. The RIT Archives collects, organizes, preserves and Students, faculty, and staff can access numerous online courses in the areas of technology, e-business, and business/interpersonal displays materials from the Institute's past. Located on the third skills. For more information on computer-based training or to log floor of RIT Library, it is housed in an environment that is temper- onto the system, go to www.rit.edu/cbt. ature and humidity controlled for the preservation of paper and photographs. It forms the primary source for the study of the Student employment information and ResNet services history and development of the Institute. ITS employs more than 250 students and is one of the largest student employers at RIT. Contact Student Employment at www.rit.edu/~967www for more information about ITS job opportunities or go to Desktop Support Services (ITS) to learn about job information in on-campus labs: www.rit.edu/its/services/computer_labs. 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 173

The ResNet Office, an area within ITS, provides computer The Media Resource Center (MRC) provides media support support to students in residential housing at RIT. This team to faculty, staff, and students. The MRC staff works with faculty can assist students with getting their computers onto the RIT to identify media within the collection and locate new media to network, accessing their RIT e-mail account, and trouble-shooting support their curriculum needs. The MRC collection consists of technical problems that may arise. Call ResNet at 585-475-2600 a variety of media formats, including videotape, DVD, audiotape, (voice), 585-475-4927 (TTY); e-mail them at [email protected], or visit resnet.rit.edu. and an art history slide collection. Media are available for use in the classroom or the MRC viewing area. Requests for captioning Modem access to the campus computer network RIT-owned media (ETC or department collections) are coordinated Both asynchronous and DialIP remote Internet connection by the MRC staff. service (14.4 to 56 Kbps): 585-427-2000. Also available is Virtual A satellite downlink service is also available for those who would Private Network (VPN) for users on Roadrunner or DSL. like to view a live teleconference broadcast or have it recorded. Contacting the Help Desk ETC is located on the lower level of Wallace Library. More than The ITS HelpDesk is located in room 1113 of the Gannett Building 70 students assist with production, classroom technology support, (7B). Contact HelpDesk staff via telephone or TTY: and office duties. Individuals are invited to drop in and explore 585-475-HELP (4357) voice callers these resources. For further information, call 475-2551 or visit 585-475-2810 TTY callers www.rit.edu/~613www/etc. [email protected] Service hours Counseling Center Fall, winter, and spring quarter hours: The RIT Counseling Center is located on the second floor of the Monday through Thursday 7:30 a.m. to 8 p.m. August Center in the Hale-Andrews Student Life Center. The cen- Friday 7:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. ter offers a variety of services to hearing, deaf, and hard-of-hearing Saturdays Closed RIT graduate students. These include: Sundays Noon to 6 p.m. Summer quarter, holidays, and quarter breaks • Personal/Psychological Counseling Monday through Friday 7:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. • Crisis Intervention Weekends Closed • Career Counseling • Career Resource Center Cooperative Education and Career Services • Discover (Computer-Assisted Career Guidance) The Office of Cooperative Education and Career Services offers • Testing a wide range of programs and services to support the career develop- • Consultation ment and employment needs of all RIT students. The office offers • Referral Services one-on-one advising and job search seminars and presentations. It Counseling Center hours are 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Mon. also provides on-line access to employment opportunities. Working through Fri. For more information about counseling services, call relationships with thousands of employing organizations can help 475-2261 (voice/TTY) or 475-6897 (TTY). Check out our Web graduate students develop their individual job search plans. Graduate site at www.rit.edu/~361www/. students are encouraged to meet with their assigned program coordinator in the Office of Cooperative Education and Career Services Center for Religious Life early to begin their career planning. Information is available through RIT has long recognized the importance of spiritual growth in the the office Web site at www.rit.edu/co-op/careers or by visiting the development of the whole person. The Center for Religious Life office on the first floor of the Bausch and Lomb Building. Individual was founded to nurture this aspect of life on campus. Members of appointments can be made by calling 475-2301. various faith traditions work together to serve the spiritual, ethical, and personal needs of our students, faculty, and staff. A variety Educational Technology Center of services—including Christian, Muslim, Buddhist, Jewish, and The Educational Technology Center provides services that Hindu—are offered. Services are also provided for deaf and hard-of- enhance and support the educational environment. hearing individuals. The Kilian J. and Caroline F. Schmitt Interfaith ETC’s Media Production Services produces educational and Center is located on the east side of the Student Alumni Union. It informational media for faculty and staff. These include video, houses the ministers’ offices, chapels, and meeting rooms. Visit the multimedia/Web, graphics, and photography/digital imaging Web page at www.rit.edu/~320www/ or call 585-475-2135 for production. Media Production Services also captions video and more information. other digital media. The Classroom Learning Technologies department deals with Learning Development Center many aspects of classroom technology. Support covers the delivery The Learning Development Center provides instruction in read- and setup of projectors (slide, overhead, and video/data) as well as ing, study skills, mathematics, and writing. These services are TV/VCR/DVD carts; access to and training on installed classroom available at no additional charge during regular LDC scheduled equipment; and the operation of equipment in the academic hours to all graduate students at the Institute and may be sched- auditoriums. ETC also supports the installation and maintenance uled at the center, located on the second floor, north end, of the of computer and video projection equipment and podiums in administration building. classrooms and lecture halls. For more information about Learning Development Center services, call 475-6682.

174 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Student Health Center Emergencies, Escort Service The Student Health Center provides primary medical care on an In case of emergency, call the Institute’s 24-hour emergency outpatient basis. The staff includes physicians, nurse practitioners, number, 475-3333 (V/TTY). For routine security services, registered nurses, health educators, alcohol/drug counselor and an call 475-2853 (V/TTY), which is staffed 24 hours a day. interpreter for the deaf. Services are available by appointment. Campus Safety strongly encourages students to use the escort Health education programs are provided also. service, available seven days a week. The Mobile Escort Service is The Student Health Center is located on the walkway linking the available seven days a week, 11:30 p.m. to 3:45 a.m., on a timed academic and residence hall areas of the campus. Students are seen basis. Call 475-2853 (V/TTY), or use the blue-light courtesy call Monday through Thursday, 8:30 a.m. to 7 p.m., and Friday, 8:30 boxes located throughout the campus. a.m. to 4:30 p.m. by appointment. Emergencies are seen as need Information about Campus Safety services, security procedures, requires. Hours are subject to change and are posted. and crime statistics can be found in the Campus Safety report, The university requires students to maintain health insurance which can be obtained by calling 585-475-6620. Our coverage—which they may purchase either on their own or through services are also explained on our Web site: RIT—as long as enrolled at RIT. http://finweb.rit.edu/campussafety. The quarterly student health fee is mandatory for all The Advisory Committee on Campus Safety will provide upon full-time undergraduate students. Graduate and part-time request all campus crime statistics as reported to the United States students may pay either the quarterly fee or a fee for service. Some Department of Education. The designated RIT contact person can laboratory work ordered through the Student Health Center is not be reached at 585-475-6620. Campus crime statistics can also be covered by this fee; there is a charge for this service. Prescription found at http://ope.ed.gov/security/search.asp medicines may be purchased from local pharmacies or, for some specific prescriptions, from the Student Health Center. The health Identification Cards, Vehicle Registration fee does not include prescription medications. You will need an RIT identification card to use any campus Questions about the Student Health Center or health insurance facility. You should obtain your identification card at the time should be directed to the office at 585-475-2255 (voice); of your first registration. 585-475-5515 (TTY). For further information, call the ID office, 475-2821 (voice/TTY). RIT Ambulance All vehicles operated on campus must be registered with Campus Safety, and stickers must be properly displayed on the RIT Ambulance is a New York State certified volunteer ambulance inside glass on the driver’s side of the vehicle as far to the rear as service that serves the campus community, including its adjoining possible. Institute fines are imposed for operators violating parking apartment complexes. The organization, an auxiliary of the Student and traffic regulations. Fines are payable at the Bursar’s Office in Health Center, is governed by RIT students and staff and is staffed the George Eastman Building. by emergency medical technicians. Twenty-four-hour ambulance service is available seven days a week. If, for some reason, the RIT Campus Stores ambulance is not available, there may be a charge for services RIT operates two campus stores. The main store, Campus provided by another corps. Connections, is located on the west side of the Student Alumni For emergency assistance and/or transport, the RIT ambulance Union. It consists of two selling floors and is divided into 10 can be dispatched through Campus Safety at 585-475-3333 (voice) departments selling everything from clothing to textbooks to com- and 585-475-6654 (TTY). puters. Store hours are Monday through Thursday, 8:30 a.m. to Health records 8 p.m.; Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; and on Saturday, 11 a.m. to Medical records are confidential. Information will not be 4 p.m. Store hours may change on holidays, during quarter breaks, released without the student’s written consent. Exceptions to this and during summer quarter. For current information about hours rule are made only when required by the public health laws of and special sales, call 585-475-6033. You can also visit the Campus New York State. Connections Web site at http://bookstore.rit.edu. New York State and RIT immunization requirements Campus Connections accepts cash, checks, MasterCard, VISA, and RIT flexible debit cards for payment. Certain students may New York State Public Law 2165 requires that all matriculated have arrangements with a government agency to pay for some of students enrolled for more than six quarter credit hours in a term their books and supplies; this is handled at our service counter on and born after January 1, 1957, must provide RIT’s Student the first floor. Health Center with proof that they have received the appropriate The Candy Counter in the Student Alumni Union sells candy, immunizations against measles, rubella and mumps. Immunization tobacco products, health and beauty aids, film, daily newspapers, requirements include two measles vaccinations, at least one month snack items, ice cream, and drinks. The Candy Counter accepts apart, with a live virus, after January 1, 1968, and after the first cash, checks, MasterCard, VISA, and RIT flexible debit and food birthday; and one vaccination each against mumps and rubella debit cards. (after January 1, 1969, and after the first birthday). RIT requires all students under 30 years of age, who live in campus housing, and are enrolled for at least four credit hours, to be immunized against meningitis (meningococcal disease). Additional information concerning the necessary documentation and where it must be sent is included with the Admissions Office acceptance packet or available from the Student Health Center office. 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 175

Housing Operations International Student Services Serving approximately 6,700 students, RIT’s campus housing With several programs receiving worldwide recognition, RIT offers many living options to meet the diverse needs, interests and enrolls more than 1,300 full-time international students from backgrounds of RIT students. approximately 100 countries. RIT Inn and Conference Center International Student Services is located in the Center for Student Transition and Support and serves as a resource for all deaf The RIT Inn and Conference Center, a smoke-free facility, offers and hearing international students as well as for members of the students fully furnished double rooms with private baths. Included campus community seeking cross-cultural help. The staff advises in each room is a TV with standard cable service, phone with free students on immigration issues, helps them adjust to academic local service, high-speed Ethernet, and air conditioning. Students and cultural expectations in the United States, and provides cross- have access to a heated indoor/outdoor pool, sauna, whirlpool, cultural programs. In addition, the office coordinates off-campus a fitness center, and a laundry room. Full shuttle service to campus programs through the Rochester International Council. is also available to students. Students with cars will receive a International student clubs on campus offer social activities reserved parking pass to the lot of their choice. RIT Inn housing throughout the year. Campus housing options include International is available to graduate students on a space-available basis. House, a special-interest residence hall floor offering a community Apartment Housing experience for both international and U.S. students. Five apartment complexes and nearly 1,000 apartment and International Student Services offers orientation each quarter. In townhouse units distinguish RIT’s apartment community as one of the fall, the PAL (Peer Adviser Leader) program matches up return- the largest university-operated apartment programs in the country. ing students with new students to help with their adjustment to The five complexes—Colony Manor, Perkins Green, Racquet Club, RIT and the United States. Riverknoll, and University Commons—differ in layout and design. The office is located on the upper level of the Student Alumni Apartments range in size from one-, two- and four-bedroom units; Union. For more information, call 585-475-6943 (voice/TTY). townhouses have two or three bedrooms. More information is available at www.rit.edu/internationalservices. Although the majority of apartment residents are undergraduates, some graduates can be found in each apartment complex. Apart- The English Language Center ment contracts run from September through May. Security deposits Students whose native language is not English can find assistance are not required. A modified meal plan is also available to apartment at the English Language Center. Writing, grammar, vocabulary, residents through RIT’s Food Service Department. University apart- conversation and reading courses are offered at several levels each ment housing is available to graduate students on a space-available quarter. Courses are also available in Presentation Skills, Research basis. For further information on RIT housing, contact Housing Paper, Pronunciation, Business Communication and TOEFL Operations, Rochester Institute of Technology, 63 Lomb Memorial Preparation, among others. Drive, Rochester, NY 14623-5603 or call 475-2572 (voice) Students also may enroll in a full-time intensive English to or 475-2113 (TTY). Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) program. In addition, The Housing Connection students may receive individualized instruction tailored to meet their needs. Tuition is charged for the services of the English A service of Housing Operations, Housing Connection is designed Language Center. to meet the general housing needs of the RIT community. Housing International students may find employment at the English Connection offers the only on-campus clearinghouse for apartment Language Center, where they can teach their native language and residents in need of additional roommates, providing a continually culture or do translations. updated listing of available roommates and their specific interests. The office is located on the first floor (north end) of the Located in Housing Operations, Grace Watson Hall, the George Eastman Building, room 1301. For more information, Housing Connection provides free maps, information pamphlets, call 585-475-6684 or visit the Web site at www.rit.edu/~370www and telephones for users of the service. A trained staff member will or e-mail [email protected]. assist you in your search for housing or roommates. For more information, stop in or call 475-2575. English Language Testing The minimum TOEFL requirement for most graduate programs at RIT is 213/550. Upon arrival at RIT, students with English as a second language may be required to take a battery of English tests, including a writing test, a speaking test, and the Michigan Test of English Language Proficiency. Students who do not demonstrate proficiency in writing, listening, speaking, or other language skills may be advised to enroll in English instruction at additional cost. The tests are given at the English Language Center in the George Eastman Building before registration each quarter or at another time by appointment. Students who have paid enrollment deposits will receive information on testing dates from the Center for Student Transition and Support. There is no cost for the test to RIT students who have already been accepted. Others pay a fee. For more information, call 585-475-6684. 176 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Margaret’s House—Child Care Programs Veteran Services Margaret’s House is a NYS licensed and nationally accredited child Courses and programs at the Institute are approved for the care center offering full-day quality care and education for children education of veterans under the Veterans Readjustment Benefits eight weeks to eight years of age. It includes a district-approved full- Act, the Rehabilitation Acts and the War Orphans Act. day kindergarten as well as after-school, vacation, and summer To receive benefits, an eligible veteran or dependent must programs. It is open to children of RIT students, faculty, and staff submit an application for the VA “Certificate of Eligibility.” and members of the greater Rochester community. Margaret’s This application must be sent to the VA Regional Office in Buffalo, House is located on campus and is open year round. Call for N.Y., well in advance of the beginning of the starting quarter. information and registration material. These applications are available at local VA offices or on campus • Infant and toddler programs: eight weeks to 36 months from the Office of Part-time Enrollment Services. • Preschool programs: three- and four-year olds To ensure a smooth transition and successful academic program • Full-day kindergarten/after-school programs: five- to eight- completion, start your benefits paperwork early. For benefits year-olds assistance or information, call 475-6641. • “Lil” Kids on Campus: for youngsters entering grades 1 through 4 Commission for Promoting Pluralism (Full-day program offered July through August) The Commission for Promoting Pluralism was established to Contact Roberta DiNoto at 585-475-5176 (voice/TTY) formulate a plan of action that would address seriously and deliber- or [email protected]. ately the subject of pluralism and community building in every Kids on Campus programs part of the university. Its evolution is the result of an identified need for RIT constituents to deepen their respect and appreciation for Kids on Campus provides a variety of academic and sports all people in the RIT community and beyond. This institutional activities. Programs are characterized by a dynamic, project-oriented focus attempts: approach to learning. • to proactively identify and eliminate barriers that restrict equality • Kids on Campus: for youngsters entering grades throughout the RIT community, 5 through 10 • to develop and implement programs that promote commitment Full-day program offered during July to equality and justice in campus-wide activities and Kids on Campus programs are offered to all Rochester-area • to develop and nurture a support system that increases participa- students. Call for information and registration material. Contact tion by all members of the RIT community. Susan Kurtz at 585-475-5987 or [email protected].

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 177

Thomas A. Curley; MBA ’77, OFFICERS DEANS TRUSTEES Vice Chairman, Board of Trustees, Rochester Institute of Technology; Albert J. Simone, BA, Ph.D., Jorge L. Díaz-Herrera, BS, MS, Richard T. Aab; President, RTA President and Chief Executive Officer, President Ph.D., B. Thomas Golisano College Associates, LLC The Associated Press Stanley D. McKenzie, BS, MA, of Computing and Information *Burton S. August; LHD ’95, **Ernest J. Del Monte; Chairman, Ph.D., Provost and Vice President, Sciences Honorary Chairman, Board of E. J. Del Monte Corporation Academic Affairs Ian Gatley, BSc, Ph.D., College Trustees, Rochester Institute of Sudhakar G. Dixit; MBA ’74, T. Alan Hurwitz, BS, MS, Ed.D., of Science Technology; Retired Vice President President, Founder, and CEO, Vice President and Dean, NTID Thomas D. Hopkins, BA, MA, and Present Director, Monro Muffler Newtex Industries, Inc. Brake, Inc. Mary-Beth Cooper, BS, M.Ed., Ph.D., College of Business *Robert H. Downie; President, MBA, Ph.D., Vice President, Student Donald W. Hudspeth, BC, Daniel J. Bader; BBUB ’87, ICSS ECOssais L.L. ’85, President, Helen Bader Affairs President/Dean, American College *Ada Frances Duffus of Management and Technology Foundation, Inc. James G. Miller, BS, MS, Ph.D., *Richard H. Eisenhart; Chairman *Bruce B. Bates; Chairman Emeritus, Vice President, Enrollment Manage- T. Alan Hurwitz, BS, MS, Ed.D., Emeritus, Board of Trustees, Board of Trustees, Rochester Institute ment and Career Services National Technical Institute for the Rochester Institute of Technology; of Technology; Senior Vice President, Deaf Retired Chairman, R. H. Eisenhart, Laurel G. Price Jones, BA, MA, Vice Smith Barney President, Development and Alumni Wiley R. McKinzie, BA, MS, Inc. Richard T. Bourns; Retired Senior Relations College of Applied Science and Nancy L. Fein; SMAM ’76, MBA Vice President, Eastman Kodak Technology ’89, General Manager, Kansas City Fred W. Smith, BA, MA, Ph.D., Company Secretary of the Institute and Assistant Andrew Moore, BA, MA, D.Phil., Region, Toyota Motor Sales, USA Donald N. Boyce; BBUB ’67, to the President College of Liberal Arts *Margie Fitch Retired Chairman of the Board, James H. Watters, BS, MA, Ph.D., Harvey J. Palmer, BS, Ph.D., Kate IDEX Corporation Gerald L. Gitner; Past Chairman, Vice President, Finance and Gleason College of Engineering Trans World Airlines; Chairman, D. *Joseph C. Briggs; Retired Vice Administration G. Associates, Inc. Joan B. Stone, BS, MS, Ed.D., President, Marketing, Lawyers College of Imaging Arts and Sciences Cooperative Publishing Company James S. Gleason; Chairman, Gleason Corporation *Paul W. Briggs; Retired Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive B. Thomas Golisano; Chairman and Officer, Rochester Gas & Electric Chief Executive Officer, Paychex, Inc. Corporation *Lucius R. Gordon; LHD ’99, William A. Buckingham; BBUB ’64, Retired Chairman of the Board, Past Chairman, Board of Trustees, Mixing Equipment Company, Inc. Rochester Institute of Technology; Arthur A. Gosnell; Chairman and Retired Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Stonehurst M&T Bank Capital, LLC Ann L. Burr; Retired Executive Vice *Thomas H. Gosnell; LHD ’96, President, Time Warner Cable Chairman Emeritus, Board of Essie L. Calhoun; Chief Diversity Trustees, Rochester Institute Officer and Director, Community of Technology; Retired Chairman Affairs; Vice President, Eastman of the Board and Chief Executive Kodak Company Officer, Lawyers Cooperative Publishing Company **Catherine B. Carlson Ford C. Greene; Former President, *Colby H. Chandler; Chairman Frontier Telephone of Rochester Emeritus, Board of Trustees, Rochester Institute of Technology; Klaus Gueldenpfennig; MBA ’77, Retired Chairman of the Board and MSEE ’74, President and Chairman Chief Executive Officer, Eastman of the Board, Redcom Laboratories, Kodak Company Inc. *Mary Lu Clark **William B. Hale; Retired Vice Joseph P. Clayton; President and President, Lawyers Cooperative Chief Executive Officer, Sirius Publishing Company Satellite Radio

178 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin

Brian H. Hall; MBA ’78, President *Roger W. Kober; ME ’84, Retired Janet F. Sansone; Executive Director, and Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Chief Executive JFS Consulting Thomson Legal and Regulatory Officer, Rochester Gas & Electric Carl E. Sassano; L ’72, President Corporation *Alfred M. Hallenbeck; Partner, and Chief Executive Officer, Ward Norris Heller & Reidy LLP Robert J. Kohler Jr.; PHS ’59, Transcat, Inc. Retired Executive Vice President *James E. Shapiro; Vice President Gilbert J. Hatch; BSME ’72, and General Manager, TRW Avionics for Management and Career MSME ’80, President, Production & Surveillance Group Development, University of New Systems Group, Xerox Corporation Gary J. Lindsay; BBUB ’64, CPA Haven Susan R. Holliday; MBA ’85, Joseph M. Lobozzo II; MBA ’95, Albert J. Simone, Ph.D.; President, President and Publisher, Rochester President and Chief Executive Rochester Institute of Technology Business Journal Officer, JML Optical Industries, Inc. John M. Summers; Chief Executive Jay T. Holmes; Retired Executive Lawrence J. Matteson; Retired Vice Officer, Jasco Tools, Inc. Vice President and Chief Administra- President, Imaging and Information tive Officer, Bausch & Lomb, Inc. Sharon Ting; Co-Manager, Systems, Eastman Kodak Company Awareness Program for Executive Maurice F. Holmes; Retired Thomas C. McDermott; Retired Excellence; Manager, Coaching & Corporate Vice President Chairman, Chief Executive Officer Feedback, Center for Creative and Chief Engineer, Xerox and President, Goulds Pumps, Inc. Leadership Corporation Elizabeth D. Moore; Partner, Nixon *Frederick T. Tucker; EL ’63, *John D. Hostutler; Retired Peabody LLP Retired Executive Vice President and President, Industrial Management Deputy to the Chief Executive Council Michael P. Morley; BBUB ’69, Chief Administrative Officer and Officer, Motorola, Inc. Samuel T. Hubbard Jr.; Vice Executive Vice President, Eastman Judy B. von Bucher Chairman, Board of Trustees, Kodak Company Rochester Institute of Technology; Robert D. Wayland-Smith; Retired Chairman and Chief Executive *Ann M. Mulligan Vice President and Manager, Upstate Officer, High Falls Brewing Sandra A. Parker; President and Trust and Investment Division, Company, LLP Chief Operating Officer, Rochester Chase Manhattan Bank, NA *Frank M. Hutchins; Honorary Business Alliance, Inc. *William A. Whiteside Jr.; Vice Chairman and Chairman Wolfgang Pfizenmaier; Senior Vice Chairman Emeritus, Board of Emeritus, Board of Trustees, President, Liason Officer-Digital; Trustees, Rochester Institute of Rochester Institute of Technology; Heidelberg Americas, Inc. Technology; Retired Partner, Fox, Rothschild, O’Brien & Frankel Retired Chairman of the Board, *Albert T. Pimentel; Retired Hutchins/Young and Rubicam Headmaster, New York School for Christine B. Whitman; Partner, Bruce R. James; PPR ’64, the Deaf CSW Associates; Former Chairman, Chairman, Board of Trustees, President, and Chief Executive Susan M. Puglia; Vice President, Officer, CVC Inc. Rochester Institute of Technology; E-Server Design, IBM Corporation Public Printer of the United States, Thomas C. Wilmot; President, United States Government Printing Jane Ratcliffe Pulver; Wilmorite, Inc. Office Representative, NTID National Advisory Group, Rochester Institute *Herbert W. Jarvis; Former of Technology President and Chief Executive Officer, Sybron Corporation Kenneth J. Reed, Ph.D.; SCH ’71, President, RIT Alumni Network *Byron Johnson; Senior Partner, Board; Senior Principal Scientist, Johnson, Mullan & Brundage, P.C. Eastman Kodak Company Eric G. Johnson; President and Thomas S. Richards; Former * Emeritus Board Member Chief Executive Officer, Baldwin President, Chairman and Chief Richardson Foods Company Executive Officer, Rochester Gas and ** Honorary Board Member Thomas F. Judson Jr.; Chairman Electric Corporation and Chief Executive Officer, The Harris H. Rusitzky; MS ’91, BS Pike Company ’56, President, The Greening Group Kraig H. Kayser; President and Richard E. Sands, Ph.D.; Chairman, CEO, Seneca Foods Corporation CEO, and President, Constellation Brands, Inc.

2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin 179

1026 Clinical Science— COLLEGE OF BUSINESS COLLEGE OF NATIONAL General APPLIED SCIENCE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE 1027 Biomedical Computing *0101 Accounting AND TECHNOLOGY FOR THE DEAF 1028 Materials Science & *0102 Management/Technology Engineering Management/International 0606 Electrical/Mechanical 0801 Accounting Technology * 1029 Polymer Chemistry Business Engineering Technology 0804 Business Technology/ 1030 Diagnostic Medical * 0104 Finance * 0607 Packaging Science Administrative Support Sonography * 0105 Marketing 0608 Civil Engineering Technology 1032 Physician Assistant * 0106 Decision Sciences/ Technology 0805 Applied Computer 1050 Color Science Production & Operations 0609 Electrical Engineering Technology * 1051 Imaging Science Management Technology 0806 Interdisciplinary Studies 1055 Honors Courses * 0112 Management * 0610 Mechanical Engineering 0812 Computer Integrated Information Systems Technology Machining Technology COLLEGE OF IMAGING * 0614 Telecommunications 0813 Computer Integrated ARTS AND SCIENCES COLLEGE OF Engineering Technology Machining Technology ENGINEERING * 0617 Manufacturing 0820 Healthcare Billing & Engineering Technology Coding Technology * 2001 Interdisciplinary 0618 Computer Engineering 0825 Art & Computer Design Imaging Arts * 0301 Electrical Engineering Technology 0827 Applied Optical 2009 New Media Design 0302 General Engineering 0619 Hospitality Service Technology * 2010 Graphic Design * 0303 Industrial & Management * 0835 Graduate 2011 Art Education Systems Engineering 0620 Nutrition Management Secondary Education 2012 Art & Design Extended * 0304 Mechanical Engineering 0621 Food Management 0853 Prebaccalaureate Studies Studies * 0305 Microelectronic 0622 Hotel & Resort 0860 Speech &Language 2013 Foundation Courses Engineering Management 0875 ASL/English Interpretation 2015 Interior Design * 0306 Computer Engineering 0623 Travel Management 0876 Deaf Studies Certificate * 2019 Illustration * 0307 Quality & * 0624 Hospitality/Tourism 0878 Digital Imaging & * 2020 Medical Illustration Applied Statistics Management Publishing Technology * 2021 Fine Arts Studio 0308 Microsystems Engineering * 0625 Service Management 0879 Laboratory Science * 2035 Industrial Design * 0626 Human Resource Technology 2039 Art History Development 0880 Communication Studies * 2040 Ceramics COLLEGE OF * 2041 Glass LIBERAL ARTS * 0627 Instructional Technology 0880 Humanities * 0630 Environmental 0881 Performing Arts * 2042 Metals Management Technology 0882 Social Science * 2043 Textiles 0501 Criminal Justice * 0633 Safety Technology 0883 English * 2044 Wood 0502 Language 0634 Emergency Management 0884 Mathematics 2045 General Crafts Studies 0503 Foreign Languages * 0635 Health Systems 0885 Science 2046 Crafts Extended Studies 0504 Literature Administration 0886 American Sign Language 2060 Fine Art Photography * 0505 Fine Arts 0640 Reserve Officer Training 0890 Computer Aided Drafting 2061 Biomedical Photo 0507 History Corps—Air Force Technology * 2065 Film &Animation 0508 Science, Technology 0650 Reserve Officer Training 0891 Automation Technologies 2067 Photographic Arts & Society Corps—Army 2068 Imaging Systems * 0509 Philosophy 0680 Accounting & Management 0510 Anthropology Business Systems COLLEGE OF SCIENCE 2076 Imaging & 0511 Economics 0681 Business & Management Photo Technology 0513 Political Science 0682 International Business 1001 Biology * 2080 Printing Management * 0514 Psychology 0684 Quality Management 1004 General Biology * 2081 Printing Technology * 0515 Sociology 0686 Humanities & 1005 Field Biology 2082 Graphic Media 0516 Social Work Social Science * 1006 Environmental Science 2083 New Media Publishing 0520 Interdisciplinary— * 0688 Technical Communication * 1008 Analytical Chemistry Liberal Arts 0692 Math & Science * 1009 Biochemistry COLLEGE OF * 0521 Public Policy 0694 Emergency Management * 1010 Chemistry 0522 Women’s Studies COMPUTING AND * 0699 Cross-Disciplinary 1011 General Chemistry INFORMATION 0523 American Studies Professional Studies * 1012 Inorganic Chemistry * 0535 Professional & Technical * 1013 Organic Chemistry SCIENCES Communication * 1014 Physical Chemistry * 1015 Environmental Chemistry * 4002 Information Technology * 1016 Mathematics &Statistics 4003 Computer Science 1017 Physics 4004 Information Technology 1018 Contemporary Science— Graduate Web and General Multimedia * Online option 1024 Medical Lab Technology 4005 Computer Science 1025 Nuclear Medicine 4010 Software Engineering Technology

180 2004–2005 Graduate Bulletin